store.globalknowledge.netstore.globalknowledge.net/course-overviews/sa/d8l76g.pdf · d8l76g...

D8L76G www.globalknowledge.com.sa [email protected] 00 966 92000 9278

Building the IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 Infrastructure

Duration: 2 Days Course Code: D8L76G

Overview:

This course covers installing and configuring a basic IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 and IBM Lotus Notes infrastructure with a single domain and usingan existing deployment plan. This course also covers configuring replication and mail routing in the single-domain environment.

Target Audience:

The target audience for this course is system administrators new to Lotus Domino, who have a general understanding of the Lotus Domino andLotus Notes administration environment, and who will be responsible for initial installation and setup of a basic Lotus Domino and Lotus Notes8 infrastructure, and setup of Domino Mail servers in the corporate intranet and extranet (i.e. Internet) environments.

Objectives:

Set up the first server and the administrator Configure basic intranet mail routing

Add Lotus Domino servers Configure mail routing to the Internet

Add Lotus Notes clients Establish mail controls

Administer users by creating groups and implementing policies Implement mail rules and storage limits

Set up server administration Monitor mail

Synchronize Lotus Domino system databases Resolve common mail routing problems

Prerequisites:

You should have:

completed IBM Lotus Domino 8 System Administration OperatingFundamentals course orequivalent knowledge, skills, and experience


Content:

Lesson 1: Setting Up the First Server andAdministrator line lineline Planning Guidelines Planning Guidelines

Topic 1A: Analyzing a Deployment Plan The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlanning Considerations Plan Plan

Supported Platforms and System Supported Platforms and SystemRequirements Requirements

line Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPlanning Guidelines Domino Server Software Server SoftwareThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Plan Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoSupported Platforms and System Domino Administrator Client Software Administrator Client SoftwareRequirements The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Basic Configurations Basic ConfigurationsServer Software What is Eclipse? What is Eclipse?Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Client Installation Types Client Installation TypesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What is Lotus Expeditor? What is Lotus Expeditor?Administrator Client Software Expeditor Component Packaging Expeditor Component PackagingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Eclipse Update Sites Eclipse Update SitesBasic Configurations Automated Installation Options for Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhat is Eclipse? Eclipse Components ComponentsClient Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theExpeditor Component Packaging First Server First ServerEclipse Update Sites The Server Setup Process The Server Setup ProcessAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Domino Directory The Domino DirectoryComponents Replicas of the Domino Directory Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Comparing Domains and Organizations Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Purposes of Organizational Units Purposes of Organizational UnitsFirst Server Alternatives to Organizational Units Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Server Setup Process Descendants of the Organization Certifier Descendants of the Organization CertifierThe Domino Directory Organization Security Organization SecurityReplicas of the Domino Directory Organization Certifier ID Security Organization Certifier ID SecurityComparing Domains and Organizations Authentication Between Organizations Authentication Between OrganizationsPurposes of Organizational Units Country Codes Country CodesAlternatives to Organizational Units Server Audience Types Server Audience TypesDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Domino Server Log The Lotus Domino Server LogOrganization Security Administrators Group Security Options Administrators Group Security Options Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAuthentication Between Organizations Workstation WorkstationCountry Codes The Client Configuration Program The Client Configuration Program Server Audience Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators and Servers Administrators and ServersAdministrators Group Security Options Access in the Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Special Privilege of the The Special Privilege of theThe Client Configuration Program LocalDomainAdmins Group LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Groupand Servers Group Lacks Lacks Access in the Domino Directory Domino Directory Access for Registering Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Special Privilege of the Servers ServersLocalDomainAdmins Group Need for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Server ID File Storage Options Server ID File Storage Options Lacks Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingDomino Directory Access for Registering Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersServers The Standard Directory Structure The Standard Directory StructureNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Central Directory Structure The Central Directory StructureServer ID File Storage Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Directory Domino DirectoryAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server Setup Profiles Server Setup ProfilesThe Standard Directory Structure Clearing the Server ID Password Clearing the Server ID Password The Central Directory Structure The Certification Log The Certification LogReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrator Access to Register OU Administrator Access to Register OUDomino Directory Certifiers CertifiersServer Setup Profiles Need for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server


Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Certification Log Administrators User Registration OptionsAdministrator Access to Register OU User Registration Options Administrator Access to Register UsersCertifiers Administrator Access to Register Users The License Tracking DatabaseNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The License Tracking Database Internet Password OptionsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Internet Password Options Internet Password LockingUser Registration Options Internet Password Locking ID File Distribution Options Administrator Access to Register Users ID File Distribution Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe License Tracking Database Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File User Registration Text FilesInternet Password Options User Registration Text Files How to Register Users from a Text File Internet Password Locking How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentID File Distribution Options Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document ChangesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Changes Domino Directory DocumentUser Registration Text Files Domino Directory Document Synchronization How to Register Users from a Text File Synchronization Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator WorkstationChanges Workstation Workstation Setup for AdditionalDomino Directory Document Workstation Setup for Additional Workstations Synchronization Workstations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus InstallationWorkstation Domino Installation The Lotus Domino Administrator Workstation Setup for Additional The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWorkstations Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple ServersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Administration ProcessInstallation The Administration Process Components of the Administration ProcessThe Lotus Domino Administrator Components of the Administration Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Process Timing and Execution of AdministrationServers Database Tools in Domino Administrator Process Requests The Administration Process Timing and Execution of Administration Nested GroupsComponents of the Administration Process Process Requests The Deny List Only Group TypeDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Nested Groups Group Precedence in Database AccessTiming and Execution of Administration The Deny List Only Group Type Auto-populated Groups Process Requests Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalNested Groups Auto-populated Groups PolicyThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational PoliciesGroup Precedence in Database Access Policy Policy DocumentsAuto-populated Groups Policies Policy TypesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Policy Documents Settings Document TypesPolicies Policy Types Policy Precedence RulesPolicy Documents Settings Document Types Static and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Types Policy Precedence Rules Policy Management ToolsSettings Document Types Static and Dynamic Settings Policy Management Development ToolsPolicy Precedence Rules Policy Management Tools Use of an Organizational Policy Static and Dynamic Settings Policy Management Development Tools Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy Management Tools Use of an Organizational Policy Explicit PolicyPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Policy Assignment MethodsUse of an Organizational Policy Explicit Policy Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Policy Assignment Methods Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPolicy Policy Assignment During Registration The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Assignment Methods Dynamic Policy Assignments Lotus Domino Server ConsolePolicy Assignment During Registration The Effect of Multiple Policies Administration TasksDynamic Policy Assignments Lotus Domino Server Console Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Effect of Multiple Policies Administration Tasks Console Lotus Domino Server Console Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAdministration Tasks Console Databases on the ServerMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server Access Control MechanismsConsole Databases on the Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server Access Control Mechanisms User Access to the ServerDatabases on the Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server When to Restart the Server Server Access Control Mechanisms Access Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access User Access to the Server Administration LevelsUser Access to the Server When to Restart the Server Administration Level DetailsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Administration Levels Full Access Administrator Best PracticesAdministration Levels Administration Level Details The Domino Web AdministratorAdministration Level Details The Full Access Administrator Level Administration Levels and the Lotus


The Full Access Administrator Level Full Access Administrator Best Practices Domino Web Administrator Application Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Domino Web Administrator Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Web Administrator Administration Levels and the Lotus The Domino Server LogAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Domino Web Administrator Application The Notes.ini FileWeb Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Logging Levels Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Domino Server Log Server Groups and Replication The Domino Server Log The Notes.ini File Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Notes.ini File Logging Levels DocumentLogging Levels Server Groups and Replication Replication ControlsServer Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Replication TypesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Document Methods for Forcing ReplicationReplication Controls Replication Controls Pull Push ReplicationReplication Types Replication Types Multiple Replication HubsMethods for Forcing Replication Methods for Forcing Replication Critical Application SchedulingPull Push Replication Pull Push Replication Replication Schedule Criteria Multiple Replication Hubs Multiple Replication Hubs Mail Routing ComponentsCritical Application Scheduling Critical Application Scheduling Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenReplication Schedule Criteria Replication Schedule Criteria NNNs Mail Routing Components Mail Routing Components Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Mail Routing Behavior Within and Mail Routing TopologyNNNs Between NNNs The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 7B: Implementing a TopologyMail Routing Topology Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topology Opportunistic RoutingTopology How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Connection Document Mail RoutingOpportunistic Routing Topology OptionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Opportunistic Routing Router Types and Connection Documents Router Types and Connection Documents Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Options for Incoming Mailfor Incoming Mail Router Types and Connection Mail Storage Formats Mail Storage Formats Documents SMTPSMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage SMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Implementation Scenarios Format for Incoming Mail SMTP Best PracticesSMTP Best Practices Mail Storage Formats Internet Mail RoutingInternet Mail Routing SMTP The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SMTP Implementation Scenarios Methods for Enabling SMTP Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Best Practices Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Internet Mail Routing SettingsSMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliverySMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP SMTP Inbound ControlsSMTP Outbound Controls Settings SMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Relay Prevention SMTP Settings Message Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFilters Delivery FiltersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? SMTP Inbound Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process SMTP Outbound Controls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Whitelist? Filters the DNS Whitelist?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Blacklist?What are Private Whitelist Filters? the DNS Whitelist? What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found in the Private Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? the DNS Blacklist? What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist Filters What are Private Whitelist Filters? Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling Private Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found in the Private Blacklist?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence the Private Whitelist? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters What are Private Blacklist Filters? PrecedenceTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling Private Blacklist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist


(E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Filters E/SMTP Settings the Private Blacklist? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist (E/SMTP) OptionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Precedence E/SMTP Settings Internet Address Lookup Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Filters When to Set Internet AddressesAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message (E/SMTP) Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDisclaimers E/SMTP Settings An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Disclaimers Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Addressing DisclaimersProcess When to Set Internet Addresses Message DisclaimersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Internet Address Lookup Options The Message Disclaimer ImplementationEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8G: Testing SMTP ProcessCreating Message Disclaimer Policy An Implementation of SMTP Routing Options for Attaching DisclaimersSettings Topic 9B: Implementing Message Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Disclaimers Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMessages Message Disclaimers SettingsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Message Disclaimer Implementation Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEControls Process Messages Delivery Controls Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ControlsControls Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Delivery Controls Mail Transfer Controls Settings Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME ControlsMailboxes Messages Mail Transfer Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerHow Mail Rules Work Controls MailboxesMail Rule Actions Delivery Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer How Mail Rules WorkTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Controls Mail Rule ActionsMail Journaling Mail Transfer Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingJournaling and Mail Routing Mailboxes Mail JournalingJournaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and How Mail Rules Work Journaling and Mail RoutingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Rule Actions Journaling and Server Configuration Tag Mail Rule Conditions Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andField Names Associated with Tags Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Mail Journaling Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhitelist Tags Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Journaling and Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orQuotas Journaling and Server Configuration Whitelist Tags Quota Implementation Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuota Restrictions and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions QuotasTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Tag Mail Rule Conditions Quota Implementation OptionsMaintenance Field Names Associated with Tags Quota Restrictions Inbox Maintenance Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to or Whitelist Tags Inbox MaintenanceControl Inbox Size Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Inbox MaintenanceTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Quotas Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toArchiving Quota Implementation Options Control Inbox Size Benefits of Archiving and Policies Quota Restrictions Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchive Policy Documents Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with ArchivingArchive Policy Settings Document Inbox Maintenance Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Criteria Settings Document Inbox Maintenance Archive Policy DocumentsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Archive Policy Settings DocumentTypes of Misdelivered Mail Control Inbox Size Archive Criteria Settings Document Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Archiving Types of Misdelivered MailMail Statistics Benefits of Archiving and Policies Checking Mail Delivery Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Archive Policy Documents Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMessage Tracking Archive Policy Settings Document Mail Statistics Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhat is Message Recall? Checklist for Monitoring Mail Message Tracking Message Recall Options Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall


Configuring the Message Recall Feature Checking Mail Delivery What is Message Recall?Troubleshooting Stages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message Recall OptionsThe Mail Trace Tool Mail Statistics Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Troubleshooting StagesWhen to Restart the Router Message Tracking The Mail Trace Tool Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Force Mail Routing What is Message Recall? When to Restart the Router Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Message Recall Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMail Configuring the Message Recall Feature When to Force Mail Routing The Delivery Failure Process Troubleshooting Stages Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and

The Mail Trace Tool Dead MailTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Delivery Failure Process

line When to Restart the Router Planning Guidelines Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment When to Force Mail Routing linePlan Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Planning GuidelinesSupported Platforms and System Dead Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentRequirements The Delivery Failure Process PlanTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Supported Platforms and SystemServer Software Requirements Lotus Domino Server Installation Types line Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Planning Guidelines Server SoftwareAdministrator Client Software The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Plan Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoBasic Configurations Supported Platforms and System Administrator Client SoftwareWhat is Eclipse? Requirements The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andClient Installation Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Basic ConfigurationsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Domino Server Software What is Eclipse?Expeditor Component Packaging Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Client Installation TypesEclipse Update Sites Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus What is Lotus Expeditor?Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Domino Administrator Client Software Expeditor Component PackagingComponents The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Eclipse Update SitesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Basic Configurations Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What is Eclipse? ComponentsFirst Server Client Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Server Setup Process What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theThe Domino Directory Expeditor Component Packaging First ServerReplicas of the Domino Directory Eclipse Update Sites The Server Setup ProcessComparing Domains and Organizations Automated Installation Options for The Domino DirectoryPurposes of Organizational Units Eclipse Components Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAlternatives to Organizational Units Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Comparing Domains and OrganizationsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Purposes of Organizational UnitsOrganization Security First Server Alternatives to Organizational UnitsOrganization Certifier ID Security The Server Setup Process Descendants of the Organization CertifierAuthentication Between Organizations The Domino Directory Organization SecurityCountry Codes Replicas of the Domino Directory Organization Certifier ID SecurityServer Audience Types Comparing Domains and Organizations Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Purposes of Organizational Units Country CodesAdministrators Group Security Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Server Audience TypesTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Client Configuration Program Organization Security Administrators Group Security Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 1E: Configuring the Firstand Servers Authentication Between Organizations WorkstationAccess in the Domino Directory Country Codes The Client Configuration Program The Special Privilege of the Server Audience Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toLocalDomainAdmins Group The Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators and ServersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Administrators Group Security Options Access in the Domino DirectoryLacks Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Special Privilege of theDomino Directory Access for Registering Workstation LocalDomainAdmins GroupServers The Client Configuration Program Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Lacks Server ID File Storage Options Administrators and Servers Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Access in the Domino Directory ServersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Special Privilege of the Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Standard Directory Structure LocalDomainAdmins Group Server ID File Storage Options The Central Directory Structure Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting


Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Group Lacks Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersDomino Directory Domino Directory Access for Registering The Standard Directory StructureServer Setup Profiles Servers The Central Directory StructureClearing the Server ID Password Need for Selecting a Registration Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Certification Log Server ID File Storage Options Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Server Setup ProfilesCertifiers Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Clearing the Server ID Password Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Standard Directory Structure The Certification LogTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Central Directory Structure Administrator Access to Register OUUser Registration Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the CertifiersAdministrator Access to Register Users Domino Directory Need for Selecting a Registration Server The License Tracking Database Server Setup Profiles Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsInternet Password Options Clearing the Server ID Password User Registration OptionsInternet Password Locking The Certification Log Administrator Access to Register UsersID File Distribution Options Administrator Access to Register OU The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Certifiers Internet Password OptionsUser Registration Text Files Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password LockingHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3B: Registering New ID File Distribution Options Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrators Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileChanges User Registration Options User Registration Text FilesDomino Directory Document Administrator Access to Register Users How to Register Users from a Text File Synchronization The License Tracking Database Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Internet Password Options ChangesWorkstation Internet Password Locking Domino Directory DocumentWorkstation Setup for Additional ID File Distribution Options Synchronization Workstations Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino User Registration Text Files WorkstationInstallation How to Register Users from a Text File Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Workstations Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Changes Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServers Domino Directory Document InstallationThe Administration Process Synchronization The Lotus Domino Administrator Components of the Administration Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Workstation ServersTiming and Execution of Administration Workstation Setup for Additional The Administration ProcessProcess Requests Workstations Components of the Administration ProcessNested Groups Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Deny List Only Group Type Domino Installation Timing and Execution of AdministrationGroup Precedence in Database Access The Lotus Domino Administrator Process Requests Auto-populated Groups Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Nested GroupsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Servers The Deny List Only Group TypePolicies The Administration Process Group Precedence in Database AccessPolicy Documents Components of the Administration Auto-populated Groups Policy Types Process Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalSettings Document Types Database Tools in Domino Administrator PolicyPolicy Precedence Rules Timing and Execution of Administration PoliciesStatic and Dynamic Settings Process Requests Policy DocumentsPolicy Management Tools Nested Groups Policy TypesPolicy Management Development Tools The Deny List Only Group Type Settings Document TypesUse of an Organizational Policy Group Precedence in Database Access Policy Precedence RulesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Auto-populated Groups Static and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Management ToolsPolicy Assignment Methods Policy Policy Management Development ToolsPolicy Assignment During Registration Policies Use of an Organizational Policy Dynamic Policy Assignments Policy Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Types Explicit PolicyLotus Domino Server Console Settings Document Types Policy Assignment MethodsAdministration Tasks Policy Precedence Rules Policy Assignment During RegistrationMessage Color-Coding on the Server Static and Dynamic Settings Dynamic Policy AssignmentsConsole Policy Management Tools The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy Management Development Tools Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDatabases on the Server Use of an Organizational Policy Administration TasksServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Message Color-Coding on the ServerRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Explicit Policy Console User Access to the Server Policy Assignment Methods Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateWhen to Restart the Server Policy Assignment During Registration Databases on the Server


Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Dynamic Policy Assignments Server Access Control MechanismsAdministration Levels The Effect of Multiple Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministration Level Details Lotus Domino Server Console User Access to the ServerThe Full Access Administrator Level Administration Tasks When to Restart the Server Full Access Administrator Best Practices Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Domino Web Administrator Console Administration LevelsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administration Level DetailsWeb Administrator Application Databases on the Server The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server Access Control Mechanisms Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Domino Server Log Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Domino Web AdministratorThe Notes.ini File Access Administration Levels and the LotusLogging Levels User Access to the Server Domino Web Administrator Application Server Groups and Replication When to Restart the Server Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Domino Server LogReplication Controls Administration Levels The Notes.ini FileReplication Types Administration Level Details Logging Levels Methods for Forcing Replication The Full Access Administrator Level Server Groups and Replication Pull Push Replication Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMultiple Replication Hubs The Domino Web Administrator DocumentCritical Application Scheduling Administration Levels and the Lotus Replication ControlsReplication Schedule Criteria Domino Web Administrator Application Replication TypesMail Routing Components Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Methods for Forcing ReplicationMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Domino Server Log Pull Push ReplicationNNNs The Notes.ini File Multiple Replication HubsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Logging Levels Critical Application SchedulingMail Routing Topology Server Groups and Replication Replication Schedule Criteria The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Mail Routing ComponentsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Document Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopology Replication Controls NNNs Opportunistic Routing Replication Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeConnection Document Mail Routing Options Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Routing TopologyRouter Types and Connection Documents Pull Push Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Multiple Replication Hubs Topologyfor Incoming Mail Critical Application Scheduling How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMail Storage Formats Replication Schedule Criteria TopologySMTP Mail Routing Components Opportunistic RoutingSMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Routing Behavior Within and Connection Document Mail RoutingSMTP Best Practices Between NNNs OptionsInternet Mail Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a Router Types and Connection Documents The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMethods for Enabling SMTP The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing for Incoming MailTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topology Mail Storage Formats SMTP Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke SMTPTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topology SMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Inbound Controls Opportunistic Routing SMTP Best PracticesSMTP Outbound Controls Connection Document Mail Routing Internet Mail RoutingMessage Relay Prevention Options The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Router Types and Connection Methods for Enabling SMTP Filters Documents Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage SettingsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Format for Incoming Mail SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Mail Storage Formats Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP SMTP Inbound ControlsDNS Whitelist? SMTP Implementation Scenarios SMTP Outbound ControlsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Best Practices Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Internet Mail Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks FiltersDNS Blacklist? Methods for Enabling SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail the DNS Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Delivery DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters SMTP Inbound Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP Outbound Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Blacklist? Message Relay Prevention the DNS Blacklist?


Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What are Private Whitelist Filters?How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Filters Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found in(E/SMTP) Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process the Private Whitelist?E/SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhen to Set Internet Addresses the DNS Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Address Lookup Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics the Private Blacklist?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAn Implementation of SMTP Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in PrecedenceTopic 9B: Implementing Message the DNS Blacklist? How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDisclaimers What are Private Whitelist Filters? Filters Message Disclaimers Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Message Disclaimer Implementation What Happens When a Host is Found in (E/SMTP) OptionsProcess the Private Whitelist? E/SMTP Settings Options for Attaching Disclaimers What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Enabling Private Blacklist Filters When to Set Internet AddressesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Address Lookup Options Settings the Private Blacklist? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Order of Whitelist and Blacklist An Implementation of SMTP Routing Messages Precedence Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist DisclaimersControls Filters Message DisclaimersDelivery Controls Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer (E/SMTP) Options ProcessControls E/SMTP Settings Options for Attaching DisclaimersMail Transfer Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Addressing Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMailboxes When to Set Internet Addresses SettingsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Internet Address Lookup Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEHow Mail Rules Work Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Messages Mail Rule Actions An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 9B: Implementing Message ControlsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Disclaimers Delivery Controls Mail Journaling Message Disclaimers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Message Disclaimer Implementation ControlsJournaling and Mail Routing Process Mail Transfer Controls Journaling and Server Configuration Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Enabling Server Message Disclaimers MailboxesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Tag Mail Rule Conditions Settings How Mail Rules WorkField Names Associated with Tags Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Mail Rule ActionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Messages Activating a Server Mail Rule Whitelist Tags Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Controls Mail JournalingQuotas Delivery Controls Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsQuota Implementation Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Journaling and Mail RoutingQuota Restrictions Controls Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMaintenance Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInbox Maintenance Mailboxes Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Field Names Associated with TagsControl Inbox Size How Mail Rules Work Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Rule Actions Whitelist Tags Archiving Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasBenefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling QuotasArchive Policy Documents Mail Journaling Quota Implementation OptionsArchive Policy Settings Document Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Quota Restrictions Archive Criteria Settings Document Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withChecklist for Monitoring Mail Journaling and Server Configuration Inbox MaintenanceTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Inbox MaintenanceChecking Mail Delivery and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Tag Mail Rule Conditions Control Inbox Size Mail Statistics Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist ArchivingMessage Tracking or Whitelist Tags Benefits of Archiving and Policies


Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Archive Policy DocumentsWhat is Message Recall? Quotas Archive Policy Settings DocumentMessage Recall Options Quota Implementation Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Quota Restrictions Checklist for Monitoring MailTroubleshooting Stages Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Types of Misdelivered MailThe Mail Trace Tool Inbox Maintenance Checking Mail Delivery Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Inbox Maintenance Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsWhen to Restart the Router Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Mail Statistics Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Control Inbox Size Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Tracking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Archiving Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMail Benefits of Archiving and Policies What is Message Recall?The Delivery Failure Process Archive Policy Documents Message Recall Options

Archive Policy Settings Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Archive Criteria Settings Document Troubleshooting Stages

line Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Mail Trace Tool Planning Guidelines Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Checking Mail Delivery When to Restart the Router Plan Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingSupported Platforms and System Mail Statistics When to Force Mail Routing Requirements Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Tracking Dead MailServer Software Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Delivery Failure ProcessLotus Domino Server Installation Types What is Message Recall?Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Recall OptionsAdministrator Client Software Configuring the Message Recall Feature lineThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Troubleshooting Stages Planning GuidelinesBasic Configurations The Mail Trace Tool The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentWhat is Eclipse? Topic 12B: Restarting the Router PlanClient Installation Types When to Restart the Router Supported Platforms and SystemWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Requirements Expeditor Component Packaging When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoEclipse Update Sites Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Server SoftwareAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Dead Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Components The Delivery Failure Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andFirst Server line Basic ConfigurationsThe Server Setup Process Planning Guidelines What is Eclipse?The Domino Directory The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Client Installation TypesReplicas of the Domino Directory Plan What is Lotus Expeditor?Comparing Domains and Organizations Supported Platforms and System Expeditor Component PackagingPurposes of Organizational Units Requirements Eclipse Update SitesAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Automated Installation Options for EclipseDescendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Server Software ComponentsOrganization Security Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theAuthentication Between Organizations Domino Administrator Client Software First ServerCountry Codes The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Server Setup ProcessServer Audience Types Basic Configurations The Domino DirectoryThe Lotus Domino Server Log What is Eclipse? Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAdministrators Group Security Options Client Installation Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation What is Lotus Expeditor? Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Client Configuration Program Expeditor Component Packaging Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Eclipse Update Sites Descendants of the Organization Certifierand Servers Automated Installation Options for Organization SecurityAccess in the Domino Directory Eclipse Components Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Special Privilege of the Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Authentication Between OrganizationsLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Country CodesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group First Server Server Audience TypesLacks The Server Setup Process The Lotus Domino Server LogDomino Directory Access for Registering The Domino Directory Administrators Group Security Options Servers Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Comparing Domains and Organizations WorkstationServer ID File Storage Options Purposes of Organizational Units The Client Configuration Program Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to


Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrators and ServersThe Standard Directory Structure Organization Security Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Central Directory Structure Organization Certifier ID Security The Special Privilege of theReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Authentication Between Organizations LocalDomainAdmins GroupDomino Directory Country Codes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupServer Setup Profiles Server Audience Types Lacks Clearing the Server ID Password The Lotus Domino Server Log Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Certification Log Administrators Group Security Options ServersAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 1E: Configuring the First Need for Selecting a Registration ServerCertifiers Workstation Server ID File Storage Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Client Configuration Program Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersUser Registration Options Administrators and Servers The Standard Directory StructureAdministrator Access to Register Users Access in the Domino Directory The Central Directory StructureThe License Tracking Database The Special Privilege of the Replicating a Subset of Documents in theInternet Password Options LocalDomainAdmins Group Domino DirectoryInternet Password Locking Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Server Setup ProfilesID File Distribution Options Group Lacks Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Domino Directory Access for Registering The Certification LogUser Registration Text Files Servers Administrator Access to Register OUHow to Register Users from a Text File Need for Selecting a Registration Server CertifiersTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server ID File Storage Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Changes Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsDomino Directory Document Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers User Registration OptionsSynchronization The Standard Directory Structure Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Central Directory Structure The License Tracking DatabaseWorkstation Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Internet Password OptionsWorkstation Setup for Additional Domino Directory Internet Password LockingWorkstations Server Setup Profiles ID File Distribution Options Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileInstallation The Certification Log User Registration Text FilesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register OU How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Certifiers Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServers Need for Selecting a Registration Server ChangesThe Administration Process Topic 3B: Registering New Domino Directory DocumentComponents of the Administration Process Administrators Synchronization Database Tools in Domino Administrator User Registration Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTiming and Execution of Administration Administrator Access to Register Users WorkstationProcess Requests The License Tracking Database Workstation Setup for AdditionalNested Groups Internet Password Options Workstations The Deny List Only Group Type Internet Password Locking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoGroup Precedence in Database Access ID File Distribution Options InstallationAuto-populated Groups Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy User Registration Text Files Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePolicies How to Register Users from a Text File ServersPolicy Documents Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Administration ProcessPolicy Types Changes Components of the Administration ProcessSettings Document Types Domino Directory Document Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Precedence Rules Synchronization Timing and Execution of AdministrationStatic and Dynamic Settings Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Process Requests Policy Management Tools Workstation Nested GroupsPolicy Management Development Tools Workstation Setup for Additional The Deny List Only Group TypeUse of an Organizational Policy Workstations Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Auto-populated Groups Policy Domino Installation Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicy Assignment Methods The Lotus Domino Administrator PolicyPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple PoliciesDynamic Policy Assignments Servers Policy DocumentsThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Administration Process Policy TypesLotus Domino Server Console Components of the Administration Settings Document TypesAdministration Tasks Process Policy Precedence RulesMessage Color-Coding on the Server Database Tools in Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsConsole Timing and Execution of Administration Policy Management ToolsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Process Requests Policy Management Development ToolsDatabases on the Server Nested Groups Use of an Organizational Policy Server Access Control Mechanisms The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an


Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Group Precedence in Database Access Explicit PolicyUser Access to the Server Auto-populated Groups Policy Assignment MethodsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Policy Dynamic Policy AssignmentsAdministration Levels Policies The Effect of Multiple Policies Administration Level Details Policy Documents Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Full Access Administrator Level Policy Types Administration TasksFull Access Administrator Best Practices Settings Document Types Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Domino Web Administrator Policy Precedence Rules Console Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateWeb Administrator Application Policy Management Tools Databases on the ServerTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Management Development Tools Server Access Control MechanismsThe Domino Server Log Use of an Organizational Policy Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe Notes.ini File Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an User Access to the ServerLogging Levels Explicit Policy When to Restart the Server Server Groups and Replication Policy Assignment Methods Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Policy Assignment During Registration Administration LevelsReplication Controls Dynamic Policy Assignments Administration Level DetailsReplication Types The Effect of Multiple Policies The Full Access Administrator LevelMethods for Forcing Replication Lotus Domino Server Console Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPull Push Replication Administration Tasks The Domino Web AdministratorMultiple Replication Hubs Message Color-Coding on the Server Administration Levels and the LotusCritical Application Scheduling Console Domino Web Administrator Application Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsMail Routing Components Databases on the Server The Domino Server LogMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Server Access Control Mechanisms The Notes.ini FileNNNs Restrictions for Authorizing Server Logging Levels Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Access Server Groups and Replication Mail Routing Topology User Access to the Server Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology When to Restart the Server DocumentHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication ControlsTopology Administration Levels Replication TypesOpportunistic Routing Administration Level Details Methods for Forcing ReplicationConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Full Access Administrator Level Pull Push ReplicationRouter Types and Connection Documents Full Access Administrator Best Practices Multiple Replication HubsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Domino Web Administrator Critical Application Schedulingfor Incoming Mail Administration Levels and the Lotus Replication Schedule Criteria Mail Storage Formats Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Routing ComponentsSMTP Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Domino Server Log NNNs SMTP Best Practices The Notes.ini File Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeInternet Mail Routing Logging Levels Mail Routing TopologyThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Server Groups and Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 6B: Creating a Connection TopologyTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Document How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeSMTP Settings Replication Controls TopologyTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Replication Types Opportunistic RoutingSMTP Inbound Controls Methods for Forcing Replication Connection Document Mail RoutingSMTP Outbound Controls Pull Push Replication OptionsMessage Relay Prevention Multiple Replication Hubs Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Critical Application Scheduling Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatFilters Replication Schedule Criteria for Incoming MailWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail Routing Components Mail Storage Formats The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Mail Routing Behavior Within and SMTPEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Between NNNs SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 7B: Implementing a SMTP Best PracticesDNS Whitelist? Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Internet Mail RoutingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topology Methods for Enabling SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPDNS Blacklist? Topology SettingsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Opportunistic Routing SMTP Settings Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Options SMTP Inbound ControlsPrivate Whitelist? Router Types and Connection SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Documents Message Relay Prevention


Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Format for Incoming Mail FiltersPrivate Blacklist? Mail Storage Formats What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters SMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found in(E/SMTP) Options Internet Mail Routing the DNS Whitelist?E/SMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Methods for Enabling SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Address Lookup Options Settings the DNS Blacklist?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP SMTP Settings What are Private Whitelist Filters?An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found inDisclaimers SMTP Inbound Controls the Private Whitelist?Message Disclaimers SMTP Outbound Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters?The Message Disclaimer Implementation Message Relay Prevention Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersProcess Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Filters the Private Blacklist?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process PrecedenceSettings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What Happens When a Host is Found in Filters Messages the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics (E/SMTP) OptionsControls Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters E/SMTP Settings Delivery Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer the DNS Blacklist? When to Set Internet AddressesControls What are Private Whitelist Filters? Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Transfer Controls Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server What Happens When a Host is Found in An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mailboxes the Private Whitelist? Topic 9B: Implementing MessageBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes What are Private Blacklist Filters? DisclaimersHow Mail Rules Work Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Message DisclaimersMail Rule Actions What Happens When a Host is Found in The Message Disclaimer ImplementationActivating a Server Mail Rule the Private Blacklist? ProcessTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Options for Attaching DisclaimersMail Journaling Precedence Enabling Server Message DisclaimersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyJournaling and Mail Routing Filters SettingsJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and (E/SMTP) Options Messages Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions E/SMTP Settings Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8F: Configuring Internet ControlsField Names Associated with Tags Addressing Delivery Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhitelist Tags Internet Address Lookup Options ControlsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Mail Transfer Controls Quotas An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerQuota Implementation Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message MailboxesQuota Restrictions Disclaimers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Message Disclaimers How Mail Rules WorkMaintenance The Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Rule ActionsInbox Maintenance Process Activating a Server Mail Rule Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingControl Inbox Size Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail JournalingTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsArchiving Settings Journaling and Mail RoutingBenefits of Archiving and Policies Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Journaling and Server Configuration Archive Policy Documents Messages Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsArchive Criteria Settings Document Controls Tag Mail Rule ConditionsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Delivery Controls Field Names Associated with TagsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orChecking Mail Delivery Controls Whitelist Tags Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas


Mail Statistics Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server QuotasTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mailboxes Quota Implementation OptionsMessage Tracking Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Quota Restrictions Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall How Mail Rules Work Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhat is Message Recall? Mail Rule Actions Inbox MaintenanceMessage Recall Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Inbox MaintenanceConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTroubleshooting Stages Mail Journaling Control Inbox Size The Mail Trace Tool Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Journaling and Mail Routing ArchivingWhen to Restart the Router Journaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Archive Policy DocumentsWhen to Force Mail Routing and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Field Names Associated with Tags Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Delivery Failure Process Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Types of Misdelivered Mail

or Whitelist Tags Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics

line Quotas Mail Statistics Planning Guidelines Quota Implementation Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Quota Restrictions Message Tracking Plan Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallSupported Platforms and System Inbox Maintenance What is Message Recall?Requirements Inbox Maintenance Message Recall OptionsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Configuring the Message Recall Feature Server Software Control Inbox Size Troubleshooting StagesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Mail Trace Tool Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Archiving Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAdministrator Client Software Benefits of Archiving and Policies When to Restart the Router The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Archive Policy Documents Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingBasic Configurations Archive Policy Settings Document When to Force Mail Routing What is Eclipse? Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andClient Installation Types Checklist for Monitoring Mail Dead MailWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Types of Misdelivered Mail The Delivery Failure ProcessExpeditor Component Packaging Checking Mail Delivery Eclipse Update Sites Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Mail Statistics lineComponents Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Planning GuidelinesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Message Tracking The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall PlanFirst Server What is Message Recall? Supported Platforms and SystemThe Server Setup Process Message Recall Options Requirements The Domino Directory Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoReplicas of the Domino Directory Troubleshooting Stages Server SoftwareComparing Domains and Organizations The Mail Trace Tool Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAlternatives to Organizational Units When to Restart the Router Administrator Client SoftwareDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andOrganization Security When to Force Mail Routing Basic ConfigurationsOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What is Eclipse?Authentication Between Organizations Dead Mail Client Installation TypesCountry Codes The Delivery Failure Process What is Lotus Expeditor?Server Audience Types Expeditor Component PackagingThe Lotus Domino Server Log Eclipse Update SitesAdministrators Group Security Options line Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Planning Guidelines ComponentsThe Client Configuration Program The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Plan Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theand Servers Supported Platforms and System First ServerAccess in the Domino Directory Requirements The Server Setup ProcessThe Special Privilege of the Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Domino DirectoryLocalDomainAdmins Group Domino Server Software Replicas of the Domino DirectoryPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsLacks Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Purposes of Organizational UnitsDomino Directory Access for Registering Domino Administrator Client Software Alternatives to Organizational UnitsServers The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Descendants of the Organization Certifier


Need for Selecting a Registration Server Basic Configurations Organization SecurityServer ID File Storage Options What is Eclipse? Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Client Installation Types Authentication Between OrganizationsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What is Lotus Expeditor? Country CodesThe Standard Directory Structure Expeditor Component Packaging Server Audience TypesThe Central Directory Structure Eclipse Update Sites The Lotus Domino Server LogReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Automated Installation Options for Administrators Group Security Options Domino Directory Eclipse Components Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstServer Setup Profiles Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation WorkstationClearing the Server ID Password Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Client Configuration Program The Certification Log First Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAdministrator Access to Register OU The Server Setup Process Administrators and ServersCertifiers The Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Replicas of the Domino Directory The Special Privilege of theTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Comparing Domains and Organizations LocalDomainAdmins GroupUser Registration Options Purposes of Organizational Units Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministrator Access to Register Users Alternatives to Organizational Units Lacks The License Tracking Database Descendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Directory Access for RegisteringInternet Password Options Organization Security ServersInternet Password Locking Organization Certifier ID Security Need for Selecting a Registration ServerID File Distribution Options Authentication Between Organizations Server ID File Storage Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Country Codes Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingUser Registration Text Files Server Audience Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersHow to Register Users from a Text File The Lotus Domino Server Log The Standard Directory StructureTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrators Group Security Options The Central Directory StructureChanges Topic 1E: Configuring the First Replicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino Directory Document Workstation Domino DirectorySynchronization The Client Configuration Program Server Setup ProfilesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Clearing the Server ID Password Workstation Administrators and Servers The Certification LogWorkstation Setup for Additional Access in the Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUWorkstations The Special Privilege of the CertifiersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino LocalDomainAdmins Group Need for Selecting a Registration Server Installation Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Group Lacks User Registration OptionsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Domino Directory Access for Registering Administrator Access to Register UsersServers Servers The License Tracking DatabaseThe Administration Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password OptionsComponents of the Administration Process Server ID File Storage Options Internet Password LockingDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting ID File Distribution Options Timing and Execution of Administration Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileProcess Requests The Standard Directory Structure User Registration Text FilesNested Groups The Central Directory Structure How to Register Users from a Text File The Deny List Only Group Type Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentGroup Precedence in Database Access Domino Directory ChangesAuto-populated Groups Server Setup Profiles Domino Directory DocumentTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Clearing the Server ID Password Synchronization Policies The Certification Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorPolicy Documents Administrator Access to Register OU WorkstationPolicy Types Certifiers Workstation Setup for AdditionalSettings Document Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstations Policy Precedence Rules Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoStatic and Dynamic Settings Administrators InstallationPolicy Management Tools User Registration Options The Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Management Development Tools Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleUse of an Organizational Policy The License Tracking Database ServersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Internet Password Options The Administration ProcessPolicy Internet Password Locking Components of the Administration ProcessPolicy Assignment Methods ID File Distribution Options Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Timing and Execution of AdministrationDynamic Policy Assignments User Registration Text Files Process Requests The Effect of Multiple Policies How to Register Users from a Text File Nested GroupsLotus Domino Server Console Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Deny List Only Group TypeAdministration Tasks Changes Group Precedence in Database AccessMessage Color-Coding on the Server Domino Directory Document Auto-populated Groups Console Synchronization Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational


Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator PolicyDatabases on the Server Workstation PoliciesServer Access Control Mechanisms Workstation Setup for Additional Policy DocumentsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Workstations Policy TypesUser Access to the Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Settings Document TypesWhen to Restart the Server Domino Installation Policy Precedence RulesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Lotus Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsAdministration Levels Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Management ToolsAdministration Level Details Servers Policy Management Development ToolsThe Full Access Administrator Level The Administration Process Use of an Organizational Policy Full Access Administrator Best Practices Components of the Administration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Domino Web Administrator Process Explicit PolicyAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Database Tools in Domino Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsWeb Administrator Application Timing and Execution of Administration Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Process Requests Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Domino Server Log Nested Groups The Effect of Multiple Policies The Notes.ini File The Deny List Only Group Type Lotus Domino Server ConsoleLogging Levels Group Precedence in Database Access Administration TasksServer Groups and Replication Auto-populated Groups Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Console Replication Controls Policy Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateReplication Types Policies Databases on the ServerMethods for Forcing Replication Policy Documents Server Access Control MechanismsPull Push Replication Policy Types Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMultiple Replication Hubs Settings Document Types User Access to the ServerCritical Application Scheduling Policy Precedence Rules When to Restart the Server Replication Schedule Criteria Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsMail Routing Components Policy Management Tools Administration LevelsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Policy Management Development Tools Administration Level DetailsNNNs Use of an Organizational Policy The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Routing Topology Explicit Policy The Domino Web AdministratorThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Policy Assignment Methods Administration Levels and the LotusHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy Assignment During Registration Domino Web Administrator Application Topology Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsOpportunistic Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies The Domino Server LogConnection Document Mail Routing Options Lotus Domino Server Console The Notes.ini FileRouter Types and Connection Documents Administration Tasks Logging Levels Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Groups and Replication for Incoming Mail Console Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMail Storage Formats Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create DocumentSMTP Databases on the Server Replication ControlsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Access Control Mechanisms Replication TypesSMTP Best Practices Restrictions for Authorizing Server Methods for Forcing ReplicationInternet Mail Routing Access Pull Push ReplicationThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks User Access to the Server Multiple Replication HubsMethods for Enabling SMTP When to Restart the Server Critical Application SchedulingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication Schedule Criteria SMTP Settings Administration Levels Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administration Level Details Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSMTP Inbound Controls The Full Access Administrator Level NNNs SMTP Outbound Controls Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessage Relay Prevention The Domino Web Administrator Mail Routing TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administration Levels and the Lotus The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingFilters Domino Web Administrator Application TopologyWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Domino Server Log TopologyEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Notes.ini File Opportunistic RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Logging Levels Connection Document Mail RoutingDNS Whitelist? Server Groups and Replication OptionsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Replication Controls for Incoming MailDNS Blacklist? Replication Types Mail Storage Formats What are Private Whitelist Filters? Methods for Forcing Replication SMTPEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Pull Push Replication SMTP Implementation Scenarios


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Multiple Replication Hubs SMTP Best PracticesPrivate Whitelist? Critical Application Scheduling Internet Mail RoutingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication Schedule Criteria The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Mail Routing Components Methods for Enabling SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPrivate Blacklist? Between NNNs SettingsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 7B: Implementing a SMTP Settings How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing SMTP Inbound Controls(E/SMTP) Options Topology SMTP Outbound ControlsE/SMTP Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Message Relay Prevention Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topology Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Set Internet Addresses Opportunistic Routing FiltersInternet Address Lookup Options Connection Document Mail Routing What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Router Types and Connection Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inDisclaimers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage the DNS Whitelist?Message Disclaimers Format for Incoming Mail DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Storage Formats Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersProcess SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inOptions for Attaching Disclaimers SMTP Implementation Scenarios the DNS Blacklist?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTP Best Practices What are Private Whitelist Filters?Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Internet Mail Routing Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersSettings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Methods for Enabling SMTP the Private Whitelist?Messages Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Settings Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersControls SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inDelivery Controls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail the Private Blacklist?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Delivery Order of Whitelist and BlacklistControls SMTP Inbound Controls PrecedenceMail Transfer Controls SMTP Outbound Controls How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Message Relay Prevention Filters Mailboxes Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Filters (E/SMTP) OptionsHow Mail Rules Work What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? E/SMTP Settings Mail Rule Actions The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingActivating a Server Mail Rule Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Journaling the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics An Implementation of SMTP Routing Journaling and Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 9B: Implementing MessageJournaling and Server Configuration What Happens When a Host is Found in DisclaimersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and the DNS Blacklist? Message DisclaimersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling Private Whitelist Filters ProcessField Names Associated with Tags What Happens When a Host is Found in Options for Attaching DisclaimersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or the Private Whitelist? Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhitelist Tags What are Private Blacklist Filters? Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Enabling Private Blacklist Filters SettingsQuotas What Happens When a Host is Found in Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEQuota Implementation Options the Private Blacklist? Messages Quota Restrictions Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Precedence ControlsMaintenance How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Delivery Controls Inbox Maintenance Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP ControlsControl Inbox Size (E/SMTP) Options Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10F: Archiving Mail E/SMTP Settings Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerArchiving Topic 8F: Configuring Internet MailboxesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Addressing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Archive Policy Documents When to Set Internet Addresses How Mail Rules WorkArchive Policy Settings Document Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Rule ActionsArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Activating a Server Mail Rule Checklist for Monitoring Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling


Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 9B: Implementing Message Mail JournalingChecking Mail Delivery Disclaimers Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message Disclaimers Journaling and Mail RoutingMail Statistics The Message Disclaimer Implementation Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Process Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMessage Tracking Options for Attaching Disclaimers Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat is Message Recall? Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Field Names Associated with TagsMessage Recall Options Settings Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Whitelist Tags Troubleshooting Stages Messages Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery QuotasTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Controls Quota Implementation OptionsWhen to Restart the Router Delivery Controls Quota Restrictions Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhen to Force Mail Routing Controls Inbox MaintenanceTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Mail Transfer Controls Inbox MaintenanceMail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Delivery Failure Process Mailboxes Control Inbox Size

Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10F: Archiving MailHow Mail Rules Work Archiving

line Mail Rule Actions Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPlanning Guidelines Activating a Server Mail Rule Archive Policy DocumentsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Archive Policy Settings DocumentPlan Mail Journaling Archive Criteria Settings Document Supported Platforms and System Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Checklist for Monitoring MailRequirements Journaling and Mail Routing Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Journaling and Server Configuration Checking Mail Delivery Server Software Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsLotus Domino Server Installation Types and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Statistics Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAdministrator Client Software Field Names Associated with Tags Message Tracking The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallBasic Configurations or Whitelist Tags What is Message Recall?What is Eclipse? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Message Recall OptionsClient Installation Types Quotas Configuring the Message Recall Feature What is Lotus Expeditor? Quota Implementation Options Troubleshooting StagesExpeditor Component Packaging Quota Restrictions The Mail Trace Tool Eclipse Update Sites Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Inbox Maintenance When to Restart the Router Components Inbox Maintenance Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Control Inbox Size Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andFirst Server Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Dead MailThe Server Setup Process Archiving The Delivery Failure ProcessThe Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplicas of the Domino Directory Archive Policy DocumentsComparing Domains and Organizations Archive Policy Settings Document linePurposes of Organizational Units Archive Criteria Settings Document Planning GuidelinesAlternatives to Organizational Units Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentDescendants of the Organization Certifier Types of Misdelivered Mail PlanOrganization Security Checking Mail Delivery Supported Platforms and SystemOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Requirements Authentication Between Organizations Mail Statistics Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoCountry Codes Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Server SoftwareServer Audience Types Message Tracking Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministrators Group Security Options What is Message Recall? Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Message Recall Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Client Configuration Program Configuring the Message Recall Feature Basic ConfigurationsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Troubleshooting Stages What is Eclipse?and Servers The Mail Trace Tool Client Installation TypesAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What is Lotus Expeditor?The Special Privilege of the When to Restart the Router Expeditor Component PackagingLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Eclipse Update SitesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Force Mail Routing Automated Installation Options for Eclipse


Lacks Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ComponentsDomino Directory Access for Registering Dead Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Servers The Delivery Failure Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theNeed for Selecting a Registration Server First ServerServer ID File Storage Options The Server Setup ProcessTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting line The Domino DirectoryAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Planning Guidelines Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Standard Directory Structure The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Central Directory Structure Plan Purposes of Organizational UnitsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Supported Platforms and System Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDomino Directory Requirements Descendants of the Organization CertifierServer Setup Profiles Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Organization SecurityClearing the Server ID Password Domino Server Software Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Certification Log Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Authentication Between OrganizationsAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Country CodesCertifiers Domino Administrator Client Software Server Audience TypesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Basic Configurations Administrators Group Security Options User Registration Options What is Eclipse? Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAdministrator Access to Register Users Client Installation Types WorkstationThe License Tracking Database What is Lotus Expeditor? The Client Configuration Program Internet Password Options Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toInternet Password Locking Eclipse Update Sites Administrators and ServersID File Distribution Options Automated Installation Options for Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Eclipse Components The Special Privilege of theUser Registration Text Files Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation LocalDomainAdmins GroupHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document First Server Lacks Changes The Server Setup Process Domino Directory Access for RegisteringDomino Directory Document The Domino Directory ServersSynchronization Replicas of the Domino Directory Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Comparing Domains and Organizations Server ID File Storage Options Workstation Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingWorkstation Setup for Additional Alternatives to Organizational Units Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWorkstations Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Standard Directory StructureTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Organization Security The Central Directory StructureInstallation Organization Certifier ID Security Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Lotus Domino Administrator Authentication Between Organizations Domino DirectoryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Country Codes Server Setup ProfilesServers Server Audience Types Clearing the Server ID Password The Administration Process The Lotus Domino Server Log The Certification LogComponents of the Administration Process Administrators Group Security Options Administrator Access to Register OUDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 1E: Configuring the First CertifiersTiming and Execution of Administration Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server Process Requests The Client Configuration Program Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsNested Groups Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to User Registration OptionsThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators and Servers Administrator Access to Register UsersGroup Precedence in Database Access Access in the Domino Directory The License Tracking DatabaseAuto-populated Groups The Special Privilege of the Internet Password OptionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy LocalDomainAdmins Group Internet Password LockingPolicies Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins ID File Distribution Options Policy Documents Group Lacks Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePolicy Types Domino Directory Access for Registering User Registration Text FilesSettings Document Types Servers How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Precedence Rules Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentStatic and Dynamic Settings Server ID File Storage Options ChangesPolicy Management Tools Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Directory DocumentPolicy Management Development Tools Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Synchronization Use of an Organizational Policy The Standard Directory Structure Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Central Directory Structure WorkstationPolicy Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Workstation Setup for AdditionalPolicy Assignment Methods Domino Directory Workstations Policy Assignment During Registration Server Setup Profiles Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoDynamic Policy Assignments Clearing the Server ID Password InstallationThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Certification Log The Lotus Domino Administrator Lotus Domino Server Console Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple


Administration Tasks Certifiers ServersMessage Color-Coding on the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Administration ProcessConsole Topic 3B: Registering New Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrators Database Tools in Domino AdministratorDatabases on the Server User Registration Options Timing and Execution of AdministrationServer Access Control Mechanisms Administrator Access to Register Users Process Requests Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The License Tracking Database Nested GroupsUser Access to the Server Internet Password Options The Deny List Only Group TypeWhen to Restart the Server Internet Password Locking Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels ID File Distribution Options Auto-populated Groups Administration Levels Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalAdministration Level Details User Registration Text Files PolicyThe Full Access Administrator Level How to Register Users from a Text File PoliciesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy DocumentsThe Domino Web Administrator Changes Policy TypesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Domino Directory Document Settings Document TypesWeb Administrator Application Synchronization Policy Precedence RulesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Domino Server Log Workstation Policy Management ToolsThe Notes.ini File Workstation Setup for Additional Policy Management Development ToolsLogging Levels Workstations Use of an Organizational Policy Server Groups and Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Domino Installation Explicit PolicyReplication Controls The Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsReplication Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Assignment During RegistrationMethods for Forcing Replication Servers Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPull Push Replication The Administration Process The Effect of Multiple Policies Multiple Replication Hubs Components of the Administration Lotus Domino Server ConsoleCritical Application Scheduling Process Administration TasksReplication Schedule Criteria Database Tools in Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerMail Routing Components Timing and Execution of Administration Console Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Process Requests Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateNNNs Nested Groups Databases on the ServerTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke The Deny List Only Group Type Server Access Control MechanismsMail Routing Topology Group Precedence in Database Access Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Auto-populated Groups User Access to the ServerHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational When to Restart the Server Topology Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsOpportunistic Routing Policies Administration LevelsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Policy Documents Administration Level DetailsRouter Types and Connection Documents Policy Types The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Settings Document Types Full Access Administrator Best Practicesfor Incoming Mail Policy Precedence Rules The Domino Web AdministratorMail Storage Formats Static and Dynamic Settings Administration Levels and the LotusSMTP Policy Management Tools Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Management Development Tools Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsSMTP Best Practices Use of an Organizational Policy The Domino Server LogInternet Mail Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an The Notes.ini FileThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Explicit Policy Logging Levels Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy Assignment Methods Server Groups and Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSMTP Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments DocumentTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Effect of Multiple Policies Replication ControlsSMTP Inbound Controls Lotus Domino Server Console Replication TypesSMTP Outbound Controls Administration Tasks Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Relay Prevention Message Color-Coding on the Server Pull Push ReplicationTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Console Multiple Replication HubsFilters Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Critical Application SchedulingWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Databases on the Server Replication Schedule Criteria The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server Access Control Mechanisms Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Restrictions for Authorizing Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Access NNNs DNS Whitelist? User Access to the Server Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics When to Restart the Server Mail Routing TopologyEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Levels Topology


DNS Blacklist? Administration Level Details How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? The Full Access Administrator Level TopologyEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Full Access Administrator Best Practices Opportunistic RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Web Administrator Connection Document Mail RoutingPrivate Whitelist? Administration Levels and the Lotus OptionsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Web Administrator Application Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Server Log for Incoming MailPrivate Blacklist? The Notes.ini File Mail Storage Formats Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Logging Levels SMTPHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Server Groups and Replication SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 6B: Creating a Connection SMTP Best Practices(E/SMTP) Options Document Internet Mail RoutingE/SMTP Settings Replication Controls The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Replication Types Methods for Enabling SMTP When to Set Internet Addresses Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPInternet Address Lookup Options Pull Push Replication SettingsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Multiple Replication Hubs SMTP Settings An Implementation of SMTP Routing Critical Application Scheduling Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 9B: Implementing Message Replication Schedule Criteria SMTP Inbound ControlsDisclaimers Mail Routing Components SMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Disclaimers Mail Routing Behavior Within and Message Relay Prevention The Message Disclaimer Implementation Between NNNs Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistProcess Topic 7B: Implementing a FiltersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topology Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersSettings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topology the DNS Whitelist?Messages Opportunistic Routing DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Connection Document Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersControls Options What Happens When a Host is Found inDelivery Controls Router Types and Connection the DNS Blacklist?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Documents What are Private Whitelist Filters?Controls Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMail Transfer Controls Format for Incoming Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Storage Formats the Private Whitelist?Mailboxes SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersHow Mail Rules Work SMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Rule Actions Internet Mail Routing the Private Blacklist?Activating a Server Mail Rule The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Methods for Enabling SMTP PrecedenceMail Journaling Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Settings Filters Journaling and Mail Routing SMTP Settings Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Delivery E/SMTP Settings Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTag Mail Rule Conditions SMTP Outbound Controls When to Set Internet AddressesField Names Associated with Tags Message Relay Prevention Internet Address Lookup Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhitelist Tags Filters An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 9B: Implementing MessageQuotas The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process DisclaimersQuota Implementation Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message DisclaimersQuota Restrictions What Happens When a Host is Found in The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox the DNS Whitelist? ProcessMaintenance DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Options for Attaching DisclaimersInbox Maintenance Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to What Happens When a Host is Found in Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyControl Inbox Size the DNS Blacklist? SettingsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail What are Private Whitelist Filters? Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEArchiving Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Messages Benefits of Archiving and Policies What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryArchive Policy Documents the Private Whitelist? Controls


Archive Policy Settings Document What are Private Blacklist Filters? Delivery Controls Archive Criteria Settings Document Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferChecklist for Monitoring Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in ControlsTypes of Misdelivered Mail the Private Blacklist? Mail Transfer Controls Checking Mail Delivery Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Precedence MailboxesMail Statistics How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Filters How Mail Rules WorkMessage Tracking Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Rule ActionsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall (E/SMTP) Options Activating a Server Mail Rule What is Message Recall? E/SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMessage Recall Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Mail JournalingConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Addressing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTroubleshooting Stages When to Set Internet Addresses Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Mail Trace Tool Internet Address Lookup Options Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhen to Restart the Router An Implementation of SMTP Routing Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Force Mail Routing Disclaimers Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Message Disclaimers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMail The Message Disclaimer Implementation Whitelist Tags The Delivery Failure Process Process Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas

Options for Attaching Disclaimers QuotasEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Quota Implementation Options

line Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Quota Restrictions Planning Guidelines Settings Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Inbox MaintenancePlan Messages Inbox MaintenanceSupported Platforms and System Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toRequirements Controls Control Inbox Size Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Delivery Controls Topic 10F: Archiving MailServer Software Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer ArchivingLotus Domino Server Installation Types Controls Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Transfer Controls Archive Policy DocumentsAdministrator Client Software Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Mailboxes Archive Criteria Settings Document Basic Configurations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Checklist for Monitoring MailWhat is Eclipse? How Mail Rules Work Types of Misdelivered MailClient Installation Types Mail Rule Actions Checking Mail Delivery What is Lotus Expeditor? Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsExpeditor Component Packaging Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Statistics Eclipse Update Sites Mail Journaling Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Message Tracking Components Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Journaling and Server Configuration What is Message Recall?Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Message Recall OptionsFirst Server and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Server Setup Process Tag Mail Rule Conditions Troubleshooting StagesThe Domino Directory Field Names Associated with Tags The Mail Trace Tool Replicas of the Domino Directory Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterComparing Domains and Organizations or Whitelist Tags When to Restart the Router Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAlternatives to Organizational Units Quotas When to Force Mail Routing Descendants of the Organization Certifier Quota Implementation Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andOrganization Security Quota Restrictions Dead MailOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Delivery Failure ProcessAuthentication Between Organizations Inbox MaintenanceCountry Codes Inbox MaintenanceServer Audience Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to lineThe Lotus Domino Server Log Control Inbox Size Planning GuidelinesAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Archiving PlanThe Client Configuration Program Benefits of Archiving and Policies Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Archive Policy Documents Requirements and Servers Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAccess in the Domino Directory Archive Criteria Settings Document Server Software


The Special Privilege of the Checklist for Monitoring Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins Group Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Checking Mail Delivery Administrator Client SoftwareLacks Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andDomino Directory Access for Registering Mail Statistics Basic ConfigurationsServers Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What is Eclipse?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message Tracking Client Installation TypesServer ID File Storage Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What is Message Recall? Expeditor Component PackagingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Recall Options Eclipse Update SitesThe Standard Directory Structure Configuring the Message Recall Feature Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Central Directory Structure Troubleshooting Stages ComponentsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Mail Trace Tool Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Directory Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theServer Setup Profiles When to Restart the Router First ServerClearing the Server ID Password Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Server Setup ProcessThe Certification Log When to Force Mail Routing The Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Replicas of the Domino DirectoryCertifiers Dead Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Delivery Failure Process Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Alternatives to Organizational UnitsUser Registration Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierAdministrator Access to Register Users line Organization SecurityThe License Tracking Database Planning Guidelines Organization Certifier ID SecurityInternet Password Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Authentication Between OrganizationsInternet Password Locking Plan Country CodesID File Distribution Options Supported Platforms and System Server Audience TypesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Requirements The Lotus Domino Server LogUser Registration Text Files Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrators Group Security Options How to Register Users from a Text File Domino Server Software Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Lotus Domino Server Installation Types WorkstationChanges Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus The Client Configuration Program Domino Directory Document Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toSynchronization The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administrators and ServersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Basic Configurations Access in the Domino DirectoryWorkstation What is Eclipse? The Special Privilege of theWorkstation Setup for Additional Client Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupWorkstations What is Lotus Expeditor? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Expeditor Component Packaging Lacks Installation Eclipse Update Sites Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Lotus Domino Administrator Automated Installation Options for ServersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Eclipse Components Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Server ID File Storage Options The Administration Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingComponents of the Administration Process First Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Server Setup Process The Standard Directory StructureTiming and Execution of Administration The Domino Directory The Central Directory StructureProcess Requests Replicas of the Domino Directory Replicating a Subset of Documents in theNested Groups Comparing Domains and Organizations Domino DirectoryThe Deny List Only Group Type Purposes of Organizational Units Server Setup ProfilesGroup Precedence in Database Access Alternatives to Organizational Units Clearing the Server ID Password Auto-populated Groups Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Certification LogTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Organization Security Administrator Access to Register OUPolicies Organization Certifier ID Security CertifiersPolicy Documents Authentication Between Organizations Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Types Country Codes Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsSettings Document Types Server Audience Types User Registration OptionsPolicy Precedence Rules The Lotus Domino Server Log Administrator Access to Register UsersStatic and Dynamic Settings Administrators Group Security Options The License Tracking DatabasePolicy Management Tools Topic 1E: Configuring the First Internet Password OptionsPolicy Management Development Tools Workstation Internet Password LockingUse of an Organizational Policy The Client Configuration Program ID File Distribution Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePolicy Administrators and Servers User Registration Text FilesPolicy Assignment Methods Access in the Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment During Registration The Special Privilege of the Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document


Dynamic Policy Assignments LocalDomainAdmins Group ChangesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Domino Directory DocumentLotus Domino Server Console Group Lacks Synchronization Administration Tasks Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMessage Color-Coding on the Server Servers WorkstationConsole Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server ID File Storage Options Workstations Databases on the Server Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServer Access Control Mechanisms Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers InstallationRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Standard Directory Structure The Lotus Domino Administrator User Access to the Server The Central Directory Structure Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWhen to Restart the Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in the ServersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Domino Directory The Administration ProcessAdministration Levels Server Setup Profiles Components of the Administration ProcessAdministration Level Details Clearing the Server ID Password Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Full Access Administrator Level The Certification Log Timing and Execution of AdministrationFull Access Administrator Best Practices Administrator Access to Register OU Process Requests The Domino Web Administrator Certifiers Nested GroupsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Deny List Only Group TypeWeb Administrator Application Topic 3B: Registering New Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administrators Auto-populated Groups The Domino Server Log User Registration Options Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Notes.ini File Administrator Access to Register Users PolicyLogging Levels The License Tracking Database PoliciesServer Groups and Replication Internet Password Options Policy DocumentsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Internet Password Locking Policy TypesReplication Controls ID File Distribution Options Settings Document TypesReplication Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Policy Precedence RulesMethods for Forcing Replication User Registration Text Files Static and Dynamic SettingsPull Push Replication How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Management ToolsMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Management Development ToolsCritical Application Scheduling Changes Use of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria Domino Directory Document Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anMail Routing Components Synchronization Explicit PolicyMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsNNNs Workstation Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Workstation Setup for Additional Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMail Routing Topology Workstations The Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Lotus Domino Server ConsoleHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Domino Installation Administration TasksTopology The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerOpportunistic Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Console Connection Document Mail Routing Options Servers Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateRouter Types and Connection Documents The Administration Process Databases on the ServerTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Components of the Administration Server Access Control Mechanismsfor Incoming Mail Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMail Storage Formats Database Tools in Domino Administrator User Access to the ServerSMTP Timing and Execution of Administration When to Restart the Server SMTP Implementation Scenarios Process Requests Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsSMTP Best Practices Nested Groups Administration LevelsInternet Mail Routing The Deny List Only Group Type Administration Level DetailsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Group Precedence in Database Access The Full Access Administrator LevelMethods for Enabling SMTP Auto-populated Groups Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Domino Web AdministratorSMTP Settings Policy Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Policies Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Inbound Controls Policy Documents Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsSMTP Outbound Controls Policy Types The Domino Server LogMessage Relay Prevention Settings Document Types The Notes.ini FileTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Precedence Rules Logging Levels Filters Static and Dynamic Settings Server Groups and Replication What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Management Tools Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy Management Development Tools DocumentEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Use of an Organizational Policy Replication ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Replication TypesDNS Whitelist? Explicit Policy Methods for Forcing Replication


DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Assignment Methods Pull Push ReplicationEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Assignment During Registration Multiple Replication HubsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Dynamic Policy Assignments Critical Application SchedulingDNS Blacklist? The Effect of Multiple Policies Replication Schedule Criteria What are Private Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server Console Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Administration Tasks Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Color-Coding on the Server NNNs Private Whitelist? Console Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Routing TopologyEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Databases on the Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server Access Control Mechanisms TopologyPrivate Blacklist? Restrictions for Authorizing Server How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Access TopologyHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters User Access to the Server Opportunistic RoutingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP When to Restart the Server Connection Document Mail Routing(E/SMTP) Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels OptionsE/SMTP Settings Administration Levels Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administration Level Details Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Full Access Administrator Level for Incoming MailInternet Address Lookup Options Full Access Administrator Best Practices Mail Storage Formats Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Domino Web Administrator SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Administration Levels and the Lotus SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 9B: Implementing Message Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Best PracticesDisclaimers Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Internet Mail RoutingMessage Disclaimers The Domino Server Log The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Notes.ini File Methods for Enabling SMTP Process Logging Levels Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Server Groups and Replication SettingsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection SMTP Settings Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Document Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliverySettings Replication Controls SMTP Inbound ControlsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Replication Types SMTP Outbound ControlsMessages Methods for Forcing Replication Message Relay Prevention Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Pull Push Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistControls Multiple Replication Hubs FiltersDelivery Controls Critical Application Scheduling What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Replication Schedule Criteria The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessControls Mail Routing Components Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMail Transfer Controls Mail Routing Behavior Within and What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Between NNNs the DNS Whitelist?Mailboxes Topic 7B: Implementing a DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersHow Mail Rules Work The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Rule Actions Topology the DNS Blacklist?Activating a Server Mail Rule How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topology Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMail Journaling Opportunistic Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Connection Document Mail Routing the Private Whitelist?Journaling and Mail Routing Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?Journaling and Server Configuration Router Types and Connection Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage the Private Blacklist?Tag Mail Rule Conditions Format for Incoming Mail Order of Whitelist and BlacklistField Names Associated with Tags Mail Storage Formats PrecedenceOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhitelist Tags SMTP Implementation Scenarios Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Best Practices Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPQuotas Internet Mail Routing (E/SMTP) OptionsQuota Implementation Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks E/SMTP Settings Quota Restrictions Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesMaintenance Settings Internet Address Lookup Options Inbox Maintenance SMTP Settings Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Control Inbox Size Delivery Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 10F: Archiving Mail SMTP Inbound Controls Disclaimers


Archiving SMTP Outbound Controls Message DisclaimersBenefits of Archiving and Policies Message Relay Prevention The Message Disclaimer ImplementationArchive Policy Documents Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist ProcessArchive Policy Settings Document Filters Options for Attaching DisclaimersArchive Criteria Settings Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Enabling Server Message DisclaimersChecklist for Monitoring Mail The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTypes of Misdelivered Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SettingsChecking Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics the DNS Whitelist? Messages Mail Statistics DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters ControlsMessage Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found in Delivery Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall the DNS Blacklist? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhat is Message Recall? What are Private Whitelist Filters? ControlsMessage Recall Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Transfer Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTroubleshooting Stages the Private Whitelist? MailboxesThe Mail Trace Tool What are Private Blacklist Filters? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Enabling Private Blacklist Filters How Mail Rules WorkWhen to Restart the Router What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Rule ActionsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing the Private Blacklist? Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Force Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Precedence Mail JournalingMail How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Delivery Failure Process Filters Journaling and Mail Routing

Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Journaling and Server Configuration (E/SMTP) Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and

line E/SMTP Settings Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPlanning Guidelines Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Addressing Field Names Associated with TagsPlan When to Set Internet Addresses Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orSupported Platforms and System Internet Address Lookup Options Whitelist Tags Requirements Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino An Implementation of SMTP Routing QuotasServer Software Topic 9B: Implementing Message Quota Implementation OptionsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Disclaimers Quota Restrictions Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Disclaimers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAdministrator Client Software The Message Disclaimer Implementation Inbox MaintenanceThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Process Inbox MaintenanceBasic Configurations Options for Attaching Disclaimers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWhat is Eclipse? Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Control Inbox Size Client Installation Types Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 10F: Archiving MailWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Settings ArchivingExpeditor Component Packaging Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesEclipse Update Sites Messages Archive Policy DocumentsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Archive Policy Settings DocumentComponents Controls Archive Criteria Settings Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Delivery Controls Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Types of Misdelivered MailFirst Server Controls Checking Mail Delivery The Server Setup Process Mail Transfer Controls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Domino Directory Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Statistics Replicas of the Domino Directory Mailboxes Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingComparing Domains and Organizations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Tracking Purposes of Organizational Units How Mail Rules Work Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAlternatives to Organizational Units Mail Rule Actions What is Message Recall?Descendants of the Organization Certifier Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Recall OptionsOrganization Security Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Configuring the Message Recall Feature Organization Certifier ID Security Mail Journaling Troubleshooting StagesAuthentication Between Organizations Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Mail Trace Tool Country Codes Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterServer Audience Types Journaling and Server Configuration When to Restart the Router The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministrators Group Security Options and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Client Configuration Program Field Names Associated with Tags Dead Mail


Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Delivery Failure Processand Servers or Whitelist Tags Access in the Domino Directory Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Special Privilege of the Quotas lineLocalDomainAdmins Group Quota Implementation Options Planning GuidelinesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Quota Restrictions The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentLacks Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with PlanDomino Directory Access for Registering Inbox Maintenance Supported Platforms and SystemServers Inbox Maintenance Requirements Need for Selecting a Registration Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer ID File Storage Options Control Inbox Size Server SoftwareTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Archiving Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Standard Directory Structure Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administrator Client SoftwareThe Central Directory Structure Archive Policy Documents The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Archive Policy Settings Document Basic ConfigurationsDomino Directory Archive Criteria Settings Document What is Eclipse?Server Setup Profiles Checklist for Monitoring Mail Client Installation TypesClearing the Server ID Password Types of Misdelivered Mail What is Lotus Expeditor?The Certification Log Checking Mail Delivery Expeditor Component PackagingAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Eclipse Update SitesCertifiers Mail Statistics Automated Installation Options for EclipseNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ComponentsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Message Tracking Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation User Registration Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theAdministrator Access to Register Users What is Message Recall? First ServerThe License Tracking Database Message Recall Options The Server Setup ProcessInternet Password Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Domino DirectoryInternet Password Locking Troubleshooting Stages Replicas of the Domino DirectoryID File Distribution Options The Mail Trace Tool Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Purposes of Organizational UnitsUser Registration Text Files When to Restart the Router Alternatives to Organizational UnitsHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Force Mail Routing Organization SecurityChanges Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Organization Certifier ID SecurityDomino Directory Document Dead Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsSynchronization The Delivery Failure Process Country CodesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Server Audience TypesWorkstation The Lotus Domino Server LogWorkstation Setup for Additional line Administrators Group Security Options Workstations Planning Guidelines Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Worldwide Corporation Deployment WorkstationInstallation Plan The Client Configuration Program The Lotus Domino Administrator Supported Platforms and System Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Requirements Administrators and ServersServers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Administration Process Domino Server Software The Special Privilege of theComponents of the Administration Process Lotus Domino Server Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTiming and Execution of Administration Domino Administrator Client Software Lacks Process Requests The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Domino Directory Access for RegisteringNested Groups Basic Configurations ServersThe Deny List Only Group Type What is Eclipse? Need for Selecting a Registration ServerGroup Precedence in Database Access Client Installation Types Server ID File Storage Options Auto-populated Groups What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Expeditor Component Packaging Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPolicies Eclipse Update Sites The Standard Directory StructurePolicy Documents Automated Installation Options for The Central Directory StructurePolicy Types Eclipse Components Replicating a Subset of Documents in theSettings Document Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino DirectoryPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server Setup ProfilesStatic and Dynamic Settings First Server Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Management Tools The Server Setup Process The Certification LogPolicy Management Development Tools The Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUUse of an Organizational Policy Replicas of the Domino Directory CertifiersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Comparing Domains and Organizations Need for Selecting a Registration Server


Policy Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPolicy Assignment Methods Alternatives to Organizational Units User Registration OptionsPolicy Assignment During Registration Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrator Access to Register UsersDynamic Policy Assignments Organization Security The License Tracking DatabaseThe Effect of Multiple Policies Organization Certifier ID Security Internet Password OptionsLotus Domino Server Console Authentication Between Organizations Internet Password LockingAdministration Tasks Country Codes ID File Distribution Options Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Audience Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileConsole The Lotus Domino Server Log User Registration Text FilesTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrators Group Security Options How to Register Users from a Text File Databases on the Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServer Access Control Mechanisms Workstation ChangesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Client Configuration Program Domino Directory DocumentUser Access to the Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Synchronization When to Restart the Server Administrators and Servers Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Access in the Domino Directory WorkstationAdministration Levels The Special Privilege of the Workstation Setup for AdditionalAdministration Level Details LocalDomainAdmins Group Workstations The Full Access Administrator Level Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoFull Access Administrator Best Practices Group Lacks InstallationThe Domino Web Administrator Domino Directory Access for Registering The Lotus Domino Administrator Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWeb Administrator Application Need for Selecting a Registration Server ServersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server ID File Storage Options The Administration ProcessThe Domino Server Log Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Components of the Administration ProcessThe Notes.ini File Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Database Tools in Domino AdministratorLogging Levels The Standard Directory Structure Timing and Execution of AdministrationServer Groups and Replication The Central Directory Structure Process Requests Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Nested GroupsReplication Controls Domino Directory The Deny List Only Group TypeReplication Types Server Setup Profiles Group Precedence in Database AccessMethods for Forcing Replication Clearing the Server ID Password Auto-populated Groups Pull Push Replication The Certification Log Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMultiple Replication Hubs Administrator Access to Register OU PolicyCritical Application Scheduling Certifiers PoliciesReplication Schedule Criteria Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy DocumentsMail Routing Components Topic 3B: Registering New Policy TypesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administrators Settings Document TypesNNNs User Registration Options Policy Precedence RulesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Administrator Access to Register Users Static and Dynamic SettingsMail Routing Topology The License Tracking Database Policy Management ToolsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Internet Password Options Policy Management Development ToolsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Internet Password Locking Use of an Organizational Policy Topology ID File Distribution Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anOpportunistic Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Explicit PolicyConnection Document Mail Routing Options User Registration Text Files Policy Assignment MethodsRouter Types and Connection Documents How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Dynamic Policy Assignmentsfor Incoming Mail Changes The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Storage Formats Domino Directory Document Lotus Domino Server ConsoleSMTP Synchronization Administration TasksSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerSMTP Best Practices Workstation Console Internet Mail Routing Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Workstations Databases on the ServerMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Domino Installation Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessSMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator User Access to the ServerTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple When to Restart the Server SMTP Inbound Controls Servers Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsSMTP Outbound Controls The Administration Process Administration LevelsMessage Relay Prevention Components of the Administration Administration Level DetailsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Process The Full Access Administrator LevelFilters Database Tools in Domino Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Timing and Execution of Administration The Domino Web AdministratorThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Process Requests Administration Levels and the Lotus


Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Nested Groups Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in the The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDNS Whitelist? Group Precedence in Database Access The Domino Server LogDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Auto-populated Groups The Notes.ini FileEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Server Groups and Replication DNS Blacklist? Policies Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Policy Documents DocumentEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Policy Types Replication ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Settings Document Types Replication TypesPrivate Whitelist? Policy Precedence Rules Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Static and Dynamic Settings Pull Push ReplicationEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Policy Management Tools Multiple Replication HubsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Management Development Tools Critical Application SchedulingPrivate Blacklist? Use of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Mail Routing ComponentsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Explicit Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Policy Assignment Methods NNNs (E/SMTP) Options Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeE/SMTP Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments Mail Routing TopologyTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing The Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhen to Set Internet Addresses Lotus Domino Server Console TopologyInternet Address Lookup Options Administration Tasks How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Color-Coding on the Server TopologyAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Console Opportunistic RoutingTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Connection Document Mail RoutingDisclaimers Databases on the Server OptionsMessage Disclaimers Server Access Control Mechanisms Router Types and Connection Documents The Message Disclaimer Implementation Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatProcess Access for Incoming MailOptions for Attaching Disclaimers User Access to the Server Mail Storage Formats Enabling Server Message Disclaimers When to Restart the Server SMTPCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SMTP Implementation ScenariosSettings Administration Levels SMTP Best PracticesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administration Level Details Internet Mail RoutingMessages The Full Access Administrator Level The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Full Access Administrator Best Practices Methods for Enabling SMTP Controls The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPDelivery Controls Administration Levels and the Lotus SettingsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Settings Controls Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMail Transfer Controls The Domino Server Log SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Notes.ini File SMTP Outbound ControlsMailboxes Logging Levels Message Relay Prevention Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Groups and Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistHow Mail Rules Work Topic 6B: Creating a Connection FiltersMail Rule Actions Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Activating a Server Mail Rule Replication Controls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Replication Types Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMail Journaling Methods for Forcing Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Pull Push Replication the DNS Whitelist?Journaling and Mail Routing Multiple Replication Hubs DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsJournaling and Server Configuration Critical Application Scheduling Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Routing Components the DNS Blacklist?Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Routing Behavior Within and What are Private Whitelist Filters?Field Names Associated with Tags Between NNNs Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 7B: Implementing a What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tags Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology the Private Whitelist?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What are Private Blacklist Filters?Quotas Topology Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersQuota Implementation Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found inQuota Restrictions Topology the Private Blacklist?Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Opportunistic Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMaintenance Connection Document Mail Routing PrecedenceInbox Maintenance Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist


Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Router Types and Connection Filters Control Inbox Size Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage (E/SMTP) OptionsArchiving Format for Incoming Mail E/SMTP Settings Benefits of Archiving and Policies Mail Storage Formats Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingArchive Policy Documents SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesArchive Policy Settings Document SMTP Implementation Scenarios Internet Address Lookup Options Archive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Best Practices Topic 8G: Testing SMTPChecklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Mail Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Types of Misdelivered Mail The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 9B: Implementing MessageChecking Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP DisclaimersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Message DisclaimersMail Statistics Settings The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking SMTP Settings ProcessMessage Tracking Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Delivery Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhat is Message Recall? SMTP Inbound Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMessage Recall Options SMTP Outbound Controls SettingsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Message Relay Prevention Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETroubleshooting Stages Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Messages The Mail Trace Tool Filters Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 12B: Restarting the Router What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? ControlsWhen to Restart the Router The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Delivery Controls Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhen to Force Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in ControlsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead the DNS Whitelist? Mail Transfer Controls Mail DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Delivery Failure Process Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mailboxes

What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes the DNS Blacklist? How Mail Rules Work

line What are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Rule ActionsPlanning Guidelines Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Activating a Server Mail Rule The Worldwide Corporation Deployment What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingPlan the Private Whitelist? Mail JournalingSupported Platforms and System What are Private Blacklist Filters? Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsRequirements Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Server Configuration Server Software the Private Blacklist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andLotus Domino Server Installation Types Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Precedence Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAdministrator Client Software How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Field Names Associated with TagsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orBasic Configurations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Whitelist Tags What is Eclipse? (E/SMTP) Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasClient Installation Types E/SMTP Settings QuotasWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Quota Implementation OptionsExpeditor Component Packaging Addressing Quota Restrictions Eclipse Update Sites When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Internet Address Lookup Options Inbox MaintenanceComponents Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Inbox MaintenanceMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation An Implementation of SMTP Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 9B: Implementing Message Control Inbox Size First Server Disclaimers Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Server Setup Process Message Disclaimers ArchivingThe Domino Directory The Message Disclaimer Implementation Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplicas of the Domino Directory Process Archive Policy DocumentsComparing Domains and Organizations Options for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Policy Settings DocumentPurposes of Organizational Units Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document Alternatives to Organizational Units Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Checklist for Monitoring MailDescendants of the Organization Certifier Settings Types of Misdelivered MailOrganization Security Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Checking Mail Delivery Organization Certifier ID Security Messages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Statistics Country Codes Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingServer Audience Types Delivery Controls Message Tracking The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall


Administrators Group Security Options Controls What is Message Recall?Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Mail Transfer Controls Message Recall OptionsThe Client Configuration Program Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Mailboxes Troubleshooting Stagesand Servers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Mail Trace Tool Access in the Domino Directory How Mail Rules Work Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Special Privilege of the Mail Rule Actions When to Restart the Router LocalDomainAdmins Group Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Force Mail Routing Lacks Mail Journaling Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDomino Directory Access for Registering Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Dead MailServers Journaling and Mail Routing The Delivery Failure ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Server Configuration Server ID File Storage Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist TagTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions lineAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Tag Mail Rule Conditions Planning GuidelinesThe Standard Directory Structure Field Names Associated with Tags The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Central Directory Structure Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist PlanReplicating a Subset of Documents in the or Whitelist Tags Supported Platforms and SystemDomino Directory Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Requirements Server Setup Profiles Quotas Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoClearing the Server ID Password Quota Implementation Options Server SoftwareThe Certification Log Quota Restrictions Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoCertifiers Inbox Maintenance Administrator Client SoftwareNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Inbox Maintenance The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Basic ConfigurationsUser Registration Options Control Inbox Size What is Eclipse?Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Client Installation TypesThe License Tracking Database Archiving What is Lotus Expeditor?Internet Password Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Expeditor Component PackagingInternet Password Locking Archive Policy Documents Eclipse Update SitesID File Distribution Options Archive Policy Settings Document Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Archive Criteria Settings Document ComponentsUser Registration Text Files Checklist for Monitoring Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation How to Register Users from a Text File Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Checking Mail Delivery First ServerChanges Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Server Setup ProcessDomino Directory Document Mail Statistics The Domino DirectorySynchronization Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Tracking Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWorkstation Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Purposes of Organizational UnitsWorkstation Setup for Additional What is Message Recall? Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWorkstations Message Recall Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Configuring the Message Recall Feature Organization SecurityInstallation Troubleshooting Stages Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Country CodesServers When to Restart the Router Server Audience TypesThe Administration Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Server LogComponents of the Administration Process When to Force Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTiming and Execution of Administration Dead Mail WorkstationProcess Requests The Delivery Failure Process The Client Configuration Program Nested Groups Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators and ServersGroup Precedence in Database Access line Access in the Domino DirectoryAuto-populated Groups Planning Guidelines The Special Privilege of theTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Worldwide Corporation Deployment LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicies Plan Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicy Documents Supported Platforms and System Lacks Policy Types Requirements Domino Directory Access for RegisteringSettings Document Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus ServersPolicy Precedence Rules Domino Server Software Need for Selecting a Registration ServerStatic and Dynamic Settings Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Server ID File Storage Options Policy Management Tools Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting


Policy Management Development Tools Domino Administrator Client Software Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersUse of an Organizational Policy The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Standard Directory StructureTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Basic Configurations The Central Directory StructurePolicy What is Eclipse? Replicating a Subset of Documents in thePolicy Assignment Methods Client Installation Types Domino DirectoryPolicy Assignment During Registration What is Lotus Expeditor? Server Setup ProfilesDynamic Policy Assignments Expeditor Component Packaging Clearing the Server ID Password The Effect of Multiple Policies Eclipse Update Sites The Certification LogLotus Domino Server Console Automated Installation Options for Administrator Access to Register OUAdministration Tasks Eclipse Components CertifiersMessage Color-Coding on the Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server Console Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create First Server User Registration OptionsDatabases on the Server The Server Setup Process Administrator Access to Register UsersServer Access Control Mechanisms The Domino Directory The License Tracking DatabaseRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Replicas of the Domino Directory Internet Password OptionsUser Access to the Server Comparing Domains and Organizations Internet Password LockingWhen to Restart the Server Purposes of Organizational Units ID File Distribution Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileAdministration Levels Descendants of the Organization Certifier User Registration Text FilesAdministration Level Details Organization Security How to Register Users from a Text File The Full Access Administrator Level Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentFull Access Administrator Best Practices Authentication Between Organizations ChangesThe Domino Web Administrator Country Codes Domino Directory DocumentAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Server Audience Types Synchronization Web Administrator Application The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administrators Group Security Options WorkstationThe Domino Server Log Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Notes.ini File Workstation Workstations Logging Levels The Client Configuration Program Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServer Groups and Replication Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to InstallationTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administrators and Servers The Lotus Domino Administrator Replication Controls Access in the Domino Directory Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleReplication Types The Special Privilege of the ServersMethods for Forcing Replication LocalDomainAdmins Group The Administration ProcessPull Push Replication Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Components of the Administration ProcessMultiple Replication Hubs Group Lacks Database Tools in Domino AdministratorCritical Application Scheduling Domino Directory Access for Registering Timing and Execution of AdministrationReplication Schedule Criteria Servers Process Requests Mail Routing Components Need for Selecting a Registration Server Nested GroupsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Server ID File Storage Options The Deny List Only Group TypeNNNs Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Auto-populated Groups Mail Routing Topology The Standard Directory Structure Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Central Directory Structure PolicyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Replicating a Subset of Documents in the PoliciesTopology Domino Directory Policy DocumentsOpportunistic Routing Server Setup Profiles Policy TypesConnection Document Mail Routing Options Clearing the Server ID Password Settings Document TypesRouter Types and Connection Documents The Certification Log Policy Precedence RulesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Administrator Access to Register OU Static and Dynamic Settingsfor Incoming Mail Certifiers Policy Management ToolsMail Storage Formats Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management Development ToolsSMTP Topic 3B: Registering New Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrators Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anSMTP Best Practices User Registration Options Explicit PolicyInternet Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register Users Policy Assignment MethodsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The License Tracking Database Policy Assignment During RegistrationMethods for Enabling SMTP Internet Password Options Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Internet Password Locking The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Settings ID File Distribution Options Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Administration TasksSMTP Inbound Controls User Registration Text Files Message Color-Coding on the ServerSMTP Outbound Controls How to Register Users from a Text File Console Message Relay Prevention Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Changes Databases on the Server


Filters Domino Directory Document Server Access Control MechanismsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Synchronization Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator User Access to the ServerEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Workstation When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDNS Whitelist? Workstations Administration LevelsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Administration Level DetailsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Domino Installation The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Lotus Domino Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDNS Blacklist? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Domino Web AdministratorWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Servers Administration Levels and the LotusEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Administration Process Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in the Components of the Administration Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPrivate Whitelist? Process The Domino Server LogWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Notes.ini FileEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Timing and Execution of Administration Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in the Process Requests Server Groups and Replication Private Blacklist? Nested Groups Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Deny List Only Group Type DocumentHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Group Precedence in Database Access Replication ControlsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Auto-populated Groups Replication Types(E/SMTP) Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Methods for Forcing ReplicationE/SMTP Settings Policy Pull Push ReplicationTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Policies Multiple Replication HubsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Policy Documents Critical Application SchedulingInternet Address Lookup Options Policy Types Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Settings Document Types Mail Routing ComponentsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Precedence Rules Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 9B: Implementing Message Static and Dynamic Settings NNNs Disclaimers Policy Management Tools Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessage Disclaimers Policy Management Development Tools Mail Routing TopologyThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Use of an Organizational Policy The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingProcess Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an TopologyOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Explicit Policy How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Assignment Methods TopologyCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy Assignment During Registration Opportunistic RoutingSettings Dynamic Policy Assignments Connection Document Mail RoutingUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Effect of Multiple Policies OptionsMessages Lotus Domino Server Console Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Administration Tasks Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatControls Message Color-Coding on the Server for Incoming MailDelivery Controls Console Mail Storage Formats Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create SMTPControls Databases on the Server SMTP Implementation ScenariosMail Transfer Controls Server Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Best PracticesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server Internet Mail RoutingMailboxes Access The SMTP Listener and Router TasksBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes User Access to the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP How Mail Rules Work When to Restart the Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Rule Actions Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SettingsActivating a Server Mail Rule Administration Levels SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administration Level Details Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMail Journaling The Full Access Administrator Level SMTP Inbound ControlsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Full Access Administrator Best Practices SMTP Outbound ControlsJournaling and Mail Routing The Domino Web Administrator Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Server Configuration Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Domino Web Administrator Application FiltersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Domino Server Log The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessField Names Associated with Tags The Notes.ini File Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tags Server Groups and Replication the DNS Whitelist?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 6B: Creating a Connection DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsQuotas Document Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersQuota Implementation Options Replication Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inQuota Restrictions Replication Types the DNS Blacklist?


Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Methods for Forcing Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters?Maintenance Pull Push Replication Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersInbox Maintenance Multiple Replication Hubs What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Critical Application Scheduling the Private Whitelist?Control Inbox Size Replication Schedule Criteria What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Routing Components Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersArchiving Mail Routing Behavior Within and What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Archiving and Policies Between NNNs the Private Blacklist?Archive Policy Documents Topic 7B: Implementing a Order of Whitelist and BlacklistArchive Policy Settings Document Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology PrecedenceArchive Criteria Settings Document The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topology Filters Types of Misdelivered Mail How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPChecking Mail Delivery Topology (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Opportunistic Routing E/SMTP Settings Mail Statistics Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Options When to Set Internet AddressesMessage Tracking Router Types and Connection Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhat is Message Recall? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Recall Options Format for Incoming Mail Topic 9B: Implementing MessageConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Mail Storage Formats DisclaimersTroubleshooting Stages SMTP Message DisclaimersThe Mail Trace Tool SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTP Best Practices ProcessWhen to Restart the Router Internet Mail Routing Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhen to Force Mail Routing Methods for Enabling SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP SettingsMail Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Delivery Failure Process SMTP Settings Messages

Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDelivery Controls

line SMTP Inbound Controls Delivery Controls Planning Guidelines SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Message Relay Prevention ControlsPlan Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Transfer Controls Supported Platforms and System Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerRequirements What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? MailboxesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Software Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters How Mail Rules WorkLotus Domino Server Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Rule ActionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino the DNS Whitelist? Activating a Server Mail Rule Administrator Client Software DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mail JournalingBasic Configurations What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWhat is Eclipse? the DNS Blacklist? Journaling and Mail RoutingClient Installation Types What are Private Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Server Configuration What is Lotus Expeditor? Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andExpeditor Component Packaging What Happens When a Host is Found in Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsEclipse Update Sites the Private Whitelist? Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse What are Private Blacklist Filters? Field Names Associated with TagsComponents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in Whitelist Tags Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the the Private Blacklist? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasFirst Server Order of Whitelist and Blacklist QuotasThe Server Setup Process Precedence Quota Implementation OptionsThe Domino Directory How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Quota Restrictions Replicas of the Domino Directory Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Inbox MaintenancePurposes of Organizational Units (E/SMTP) Options Inbox MaintenanceAlternatives to Organizational Units E/SMTP Settings Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Control Inbox Size Organization Security Addressing Topic 10F: Archiving MailOrganization Certifier ID Security When to Set Internet Addresses ArchivingAuthentication Between Organizations Internet Address Lookup Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies


Country Codes Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Archive Policy DocumentsServer Audience Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 9B: Implementing Message Archive Criteria Settings Document Administrators Group Security Options Disclaimers Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Message Disclaimers Types of Misdelivered MailThe Client Configuration Program The Message Disclaimer Implementation Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Process Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statisticsand Servers Options for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Statistics Access in the Domino Directory Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Special Privilege of the Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Message Tracking LocalDomainAdmins Group Settings Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What is Message Recall?Lacks Messages Message Recall OptionsDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Configuring the Message Recall Feature Servers Controls Troubleshooting StagesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Delivery Controls The Mail Trace Tool Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Controls When to Restart the Router Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Transfer Controls Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server When to Force Mail Routing The Central Directory Structure Mailboxes Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Dead MailDomino Directory How Mail Rules Work The Delivery Failure ProcessServer Setup Profiles Mail Rule ActionsClearing the Server ID Password Activating a Server Mail Rule The Certification Log Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling lineAdministrator Access to Register OU Mail Journaling Planning GuidelinesCertifiers Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail Routing PlanTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Journaling and Server Configuration Supported Platforms and SystemUser Registration Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Requirements Administrator Access to Register Users and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe License Tracking Database Tag Mail Rule Conditions Server SoftwareInternet Password Options Field Names Associated with Tags Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Password Locking Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoID File Distribution Options or Whitelist Tags Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andUser Registration Text Files Quotas Basic ConfigurationsHow to Register Users from a Text File Quota Implementation Options What is Eclipse?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Quota Restrictions Client Installation TypesChanges Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with What is Lotus Expeditor?Domino Directory Document Inbox Maintenance Expeditor Component PackagingSynchronization Inbox Maintenance Eclipse Update SitesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Automated Installation Options for EclipseWorkstation Control Inbox Size ComponentsWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Workstations Archiving Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Benefits of Archiving and Policies First ServerInstallation Archive Policy Documents The Server Setup ProcessThe Lotus Domino Administrator Archive Policy Settings Document The Domino DirectoryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Archive Criteria Settings Document Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServers Checklist for Monitoring Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Administration Process Types of Misdelivered Mail Purposes of Organizational UnitsComponents of the Administration Process Checking Mail Delivery Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Descendants of the Organization CertifierTiming and Execution of Administration Mail Statistics Organization SecurityProcess Requests Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Organization Certifier ID SecurityNested Groups Message Tracking Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Country CodesGroup Precedence in Database Access What is Message Recall? Server Audience TypesAuto-populated Groups Message Recall Options The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administrators Group Security Options Policies Troubleshooting Stages Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstPolicy Documents The Mail Trace Tool WorkstationPolicy Types Topic 12B: Restarting the Router The Client Configuration Program Settings Document Types When to Restart the Router Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to


Policy Precedence Rules Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrators and ServersStatic and Dynamic Settings When to Force Mail Routing Access in the Domino DirectoryPolicy Management Tools Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The Special Privilege of thePolicy Management Development Tools Dead Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupUse of an Organizational Policy The Delivery Failure Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Lacks Policy Domino Directory Access for RegisteringPolicy Assignment Methods line ServersPolicy Assignment During Registration Planning Guidelines Need for Selecting a Registration ServerDynamic Policy Assignments The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Server ID File Storage Options The Effect of Multiple Policies Plan Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingLotus Domino Server Console Supported Platforms and System Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersAdministration Tasks Requirements The Standard Directory StructureMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Central Directory StructureConsole Domino Server Software Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino DirectoryDatabases on the Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Server Setup ProfilesServer Access Control Mechanisms Domino Administrator Client Software Clearing the Server ID Password Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Certification LogUser Access to the Server Basic Configurations Administrator Access to Register OUWhen to Restart the Server What is Eclipse? CertifiersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Client Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Levels What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsAdministration Level Details Expeditor Component Packaging User Registration OptionsThe Full Access Administrator Level Eclipse Update Sites Administrator Access to Register UsersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Automated Installation Options for The License Tracking DatabaseThe Domino Web Administrator Eclipse Components Internet Password OptionsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Password LockingWeb Administrator Application Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the ID File Distribution Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels First Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Domino Server Log The Server Setup Process User Registration Text FilesThe Notes.ini File The Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Logging Levels Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServer Groups and Replication Comparing Domains and Organizations ChangesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Purposes of Organizational Units Domino Directory DocumentReplication Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Synchronization Replication Types Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMethods for Forcing Replication Organization Security WorkstationPull Push Replication Organization Certifier ID Security Workstation Setup for AdditionalMultiple Replication Hubs Authentication Between Organizations Workstations Critical Application Scheduling Country Codes Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoReplication Schedule Criteria Server Audience Types InstallationMail Routing Components The Lotus Domino Server Log The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administrators Group Security Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleNNNs Topic 1E: Configuring the First ServersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Workstation The Administration ProcessMail Routing Topology The Client Configuration Program Components of the Administration ProcessThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators and Servers Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopology Access in the Domino Directory Process Requests Opportunistic Routing The Special Privilege of the Nested GroupsConnection Document Mail Routing Options LocalDomainAdmins Group The Deny List Only Group TypeRouter Types and Connection Documents Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Group Lacks Auto-populated Groups for Incoming Mail Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMail Storage Formats Servers PolicySMTP Need for Selecting a Registration Server PoliciesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Server ID File Storage Options Policy DocumentsSMTP Best Practices Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Policy TypesInternet Mail Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Settings Document TypesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Standard Directory Structure Policy Precedence RulesMethods for Enabling SMTP The Central Directory Structure Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Management ToolsSMTP Settings Domino Directory Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Server Setup Profiles Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Inbound Controls Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an


SMTP Outbound Controls The Certification Log Explicit PolicyMessage Relay Prevention Administrator Access to Register OU Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Certifiers Policy Assignment During RegistrationFilters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 3B: Registering New The Effect of Multiple Policies The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administrators Lotus Domino Server ConsoleEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters User Registration Options Administration TasksWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrator Access to Register Users Message Color-Coding on the ServerDNS Whitelist? The License Tracking Database Console DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Internet Password Options Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Internet Password Locking Databases on the ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the ID File Distribution Options Server Access Control MechanismsDNS Blacklist? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? User Registration Text Files User Access to the ServerEnabling Private Whitelist Filters How to Register Users from a Text File When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPrivate Whitelist? Changes Administration LevelsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Directory Document Administration Level DetailsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Synchronization The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPrivate Blacklist? Workstation The Domino Web AdministratorOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Workstation Setup for Additional Administration Levels and the LotusHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Workstations Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels(E/SMTP) Options Domino Installation The Domino Server LogE/SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator The Notes.ini FileTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Logging Levels When to Set Internet Addresses Servers Server Groups and Replication Internet Address Lookup Options The Administration Process Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Components of the Administration DocumentAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Process Replication ControlsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Database Tools in Domino Administrator Replication TypesDisclaimers Timing and Execution of Administration Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Disclaimers Process Requests Pull Push ReplicationThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Nested Groups Multiple Replication HubsProcess The Deny List Only Group Type Critical Application SchedulingOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Group Precedence in Database Access Replication Schedule Criteria Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Auto-populated Groups Mail Routing ComponentsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSettings Policy NNNs Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Policies Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessages Policy Documents Mail Routing TopologyTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policy Types The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingControls Settings Document Types TopologyDelivery Controls Policy Precedence Rules How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Static and Dynamic Settings TopologyControls Policy Management Tools Opportunistic RoutingMail Transfer Controls Policy Management Development Tools Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Use of an Organizational Policy OptionsMailboxes Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Router Types and Connection Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Explicit Policy Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatHow Mail Rules Work Policy Assignment Methods for Incoming MailMail Rule Actions Policy Assignment During Registration Mail Storage Formats Activating a Server Mail Rule Dynamic Policy Assignments SMTPTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Implementation ScenariosMail Journaling Lotus Domino Server Console SMTP Best PracticesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administration Tasks Internet Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Routing Message Color-Coding on the Server The SMTP Listener and Router TasksJournaling and Server Configuration Console Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Databases on the Server SettingsTag Mail Rule Conditions Server Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Settings Field Names Associated with Tags Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Access SMTP Inbound ControlsWhitelist Tags User Access to the Server SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas When to Restart the Server Message Relay Prevention


Quotas Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistQuota Implementation Options Administration Levels FiltersQuota Restrictions Administration Level Details What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Full Access Administrator Level The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMaintenance Full Access Administrator Best Practices Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersInbox Maintenance The Domino Web Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administration Levels and the Lotus the DNS Whitelist?Control Inbox Size Domino Web Administrator Application DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersArchiving The Domino Server Log What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Archiving and Policies The Notes.ini File the DNS Blacklist?Archive Policy Documents Logging Levels What are Private Whitelist Filters?Archive Policy Settings Document Server Groups and Replication Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 6B: Creating a Connection What Happens When a Host is Found inChecklist for Monitoring Mail Document the Private Whitelist?Types of Misdelivered Mail Replication Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters?Checking Mail Delivery Replication Types Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Methods for Forcing Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Statistics Pull Push Replication the Private Blacklist?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Multiple Replication Hubs Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMessage Tracking Critical Application Scheduling PrecedenceTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Replication Schedule Criteria How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhat is Message Recall? Mail Routing Components Filters Message Recall Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Between NNNs (E/SMTP) OptionsTroubleshooting Stages Topic 7B: Implementing a E/SMTP Settings The Mail Trace Tool Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing When to Set Internet AddressesWhen to Restart the Router Topology Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhen to Force Mail Routing Topology An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Opportunistic Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMail Connection Document Mail Routing DisclaimersThe Delivery Failure Process Options Message Disclaimers

Router Types and Connection The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDocuments Process

line Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Options for Attaching DisclaimersPlanning Guidelines Format for Incoming Mail Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Storage Formats Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPlan SMTP SettingsSupported Platforms and System SMTP Implementation Scenarios Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMERequirements SMTP Best Practices Messages Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Internet Mail Routing Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServer Software The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks ControlsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Enabling SMTP Delivery Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAdministrator Client Software Settings ControlsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SMTP Settings Mail Transfer Controls Basic Configurations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat is Eclipse? Delivery MailboxesClient Installation Types SMTP Inbound Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes What is Lotus Expeditor? SMTP Outbound Controls How Mail Rules WorkExpeditor Component Packaging Message Relay Prevention Mail Rule ActionsEclipse Update Sites Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Activating a Server Mail Rule Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Filters Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingComponents What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail JournalingMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Journaling and Mail RoutingFirst Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Server Configuration The Server Setup Process the DNS Whitelist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Domino Directory DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplicas of the Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Tag Mail Rule ConditionsComparing Domains and Organizations What Happens When a Host is Found in Field Names Associated with TagsPurposes of Organizational Units the DNS Blacklist? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAlternatives to Organizational Units What are Private Whitelist Filters? Whitelist Tags Descendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas


Organization Security What Happens When a Host is Found in QuotasOrganization Certifier ID Security the Private Whitelist? Quota Implementation OptionsAuthentication Between Organizations What are Private Blacklist Filters? Quota Restrictions Country Codes Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withServer Audience Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Inbox MaintenanceThe Lotus Domino Server Log the Private Blacklist? Inbox MaintenanceAdministrators Group Security Options Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Precedence Control Inbox Size The Client Configuration Program How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Filters Archivingand Servers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesAccess in the Domino Directory (E/SMTP) Options Archive Policy DocumentsThe Special Privilege of the E/SMTP Settings Archive Policy Settings DocumentLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Archive Criteria Settings Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Addressing Checklist for Monitoring MailLacks When to Set Internet Addresses Types of Misdelivered MailDomino Directory Access for Registering Internet Address Lookup Options Checking Mail Delivery Servers Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Statistics Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Disclaimers Message Tracking Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Disclaimers Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Standard Directory Structure The Message Disclaimer Implementation What is Message Recall?The Central Directory Structure Process Message Recall OptionsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Options for Attaching Disclaimers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Domino Directory Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Troubleshooting StagesServer Setup Profiles Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Mail Trace Tool Clearing the Server ID Password Settings Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Certification Log Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME When to Restart the Router Administrator Access to Register OU Messages Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingCertifiers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Force Mail Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Controls Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Delivery Controls Dead MailUser Registration Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Delivery Failure ProcessAdministrator Access to Register Users ControlsThe License Tracking Database Mail Transfer Controls Internet Password Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server lineInternet Password Locking Mailboxes Planning GuidelinesID File Distribution Options Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File How Mail Rules Work PlanUser Registration Text Files Mail Rule Actions Supported Platforms and SystemHow to Register Users from a Text File Activating a Server Mail Rule Requirements Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoChanges Mail Journaling Server SoftwareDomino Directory Document Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Synchronization Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Journaling and Server Configuration Administrator Client SoftwareWorkstation Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWorkstation Setup for Additional and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Basic ConfigurationsWorkstations Tag Mail Rule Conditions What is Eclipse?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Field Names Associated with Tags Client Installation TypesInstallation Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What is Lotus Expeditor?The Lotus Domino Administrator or Whitelist Tags Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Eclipse Update SitesServers Quotas Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Administration Process Quota Implementation Options ComponentsComponents of the Administration Process Quota Restrictions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTiming and Execution of Administration Inbox Maintenance First ServerProcess Requests Inbox Maintenance The Server Setup ProcessNested Groups Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Domino DirectoryThe Deny List Only Group Type Control Inbox Size Replicas of the Domino DirectoryGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAuto-populated Groups Archiving Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPolicies Archive Policy Documents Descendants of the Organization Certifier


Policy Documents Archive Policy Settings Document Organization SecurityPolicy Types Archive Criteria Settings Document Organization Certifier ID SecuritySettings Document Types Checklist for Monitoring Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicy Precedence Rules Types of Misdelivered Mail Country CodesStatic and Dynamic Settings Checking Mail Delivery Server Audience TypesPolicy Management Tools Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Domino Server LogPolicy Management Development Tools Mail Statistics Administrators Group Security Options Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Message Tracking WorkstationPolicy Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Client Configuration Program Policy Assignment Methods What is Message Recall? Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toPolicy Assignment During Registration Message Recall Options Administrators and ServersDynamic Policy Assignments Configuring the Message Recall Feature Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Effect of Multiple Policies Troubleshooting Stages The Special Privilege of theLotus Domino Server Console The Mail Trace Tool LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministration Tasks Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMessage Color-Coding on the Server When to Restart the Router Lacks Console Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create When to Force Mail Routing ServersDatabases on the Server Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServer Access Control Mechanisms Dead Mail Server ID File Storage Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Delivery Failure Process Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingUser Access to the Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhen to Restart the Server The Standard Directory StructureTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels line The Central Directory StructureAdministration Levels Planning Guidelines Replicating a Subset of Documents in theAdministration Level Details The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Domino DirectoryThe Full Access Administrator Level Plan Server Setup ProfilesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Supported Platforms and System Clearing the Server ID Password The Domino Web Administrator Requirements The Certification LogAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrator Access to Register OUWeb Administrator Application Domino Server Software CertifiersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino Server Log Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Notes.ini File Domino Administrator Client Software User Registration OptionsLogging Levels The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administrator Access to Register UsersServer Groups and Replication Basic Configurations The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document What is Eclipse? Internet Password OptionsReplication Controls Client Installation Types Internet Password LockingReplication Types What is Lotus Expeditor? ID File Distribution Options Methods for Forcing Replication Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePull Push Replication Eclipse Update Sites User Registration Text FilesMultiple Replication Hubs Automated Installation Options for How to Register Users from a Text File Critical Application Scheduling Eclipse Components Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentReplication Schedule Criteria Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation ChangesMail Routing Components Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Domino Directory DocumentMail Routing Behavior Within and Between First Server Synchronization NNNs The Server Setup Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke The Domino Directory WorkstationMail Routing Topology Replicas of the Domino Directory Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Comparing Domains and Organizations Workstations How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopology Alternatives to Organizational Units InstallationOpportunistic Routing Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Domino Administrator Connection Document Mail Routing Options Organization Security Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleRouter Types and Connection Documents Organization Certifier ID Security ServersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Authentication Between Organizations The Administration Processfor Incoming Mail Country Codes Components of the Administration ProcessMail Storage Formats Server Audience Types Database Tools in Domino AdministratorSMTP The Lotus Domino Server Log Timing and Execution of AdministrationSMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrators Group Security Options Process Requests SMTP Best Practices Topic 1E: Configuring the First Nested GroupsInternet Mail Routing Workstation The Deny List Only Group TypeThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Client Configuration Program Group Precedence in Database AccessMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Auto-populated Groups Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Administrators and Servers Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational


SMTP Settings Access in the Domino Directory PolicyTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Special Privilege of the PoliciesSMTP Inbound Controls LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy DocumentsSMTP Outbound Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Policy TypesMessage Relay Prevention Group Lacks Settings Document TypesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Directory Access for Registering Policy Precedence RulesFilters Servers Static and Dynamic SettingsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management ToolsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server ID File Storage Options Policy Management Development ToolsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Use of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in the Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDNS Whitelist? The Standard Directory Structure Explicit PolicyDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Central Directory Structure Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Directory Dynamic Policy AssignmentsDNS Blacklist? Server Setup Profiles The Effect of Multiple Policies What are Private Whitelist Filters? Clearing the Server ID Password Lotus Domino Server ConsoleEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Certification Log Administration TasksWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrator Access to Register OU Message Color-Coding on the ServerPrivate Whitelist? Certifiers Console What are Private Blacklist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New Databases on the ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Server Access Control MechanismsPrivate Blacklist? User Registration Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administrator Access to Register Users User Access to the ServerHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The License Tracking Database When to Restart the Server Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Internet Password Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels(E/SMTP) Options Internet Password Locking Administration LevelsE/SMTP Settings ID File Distribution Options Administration Level DetailsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Full Access Administrator LevelWhen to Set Internet Addresses User Registration Text Files Full Access Administrator Best PracticesInternet Address Lookup Options How to Register Users from a Text File The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administration Levels and the LotusAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Changes Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 9B: Implementing Message Domino Directory Document Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDisclaimers Synchronization The Domino Server LogMessage Disclaimers Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Notes.ini FileThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Workstation Logging Levels Process Workstation Setup for Additional Server Groups and Replication Options for Attaching Disclaimers Workstations Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DocumentCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Installation Replication ControlsSettings The Lotus Domino Administrator Replication TypesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessages Servers Pull Push ReplicationTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Administration Process Multiple Replication HubsControls Components of the Administration Critical Application SchedulingDelivery Controls Process Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Database Tools in Domino Administrator Mail Routing ComponentsControls Timing and Execution of Administration Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMail Transfer Controls Process Requests NNNs Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Nested Groups Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMailboxes The Deny List Only Group Type Mail Routing TopologyBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Precedence in Database Access The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingHow Mail Rules Work Auto-populated Groups TopologyMail Rule Actions Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeActivating a Server Mail Rule Policy TopologyTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Policies Opportunistic RoutingMail Journaling Policy Documents Connection Document Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy Types OptionsJournaling and Mail Routing Settings Document Types Router Types and Connection Documents Journaling and Server Configuration Policy Precedence Rules Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Static and Dynamic Settings for Incoming MailWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Tools Mail Storage Formats Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Development Tools SMTPField Names Associated with Tags Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Implementation Scenarios


Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an SMTP Best PracticesWhitelist Tags Explicit Policy Internet Mail RoutingTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Policy Assignment Methods The SMTP Listener and Router TasksQuotas Policy Assignment During Registration Methods for Enabling SMTP Quota Implementation Options Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPQuota Restrictions The Effect of Multiple Policies SettingsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Lotus Domino Server Console SMTP Settings Maintenance Administration Tasks Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryInbox Maintenance Message Color-Coding on the Server SMTP Inbound ControlsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Console SMTP Outbound ControlsControl Inbox Size Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Relay Prevention Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Databases on the Server Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistArchiving Server Access Control Mechanisms FiltersBenefits of Archiving and Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Archive Policy Documents Access The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessArchive Policy Settings Document User Access to the Server Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersArchive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found inChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels the DNS Whitelist?Types of Misdelivered Mail Administration Levels DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsChecking Mail Delivery Administration Level Details Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Full Access Administrator Level What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Statistics Full Access Administrator Best Practices the DNS Blacklist?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Domino Web Administrator What are Private Whitelist Filters?Message Tracking Administration Levels and the Lotus Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Message Recall? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels the Private Whitelist?Message Recall Options The Domino Server Log What are Private Blacklist Filters?Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Notes.ini File Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTroubleshooting Stages Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Mail Trace Tool Server Groups and Replication the Private Blacklist?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Order of Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Restart the Router Document PrecedenceTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication Controls How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Force Mail Routing Replication Types Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMail Pull Push Replication (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Delivery Failure Process Multiple Replication Hubs E/SMTP Settings

Critical Application Scheduling Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingReplication Schedule Criteria When to Set Internet Addresses

line Mail Routing Components Internet Address Lookup Options Planning Guidelines Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8G: Testing SMTPThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Between NNNs An Implementation of SMTP Routing Plan Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 9B: Implementing MessageSupported Platforms and System Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology DisclaimersRequirements The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Message DisclaimersTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topology The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServer Software How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke ProcessLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topology Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Opportunistic Routing Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAdministrator Client Software Connection Document Mail Routing Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options SettingsBasic Configurations Router Types and Connection Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat is Eclipse? Documents Messages Client Installation Types Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Format for Incoming Mail ControlsExpeditor Component Packaging Mail Storage Formats Delivery Controls Eclipse Update Sites SMTP Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse SMTP Implementation Scenarios ControlsComponents SMTP Best Practices Mail Transfer Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Mail Routing Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks MailboxesFirst Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Server Setup Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP How Mail Rules WorkThe Domino Directory Settings Mail Rule ActionsReplicas of the Domino Directory SMTP Settings Activating a Server Mail Rule Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling


Purposes of Organizational Units Delivery Mail JournalingAlternatives to Organizational Units SMTP Inbound Controls Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsDescendants of the Organization Certifier SMTP Outbound Controls Journaling and Mail RoutingOrganization Security Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Server Configuration Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAuthentication Between Organizations Filters Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsCountry Codes What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Tag Mail Rule ConditionsServer Audience Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Field Names Associated with TagsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAdministrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Whitelist Tags Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation the DNS Whitelist? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Client Configuration Program DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics QuotasTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Quota Implementation Optionsand Servers What Happens When a Host is Found in Quota Restrictions Access in the Domino Directory the DNS Blacklist? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Special Privilege of the What are Private Whitelist Filters? Inbox MaintenanceLocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Inbox MaintenancePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group What Happens When a Host is Found in Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toLacks the Private Whitelist? Control Inbox Size Domino Directory Access for Registering What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 10F: Archiving MailServers Enabling Private Blacklist Filters ArchivingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesServer ID File Storage Options the Private Blacklist? Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy Settings DocumentAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Precedence Archive Criteria Settings Document The Standard Directory Structure How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Central Directory Structure Filters Types of Misdelivered MailReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Checking Mail Delivery Domino Directory (E/SMTP) Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsServer Setup Profiles E/SMTP Settings Mail Statistics Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Certification Log Addressing Message Tracking Administrator Access to Register OU When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallCertifiers Internet Address Lookup Options What is Message Recall?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Recall OptionsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators An Implementation of SMTP Routing Configuring the Message Recall Feature User Registration Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Troubleshooting StagesAdministrator Access to Register Users Disclaimers The Mail Trace Tool The License Tracking Database Message Disclaimers Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterInternet Password Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation When to Restart the Router Internet Password Locking Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingID File Distribution Options Options for Attaching Disclaimers When to Force Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andUser Registration Text Files Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Dead MailHow to Register Users from a Text File Settings The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEChanges Messages Domino Directory Document Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery lineSynchronization Controls Planning GuidelinesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Delivery Controls The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentWorkstation Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer PlanWorkstation Setup for Additional Controls Supported Platforms and SystemWorkstations Mail Transfer Controls Requirements Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoInstallation Mailboxes Server SoftwareThe Lotus Domino Administrator Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Rules Work Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServers Mail Rule Actions Administrator Client SoftwareThe Administration Process Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andComponents of the Administration Process Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Basic ConfigurationsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Mail Journaling What is Eclipse?Timing and Execution of Administration Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Client Installation TypesProcess Requests Journaling and Mail Routing What is Lotus Expeditor?Nested Groups Journaling and Server Configuration Expeditor Component PackagingThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Eclipse Update SitesGroup Precedence in Database Access and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Automated Installation Options for Eclipse


Auto-populated Groups Tag Mail Rule Conditions ComponentsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Field Names Associated with Tags Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring thePolicy Documents or Whitelist Tags First ServerPolicy Types Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Server Setup ProcessSettings Document Types Quotas The Domino DirectoryPolicy Precedence Rules Quota Implementation Options Replicas of the Domino DirectoryStatic and Dynamic Settings Quota Restrictions Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPolicy Management Tools Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Purposes of Organizational UnitsPolicy Management Development Tools Inbox Maintenance Alternatives to Organizational UnitsUse of an Organizational Policy Inbox Maintenance Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Organization SecurityPolicy Control Inbox Size Organization Certifier ID SecurityPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicy Assignment During Registration Archiving Country CodesDynamic Policy Assignments Benefits of Archiving and Policies Server Audience TypesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Archive Policy Documents The Lotus Domino Server LogLotus Domino Server Console Archive Policy Settings Document Administrators Group Security Options Administration Tasks Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMessage Color-Coding on the Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail WorkstationConsole Types of Misdelivered Mail The Client Configuration Program Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toDatabases on the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administrators and ServersServer Access Control Mechanisms Mail Statistics Access in the Domino DirectoryRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Special Privilege of theUser Access to the Server Message Tracking LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhen to Restart the Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What is Message Recall? Lacks Administration Levels Message Recall Options Domino Directory Access for RegisteringAdministration Level Details Configuring the Message Recall Feature ServersThe Full Access Administrator Level Troubleshooting Stages Need for Selecting a Registration ServerFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Mail Trace Tool Server ID File Storage Options The Domino Web Administrator Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino When to Restart the Router Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWeb Administrator Application Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Standard Directory StructureTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels When to Force Mail Routing The Central Directory StructureThe Domino Server Log Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Notes.ini File Dead Mail Domino DirectoryLogging Levels The Delivery Failure Process Server Setup ProfilesServer Groups and Replication Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Certification LogReplication Controls line Administrator Access to Register OUReplication Types Planning Guidelines CertifiersMethods for Forcing Replication The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Need for Selecting a Registration Server Pull Push Replication Plan Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMultiple Replication Hubs Supported Platforms and System User Registration OptionsCritical Application Scheduling Requirements Administrator Access to Register UsersReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The License Tracking DatabaseMail Routing Components Domino Server Software Internet Password OptionsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Password LockingNNNs Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus ID File Distribution Options Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMail Routing Topology The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Registration Text FilesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Basic Configurations How to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What is Eclipse? Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopology Client Installation Types ChangesOpportunistic Routing What is Lotus Expeditor? Domino Directory DocumentConnection Document Mail Routing Options Expeditor Component Packaging Synchronization Router Types and Connection Documents Eclipse Update Sites Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Automated Installation Options for Workstationfor Incoming Mail Eclipse Components Workstation Setup for AdditionalMail Storage Formats Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Workstations SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSMTP Implementation Scenarios First Server InstallationSMTP Best Practices The Server Setup Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Mail Routing The Domino Directory Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple


The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replicas of the Domino Directory ServersMethods for Enabling SMTP Comparing Domains and Organizations The Administration ProcessTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Purposes of Organizational Units Components of the Administration ProcessSMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Descendants of the Organization Certifier Timing and Execution of AdministrationSMTP Inbound Controls Organization Security Process Requests SMTP Outbound Controls Organization Certifier ID Security Nested GroupsMessage Relay Prevention Authentication Between Organizations The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Country Codes Group Precedence in Database AccessFilters Server Audience Types Auto-populated Groups What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administrators Group Security Options PolicyEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the First PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Policy DocumentsDNS Whitelist? The Client Configuration Program Policy TypesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Settings Document TypesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administrators and Servers Policy Precedence RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Access in the Domino Directory Static and Dynamic SettingsDNS Blacklist? The Special Privilege of the Policy Management ToolsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Management Development ToolsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Use of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in the Group Lacks Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPrivate Whitelist? Domino Directory Access for Registering Explicit PolicyWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Servers Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server ID File Storage Options Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Effect of Multiple Policies Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Lotus Domino Server ConsoleHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Standard Directory Structure Administration TasksTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Central Directory Structure Message Color-Coding on the Server(E/SMTP) Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Console E/SMTP Settings Domino Directory Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Server Setup Profiles Databases on the ServerWhen to Set Internet Addresses Clearing the Server ID Password Server Access Control MechanismsInternet Address Lookup Options The Certification Log Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrator Access to Register OU User Access to the ServerAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Certifiers When to Restart the Server Topic 9B: Implementing Message Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDisclaimers Topic 3B: Registering New Administration LevelsMessage Disclaimers Administrators Administration Level DetailsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation User Registration Options The Full Access Administrator LevelProcess Administrator Access to Register Users Full Access Administrator Best PracticesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The License Tracking Database The Domino Web AdministratorEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Internet Password Options Administration Levels and the LotusCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Internet Password Locking Domino Web Administrator Application Settings ID File Distribution Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Domino Server LogMessages User Registration Text Files The Notes.ini FileTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How to Register Users from a Text File Logging Levels Controls Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server Groups and Replication Delivery Controls Changes Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Directory Document DocumentControls Synchronization Replication ControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Replication TypesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Workstation Methods for Forcing ReplicationMailboxes Workstation Setup for Additional Pull Push ReplicationBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstations Multiple Replication HubsHow Mail Rules Work Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Critical Application SchedulingMail Rule Actions Domino Installation Replication Schedule Criteria Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMail Journaling Servers NNNs Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Administration Process Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeJournaling and Mail Routing Components of the Administration Mail Routing TopologyJournaling and Server Configuration Process The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topology


Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Timing and Execution of Administration How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTag Mail Rule Conditions Process Requests TopologyField Names Associated with Tags Nested Groups Opportunistic RoutingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Deny List Only Group Type Connection Document Mail RoutingWhitelist Tags Group Precedence in Database Access OptionsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Auto-populated Groups Router Types and Connection Documents Quotas Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatQuota Implementation Options Policy for Incoming MailQuota Restrictions Policies Mail Storage Formats Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Policy Documents SMTPMaintenance Policy Types SMTP Implementation ScenariosInbox Maintenance Settings Document Types SMTP Best PracticesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Precedence Rules Internet Mail RoutingControl Inbox Size Static and Dynamic Settings The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Management Tools Methods for Enabling SMTP Archiving Policy Management Development Tools Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPBenefits of Archiving and Policies Use of an Organizational Policy SettingsArchive Policy Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an SMTP Settings Archive Policy Settings Document Explicit Policy Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryArchive Criteria Settings Document Policy Assignment Methods SMTP Inbound ControlsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Policy Assignment During Registration SMTP Outbound ControlsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Dynamic Policy Assignments Message Relay Prevention Checking Mail Delivery The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Lotus Domino Server Console FiltersMail Statistics Administration Tasks What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Color-Coding on the Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMessage Tracking Console Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Message Recall? Databases on the Server the DNS Whitelist?Message Recall Options Server Access Control Mechanisms DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Restrictions for Authorizing Server Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTroubleshooting Stages Access What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Mail Trace Tool User Access to the Server the DNS Blacklist?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router When to Restart the Server What are Private Whitelist Filters?When to Restart the Router Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Force Mail Routing Administration Level Details the Private Whitelist?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Full Access Administrator Level What are Private Blacklist Filters?Mail Full Access Administrator Best Practices Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Delivery Failure Process The Domino Web Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in

Administration Levels and the Lotus the Private Blacklist?Domino Web Administrator Application Order of Whitelist and Blacklist

line Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels PrecedencePlanning Guidelines The Domino Server Log How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Notes.ini File Filters Plan Logging Levels Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPSupported Platforms and System Server Groups and Replication (E/SMTP) OptionsRequirements Topic 6B: Creating a Connection E/SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Document Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServer Software Replication Controls When to Set Internet AddressesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Replication Types Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAdministrator Client Software Pull Push Replication An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 9B: Implementing MessageBasic Configurations Critical Application Scheduling DisclaimersWhat is Eclipse? Replication Schedule Criteria Message DisclaimersClient Installation Types Mail Routing Components The Message Disclaimer ImplementationWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Routing Behavior Within and ProcessExpeditor Component Packaging Between NNNs Options for Attaching DisclaimersEclipse Update Sites Topic 7B: Implementing a Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyComponents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing SettingsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topology Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Messages First Server Topology Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Server Setup Process Opportunistic Routing Controls


The Domino Directory Connection Document Mail Routing Delivery Controls Replicas of the Domino Directory Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferComparing Domains and Organizations Router Types and Connection ControlsPurposes of Organizational Units Documents Mail Transfer Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerDescendants of the Organization Certifier Format for Incoming Mail MailboxesOrganization Security Mail Storage Formats Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Organization Certifier ID Security SMTP How Mail Rules WorkAuthentication Between Organizations SMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Rule ActionsCountry Codes SMTP Best Practices Activating a Server Mail Rule Server Audience Types Internet Mail Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Lotus Domino Server Log The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Mail JournalingAdministrators Group Security Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Client Configuration Program Settings Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators SMTP Settings Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andand Servers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAccess in the Domino Directory Delivery Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Special Privilege of the SMTP Inbound Controls Field Names Associated with TagsLocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Outbound Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Message Relay Prevention Whitelist Tags Lacks Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDomino Directory Access for Registering Filters QuotasServers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Quota Implementation OptionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Quota Restrictions Server ID File Storage Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found in Inbox MaintenanceAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the DNS Whitelist? Inbox MaintenanceThe Standard Directory Structure DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Central Directory Structure Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Control Inbox Size Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10F: Archiving MailDomino Directory the DNS Blacklist? ArchivingServer Setup Profiles What are Private Whitelist Filters? Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesClearing the Server ID Password Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Archive Policy DocumentsThe Certification Log What Happens When a Host is Found in Archive Policy Settings DocumentAdministrator Access to Register OU the Private Whitelist? Archive Criteria Settings Document Certifiers What are Private Blacklist Filters? Checklist for Monitoring MailNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators What Happens When a Host is Found in Checking Mail Delivery User Registration Options the Private Blacklist? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAdministrator Access to Register Users Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Statistics The License Tracking Database Precedence Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingInternet Password Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Message Tracking Internet Password Locking Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallID File Distribution Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What is Message Recall?Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File (E/SMTP) Options Message Recall OptionsUser Registration Text Files E/SMTP Settings Configuring the Message Recall Feature How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Troubleshooting StagesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Addressing The Mail Trace Tool Changes When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterDomino Directory Document Internet Address Lookup Options When to Restart the Router Synchronization Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator An Implementation of SMTP Routing When to Force Mail Routing Workstation Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWorkstation Setup for Additional Disclaimers Dead MailWorkstations Message Disclaimers The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Message Disclaimer ImplementationInstallation ProcessThe Lotus Domino Administrator Options for Attaching Disclaimers lineTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Planning GuidelinesServers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Administration Process Settings PlanComponents of the Administration Process Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Supported Platforms and SystemDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Messages Requirements Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoProcess Requests Controls Server Software


Nested Groups Delivery Controls Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoGroup Precedence in Database Access Controls Administrator Client SoftwareAuto-populated Groups Mail Transfer Controls The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Basic ConfigurationsPolicies Mailboxes What is Eclipse?Policy Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Client Installation TypesPolicy Types How Mail Rules Work What is Lotus Expeditor?Settings Document Types Mail Rule Actions Expeditor Component PackagingPolicy Precedence Rules Activating a Server Mail Rule Eclipse Update SitesStatic and Dynamic Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Automated Installation Options for EclipsePolicy Management Tools Mail Journaling ComponentsPolicy Management Development Tools Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Use of an Organizational Policy Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Journaling and Server Configuration First ServerPolicy Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Server Setup ProcessPolicy Assignment Methods and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Domino DirectoryPolicy Assignment During Registration Tag Mail Rule Conditions Replicas of the Domino DirectoryDynamic Policy Assignments Field Names Associated with Tags Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Purposes of Organizational UnitsLotus Domino Server Console or Whitelist Tags Alternatives to Organizational UnitsAdministration Tasks Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Descendants of the Organization CertifierMessage Color-Coding on the Server Quotas Organization SecurityConsole Quota Implementation Options Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Quota Restrictions Authentication Between OrganizationsDatabases on the Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Country CodesServer Access Control Mechanisms Inbox Maintenance Server Audience TypesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Inbox Maintenance The Lotus Domino Server LogUser Access to the Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administrators Group Security Options When to Restart the Server Control Inbox Size Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 10F: Archiving Mail WorkstationAdministration Levels Archiving The Client Configuration Program Administration Level Details Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Full Access Administrator Level Archive Policy Documents Administrators and ServersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Archive Policy Settings Document Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Domino Web Administrator Archive Criteria Settings Document The Special Privilege of theAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Checklist for Monitoring Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupWeb Administrator Application Types of Misdelivered Mail Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Checking Mail Delivery Lacks The Domino Server Log Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Notes.ini File Mail Statistics ServersLogging Levels Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServer Groups and Replication Message Tracking Server ID File Storage Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingReplication Controls What is Message Recall? Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersReplication Types Message Recall Options The Standard Directory StructureMethods for Forcing Replication Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Central Directory StructurePull Push Replication Troubleshooting Stages Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMultiple Replication Hubs The Mail Trace Tool Domino DirectoryCritical Application Scheduling Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Server Setup ProfilesReplication Schedule Criteria When to Restart the Router Clearing the Server ID Password Mail Routing Components Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Certification LogMail Routing Behavior Within and Between When to Force Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register OUNNNs Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and CertifiersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Dead Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Routing Topology The Delivery Failure Process Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology User Registration OptionsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrator Access to Register UsersTopology line The License Tracking DatabaseOpportunistic Routing Planning Guidelines Internet Password OptionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Internet Password LockingRouter Types and Connection Documents Plan ID File Distribution Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Supported Platforms and System Topic 3C: Registering Users from a Filefor Incoming Mail Requirements User Registration Text FilesMail Storage Formats Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus How to Register Users from a Text File SMTP Domino Server Software Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document


SMTP Implementation Scenarios Lotus Domino Server Installation Types ChangesSMTP Best Practices Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Directory DocumentInternet Mail Routing Domino Administrator Client Software Synchronization The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMethods for Enabling SMTP Basic Configurations WorkstationTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings What is Eclipse? Workstation Setup for AdditionalSMTP Settings Client Installation Types Workstations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSMTP Inbound Controls Expeditor Component Packaging InstallationSMTP Outbound Controls Eclipse Update Sites The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Relay Prevention Automated Installation Options for Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Eclipse Components ServersFilters Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Administration ProcessWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Components of the Administration ProcessThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process First Server Database Tools in Domino AdministratorEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Server Setup Process Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Directory Process Requests DNS Whitelist? Replicas of the Domino Directory Nested GroupsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Comparing Domains and Organizations The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Purposes of Organizational Units Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Alternatives to Organizational Units Auto-populated Groups DNS Blacklist? Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Organization Security PolicyEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Organization Certifier ID Security PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Authentication Between Organizations Policy DocumentsPrivate Whitelist? Country Codes Policy TypesWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Server Audience Types Settings Document TypesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters The Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Precedence RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Group Security Options Static and Dynamic SettingsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 1E: Configuring the First Policy Management ToolsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Workstation Policy Management Development ToolsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Client Configuration Program Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an(E/SMTP) Options Administrators and Servers Explicit PolicyE/SMTP Settings Access in the Domino Directory Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing The Special Privilege of the Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhen to Set Internet Addresses LocalDomainAdmins Group Dynamic Policy AssignmentsInternet Address Lookup Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Group Lacks Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Domino Directory Access for Registering Administration TasksTopic 9B: Implementing Message Servers Message Color-Coding on the ServerDisclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration Server Console Message Disclaimers Server ID File Storage Options Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Databases on the ServerProcess Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server Access Control MechanismsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Standard Directory Structure Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessEnabling Server Message Disclaimers The Central Directory Structure User Access to the ServerCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Replicating a Subset of Documents in the When to Restart the Server Settings Domino Directory Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Server Setup Profiles Administration LevelsMessages Clearing the Server ID Password Administration Level DetailsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Certification Log The Full Access Administrator LevelControls Administrator Access to Register OU Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDelivery Controls Certifiers The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Levels and the LotusControls Topic 3B: Registering New Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Transfer Controls Administrators Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server User Registration Options The Domino Server LogMailboxes Administrator Access to Register Users The Notes.ini FileBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The License Tracking Database Logging Levels How Mail Rules Work Internet Password Options Server Groups and Replication Mail Rule Actions Internet Password Locking Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionActivating a Server Mail Rule ID File Distribution Options DocumentTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replication ControlsMail Journaling User Registration Text Files Replication TypesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions How to Register Users from a Text File Methods for Forcing Replication


Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Pull Push ReplicationJournaling and Server Configuration Changes Multiple Replication HubsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Domino Directory Document Critical Application SchedulingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Synchronization Replication Schedule Criteria Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Mail Routing ComponentsField Names Associated with Tags Workstation Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Workstation Setup for Additional NNNs Whitelist Tags Workstations Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Mail Routing TopologyQuotas Domino Installation The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingQuota Implementation Options The Lotus Domino Administrator TopologyQuota Restrictions Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Servers TopologyMaintenance The Administration Process Opportunistic RoutingInbox Maintenance Components of the Administration Connection Document Mail RoutingUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Process OptionsControl Inbox Size Database Tools in Domino Administrator Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatArchiving Process Requests for Incoming MailBenefits of Archiving and Policies Nested Groups Mail Storage Formats Archive Policy Documents The Deny List Only Group Type SMTPArchive Policy Settings Document Group Precedence in Database Access SMTP Implementation ScenariosArchive Criteria Settings Document Auto-populated Groups SMTP Best PracticesChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Internet Mail RoutingTypes of Misdelivered Mail Policy The SMTP Listener and Router TasksChecking Mail Delivery Policies Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Policy Documents Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Statistics Policy Types SettingsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Settings Document Types SMTP Settings Message Tracking Policy Precedence Rules Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Static and Dynamic Settings SMTP Inbound ControlsWhat is Message Recall? Policy Management Tools SMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Recall Options Policy Management Development Tools Message Relay Prevention Configuring the Message Recall Feature Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTroubleshooting Stages Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an FiltersThe Mail Trace Tool Explicit Policy What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Policy Assignment Methods The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWhen to Restart the Router Policy Assignment During Registration Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Dynamic Policy Assignments What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Force Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies the DNS Whitelist?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Lotus Domino Server Console DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMail Administration Tasks Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Delivery Failure Process Message Color-Coding on the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in

Console the DNS Blacklist?Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What are Private Whitelist Filters?

line Databases on the Server Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersPlanning Guidelines Server Access Control Mechanisms What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Restrictions for Authorizing Server the Private Whitelist?Plan Access What are Private Blacklist Filters?Supported Platforms and System User Access to the Server Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersRequirements When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels the Private Blacklist?Server Software Administration Levels Order of Whitelist and BlacklistLotus Domino Server Installation Types Administration Level Details PrecedenceTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Full Access Administrator Level How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistAdministrator Client Software Full Access Administrator Best Practices Filters The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPBasic Configurations Administration Levels and the Lotus (E/SMTP) OptionsWhat is Eclipse? Domino Web Administrator Application E/SMTP Settings Client Installation Types Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Domino Server Log When to Set Internet AddressesExpeditor Component Packaging The Notes.ini File Internet Address Lookup Options Eclipse Update Sites Logging Levels Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Server Groups and Replication An Implementation of SMTP Routing Components Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Document Disclaimers


Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Replication Controls Message DisclaimersFirst Server Replication Types The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Server Setup Process Methods for Forcing Replication ProcessThe Domino Directory Pull Push Replication Options for Attaching DisclaimersReplicas of the Domino Directory Multiple Replication Hubs Enabling Server Message DisclaimersComparing Domains and Organizations Critical Application Scheduling Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPurposes of Organizational Units Replication Schedule Criteria SettingsAlternatives to Organizational Units Mail Routing Components Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEDescendants of the Organization Certifier Mail Routing Behavior Within and Messages Organization Security Between NNNs Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 7B: Implementing a ControlsAuthentication Between Organizations Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Delivery Controls Country Codes The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferServer Audience Types Topology ControlsThe Lotus Domino Server Log How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Transfer Controls Administrators Group Security Options Topology Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Opportunistic Routing MailboxesThe Client Configuration Program Connection Document Mail Routing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Options How Mail Rules Workand Servers Router Types and Connection Mail Rule ActionsAccess in the Domino Directory Documents Activating a Server Mail Rule The Special Privilege of the Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingLocalDomainAdmins Group Format for Incoming Mail Mail JournalingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Storage Formats Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsLacks SMTP Journaling and Mail RoutingDomino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Implementation Scenarios Journaling and Server Configuration Servers SMTP Best Practices Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Mail Routing Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsServer ID File Storage Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Methods for Enabling SMTP Field Names Associated with TagsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Standard Directory Structure Settings Whitelist Tags The Central Directory Structure SMTP Settings Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail QuotasDomino Directory Delivery Quota Implementation OptionsServer Setup Profiles SMTP Inbound Controls Quota Restrictions Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Certification Log Message Relay Prevention Inbox MaintenanceAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Inbox MaintenanceCertifiers Filters Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Control Inbox Size Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 10F: Archiving MailUser Registration Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters ArchivingAdministrator Access to Register Users What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe License Tracking Database the DNS Whitelist? Archive Policy DocumentsInternet Password Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Archive Policy Settings DocumentInternet Password Locking Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Archive Criteria Settings Document ID File Distribution Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File the DNS Blacklist? Types of Misdelivered MailUser Registration Text Files What are Private Whitelist Filters? Checking Mail Delivery How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Statistics Changes the Private Whitelist? Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingDomino Directory Document What are Private Blacklist Filters? Message Tracking Synchronization Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Message Recall?Workstation the Private Blacklist? Message Recall OptionsWorkstation Setup for Additional Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Configuring the Message Recall Feature Workstations Precedence Troubleshooting StagesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Mail Trace Tool Installation Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP When to Restart the Router Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple (E/SMTP) Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingServers E/SMTP Settings When to Force Mail Routing The Administration Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andComponents of the Administration Process Addressing Dead Mail


Database Tools in Domino Administrator When to Set Internet Addresses The Delivery Failure ProcessTiming and Execution of Administration Internet Address Lookup Options Process Requests Topic 8G: Testing SMTPNested Groups An Implementation of SMTP Routing lineThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9B: Implementing Message Planning GuidelinesGroup Precedence in Database Access Disclaimers The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAuto-populated Groups Message Disclaimers PlanTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Message Disclaimer Implementation Supported Platforms and SystemPolicies Process Requirements Policy Documents Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Types Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Server SoftwareSettings Document Types Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Precedence Rules Settings Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoStatic and Dynamic Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrator Client SoftwarePolicy Management Tools Messages The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Basic ConfigurationsUse of an Organizational Policy Controls What is Eclipse?Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Delivery Controls Client Installation TypesPolicy Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What is Lotus Expeditor?Policy Assignment Methods Controls Expeditor Component PackagingPolicy Assignment During Registration Mail Transfer Controls Eclipse Update SitesDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Effect of Multiple Policies Mailboxes ComponentsLotus Domino Server Console Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administration Tasks How Mail Rules Work Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMessage Color-Coding on the Server Mail Rule Actions First ServerConsole Activating a Server Mail Rule The Server Setup ProcessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Domino DirectoryDatabases on the Server Mail Journaling Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServer Access Control Mechanisms Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Comparing Domains and OrganizationsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Journaling and Mail Routing Purposes of Organizational UnitsUser Access to the Server Journaling and Server Configuration Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Organization SecurityAdministration Levels Tag Mail Rule Conditions Organization Certifier ID SecurityAdministration Level Details Field Names Associated with Tags Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Full Access Administrator Level Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Country CodesFull Access Administrator Best Practices or Whitelist Tags Server Audience TypesThe Domino Web Administrator Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Lotus Domino Server LogAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Quotas Administrators Group Security Options Web Administrator Application Quota Implementation Options Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Quota Restrictions WorkstationThe Domino Server Log Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Client Configuration Program The Notes.ini File Inbox Maintenance Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toLogging Levels Inbox Maintenance Administrators and ServersServer Groups and Replication Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Control Inbox Size The Special Privilege of theReplication Controls Topic 10F: Archiving Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupReplication Types Archiving Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMethods for Forcing Replication Benefits of Archiving and Policies Lacks Pull Push Replication Archive Policy Documents Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMultiple Replication Hubs Archive Policy Settings Document ServersCritical Application Scheduling Archive Criteria Settings Document Need for Selecting a Registration ServerReplication Schedule Criteria Checklist for Monitoring Mail Server ID File Storage Options Mail Routing Components Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Checking Mail Delivery Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersNNNs Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Standard Directory StructureTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Mail Statistics The Central Directory StructureMail Routing Topology Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Message Tracking Domino DirectoryHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Server Setup ProfilesTopology What is Message Recall? Clearing the Server ID Password Opportunistic Routing Message Recall Options The Certification LogConnection Document Mail Routing Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administrator Access to Register OURouter Types and Connection Documents Troubleshooting Stages CertifiersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Mail Trace Tool Need for Selecting a Registration Server


for Incoming Mail Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMail Storage Formats When to Restart the Router User Registration OptionsSMTP Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register UsersSMTP Implementation Scenarios When to Force Mail Routing The License Tracking DatabaseSMTP Best Practices Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Internet Password OptionsInternet Mail Routing Dead Mail Internet Password LockingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Delivery Failure Process ID File Distribution Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings User Registration Text FilesSMTP Settings line How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Planning Guidelines Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentSMTP Inbound Controls The Worldwide Corporation Deployment ChangesSMTP Outbound Controls Plan Domino Directory DocumentMessage Relay Prevention Supported Platforms and System Synchronization Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Requirements Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorFilters Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus WorkstationWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Domino Server Software Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Workstations Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Administrator Client Software InstallationDNS Whitelist? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Domino Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Basic Configurations Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters What is Eclipse? ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Client Installation Types The Administration ProcessDNS Blacklist? What is Lotus Expeditor? Components of the Administration ProcessWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Expeditor Component Packaging Database Tools in Domino AdministratorEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Eclipse Update Sites Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Automated Installation Options for Process Requests Private Whitelist? Eclipse Components Nested GroupsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the First Server Auto-populated Groups Private Blacklist? The Server Setup Process Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Domino Directory PolicyHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Replicas of the Domino Directory PoliciesTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Comparing Domains and Organizations Policy Documents(E/SMTP) Options Purposes of Organizational Units Policy TypesE/SMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Settings Document TypesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Descendants of the Organization Certifier Policy Precedence RulesWhen to Set Internet Addresses Organization Security Static and Dynamic SettingsInternet Address Lookup Options Organization Certifier ID Security Policy Management ToolsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Authentication Between Organizations Policy Management Development ToolsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Country Codes Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server Audience Types Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDisclaimers The Lotus Domino Server Log Explicit PolicyMessage Disclaimers Administrators Group Security Options Policy Assignment MethodsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 1E: Configuring the First Policy Assignment During RegistrationProcess Workstation Dynamic Policy AssignmentsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Client Configuration Program The Effect of Multiple Policies Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Lotus Domino Server ConsoleCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Administrators and Servers Administration TasksSettings Access in the Domino Directory Message Color-Coding on the ServerUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Special Privilege of the Console Messages LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Databases on the ServerControls Group Lacks Server Access Control MechanismsDelivery Controls Domino Directory Access for Registering Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Servers User Access to the ServerControls Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Server Mail Transfer Controls Server ID File Storage Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Administration LevelsMailboxes Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Administration Level DetailsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Standard Directory Structure The Full Access Administrator LevelHow Mail Rules Work The Central Directory Structure Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Rule Actions Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Domino Web AdministratorActivating a Server Mail Rule Domino Directory Administration Levels and the Lotus


Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Server Setup Profiles Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Journaling Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Certification Log The Domino Server LogJournaling and Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register OU The Notes.ini FileJournaling and Server Configuration Certifiers Logging Levels Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Need for Selecting a Registration Server Server Groups and Replication Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTag Mail Rule Conditions Administrators DocumentField Names Associated with Tags User Registration Options Replication ControlsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Administrator Access to Register Users Replication TypesWhitelist Tags The License Tracking Database Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Internet Password Options Pull Push ReplicationQuotas Internet Password Locking Multiple Replication HubsQuota Implementation Options ID File Distribution Options Critical Application SchedulingQuota Restrictions Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox User Registration Text Files Mail Routing ComponentsMaintenance How to Register Users from a Text File Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenInbox Maintenance Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document NNNs Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Changes Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeControl Inbox Size Domino Directory Document Mail Routing TopologyTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Synchronization The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingArchiving Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator TopologyBenefits of Archiving and Policies Workstation How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeArchive Policy Documents Workstation Setup for Additional TopologyArchive Policy Settings Document Workstations Opportunistic RoutingArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Connection Document Mail RoutingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Installation OptionsTypes of Misdelivered Mail The Lotus Domino Administrator Router Types and Connection Documents Checking Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Servers for Incoming MailMail Statistics The Administration Process Mail Storage Formats Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Components of the Administration SMTPMessage Tracking Process SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Database Tools in Domino Administrator SMTP Best PracticesWhat is Message Recall? Timing and Execution of Administration Internet Mail RoutingMessage Recall Options Process Requests The SMTP Listener and Router TasksConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Nested Groups Methods for Enabling SMTP Troubleshooting Stages The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Mail Trace Tool Group Precedence in Database Access SettingsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Auto-populated Groups SMTP Settings When to Restart the Router Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy SMTP Inbound ControlsWhen to Force Mail Routing Policies SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Policy Documents Message Relay Prevention Mail Policy Types Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Delivery Failure Process Settings Document Types Filters

Policy Precedence Rules What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Static and Dynamic Settings The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process

line Policy Management Tools Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersPlanning Guidelines Policy Management Development Tools What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Use of an Organizational Policy the DNS Whitelist?Plan Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsSupported Platforms and System Explicit Policy Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersRequirements Policy Assignment Methods What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Assignment During Registration the DNS Blacklist?Server Software Dynamic Policy Assignments What are Private Whitelist Filters?Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Effect of Multiple Policies Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Lotus Domino Server Console What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Client Software Administration Tasks the Private Whitelist?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Color-Coding on the Server What are Private Blacklist Filters?Basic Configurations Console Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat is Eclipse? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What Happens When a Host is Found inClient Installation Types Databases on the Server the Private Blacklist?What is Lotus Expeditor? Server Access Control Mechanisms Order of Whitelist and BlacklistExpeditor Component Packaging Restrictions for Authorizing Server PrecedenceEclipse Update Sites Access How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist


Automated Installation Options for Eclipse User Access to the Server Filters Components When to Restart the Server Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administration Levels E/SMTP Settings First Server Administration Level Details Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Server Setup Process The Full Access Administrator Level When to Set Internet AddressesThe Domino Directory Full Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Address Lookup Options Replicas of the Domino Directory The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8G: Testing SMTPComparing Domains and Organizations Administration Levels and the Lotus An Implementation of SMTP Routing Purposes of Organizational Units Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels DisclaimersDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Domino Server Log Message DisclaimersOrganization Security The Notes.ini File The Message Disclaimer ImplementationOrganization Certifier ID Security Logging Levels ProcessAuthentication Between Organizations Server Groups and Replication Options for Attaching DisclaimersCountry Codes Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Enabling Server Message DisclaimersServer Audience Types Document Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe Lotus Domino Server Log Replication Controls SettingsAdministrators Group Security Options Replication Types Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Methods for Forcing Replication Messages The Client Configuration Program Pull Push Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Multiple Replication Hubs Controlsand Servers Critical Application Scheduling Delivery Controls Access in the Domino Directory Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Special Privilege of the Mail Routing Components ControlsLocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Routing Behavior Within and Mail Transfer Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Between NNNs Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerLacks Topic 7B: Implementing a MailboxesDomino Directory Access for Registering Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Servers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing How Mail Rules WorkNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topology Mail Rule ActionsServer ID File Storage Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topology Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Opportunistic Routing Mail JournalingThe Standard Directory Structure Connection Document Mail Routing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Central Directory Structure Options Journaling and Mail RoutingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Router Types and Connection Journaling and Server Configuration Domino Directory Documents Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andServer Setup Profiles Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsClearing the Server ID Password Format for Incoming Mail Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Certification Log Mail Storage Formats Field Names Associated with TagsAdministrator Access to Register OU SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orCertifiers SMTP Implementation Scenarios Whitelist Tags Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Best Practices Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Internet Mail Routing QuotasUser Registration Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Quota Implementation OptionsAdministrator Access to Register Users Methods for Enabling SMTP Quota Restrictions The License Tracking Database Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInternet Password Options Settings Inbox MaintenanceInternet Password Locking SMTP Settings Inbox MaintenanceID File Distribution Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Delivery Control Inbox Size User Registration Text Files SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 10F: Archiving MailHow to Register Users from a Text File SMTP Outbound Controls ArchivingTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Message Relay Prevention Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesChanges Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy DocumentsDomino Directory Document Filters Archive Policy Settings DocumentSynchronization What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Checklist for Monitoring MailWorkstation Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Types of Misdelivered MailWorkstation Setup for Additional What Happens When a Host is Found in Checking Mail Delivery Workstations the DNS Whitelist? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Statistics Installation Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Lotus Domino Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in Message Tracking Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple the DNS Blacklist? Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall


Servers What are Private Whitelist Filters? What is Message Recall?The Administration Process Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Recall OptionsComponents of the Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Configuring the Message Recall Feature Database Tools in Domino Administrator the Private Whitelist? Troubleshooting StagesTiming and Execution of Administration What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Mail Trace Tool Process Requests Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterNested Groups What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Restart the Router The Deny List Only Group Type the Private Blacklist? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingGroup Precedence in Database Access Order of Whitelist and Blacklist When to Force Mail Routing Auto-populated Groups Precedence Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Dead MailPolicies Filters The Delivery Failure ProcessPolicy Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPPolicy Types (E/SMTP) OptionsSettings Document Types E/SMTP Settings linePolicy Precedence Rules Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Planning GuidelinesStatic and Dynamic Settings Addressing The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPolicy Management Tools When to Set Internet Addresses PlanPolicy Management Development Tools Internet Address Lookup Options Supported Platforms and SystemUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Requirements Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server SoftwarePolicy Assignment Methods Disclaimers Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Assignment During Registration Message Disclaimers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDynamic Policy Assignments The Message Disclaimer Implementation Administrator Client SoftwareThe Effect of Multiple Policies Process The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andLotus Domino Server Console Options for Attaching Disclaimers Basic ConfigurationsAdministration Tasks Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What is Eclipse?Message Color-Coding on the Server Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Client Installation TypesConsole Settings What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Expeditor Component PackagingDatabases on the Server Messages Eclipse Update SitesServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Automated Installation Options for EclipseRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Controls ComponentsUser Access to the Server Delivery Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation When to Restart the Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Controls First ServerAdministration Levels Mail Transfer Controls The Server Setup ProcessAdministration Level Details Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Domino DirectoryThe Full Access Administrator Level Mailboxes Replicas of the Domino DirectoryFull Access Administrator Best Practices Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Domino Web Administrator How Mail Rules Work Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Mail Rule Actions Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWeb Administrator Application Activating a Server Mail Rule Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Organization SecurityThe Domino Server Log Mail Journaling Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Notes.ini File Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Authentication Between OrganizationsLogging Levels Journaling and Mail Routing Country CodesServer Groups and Replication Journaling and Server Configuration Server Audience TypesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Lotus Domino Server LogReplication Controls and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administrators Group Security Options Replication Types Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMethods for Forcing Replication Field Names Associated with Tags WorkstationPull Push Replication Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Client Configuration Program Multiple Replication Hubs or Whitelist Tags Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toCritical Application Scheduling Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administrators and ServersReplication Schedule Criteria Quotas Access in the Domino DirectoryMail Routing Components Quota Implementation Options The Special Privilege of theMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Quota Restrictions LocalDomainAdmins GroupNNNs Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Inbox Maintenance Lacks Mail Routing Topology Inbox Maintenance Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to ServersHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Control Inbox Size Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopology Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Server ID File Storage Options Opportunistic Routing Archiving Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting


Connection Document Mail Routing Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersRouter Types and Connection Documents Archive Policy Documents The Standard Directory StructureTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Archive Policy Settings Document The Central Directory Structurefor Incoming Mail Archive Criteria Settings Document Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMail Storage Formats Checklist for Monitoring Mail Domino DirectorySMTP Types of Misdelivered Mail Server Setup ProfilesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Checking Mail Delivery Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Best Practices Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Certification LogInternet Mail Routing Mail Statistics Administrator Access to Register OUThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking CertifiersMethods for Enabling SMTP Message Tracking Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsSMTP Settings What is Message Recall? User Registration OptionsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Message Recall Options Administrator Access to Register UsersSMTP Inbound Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature The License Tracking DatabaseSMTP Outbound Controls Troubleshooting Stages Internet Password OptionsMessage Relay Prevention The Mail Trace Tool Internet Password LockingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 12B: Restarting the Router ID File Distribution Options Filters When to Restart the Router Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing User Registration Text FilesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process When to Force Mail Routing How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Dead Mail ChangesDNS Whitelist? The Delivery Failure Process Domino Directory DocumentDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Synchronization Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the line WorkstationDNS Blacklist? Planning Guidelines Workstation Setup for AdditionalWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Workstations Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Plan Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Supported Platforms and System InstallationPrivate Whitelist? Requirements The Lotus Domino Administrator What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Domino Server Software ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Administration ProcessPrivate Blacklist? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Components of the Administration ProcessOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Domino Administrator Client Software Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Basic Configurations Process Requests (E/SMTP) Options What is Eclipse? Nested GroupsE/SMTP Settings Client Installation Types The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What is Lotus Expeditor? Group Precedence in Database AccessWhen to Set Internet Addresses Expeditor Component Packaging Auto-populated Groups Internet Address Lookup Options Eclipse Update Sites Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Automated Installation Options for PolicyAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Eclipse Components PoliciesTopic 9B: Implementing Message Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy DocumentsDisclaimers Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Policy TypesMessage Disclaimers First Server Settings Document TypesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Server Setup Process Policy Precedence RulesProcess The Domino Directory Static and Dynamic SettingsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Replicas of the Domino Directory Policy Management ToolsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Comparing Domains and Organizations Policy Management Development ToolsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Purposes of Organizational Units Use of an Organizational Policy Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Descendants of the Organization Certifier Explicit PolicyMessages Organization Security Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Organization Certifier ID Security Policy Assignment During RegistrationControls Authentication Between Organizations Dynamic Policy AssignmentsDelivery Controls Country Codes The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Server Audience Types Lotus Domino Server ConsoleControls The Lotus Domino Server Log Administration TasksMail Transfer Controls Administrators Group Security Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Console Mailboxes Workstation Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Client Configuration Program Databases on the Server


How Mail Rules Work Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Server Access Control MechanismsMail Rule Actions Administrators and Servers Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessActivating a Server Mail Rule Access in the Domino Directory User Access to the ServerTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Special Privilege of the When to Restart the Server Mail Journaling LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Administration LevelsJournaling and Mail Routing Group Lacks Administration Level DetailsJournaling and Server Configuration Domino Directory Access for Registering The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Servers Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino Web AdministratorTag Mail Rule Conditions Server ID File Storage Options Administration Levels and the LotusField Names Associated with Tags Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Web Administrator Application Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhitelist Tags The Standard Directory Structure The Domino Server LogTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Central Directory Structure The Notes.ini FileQuotas Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Logging Levels Quota Implementation Options Domino Directory Server Groups and Replication Quota Restrictions Server Setup Profiles Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Clearing the Server ID Password DocumentMaintenance The Certification Log Replication ControlsInbox Maintenance Administrator Access to Register OU Replication TypesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Certifiers Methods for Forcing ReplicationControl Inbox Size Need for Selecting a Registration Server Pull Push ReplicationTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 3B: Registering New Multiple Replication HubsArchiving Administrators Critical Application SchedulingBenefits of Archiving and Policies User Registration Options Replication Schedule Criteria Archive Policy Documents Administrator Access to Register Users Mail Routing ComponentsArchive Policy Settings Document The License Tracking Database Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenArchive Criteria Settings Document Internet Password Options NNNs Checklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Password Locking Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTypes of Misdelivered Mail ID File Distribution Options Mail Routing TopologyChecking Mail Delivery Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics User Registration Text Files TopologyMail Statistics How to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document TopologyMessage Tracking Changes Opportunistic RoutingTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Directory Document Connection Document Mail RoutingWhat is Message Recall? Synchronization OptionsMessage Recall Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Router Types and Connection Documents Configuring the Message Recall Feature Workstation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTroubleshooting Stages Workstation Setup for Additional for Incoming MailThe Mail Trace Tool Workstations Mail Storage Formats Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus SMTPWhen to Restart the Router Domino Installation SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Best PracticesWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Internet Mail RoutingTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Servers The SMTP Listener and Router TasksMail The Administration Process Methods for Enabling SMTP The Delivery Failure Process Components of the Administration Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP

Process SettingsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator SMTP Settings

line Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryPlanning Guidelines Process Requests SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Nested Groups SMTP Outbound ControlsPlan The Deny List Only Group Type Message Relay Prevention Supported Platforms and System Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistRequirements Auto-populated Groups FiltersTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Server Software Policy The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessLotus Domino Server Installation Types Policies Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Client Software Policy Types the DNS Whitelist?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Settings Document Types DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsBasic Configurations Policy Precedence Rules Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat is Eclipse? Static and Dynamic Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inClient Installation Types Policy Management Tools the DNS Blacklist?


What is Lotus Expeditor? Policy Management Development Tools What are Private Whitelist Filters?Expeditor Component Packaging Use of an Organizational Policy Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersEclipse Update Sites Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an What Happens When a Host is Found inAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Explicit Policy the Private Whitelist?Components Policy Assignment Methods What are Private Blacklist Filters?Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy Assignment During Registration Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Dynamic Policy Assignments What Happens When a Host is Found inFirst Server The Effect of Multiple Policies the Private Blacklist?The Server Setup Process Lotus Domino Server Console Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Domino Directory Administration Tasks PrecedenceReplicas of the Domino Directory Message Color-Coding on the Server How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistComparing Domains and Organizations Console Filters Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAlternatives to Organizational Units Databases on the Server (E/SMTP) OptionsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Server Access Control Mechanisms E/SMTP Settings Organization Security Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingOrganization Certifier ID Security Access When to Set Internet AddressesAuthentication Between Organizations User Access to the Server Internet Address Lookup Options Country Codes When to Restart the Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTPServer Audience Types Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Lotus Domino Server Log Administration Levels Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAdministrators Group Security Options Administration Level Details DisclaimersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Full Access Administrator Level Message DisclaimersThe Client Configuration Program Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Domino Web Administrator Processand Servers Administration Levels and the Lotus Options for Attaching DisclaimersAccess in the Domino Directory Domino Web Administrator Application Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Special Privilege of the Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyLocalDomainAdmins Group The Domino Server Log SettingsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Notes.ini File Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMELacks Logging Levels Messages Domino Directory Access for Registering Server Groups and Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Document Delivery Controls Server ID File Storage Options Replication Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Replication Types ControlsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Transfer Controls The Standard Directory Structure Pull Push Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Central Directory Structure Multiple Replication Hubs MailboxesReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Critical Application Scheduling Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Directory Replication Schedule Criteria How Mail Rules WorkServer Setup Profiles Mail Routing Components Mail Rule ActionsClearing the Server ID Password Mail Routing Behavior Within and Activating a Server Mail Rule The Certification Log Between NNNs Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 7B: Implementing a Mail JournalingCertifiers Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topology Journaling and Server Configuration User Registration Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAdministrator Access to Register Users Topology Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe License Tracking Database Opportunistic Routing Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInternet Password Options Connection Document Mail Routing Field Names Associated with TagsInternet Password Locking Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orID File Distribution Options Router Types and Connection Whitelist Tags Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Documents Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasUser Registration Text Files Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage QuotasHow to Register Users from a Text File Format for Incoming Mail Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Mail Storage Formats Quota Restrictions Changes SMTP Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withDomino Directory Document SMTP Implementation Scenarios Inbox MaintenanceSynchronization SMTP Best Practices Inbox MaintenanceTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Internet Mail Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWorkstation The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Control Inbox Size Workstation Setup for Additional Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 10F: Archiving MailWorkstations Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP ArchivingTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Settings Benefits of Archiving and Policies


Installation SMTP Settings Archive Policy DocumentsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Delivery Archive Criteria Settings Document Servers SMTP Inbound Controls Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Administration Process SMTP Outbound Controls Types of Misdelivered MailComponents of the Administration Process Message Relay Prevention Checking Mail Delivery Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTiming and Execution of Administration Filters Mail Statistics Process Requests What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingNested Groups The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Message Tracking The Deny List Only Group Type Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallGroup Precedence in Database Access What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Message Recall?Auto-populated Groups the DNS Whitelist? Message Recall OptionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policies Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Troubleshooting StagesPolicy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found in The Mail Trace Tool Policy Types the DNS Blacklist? Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterSettings Document Types What are Private Whitelist Filters? When to Restart the Router Policy Precedence Rules Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingStatic and Dynamic Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Force Mail Routing Policy Management Tools the Private Whitelist? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andPolicy Management Development Tools What are Private Blacklist Filters? Dead MailUse of an Organizational Policy Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy the Private Blacklist?Policy Assignment Methods Order of Whitelist and Blacklist linePolicy Assignment During Registration Precedence Planning GuidelinesDynamic Policy Assignments How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Effect of Multiple Policies Filters PlanLotus Domino Server Console Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Supported Platforms and SystemAdministration Tasks (E/SMTP) Options Requirements Message Color-Coding on the Server E/SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoConsole Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Server SoftwareTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Addressing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Databases on the Server When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer Access Control Mechanisms Internet Address Lookup Options Administrator Client SoftwareRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andUser Access to the Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Basic ConfigurationsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 9B: Implementing Message What is Eclipse?Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Disclaimers Client Installation TypesAdministration Levels Message Disclaimers What is Lotus Expeditor?Administration Level Details The Message Disclaimer Implementation Expeditor Component PackagingThe Full Access Administrator Level Process Eclipse Update SitesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Options for Attaching Disclaimers Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Domino Web Administrator Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ComponentsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Web Administrator Application Settings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME First ServerThe Domino Server Log Messages The Server Setup ProcessThe Notes.ini File Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Domino DirectoryLogging Levels Controls Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServer Groups and Replication Delivery Controls Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Purposes of Organizational UnitsReplication Controls Controls Alternatives to Organizational UnitsReplication Types Mail Transfer Controls Descendants of the Organization CertifierMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Organization SecurityPull Push Replication Mailboxes Organization Certifier ID SecurityMultiple Replication Hubs Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Authentication Between OrganizationsCritical Application Scheduling How Mail Rules Work Country CodesReplication Schedule Criteria Mail Rule Actions Server Audience TypesMail Routing Components Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Server LogMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administrators Group Security Options NNNs Mail Journaling Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions WorkstationMail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Routing The Client Configuration Program The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to


How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Administrators and ServersTopology and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Access in the Domino DirectoryOpportunistic Routing Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Special Privilege of theConnection Document Mail Routing Options Field Names Associated with Tags LocalDomainAdmins GroupRouter Types and Connection Documents Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format or Whitelist Tags Lacks for Incoming Mail Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMail Storage Formats Quotas ServersSMTP Quota Implementation Options Need for Selecting a Registration ServerSMTP Implementation Scenarios Quota Restrictions Server ID File Storage Options SMTP Best Practices Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingInternet Mail Routing Inbox Maintenance Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Inbox Maintenance The Standard Directory StructureMethods for Enabling SMTP Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Central Directory StructureTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Control Inbox Size Replicating a Subset of Documents in theSMTP Settings Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino DirectoryTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Archiving Server Setup ProfilesSMTP Inbound Controls Benefits of Archiving and Policies Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Outbound Controls Archive Policy Documents The Certification LogMessage Relay Prevention Archive Policy Settings Document Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Criteria Settings Document CertifiersFilters Checklist for Monitoring Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Checking Mail Delivery User Registration OptionsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administrator Access to Register UsersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Statistics The License Tracking DatabaseDNS Whitelist? Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Internet Password OptionsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Message Tracking Internet Password LockingEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall ID File Distribution Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the What is Message Recall? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDNS Blacklist? Message Recall Options User Registration Text FilesWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Configuring the Message Recall Feature How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Troubleshooting Stages Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Mail Trace Tool ChangesPrivate Whitelist? Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Domino Directory DocumentWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? When to Restart the Router Synchronization Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Force Mail Routing WorkstationPrivate Blacklist? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Workstation Setup for AdditionalOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Dead Mail Workstations How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Delivery Failure Process Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Installation(E/SMTP) Options The Lotus Domino Administrator E/SMTP Settings line Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Planning Guidelines ServersWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Administration ProcessInternet Address Lookup Options Plan Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Supported Platforms and System Database Tools in Domino AdministratorAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Requirements Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Process Requests Disclaimers Domino Server Software Nested GroupsMessage Disclaimers Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Group Precedence in Database AccessProcess Domino Administrator Client Software Auto-populated Groups Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Basic Configurations PolicyCreating Message Disclaimer Policy What is Eclipse? PoliciesSettings Client Installation Types Policy DocumentsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What is Lotus Expeditor? Policy TypesMessages Expeditor Component Packaging Settings Document TypesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Eclipse Update Sites Policy Precedence RulesControls Automated Installation Options for Static and Dynamic SettingsDelivery Controls Eclipse Components Policy Management ToolsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy Management Development ToolsControls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Transfer Controls First Server Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an


Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Server Setup Process Explicit PolicyMailboxes The Domino Directory Policy Assignment MethodsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Replicas of the Domino Directory Policy Assignment During RegistrationHow Mail Rules Work Comparing Domains and Organizations Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMail Rule Actions Purposes of Organizational Units The Effect of Multiple Policies Activating a Server Mail Rule Alternatives to Organizational Units Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administration TasksMail Journaling Organization Security Message Color-Coding on the ServerJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Organization Certifier ID Security Console Journaling and Mail Routing Authentication Between Organizations Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateJournaling and Server Configuration Country Codes Databases on the ServerTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Server Audience Types Server Access Control MechanismsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Lotus Domino Server Log Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTag Mail Rule Conditions Administrators Group Security Options User Access to the ServerField Names Associated with Tags Topic 1E: Configuring the First When to Restart the Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Workstation Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWhitelist Tags The Client Configuration Program Administration LevelsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administration Level DetailsQuotas Administrators and Servers The Full Access Administrator LevelQuota Implementation Options Access in the Domino Directory Full Access Administrator Best PracticesQuota Restrictions The Special Privilege of the The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox LocalDomainAdmins Group Administration Levels and the LotusMaintenance Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Domino Web Administrator Application Inbox Maintenance Group Lacks Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Domino Directory Access for Registering The Domino Server LogControl Inbox Size Servers The Notes.ini FileTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Logging Levels Archiving Server ID File Storage Options Server Groups and Replication Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionArchive Policy Documents Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers DocumentArchive Policy Settings Document The Standard Directory Structure Replication ControlsArchive Criteria Settings Document The Central Directory Structure Replication TypesChecklist for Monitoring Mail Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Methods for Forcing ReplicationTypes of Misdelivered Mail Domino Directory Pull Push ReplicationChecking Mail Delivery Server Setup Profiles Multiple Replication HubsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Clearing the Server ID Password Critical Application SchedulingMail Statistics The Certification Log Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Administrator Access to Register OU Mail Routing ComponentsMessage Tracking Certifiers Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Need for Selecting a Registration Server NNNs What is Message Recall? Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessage Recall Options Administrators Mail Routing TopologyConfiguring the Message Recall Feature User Registration Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTroubleshooting Stages Administrator Access to Register Users TopologyThe Mail Trace Tool The License Tracking Database How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Internet Password Options TopologyWhen to Restart the Router Internet Password Locking Opportunistic RoutingTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing ID File Distribution Options Connection Document Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File OptionsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead User Registration Text Files Router Types and Connection Documents Mail How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document for Incoming Mail

Changes Mail Storage Formats Domino Directory Document SMTP

line Synchronization SMTP Implementation ScenariosPlanning Guidelines Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator SMTP Best PracticesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Workstation Internet Mail RoutingPlan Workstation Setup for Additional The SMTP Listener and Router TasksSupported Platforms and System Workstations Methods for Enabling SMTP Requirements Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Installation SettingsServer Software The Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Settings Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Servers SMTP Inbound ControlsAdministrator Client Software The Administration Process SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Components of the Administration Message Relay Prevention


Basic Configurations Process Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat is Eclipse? Database Tools in Domino Administrator FiltersClient Installation Types Timing and Execution of Administration What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?What is Lotus Expeditor? Process Requests The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessExpeditor Component Packaging Nested Groups Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersEclipse Update Sites The Deny List Only Group Type What Happens When a Host is Found inAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Group Precedence in Database Access the DNS Whitelist?Components Auto-populated Groups DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Policy What Happens When a Host is Found inFirst Server Policies the DNS Blacklist?The Server Setup Process Policy Documents What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Domino Directory Policy Types Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersReplicas of the Domino Directory Settings Document Types What Happens When a Host is Found inComparing Domains and Organizations Policy Precedence Rules the Private Whitelist?Purposes of Organizational Units Static and Dynamic Settings What are Private Blacklist Filters?Alternatives to Organizational Units Policy Management Tools Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersDescendants of the Organization Certifier Policy Management Development Tools What Happens When a Host is Found inOrganization Security Use of an Organizational Policy the Private Blacklist?Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAuthentication Between Organizations Explicit Policy PrecedenceCountry Codes Policy Assignment Methods How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistServer Audience Types Policy Assignment During Registration Filters The Lotus Domino Server Log Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAdministrators Group Security Options The Effect of Multiple Policies (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Lotus Domino Server Console E/SMTP Settings The Client Configuration Program Administration Tasks Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Message Color-Coding on the Server When to Set Internet Addressesand Servers Console Internet Address Lookup Options Access in the Domino Directory Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8G: Testing SMTPThe Special Privilege of the Databases on the Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing LocalDomainAdmins Group Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Restrictions for Authorizing Server DisclaimersLacks Access Message DisclaimersDomino Directory Access for Registering User Access to the Server The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServers When to Restart the Server ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Options for Attaching DisclaimersServer ID File Storage Options Administration Levels Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Administration Level Details Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Full Access Administrator Level SettingsThe Standard Directory Structure Full Access Administrator Best Practices Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Central Directory Structure The Domino Web Administrator Messages Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDomino Directory Domino Web Administrator Application ControlsServer Setup Profiles Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Delivery Controls Clearing the Server ID Password The Domino Server Log Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Certification Log The Notes.ini File ControlsAdministrator Access to Register OU Logging Levels Mail Transfer Controls Certifiers Server Groups and Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 6B: Creating a Connection MailboxesTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Document Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes User Registration Options Replication Controls How Mail Rules WorkAdministrator Access to Register Users Replication Types Mail Rule ActionsThe License Tracking Database Methods for Forcing Replication Activating a Server Mail Rule Internet Password Options Pull Push Replication Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingInternet Password Locking Multiple Replication Hubs Mail JournalingID File Distribution Options Critical Application Scheduling Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replication Schedule Criteria Journaling and Mail RoutingUser Registration Text Files Mail Routing Components Journaling and Server Configuration How to Register Users from a Text File Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Between NNNs Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsChanges Topic 7B: Implementing a Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDomino Directory Document Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Field Names Associated with TagsSynchronization The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topology Whitelist Tags Workstation How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas


Workstation Setup for Additional Topology QuotasWorkstations Opportunistic Routing Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Connection Document Mail Routing Quota Restrictions Installation Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Lotus Domino Administrator Router Types and Connection Inbox MaintenanceTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Documents Inbox MaintenanceServers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Administration Process Format for Incoming Mail Control Inbox Size Components of the Administration Process Mail Storage Formats Topic 10F: Archiving MailDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator SMTP ArchivingTiming and Execution of Administration SMTP Implementation Scenarios Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesProcess Requests SMTP Best Practices Archive Policy DocumentsNested Groups Internet Mail Routing Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Deny List Only Group Type The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Archive Criteria Settings Document Group Precedence in Database Access Methods for Enabling SMTP Checklist for Monitoring MailAuto-populated Groups Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Settings Checking Mail Delivery Policies SMTP Settings Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPolicy Documents Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Mail Statistics Policy Types Delivery Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingSettings Document Types SMTP Inbound Controls Message Tracking Policy Precedence Rules SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallStatic and Dynamic Settings Message Relay Prevention What is Message Recall?Policy Management Tools Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Message Recall OptionsPolicy Management Development Tools Filters Configuring the Message Recall Feature Use of an Organizational Policy What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Troubleshooting StagesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Mail Trace Tool Policy Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterPolicy Assignment Methods What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Restart the Router Policy Assignment During Registration the DNS Whitelist? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingDynamic Policy Assignments DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics When to Force Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andLotus Domino Server Console What Happens When a Host is Found in Dead MailAdministration Tasks the DNS Blacklist? The Delivery Failure ProcessMessage Color-Coding on the Server What are Private Whitelist Filters?Console Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create What Happens When a Host is Found in lineDatabases on the Server the Private Whitelist? Planning GuidelinesServer Access Control Mechanisms What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Enabling Private Blacklist Filters PlanUser Access to the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Supported Platforms and SystemWhen to Restart the Server the Private Blacklist? Requirements Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministration Levels Precedence Server SoftwareAdministration Level Details How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Full Access Administrator Level Filters Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administrator Client SoftwareThe Domino Web Administrator (E/SMTP) Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino E/SMTP Settings Basic ConfigurationsWeb Administrator Application Topic 8F: Configuring Internet What is Eclipse?Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Addressing Client Installation TypesThe Domino Server Log When to Set Internet Addresses What is Lotus Expeditor?The Notes.ini File Internet Address Lookup Options Expeditor Component PackagingLogging Levels Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Eclipse Update SitesServer Groups and Replication An Implementation of SMTP Routing Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 9B: Implementing Message ComponentsReplication Controls Disclaimers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Replication Types Message Disclaimers Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMethods for Forcing Replication The Message Disclaimer Implementation First ServerPull Push Replication Process The Server Setup ProcessMultiple Replication Hubs Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Domino DirectoryCritical Application Scheduling Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Replicas of the Domino DirectoryReplication Schedule Criteria Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMail Routing Components Settings Purposes of Organizational UnitsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Alternatives to Organizational UnitsNNNs Messages Descendants of the Organization Certifier


Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Organization SecurityMail Routing Topology Controls Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Delivery Controls Authentication Between OrganizationsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Country CodesTopology Controls Server Audience TypesOpportunistic Routing Mail Transfer Controls The Lotus Domino Server LogConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Administrators Group Security Options Router Types and Connection Documents Mailboxes Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstationfor Incoming Mail How Mail Rules Work The Client Configuration Program Mail Storage Formats Mail Rule Actions Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toSMTP Activating a Server Mail Rule Administrators and ServersSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Access in the Domino DirectorySMTP Best Practices Mail Journaling The Special Privilege of theInternet Mail Routing Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Journaling and Mail Routing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMethods for Enabling SMTP Journaling and Server Configuration Lacks Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Domino Directory Access for RegisteringSMTP Settings and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions ServersTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Tag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration ServerSMTP Inbound Controls Field Names Associated with Tags Server ID File Storage Options SMTP Outbound Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMessage Relay Prevention or Whitelist Tags Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Standard Directory StructureFilters Quotas The Central Directory StructureWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Quota Implementation Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Quota Restrictions Domino DirectoryEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Server Setup ProfilesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Inbox Maintenance Clearing the Server ID Password DNS Whitelist? Inbox Maintenance The Certification LogDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administrator Access to Register OUEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Control Inbox Size CertifiersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server DNS Blacklist? Archiving Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Benefits of Archiving and Policies User Registration OptionsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Archive Policy Documents Administrator Access to Register UsersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Archive Policy Settings Document The License Tracking DatabasePrivate Whitelist? Archive Criteria Settings Document Internet Password OptionsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Checklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Password LockingEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Types of Misdelivered Mail ID File Distribution Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the Checking Mail Delivery Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePrivate Blacklist? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics User Registration Text FilesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Mail Statistics How to Register Users from a Text File How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Message Tracking Changes(E/SMTP) Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Directory DocumentE/SMTP Settings What is Message Recall? Synchronization Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Message Recall Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhen to Set Internet Addresses Configuring the Message Recall Feature WorkstationInternet Address Lookup Options Troubleshooting Stages Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The Mail Trace Tool Workstations An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 9B: Implementing Message When to Restart the Router InstallationDisclaimers Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Disclaimers When to Force Mail Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ServersProcess Dead Mail The Administration ProcessOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Delivery Failure Process Components of the Administration ProcessEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Database Tools in Domino AdministratorCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Lesson 5: Setting Up Server Administration Timing and Execution of AdministrationSettings line Process Requests Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 5A: Customizing the IBM Lotus Nested GroupsMessages Domino Administrator Work Environment The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Administration Preferences Group Precedence in Database AccessControls Auto-populated Groups Delivery Controls Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational


Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer line PolicyControls Planning Guidelines PoliciesMail Transfer Controls The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Policy DocumentsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Plan Policy TypesMailboxes Supported Platforms and System Settings Document TypesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Requirements Policy Precedence RulesHow Mail Rules Work Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Static and Dynamic SettingsMail Rule Actions Domino Server Software Policy Management ToolsActivating a Server Mail Rule Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Journaling Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Explicit PolicyJournaling and Mail Routing Basic Configurations Policy Assignment MethodsJournaling and Server Configuration What is Eclipse? Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Client Installation Types Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What is Lotus Expeditor? The Effect of Multiple Policies Tag Mail Rule Conditions Expeditor Component Packaging Lotus Domino Server ConsoleField Names Associated with Tags Eclipse Update Sites Administration TasksOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Automated Installation Options for Message Color-Coding on the ServerWhitelist Tags Eclipse Components Console Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateQuotas Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Databases on the ServerQuota Implementation Options First Server Server Access Control MechanismsQuota Restrictions The Server Setup Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Domino Directory User Access to the ServerMaintenance Replicas of the Domino Directory When to Restart the Server Inbox Maintenance Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Purposes of Organizational Units Administration LevelsControl Inbox Size Alternatives to Organizational Units Administration Level DetailsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Full Access Administrator LevelArchiving Organization Security Full Access Administrator Best PracticesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Organization Certifier ID Security The Domino Web AdministratorArchive Policy Documents Authentication Between Organizations Administration Levels and the LotusArchive Policy Settings Document Country Codes Domino Web Administrator Application Archive Criteria Settings Document Server Audience Types Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsChecklist for Monitoring Mail The Lotus Domino Server Log The Domino Server LogTypes of Misdelivered Mail Administrators Group Security Options The Notes.ini FileChecking Mail Delivery Topic 1E: Configuring the First Logging Levels Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Workstation Server Groups and Replication Mail Statistics The Client Configuration Program Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to DocumentMessage Tracking Administrators and Servers Replication ControlsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Access in the Domino Directory Replication TypesWhat is Message Recall? The Special Privilege of the Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Recall Options LocalDomainAdmins Group Pull Push ReplicationConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Multiple Replication HubsTroubleshooting Stages Group Lacks Critical Application SchedulingThe Mail Trace Tool Domino Directory Access for Registering Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Servers Mail Routing ComponentsWhen to Restart the Router Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Server ID File Storage Options NNNs When to Force Mail Routing Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Routing TopologyMail The Standard Directory Structure The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingThe Delivery Failure Process The Central Directory Structure Topology

Replicating a Subset of Documents in the How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeDomino Directory Topology

line Server Setup Profiles Opportunistic RoutingPlanning Guidelines Clearing the Server ID Password Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Certification Log OptionsPlan Administrator Access to Register OU Router Types and Connection Documents Supported Platforms and System Certifiers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatRequirements Need for Selecting a Registration Server for Incoming MailTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 3B: Registering New Mail Storage Formats Server Software Administrators SMTPLotus Domino Server Installation Types User Registration Options SMTP Implementation Scenarios


Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Administrator Access to Register Users SMTP Best PracticesAdministrator Client Software The License Tracking Database Internet Mail RoutingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Internet Password Options The SMTP Listener and Router TasksBasic Configurations Internet Password Locking Methods for Enabling SMTP What is Eclipse? ID File Distribution Options Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPClient Installation Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File SettingsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? User Registration Text Files SMTP Settings Expeditor Component Packaging How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryEclipse Update Sites Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document SMTP Inbound ControlsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Changes SMTP Outbound ControlsComponents Domino Directory Document Message Relay Prevention Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Synchronization Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator FiltersFirst Server Workstation What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Server Setup Process Workstation Setup for Additional The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe Domino Directory Workstations Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus What Happens When a Host is Found inComparing Domains and Organizations Domino Installation the DNS Whitelist?Purposes of Organizational Units The Lotus Domino Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersDescendants of the Organization Certifier Servers What Happens When a Host is Found inOrganization Security The Administration Process the DNS Blacklist?Organization Certifier ID Security Components of the Administration What are Private Whitelist Filters?Authentication Between Organizations Process Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersCountry Codes Database Tools in Domino Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found inServer Audience Types Timing and Execution of Administration the Private Whitelist?The Lotus Domino Server Log Process Requests What are Private Blacklist Filters?Administrators Group Security Options Nested Groups Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Deny List Only Group Type What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Client Configuration Program Group Precedence in Database Access the Private Blacklist?Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Auto-populated Groups Order of Whitelist and Blacklistand Servers Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational PrecedenceAccess in the Domino Directory Policy How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistThe Special Privilege of the Policies Filters LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Types (E/SMTP) OptionsLacks Settings Document Types E/SMTP Settings Domino Directory Access for Registering Policy Precedence Rules Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServers Static and Dynamic Settings When to Set Internet AddressesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management Tools Internet Address Lookup Options Server ID File Storage Options Policy Management Development Tools Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Use of an Organizational Policy An Implementation of SMTP Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Standard Directory Structure Explicit Policy DisclaimersThe Central Directory Structure Policy Assignment Methods Message DisclaimersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Assignment During Registration The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDomino Directory Dynamic Policy Assignments ProcessServer Setup Profiles The Effect of Multiple Policies Options for Attaching DisclaimersClearing the Server ID Password Lotus Domino Server Console Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Certification Log Administration Tasks Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyAdministrator Access to Register OU Message Color-Coding on the Server SettingsCertifiers Console Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMENeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Messages Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Databases on the Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryUser Registration Options Server Access Control Mechanisms ControlsAdministrator Access to Register Users Restrictions for Authorizing Server Delivery Controls The License Tracking Database Access Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferInternet Password Options User Access to the Server ControlsInternet Password Locking When to Restart the Server Mail Transfer Controls ID File Distribution Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Administration Levels MailboxesUser Registration Text Files Administration Level Details Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes How to Register Users from a Text File The Full Access Administrator Level How Mail Rules WorkTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Full Access Administrator Best Practices Mail Rule ActionsChanges The Domino Web Administrator Activating a Server Mail Rule Domino Directory Document Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling


Synchronization Domino Web Administrator Application Mail JournalingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWorkstation The Domino Server Log Journaling and Mail RoutingWorkstation Setup for Additional The Notes.ini File Journaling and Server Configuration Workstations Logging Levels Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Server Groups and Replication Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInstallation Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Document Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Replication Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orServers Replication Types Whitelist Tags The Administration Process Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasComponents of the Administration Process Pull Push Replication QuotasDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Multiple Replication Hubs Quota Implementation OptionsTiming and Execution of Administration Critical Application Scheduling Quota Restrictions Process Requests Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withNested Groups Mail Routing Components Inbox MaintenanceThe Deny List Only Group Type Mail Routing Behavior Within and Inbox MaintenanceGroup Precedence in Database Access Between NNNs Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toAuto-populated Groups Topic 7B: Implementing a Control Inbox Size Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 10F: Archiving MailPolicies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing ArchivingPolicy Documents Topology Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPolicy Types How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Archive Policy DocumentsSettings Document Types Topology Archive Policy Settings DocumentPolicy Precedence Rules Opportunistic Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Static and Dynamic Settings Connection Document Mail Routing Checklist for Monitoring MailPolicy Management Tools Options Types of Misdelivered MailPolicy Management Development Tools Router Types and Connection Checking Mail Delivery Use of an Organizational Policy Documents Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Mail Statistics Policy Format for Incoming Mail Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingPolicy Assignment Methods Mail Storage Formats Message Tracking Policy Assignment During Registration SMTP Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallDynamic Policy Assignments SMTP Implementation Scenarios What is Message Recall?The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Best Practices Message Recall OptionsLotus Domino Server Console Internet Mail Routing Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administration Tasks The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Troubleshooting StagesMessage Color-Coding on the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP The Mail Trace Tool Console Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Settings When to Restart the Router Databases on the Server SMTP Settings Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail When to Force Mail Routing Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Delivery Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andUser Access to the Server SMTP Inbound Controls Dead MailWhen to Restart the Server SMTP Outbound Controls The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Message Relay Prevention Administration Levels Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistAdministration Level Details Filters lineThe Full Access Administrator Level What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Planning GuidelinesFull Access Administrator Best Practices The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Domino Web Administrator Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters PlanAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found in Supported Platforms and SystemWeb Administrator Application the DNS Whitelist? Requirements Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Domino Server Log Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server SoftwareThe Notes.ini File What Happens When a Host is Found in Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Logging Levels the DNS Blacklist? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer Groups and Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters? Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andReplication Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in Basic ConfigurationsReplication Types the Private Whitelist? What is Eclipse?Methods for Forcing Replication What are Private Blacklist Filters? Client Installation TypesPull Push Replication Enabling Private Blacklist Filters What is Lotus Expeditor?Multiple Replication Hubs What Happens When a Host is Found in Expeditor Component PackagingCritical Application Scheduling the Private Blacklist? Eclipse Update SitesReplication Schedule Criteria Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Automated Installation Options for Eclipse


Mail Routing Components Precedence ComponentsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation NNNs Filters Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP First ServerMail Routing Topology (E/SMTP) Options The Server Setup ProcessThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology E/SMTP Settings The Domino DirectoryHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopology Addressing Comparing Domains and OrganizationsOpportunistic Routing When to Set Internet Addresses Purposes of Organizational UnitsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Internet Address Lookup Options Alternatives to Organizational UnitsRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format An Implementation of SMTP Routing Organization Securityfor Incoming Mail Topic 9B: Implementing Message Organization Certifier ID SecurityMail Storage Formats Disclaimers Authentication Between OrganizationsSMTP Message Disclaimers Country CodesSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Message Disclaimer Implementation Server Audience TypesSMTP Best Practices Process The Lotus Domino Server LogInternet Mail Routing Options for Attaching Disclaimers Administrators Group Security Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMethods for Enabling SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer Policy WorkstationTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Settings The Client Configuration Program SMTP Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Messages Administrators and ServersSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Access in the Domino DirectorySMTP Outbound Controls Controls The Special Privilege of theMessage Relay Prevention Delivery Controls LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupFilters Controls Lacks What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail Transfer Controls Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server ServersEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Mailboxes Need for Selecting a Registration ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server ID File Storage Options DNS Whitelist? How Mail Rules Work Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Rule Actions Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Activating a Server Mail Rule The Standard Directory StructureWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Central Directory StructureDNS Blacklist? Mail Journaling Replicating a Subset of Documents in theWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Domino DirectoryEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Journaling and Mail Routing Server Setup ProfilesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Journaling and Server Configuration Clearing the Server ID Password Private Whitelist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Certification LogWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administrator Access to Register OUEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Tag Mail Rule Conditions CertifiersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Field Names Associated with Tags Need for Selecting a Registration Server Private Blacklist? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence or Whitelist Tags User Registration OptionsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Quotas The License Tracking Database(E/SMTP) Options Quota Implementation Options Internet Password OptionsE/SMTP Settings Quota Restrictions Internet Password LockingTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with ID File Distribution Options When to Set Internet Addresses Inbox Maintenance Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileInternet Address Lookup Options Inbox Maintenance User Registration Text FilesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to How to Register Users from a Text File An Implementation of SMTP Routing Control Inbox Size Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 10F: Archiving Mail ChangesDisclaimers Archiving Domino Directory DocumentMessage Disclaimers Benefits of Archiving and Policies Synchronization The Message Disclaimer Implementation Archive Policy Documents Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorProcess Archive Policy Settings Document WorkstationOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document Workstation Setup for AdditionalEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Checklist for Monitoring Mail Workstations Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSettings Checking Mail Delivery InstallationUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Domino Administrator Messages Mail Statistics Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple


Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ServersControls Message Tracking The Administration ProcessDelivery Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What is Message Recall? Database Tools in Domino AdministratorControls Message Recall Options Timing and Execution of AdministrationMail Transfer Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature Process Requests Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Troubleshooting Stages Nested GroupsMailboxes The Mail Trace Tool The Deny List Only Group TypeBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Group Precedence in Database AccessHow Mail Rules Work When to Restart the Router Auto-populated Groups Mail Rule Actions Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalActivating a Server Mail Rule When to Force Mail Routing PolicyTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and PoliciesMail Journaling Dead Mail Policy DocumentsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Delivery Failure Process Policy TypesJournaling and Mail Routing Settings Document TypesJournaling and Server Configuration Policy Precedence RulesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and line Static and Dynamic SettingsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Planning Guidelines Policy Management ToolsTag Mail Rule Conditions The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Policy Management Development ToolsField Names Associated with Tags Plan Use of an Organizational Policy Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Supported Platforms and System Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anWhitelist Tags Requirements Explicit PolicyTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Policy Assignment MethodsQuotas Domino Server Software Policy Assignment During RegistrationQuota Implementation Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Dynamic Policy AssignmentsQuota Restrictions Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Domino Administrator Client Software Lotus Domino Server ConsoleMaintenance The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administration TasksInbox Maintenance Basic Configurations Message Color-Coding on the ServerUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to What is Eclipse? Console Control Inbox Size Client Installation Types Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 10F: Archiving Mail What is Lotus Expeditor? Databases on the ServerArchiving Expeditor Component Packaging Server Access Control MechanismsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Eclipse Update Sites Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessArchive Policy Documents Automated Installation Options for User Access to the ServerArchive Policy Settings Document Eclipse Components When to Restart the Server Archive Criteria Settings Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administration LevelsTypes of Misdelivered Mail First Server Administration Level DetailsChecking Mail Delivery The Server Setup Process The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Domino Directory Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Statistics Replicas of the Domino Directory The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Comparing Domains and Organizations Administration Levels and the LotusMessage Tracking Purposes of Organizational Units Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhat is Message Recall? Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Domino Server LogMessage Recall Options Organization Security The Notes.ini FileConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Organization Certifier ID Security Logging Levels Troubleshooting Stages Authentication Between Organizations Server Groups and Replication The Mail Trace Tool Country Codes Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Server Audience Types DocumentWhen to Restart the Router The Lotus Domino Server Log Replication ControlsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Replication TypesWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the First Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Workstation Pull Push ReplicationMail The Client Configuration Program Multiple Replication HubsThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Critical Application Scheduling

Administrators and Servers Replication Schedule Criteria Access in the Domino Directory Mail Routing Components

line The Special Privilege of the Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenPlanning Guidelines LocalDomainAdmins Group NNNs The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokePlan Group Lacks Mail Routing TopologySupported Platforms and System Domino Directory Access for Registering The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingRequirements Servers Topology


Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Need for Selecting a Registration Server How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeServer Software Server ID File Storage Options TopologyLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Opportunistic RoutingTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Connection Document Mail RoutingAdministrator Client Software The Standard Directory Structure OptionsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Central Directory Structure Router Types and Connection Documents Basic Configurations Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat is Eclipse? Domino Directory for Incoming MailClient Installation Types Server Setup Profiles Mail Storage Formats What is Lotus Expeditor? Clearing the Server ID Password SMTPExpeditor Component Packaging The Certification Log SMTP Implementation ScenariosEclipse Update Sites Administrator Access to Register OU SMTP Best PracticesAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Certifiers Internet Mail RoutingComponents Need for Selecting a Registration Server The SMTP Listener and Router TasksMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 3B: Registering New Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administrators Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPFirst Server User Registration Options SettingsThe Server Setup Process Administrator Access to Register Users SMTP Settings The Domino Directory The License Tracking Database Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryReplicas of the Domino Directory Internet Password Options SMTP Inbound ControlsComparing Domains and Organizations Internet Password Locking SMTP Outbound ControlsPurposes of Organizational Units ID File Distribution Options Message Relay Prevention Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistDescendants of the Organization Certifier User Registration Text Files FiltersOrganization Security How to Register Users from a Text File What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessAuthentication Between Organizations Changes Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersCountry Codes Domino Directory Document What Happens When a Host is Found inServer Audience Types Synchronization the DNS Whitelist?The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsAdministrators Group Security Options Workstation Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Workstation Setup for Additional What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Client Configuration Program Workstations the DNS Blacklist?Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus What are Private Whitelist Filters?and Servers Domino Installation Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersAccess in the Domino Directory The Lotus Domino Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Special Privilege of the Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple the Private Whitelist?LocalDomainAdmins Group Servers What are Private Blacklist Filters?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Administration Process Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersLacks Components of the Administration What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory Access for Registering Process the Private Blacklist?Servers Database Tools in Domino Administrator Order of Whitelist and BlacklistNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Timing and Execution of Administration PrecedenceServer ID File Storage Options Process Requests How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Nested Groups Filters Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Standard Directory Structure Group Precedence in Database Access (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Central Directory Structure Auto-populated Groups E/SMTP Settings Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingDomino Directory Policy When to Set Internet AddressesServer Setup Profiles Policies Internet Address Lookup Options Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTPThe Certification Log Policy Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing Administrator Access to Register OU Settings Document Types Topic 9B: Implementing MessageCertifiers Policy Precedence Rules DisclaimersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Static and Dynamic Settings Message DisclaimersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Policy Management Tools The Message Disclaimer ImplementationUser Registration Options Policy Management Development Tools ProcessAdministrator Access to Register Users Use of an Organizational Policy Options for Attaching DisclaimersThe License Tracking Database Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Enabling Server Message DisclaimersInternet Password Options Explicit Policy Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyInternet Password Locking Policy Assignment Methods SettingsID File Distribution Options Policy Assignment During Registration Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Dynamic Policy Assignments Messages User Registration Text Files The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryHow to Register Users from a Text File Lotus Domino Server Console Controls


Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administration Tasks Delivery Controls Changes Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDomino Directory Document Console ControlsSynchronization Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Transfer Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Databases on the Server Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWorkstation Server Access Control Mechanisms MailboxesWorkstation Setup for Additional Restrictions for Authorizing Server Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstations Access How Mail Rules WorkTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino User Access to the Server Mail Rule ActionsInstallation When to Restart the Server Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Administration Levels Mail JournalingServers Administration Level Details Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Administration Process The Full Access Administrator Level Journaling and Mail RoutingComponents of the Administration Process Full Access Administrator Best Practices Journaling and Server Configuration Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Domino Web Administrator Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTiming and Execution of Administration Administration Levels and the Lotus Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsProcess Requests Domino Web Administrator Application Tag Mail Rule ConditionsNested Groups Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Field Names Associated with TagsThe Deny List Only Group Type The Domino Server Log Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orGroup Precedence in Database Access The Notes.ini File Whitelist Tags Auto-populated Groups Logging Levels Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Server Groups and Replication QuotasPolicies Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Quota Implementation OptionsPolicy Documents Document Quota Restrictions Policy Types Replication Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withSettings Document Types Replication Types Inbox MaintenancePolicy Precedence Rules Methods for Forcing Replication Inbox MaintenanceStatic and Dynamic Settings Pull Push Replication Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPolicy Management Tools Multiple Replication Hubs Control Inbox Size Policy Management Development Tools Critical Application Scheduling Topic 10F: Archiving MailUse of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria ArchivingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Mail Routing Components Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPolicy Mail Routing Behavior Within and Archive Policy DocumentsPolicy Assignment Methods Between NNNs Archive Policy Settings DocumentPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 7B: Implementing a Archive Criteria Settings Document Dynamic Policy Assignments Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Types of Misdelivered MailLotus Domino Server Console Topology Checking Mail Delivery Administration Tasks How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topology Mail Statistics Console Opportunistic Routing Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Connection Document Mail Routing Message Tracking Databases on the Server Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallServer Access Control Mechanisms Router Types and Connection What is Message Recall?Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Documents Message Recall OptionsUser Access to the Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Configuring the Message Recall Feature When to Restart the Server Format for Incoming Mail Troubleshooting StagesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Mail Storage Formats The Mail Trace Tool Administration Levels SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAdministration Level Details SMTP Implementation Scenarios When to Restart the Router The Full Access Administrator Level SMTP Best Practices Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingFull Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Mail Routing When to Force Mail Routing The Domino Web Administrator The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Methods for Enabling SMTP Dead MailWeb Administrator Application Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels SettingsThe Domino Server Log SMTP Settings Lesson 9: Establishing Mail Controls The Notes.ini File Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail lineLogging Levels Delivery Topic 9A: Configuring Router RestrictionsServer Groups and Replication SMTP Inbound Controls Mail Restrictions and Controls Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document SMTP Outbound ControlsReplication Controls Message Relay Prevention Replication Types Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist lineMethods for Forcing Replication Filters Planning GuidelinesPull Push Replication What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment


Multiple Replication Hubs The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process PlanCritical Application Scheduling Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Supported Platforms and SystemReplication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found in Requirements Mail Routing Components the DNS Whitelist? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMail Routing Behavior Within and Between DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Server SoftwareNNNs Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMail Routing Topology the DNS Blacklist? Administrator Client SoftwareThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Basic ConfigurationsTopology What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Eclipse?Opportunistic Routing the Private Whitelist? Client Installation TypesConnection Document Mail Routing Options What are Private Blacklist Filters? What is Lotus Expeditor?Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format What Happens When a Host is Found in Eclipse Update Sitesfor Incoming Mail the Private Blacklist? Automated Installation Options for EclipseMail Storage Formats Order of Whitelist and Blacklist ComponentsSMTP Precedence Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Implementation Scenarios How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSMTP Best Practices Filters First ServerInternet Mail Routing Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Server Setup ProcessThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks (E/SMTP) Options The Domino DirectoryMethods for Enabling SMTP E/SMTP Settings Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Comparing Domains and OrganizationsSMTP Settings Addressing Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery When to Set Internet Addresses Alternatives to Organizational UnitsSMTP Inbound Controls Internet Address Lookup Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Organization SecurityMessage Relay Prevention An Implementation of SMTP Routing Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9B: Implementing Message Authentication Between OrganizationsFilters Disclaimers Country CodesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Message Disclaimers Server Audience TypesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Lotus Domino Server LogEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Process Administrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstDNS Whitelist? Enabling Server Message Disclaimers WorkstationDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Client Configuration Program Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrators and ServersDNS Blacklist? Messages Access in the Domino DirectoryWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Special Privilege of theEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Controls LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Delivery Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPrivate Whitelist? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Lacks What are Private Blacklist Filters? Controls Domino Directory Access for RegisteringEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Mail Transfer Controls ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPrivate Blacklist? Mailboxes Server ID File Storage Options Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters How Mail Rules Work Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Rule Actions The Standard Directory Structure(E/SMTP) Options Activating a Server Mail Rule The Central Directory StructureE/SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Mail Journaling Domino DirectoryWhen to Set Internet Addresses Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Server Setup ProfilesInternet Address Lookup Options Journaling and Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Journaling and Server Configuration The Certification LogAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 9B: Implementing Message and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions CertifiersDisclaimers Tag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message Disclaimers Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist User Registration OptionsProcess or Whitelist Tags Administrator Access to Register UsersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The License Tracking DatabaseEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Quotas Internet Password OptionsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Quota Implementation Options Internet Password Locking


Settings Quota Restrictions ID File Distribution Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMessages Inbox Maintenance User Registration Text FilesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Inbox Maintenance How to Register Users from a Text File Controls Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentDelivery Controls Control Inbox Size ChangesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino Directory DocumentControls Archiving Synchronization Mail Transfer Controls Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Archive Policy Documents WorkstationMailboxes Archive Policy Settings Document Workstation Setup for AdditionalBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Archive Criteria Settings Document Workstations How Mail Rules Work Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMail Rule Actions Types of Misdelivered Mail InstallationActivating a Server Mail Rule Checking Mail Delivery The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleMail Journaling Mail Statistics ServersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Administration ProcessJournaling and Mail Routing Message Tracking Components of the Administration ProcessJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and What is Message Recall? Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Recall Options Process Requests Tag Mail Rule Conditions Configuring the Message Recall Feature Nested GroupsField Names Associated with Tags Troubleshooting Stages The Deny List Only Group TypeOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Mail Trace Tool Group Precedence in Database AccessWhitelist Tags Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Auto-populated Groups Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas When to Restart the Router Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalQuotas Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing PolicyQuota Implementation Options When to Force Mail Routing PoliciesQuota Restrictions Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Policy DocumentsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Dead Mail Policy TypesMaintenance The Delivery Failure Process Settings Document TypesInbox Maintenance Policy Precedence RulesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Static and Dynamic SettingsControl Inbox Size line Policy Management ToolsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Planning Guidelines Policy Management Development ToolsArchiving The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Use of an Organizational Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies Plan Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anArchive Policy Documents Supported Platforms and System Explicit PolicyArchive Policy Settings Document Requirements Policy Assignment MethodsArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Policy Assignment During RegistrationChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Server Software Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Effect of Multiple Policies Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Domino Administrator Client Software Administration TasksMail Statistics The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Basic Configurations Console Message Tracking What is Eclipse? Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Client Installation Types Databases on the ServerWhat is Message Recall? What is Lotus Expeditor? Server Access Control MechanismsMessage Recall Options Expeditor Component Packaging Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Eclipse Update Sites User Access to the ServerTroubleshooting Stages Automated Installation Options for When to Restart the Server The Mail Trace Tool Eclipse Components Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administration LevelsWhen to Restart the Router Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administration Level DetailsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing First Server The Full Access Administrator LevelWhen to Force Mail Routing The Server Setup Process Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Domino Directory The Domino Web AdministratorMail Replicas of the Domino Directory Administration Levels and the LotusThe Delivery Failure Process Comparing Domains and Organizations Domino Web Administrator Application

Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsAlternatives to Organizational Units The Domino Server Log

line Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Notes.ini FilePlanning Guidelines Organization Security Logging Levels The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Organization Certifier ID Security Server Groups and Replication


Plan Authentication Between Organizations Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSupported Platforms and System Country Codes DocumentRequirements Server Audience Types Replication ControlsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Lotus Domino Server Log Replication TypesServer Software Administrators Group Security Options Methods for Forcing ReplicationLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1E: Configuring the First Pull Push ReplicationTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Workstation Multiple Replication HubsAdministrator Client Software The Client Configuration Program Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Replication Schedule Criteria Basic Configurations Administrators and Servers Mail Routing ComponentsWhat is Eclipse? Access in the Domino Directory Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenClient Installation Types The Special Privilege of the NNNs What is Lotus Expeditor? LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeExpeditor Component Packaging Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Mail Routing TopologyEclipse Update Sites Group Lacks The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Domino Directory Access for Registering TopologyComponents Servers How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server TopologyTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server ID File Storage Options Opportunistic RoutingFirst Server Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Server Setup Process Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers OptionsThe Domino Directory The Standard Directory Structure Router Types and Connection Documents Replicas of the Domino Directory The Central Directory Structure Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatComparing Domains and Organizations Replicating a Subset of Documents in the for Incoming MailPurposes of Organizational Units Domino Directory Mail Storage Formats Alternatives to Organizational Units Server Setup Profiles SMTPDescendants of the Organization Certifier Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Implementation ScenariosOrganization Security The Certification Log SMTP Best PracticesOrganization Certifier ID Security Administrator Access to Register OU Internet Mail RoutingAuthentication Between Organizations Certifiers The SMTP Listener and Router TasksCountry Codes Need for Selecting a Registration Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Audience Types Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators SettingsAdministrators Group Security Options User Registration Options SMTP Settings Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Client Configuration Program The License Tracking Database SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Internet Password Options SMTP Outbound Controlsand Servers Internet Password Locking Message Relay Prevention Access in the Domino Directory ID File Distribution Options Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Special Privilege of the Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File FiltersLocalDomainAdmins Group User Registration Text Files What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group How to Register Users from a Text File The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessLacks Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersDomino Directory Access for Registering Changes What Happens When a Host is Found inServers Domino Directory Document the DNS Whitelist?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Synchronization DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsServer ID File Storage Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found inAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Workstation Setup for Additional the DNS Blacklist?The Standard Directory Structure Workstations What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Central Directory Structure Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Domino Installation What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory The Lotus Domino Administrator the Private Whitelist?Server Setup Profiles Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What are Private Blacklist Filters?Clearing the Server ID Password Servers Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Certification Log The Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Access to Register OU Components of the Administration the Private Blacklist?Certifiers Process Order of Whitelist and BlacklistNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Database Tools in Domino Administrator PrecedenceTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Timing and Execution of Administration How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUser Registration Options Process Requests Filters Administrator Access to Register Users Nested Groups Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe License Tracking Database The Deny List Only Group Type (E/SMTP) OptionsInternet Password Options Group Precedence in Database Access E/SMTP Settings Internet Password Locking Auto-populated Groups Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingID File Distribution Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational When to Set Internet Addresses


Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Policy Internet Address Lookup Options User Registration Text Files Policies Topic 8G: Testing SMTPHow to Register Users from a Text File Policy Documents An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Types Topic 9B: Implementing MessageChanges Settings Document Types DisclaimersDomino Directory Document Policy Precedence Rules Message DisclaimersSynchronization Static and Dynamic Settings The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Policy Management Tools ProcessWorkstation Policy Management Development Tools Options for Attaching DisclaimersWorkstation Setup for Additional Use of an Organizational Policy Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWorkstations Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Explicit Policy SettingsInstallation Policy Assignment Methods Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Assignment During Registration Messages Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServers The Effect of Multiple Policies ControlsThe Administration Process Lotus Domino Server Console Delivery Controls Components of the Administration Process Administration Tasks Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the Server ControlsTiming and Execution of Administration Console Mail Transfer Controls Process Requests Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerNested Groups Databases on the Server MailboxesThe Deny List Only Group Type Server Access Control Mechanisms Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Precedence in Database Access Restrictions for Authorizing Server How Mail Rules WorkAuto-populated Groups Access Mail Rule ActionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy User Access to the Server Activating a Server Mail Rule Policies When to Restart the Server Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingPolicy Documents Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Mail JournalingPolicy Types Administration Levels Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsSettings Document Types Administration Level Details Journaling and Mail RoutingPolicy Precedence Rules The Full Access Administrator Level Journaling and Server Configuration Static and Dynamic Settings Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andPolicy Management Tools The Domino Web Administrator Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPolicy Management Development Tools Administration Levels and the Lotus Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUse of an Organizational Policy Domino Web Administrator Application Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPolicy The Domino Server Log Whitelist Tags Policy Assignment Methods The Notes.ini File Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasPolicy Assignment During Registration Logging Levels QuotasDynamic Policy Assignments Server Groups and Replication Quota Implementation OptionsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Quota Restrictions Lotus Domino Server Console Document Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAdministration Tasks Replication Controls Inbox MaintenanceMessage Color-Coding on the Server Replication Types Inbox MaintenanceConsole Methods for Forcing Replication Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Pull Push Replication Control Inbox Size Databases on the Server Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 10F: Archiving MailServer Access Control Mechanisms Critical Application Scheduling ArchivingRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Replication Schedule Criteria Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesUser Access to the Server Mail Routing Components Archive Policy DocumentsWhen to Restart the Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Between NNNs Archive Criteria Settings Document Administration Levels Topic 7B: Implementing a Checklist for Monitoring MailAdministration Level Details Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Types of Misdelivered MailThe Full Access Administrator Level The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Checking Mail Delivery Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topology Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Domino Web Administrator How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Statistics Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topology Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWeb Administrator Application Opportunistic Routing Message Tracking Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Domino Server Log Options What is Message Recall?The Notes.ini File Router Types and Connection Message Recall OptionsLogging Levels Documents Configuring the Message Recall Feature Server Groups and Replication Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Troubleshooting StagesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Format for Incoming Mail The Mail Trace Tool Replication Controls Mail Storage Formats Topic 12B: Restarting the Router


Replication Types SMTP When to Restart the Router Methods for Forcing Replication SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPull Push Replication SMTP Best Practices When to Force Mail Routing Multiple Replication Hubs Internet Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andCritical Application Scheduling The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Dead MailReplication Schedule Criteria Methods for Enabling SMTP The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Routing Components Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Routing Behavior Within and Between SettingsNNNs SMTP Settings lineTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Planning GuidelinesMail Routing Topology Delivery The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology SMTP Inbound Controls PlanHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke SMTP Outbound Controls Supported Platforms and SystemTopology Message Relay Prevention Requirements Opportunistic Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoConnection Document Mail Routing Options Filters Server SoftwareRouter Types and Connection Documents What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Dominofor Incoming Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Administrator Client SoftwareMail Storage Formats What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andSMTP the DNS Whitelist? Basic ConfigurationsSMTP Implementation Scenarios DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What is Eclipse?SMTP Best Practices Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Client Installation TypesInternet Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Lotus Expeditor?The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks the DNS Blacklist? Expeditor Component PackagingMethods for Enabling SMTP What are Private Whitelist Filters? Eclipse Update SitesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Automated Installation Options for EclipseSMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in ComponentsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery the Private Whitelist? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Inbound Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSMTP Outbound Controls Enabling Private Blacklist Filters First ServerMessage Relay Prevention What Happens When a Host is Found in The Server Setup ProcessTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist the Private Blacklist? The Domino DirectoryFilters Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Replicas of the Domino DirectoryWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Precedence Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Purposes of Organizational UnitsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Filters Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Descendants of the Organization CertifierDNS Whitelist? (E/SMTP) Options Organization SecurityDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics E/SMTP Settings Organization Certifier ID SecurityEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Authentication Between OrganizationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Addressing Country CodesDNS Blacklist? When to Set Internet Addresses Server Audience TypesWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Internet Address Lookup Options The Lotus Domino Server LogEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstPrivate Whitelist? Topic 9B: Implementing Message WorkstationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Disclaimers The Client Configuration Program Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Message Disclaimers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Message Disclaimer Implementation Administrators and ServersPrivate Blacklist? Process Access in the Domino DirectoryOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Special Privilege of theHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Enabling Server Message Disclaimers LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group(E/SMTP) Options Settings Lacks E/SMTP Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Messages ServersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Need for Selecting a Registration ServerInternet Address Lookup Options Controls Server ID File Storage Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Delivery Controls Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Controls The Standard Directory StructureDisclaimers Mail Transfer Controls The Central Directory StructureMessage Disclaimers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Mailboxes Domino DirectoryProcess Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Setup Profiles


Options for Attaching Disclaimers How Mail Rules Work Clearing the Server ID Password Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail Rule Actions The Certification LogCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Activating a Server Mail Rule Administrator Access to Register OUSettings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling CertifiersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Mail Journaling Need for Selecting a Registration Server Messages Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Journaling and Mail Routing User Registration OptionsControls Journaling and Server Configuration Administrator Access to Register UsersDelivery Controls Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Password OptionsControls Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Password LockingMail Transfer Controls Field Names Associated with Tags ID File Distribution Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMailboxes or Whitelist Tags User Registration Text FilesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas How to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Rules Work Quotas Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMail Rule Actions Quota Implementation Options ChangesActivating a Server Mail Rule Quota Restrictions Domino Directory DocumentTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Synchronization Mail Journaling Inbox Maintenance Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Inbox Maintenance WorkstationJournaling and Mail Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Workstation Setup for AdditionalJournaling and Server Configuration Control Inbox Size Workstations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archiving InstallationTag Mail Rule Conditions Benefits of Archiving and Policies The Lotus Domino Administrator Field Names Associated with Tags Archive Policy Documents Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Archive Policy Settings Document ServersWhitelist Tags Archive Criteria Settings Document The Administration ProcessTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Checklist for Monitoring Mail Components of the Administration ProcessQuotas Types of Misdelivered Mail Database Tools in Domino AdministratorQuota Implementation Options Checking Mail Delivery Timing and Execution of AdministrationQuota Restrictions Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Process Requests Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Mail Statistics Nested GroupsMaintenance Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Deny List Only Group TypeInbox Maintenance Message Tracking Group Precedence in Database AccessUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Auto-populated Groups Control Inbox Size What is Message Recall? Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Recall Options PolicyArchiving Configuring the Message Recall Feature PoliciesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Troubleshooting Stages Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Documents The Mail Trace Tool Policy TypesArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Settings Document TypesArchive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Router Policy Precedence RulesChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Static and Dynamic SettingsTypes of Misdelivered Mail When to Force Mail Routing Policy Management ToolsChecking Mail Delivery Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Dead Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Statistics The Delivery Failure Process Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Explicit PolicyMessage Tracking Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall line Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat is Message Recall? Planning Guidelines Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMessage Recall Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Effect of Multiple Policies Configuring the Message Recall Feature Plan Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTroubleshooting Stages Supported Platforms and System Administration TasksThe Mail Trace Tool Requirements Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Console When to Restart the Router Domino Server Software Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Databases on the ServerWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Domino Administrator Client Software Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMail The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Access to the ServerThe Delivery Failure Process Basic Configurations When to Restart the Server

What is Eclipse? Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsClient Installation Types Administration Levels


line What is Lotus Expeditor? Administration Level DetailsPlanning Guidelines Expeditor Component Packaging The Full Access Administrator LevelThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Eclipse Update Sites Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPlan Automated Installation Options for The Domino Web AdministratorSupported Platforms and System Eclipse Components Administration Levels and the LotusRequirements Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsServer Software First Server The Domino Server LogLotus Domino Server Installation Types The Server Setup Process The Notes.ini FileTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Domino Directory Logging Levels Administrator Client Software Replicas of the Domino Directory Server Groups and Replication The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionBasic Configurations Purposes of Organizational Units DocumentWhat is Eclipse? Alternatives to Organizational Units Replication ControlsClient Installation Types Descendants of the Organization Certifier Replication TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Organization Security Methods for Forcing ReplicationExpeditor Component Packaging Organization Certifier ID Security Pull Push ReplicationEclipse Update Sites Authentication Between Organizations Multiple Replication HubsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Country Codes Critical Application SchedulingComponents Server Audience Types Replication Schedule Criteria Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Lotus Domino Server Log Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administrators Group Security Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenFirst Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First NNNs The Server Setup Process Workstation Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Domino Directory The Client Configuration Program Mail Routing TopologyReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingComparing Domains and Organizations Administrators and Servers TopologyPurposes of Organizational Units Access in the Domino Directory How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeAlternatives to Organizational Units The Special Privilege of the TopologyDescendants of the Organization Certifier LocalDomainAdmins Group Opportunistic RoutingOrganization Security Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Connection Document Mail RoutingOrganization Certifier ID Security Group Lacks OptionsAuthentication Between Organizations Domino Directory Access for Registering Router Types and Connection Documents Country Codes Servers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatServer Audience Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server for Incoming MailThe Lotus Domino Server Log Server ID File Storage Options Mail Storage Formats Administrators Group Security Options Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting SMTPTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe Client Configuration Program The Standard Directory Structure SMTP Best PracticesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Central Directory Structure Internet Mail Routingand Servers Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The SMTP Listener and Router TasksAccess in the Domino Directory Domino Directory Methods for Enabling SMTP The Special Privilege of the Server Setup Profiles Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPLocalDomainAdmins Group Clearing the Server ID Password SettingsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Certification Log SMTP Settings Lacks Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryDomino Directory Access for Registering Certifiers SMTP Inbound ControlsServers Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Outbound ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3B: Registering New Message Relay Prevention Server ID File Storage Options Administrators Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting User Registration Options FiltersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Administrator Access to Register Users What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Standard Directory Structure The License Tracking Database The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe Central Directory Structure Internet Password Options Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Internet Password Locking What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory ID File Distribution Options the DNS Whitelist?Server Setup Profiles Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsClearing the Server ID Password User Registration Text Files Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Certification Log How to Register Users from a Text File What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document the DNS Blacklist?Certifiers Changes What are Private Whitelist Filters?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Directory Document Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Synchronization What Happens When a Host is Found inUser Registration Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator the Private Whitelist?Administrator Access to Register Users Workstation What are Private Blacklist Filters?The License Tracking Database Workstation Setup for Additional Enabling Private Blacklist Filters


Internet Password Options Workstations What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Password Locking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus the Private Blacklist?ID File Distribution Options Domino Installation Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Lotus Domino Administrator PrecedenceUser Registration Text Files Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistHow to Register Users from a Text File Servers Filters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Administration Process Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPChanges Components of the Administration (E/SMTP) OptionsDomino Directory Document Process E/SMTP Settings Synchronization Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Timing and Execution of Administration When to Set Internet AddressesWorkstation Process Requests Internet Address Lookup Options Workstation Setup for Additional Nested Groups Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWorkstations The Deny List Only Group Type An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 9B: Implementing MessageInstallation Auto-populated Groups DisclaimersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Message DisclaimersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServers Policies ProcessThe Administration Process Policy Documents Options for Attaching DisclaimersComponents of the Administration Process Policy Types Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Settings Document Types Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTiming and Execution of Administration Policy Precedence Rules SettingsProcess Requests Static and Dynamic Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMENested Groups Policy Management Tools Messages The Deny List Only Group Type Policy Management Development Tools Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryGroup Precedence in Database Access Use of an Organizational Policy ControlsAuto-populated Groups Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Delivery Controls Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Explicit Policy Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferPolicies Policy Assignment Methods ControlsPolicy Documents Policy Assignment During Registration Mail Transfer Controls Policy Types Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerSettings Document Types The Effect of Multiple Policies MailboxesPolicy Precedence Rules Lotus Domino Server Console Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Static and Dynamic Settings Administration Tasks How Mail Rules WorkPolicy Management Tools Message Color-Coding on the Server Mail Rule ActionsPolicy Management Development Tools Console Activating a Server Mail Rule Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Databases on the Server Mail JournalingPolicy Server Access Control Mechanisms Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPolicy Assignment Methods Restrictions for Authorizing Server Journaling and Mail RoutingPolicy Assignment During Registration Access Journaling and Server Configuration Dynamic Policy Assignments User Access to the Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Effect of Multiple Policies When to Restart the Server Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsLotus Domino Server Console Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAdministration Tasks Administration Levels Field Names Associated with TagsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Administration Level Details Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orConsole The Full Access Administrator Level Whitelist Tags Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDatabases on the Server The Domino Web Administrator QuotasServer Access Control Mechanisms Administration Levels and the Lotus Quota Implementation OptionsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Domino Web Administrator Application Quota Restrictions User Access to the Server Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhen to Restart the Server The Domino Server Log Inbox MaintenanceTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Notes.ini File Inbox MaintenanceAdministration Levels Logging Levels Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toAdministration Level Details Server Groups and Replication Control Inbox Size The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 10F: Archiving MailFull Access Administrator Best Practices Document ArchivingThe Domino Web Administrator Replication Controls Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Replication Types Archive Policy DocumentsWeb Administrator Application Methods for Forcing Replication Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Pull Push Replication Archive Criteria Settings Document The Domino Server Log Multiple Replication Hubs Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Notes.ini File Critical Application Scheduling Types of Misdelivered MailLogging Levels Replication Schedule Criteria Checking Mail Delivery


Server Groups and Replication Mail Routing Components Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Mail Routing Behavior Within and Mail Statistics Replication Controls Between NNNs Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingReplication Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Message Tracking Methods for Forcing Replication Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPull Push Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What is Message Recall?Multiple Replication Hubs Topology Message Recall OptionsCritical Application Scheduling How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Configuring the Message Recall Feature Replication Schedule Criteria Topology Troubleshooting StagesMail Routing Components Opportunistic Routing The Mail Trace Tool Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterNNNs Options When to Restart the Router Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Router Types and Connection Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMail Routing Topology Documents When to Force Mail Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Format for Incoming Mail Dead MailTopology Mail Storage Formats The Delivery Failure ProcessOpportunistic Routing SMTPConnection Document Mail Routing Options SMTP Implementation ScenariosRouter Types and Connection Documents SMTP Best Practices lineTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Internet Mail Routing Planning Guidelinesfor Incoming Mail The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMail Storage Formats Methods for Enabling SMTP PlanSMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Supported Platforms and SystemSMTP Implementation Scenarios Settings Requirements SMTP Best Practices SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoInternet Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Server SoftwareThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Delivery Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings SMTP Outbound Controls Administrator Client SoftwareSMTP Settings Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Basic ConfigurationsSMTP Inbound Controls Filters What is Eclipse?SMTP Outbound Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Client Installation TypesMessage Relay Prevention The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Expeditor Component PackagingFilters What Happens When a Host is Found in Eclipse Update SitesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? the DNS Whitelist? Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics ComponentsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theDNS Whitelist? the DNS Blacklist? First ServerDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Server Setup ProcessEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Domino DirectoryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Replicas of the Domino DirectoryDNS Blacklist? the Private Whitelist? Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? What are Private Blacklist Filters? Purposes of Organizational UnitsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Descendants of the Organization CertifierPrivate Whitelist? the Private Blacklist? Organization SecurityWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Organization Certifier ID SecurityEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Precedence Authentication Between OrganizationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Country CodesPrivate Blacklist? Filters Server Audience TypesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Lotus Domino Server LogHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters (E/SMTP) Options Administrators Group Security Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP E/SMTP Settings Topic 1E: Configuring the First(E/SMTP) Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet WorkstationE/SMTP Settings Addressing The Client Configuration Program Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhen to Set Internet Addresses Internet Address Lookup Options Administrators and ServersInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 8G: Testing SMTP An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Special Privilege of theAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 9B: Implementing Message Disclaimers Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupDisclaimers Message Disclaimers Lacks


Message Disclaimers The Message Disclaimer Implementation Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Process ServersProcess Options for Attaching Disclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration ServerOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Server ID File Storage Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Settings Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersSettings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Standard Directory StructureUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Messages The Central Directory StructureMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Controls Domino DirectoryControls Delivery Controls Server Setup ProfilesDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Controls The Certification LogControls Mail Transfer Controls Administrator Access to Register OUMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server CertifiersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mailboxes Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mailboxes Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules Work User Registration OptionsHow Mail Rules Work Mail Rule Actions Administrator Access to Register UsersMail Rule Actions Activating a Server Mail Rule The License Tracking DatabaseActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Internet Password OptionsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Journaling Internet Password LockingMail Journaling Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions ID File Distribution Options Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileJournaling and Mail Routing Journaling and Server Configuration User Registration Text FilesJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Tag Mail Rule Conditions ChangesTag Mail Rule Conditions Field Names Associated with Tags Domino Directory DocumentField Names Associated with Tags Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Synchronization Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or or Whitelist Tags Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas WorkstationTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Quotas Workstation Setup for AdditionalQuotas Quota Implementation Options Workstations Quota Implementation Options Quota Restrictions Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with InstallationTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Inbox Maintenance The Lotus Domino Administrator Maintenance Inbox Maintenance Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleInbox Maintenance Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to ServersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Control Inbox Size The Administration ProcessControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Archiving Database Tools in Domino AdministratorArchiving Benefits of Archiving and Policies Timing and Execution of AdministrationBenefits of Archiving and Policies Archive Policy Documents Process Requests Archive Policy Documents Archive Policy Settings Document Nested GroupsArchive Policy Settings Document Archive Criteria Settings Document The Deny List Only Group TypeArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring Mail Group Precedence in Database AccessChecklist for Monitoring Mail Types of Misdelivered Mail Auto-populated Groups Types of Misdelivered Mail Checking Mail Delivery Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics PolicyTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Mail Statistics PoliciesMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Policy DocumentsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Tracking Policy TypesMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Settings Document TypesTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What is Message Recall? Policy Precedence RulesWhat is Message Recall? Message Recall Options Static and Dynamic SettingsMessage Recall Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Management ToolsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting Stages Policy Management Development ToolsTroubleshooting Stages The Mail Trace Tool Use of an Organizational Policy The Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 12B: Restarting the Router When to Restart the Router Explicit PolicyWhen to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing When to Force Mail Routing Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Dead Mail The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail The Delivery Failure Process Lotus Domino Server Console


The Delivery Failure Process Administration TasksMessage Color-Coding on the Server

line Console line Planning Guidelines Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create

Planning Guidelines The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Databases on the ServerThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Plan Server Access Control MechanismsPlan Supported Platforms and System Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessSupported Platforms and System Requirements User Access to the ServerRequirements Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus When to Restart the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Server Software Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsServer Software Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Administration LevelsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Administration Level DetailsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Administrator Client Software The Full Access Administrator LevelAdministrator Client Software The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Basic Configurations The Domino Web AdministratorBasic Configurations What is Eclipse? Administration Levels and the LotusWhat is Eclipse? Client Installation Types Domino Web Administrator Application Client Installation Types What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Expeditor Component Packaging The Domino Server LogExpeditor Component Packaging Eclipse Update Sites The Notes.ini FileEclipse Update Sites Automated Installation Options for Logging Levels Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Eclipse Components Server Groups and Replication Components Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the DocumentTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the First Server Replication ControlsFirst Server The Server Setup Process Replication TypesThe Server Setup Process The Domino Directory Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Domino Directory Replicas of the Domino Directory Pull Push ReplicationReplicas of the Domino Directory Comparing Domains and Organizations Multiple Replication HubsComparing Domains and Organizations Purposes of Organizational Units Critical Application SchedulingPurposes of Organizational Units Alternatives to Organizational Units Replication Schedule Criteria Alternatives to Organizational Units Descendants of the Organization Certifier Mail Routing ComponentsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Organization Security Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenOrganization Security Organization Certifier ID Security NNNs Organization Certifier ID Security Authentication Between Organizations Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeAuthentication Between Organizations Country Codes Mail Routing TopologyCountry Codes Server Audience Types The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingServer Audience Types The Lotus Domino Server Log TopologyThe Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators Group Security Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1E: Configuring the First TopologyTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Workstation Opportunistic RoutingThe Client Configuration Program The Client Configuration Program Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Optionsand Servers Administrators and Servers Router Types and Connection Documents Access in the Domino Directory Access in the Domino Directory Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Special Privilege of the The Special Privilege of the for Incoming MailLocalDomainAdmins Group LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Storage Formats Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins SMTPLacks Group Lacks SMTP Implementation ScenariosDomino Directory Access for Registering Domino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Best PracticesServers Servers Internet Mail RoutingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server The SMTP Listener and Router TasksServer ID File Storage Options Server ID File Storage Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers SettingsThe Standard Directory Structure The Standard Directory Structure SMTP Settings The Central Directory Structure The Central Directory Structure Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Replicating a Subset of Documents in the SMTP Inbound ControlsDomino Directory Domino Directory SMTP Outbound ControlsServer Setup Profiles Server Setup Profiles Message Relay Prevention Clearing the Server ID Password Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Certification Log The Certification Log FiltersAdministrator Access to Register OU Administrator Access to Register OU What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Certifiers Certifiers The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 3B: Registering New What Happens When a Host is Found in


User Registration Options Administrators the DNS Whitelist?Administrator Access to Register Users User Registration Options DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe License Tracking Database Administrator Access to Register Users Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersInternet Password Options The License Tracking Database What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Password Locking Internet Password Options the DNS Blacklist?ID File Distribution Options Internet Password Locking What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File ID File Distribution Options Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersUser Registration Text Files Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What Happens When a Host is Found inHow to Register Users from a Text File User Registration Text Files the Private Whitelist?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document How to Register Users from a Text File What are Private Blacklist Filters?Changes Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersDomino Directory Document Changes What Happens When a Host is Found inSynchronization Domino Directory Document the Private Blacklist?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Synchronization Order of Whitelist and BlacklistWorkstation Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator PrecedenceWorkstation Setup for Additional Workstation How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWorkstations Workstation Setup for Additional Filters Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Workstations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPInstallation Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Domino Installation E/SMTP Settings Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple When to Set Internet AddressesThe Administration Process Servers Internet Address Lookup Options Components of the Administration Process The Administration Process Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Components of the Administration An Implementation of SMTP Routing Timing and Execution of Administration Process Topic 9B: Implementing MessageProcess Requests Database Tools in Domino Administrator DisclaimersNested Groups Timing and Execution of Administration Message DisclaimersThe Deny List Only Group Type Process Requests The Message Disclaimer ImplementationGroup Precedence in Database Access Nested Groups ProcessAuto-populated Groups The Deny List Only Group Type Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Group Precedence in Database Access Enabling Server Message DisclaimersPolicies Auto-populated Groups Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPolicy Documents Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational SettingsPolicy Types Policy Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMESettings Document Types Policies Messages Policy Precedence Rules Policy Documents Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryStatic and Dynamic Settings Policy Types ControlsPolicy Management Tools Settings Document Types Delivery Controls Policy Management Development Tools Policy Precedence Rules Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferUse of an Organizational Policy Static and Dynamic Settings ControlsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Policy Management Tools Mail Transfer Controls Policy Policy Management Development Tools Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPolicy Assignment Methods Use of an Organizational Policy MailboxesPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Dynamic Policy Assignments Explicit Policy How Mail Rules WorkThe Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Assignment Methods Mail Rule ActionsLotus Domino Server Console Policy Assignment During Registration Activating a Server Mail Rule Administration Tasks Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMessage Color-Coding on the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail JournalingConsole Lotus Domino Server Console Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administration Tasks Journaling and Mail RoutingDatabases on the Server Message Color-Coding on the Server Journaling and Server Configuration Server Access Control Mechanisms Console Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUser Access to the Server Databases on the Server Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Restart the Server Server Access Control Mechanisms Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Restrictions for Authorizing Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAdministration Levels Access Whitelist Tags Administration Level Details User Access to the Server Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Full Access Administrator Level When to Restart the Server QuotasFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Quota Implementation OptionsThe Domino Web Administrator Administration Levels Quota Restrictions Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Administration Level Details Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWeb Administrator Application The Full Access Administrator Level Inbox MaintenanceTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Full Access Administrator Best Practices Inbox Maintenance


The Domino Server Log The Domino Web Administrator Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Notes.ini File Administration Levels and the Lotus Control Inbox Size Logging Levels Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 10F: Archiving MailServer Groups and Replication Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels ArchivingTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Domino Server Log Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplication Controls The Notes.ini File Archive Policy DocumentsReplication Types Logging Levels Archive Policy Settings DocumentMethods for Forcing Replication Server Groups and Replication Archive Criteria Settings Document Pull Push Replication Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Checklist for Monitoring MailMultiple Replication Hubs Document Types of Misdelivered MailCritical Application Scheduling Replication Controls Checking Mail Delivery Replication Schedule Criteria Replication Types Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Routing Components Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Statistics Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Pull Push Replication Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingNNNs Multiple Replication Hubs Message Tracking Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Critical Application Scheduling Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMail Routing Topology Replication Schedule Criteria What is Message Recall?The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Mail Routing Components Message Recall OptionsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Routing Behavior Within and Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topology Between NNNs Troubleshooting StagesOpportunistic Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a The Mail Trace Tool Connection Document Mail Routing Options Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterRouter Types and Connection Documents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing When to Restart the Router Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topology Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routingfor Incoming Mail How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke When to Force Mail Routing Mail Storage Formats Topology Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andSMTP Opportunistic Routing Dead MailSMTP Implementation Scenarios Connection Document Mail Routing The Delivery Failure ProcessSMTP Best Practices OptionsInternet Mail Routing Router Types and ConnectionThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Documents lineMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Planning GuidelinesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Format for Incoming Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentSMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats PlanTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery SMTP Supported Platforms and SystemSMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Implementation Scenarios Requirements SMTP Outbound Controls SMTP Best Practices Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Relay Prevention Internet Mail Routing Server SoftwareTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Filters Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Administrator Client SoftwareThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Settings The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters SMTP Settings Basic ConfigurationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail What is Eclipse?DNS Whitelist? Delivery Client Installation TypesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Inbound Controls What is Lotus Expeditor?Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters SMTP Outbound Controls Expeditor Component PackagingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Relay Prevention Eclipse Update SitesDNS Blacklist? Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Filters ComponentsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in the The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring thePrivate Whitelist? Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters First ServerWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found in The Server Setup ProcessEnabling Private Blacklist Filters the DNS Whitelist? The Domino DirectoryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Replicas of the Domino DirectoryPrivate Blacklist? Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Comparing Domains and OrganizationsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence What Happens When a Host is Found in Purposes of Organizational UnitsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters the DNS Blacklist? Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What are Private Whitelist Filters? Descendants of the Organization Certifier(E/SMTP) Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Organization SecurityE/SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing the Private Whitelist? Authentication Between OrganizationsWhen to Set Internet Addresses What are Private Blacklist Filters? Country CodesInternet Address Lookup Options Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Server Audience TypesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Domino Server Log


An Implementation of SMTP Routing the Private Blacklist? Administrators Group Security Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstDisclaimers Precedence WorkstationMessage Disclaimers How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Client Configuration Program The Message Disclaimer Implementation Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toProcess Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administrators and ServersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers (E/SMTP) Options Access in the Domino DirectoryEnabling Server Message Disclaimers E/SMTP Settings The Special Privilege of theCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8F: Configuring Internet LocalDomainAdmins GroupSettings Addressing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME When to Set Internet Addresses Lacks Messages Internet Address Lookup Options Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 8G: Testing SMTP ServersControls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Need for Selecting a Registration ServerDelivery Controls Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Disclaimers Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingControls Message Disclaimers Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMail Transfer Controls The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Standard Directory StructureTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Process The Central Directory StructureMailboxes Options for Attaching Disclaimers Replicating a Subset of Documents in theBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Domino DirectoryHow Mail Rules Work Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Setup ProfilesMail Rule Actions Settings Clearing the Server ID Password Activating a Server Mail Rule Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Certification LogTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Messages Administrator Access to Register OUMail Journaling Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery CertifiersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail Routing Delivery Controls Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer User Registration OptionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Controls Administrator Access to Register UsersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Transfer Controls The License Tracking DatabaseTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Internet Password OptionsField Names Associated with Tags Mailboxes Internet Password LockingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes ID File Distribution Options Whitelist Tags How Mail Rules Work Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mail Rule Actions User Registration Text FilesQuotas Activating a Server Mail Rule How to Register Users from a Text File Quota Implementation Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentQuota Restrictions Mail Journaling ChangesTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Domino Directory DocumentMaintenance Journaling and Mail Routing Synchronization Inbox Maintenance Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag WorkstationControl Inbox Size and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Tag Mail Rule Conditions Workstations Archiving Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoBenefits of Archiving and Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist InstallationArchive Policy Documents or Whitelist Tags The Lotus Domino Administrator Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleArchive Criteria Settings Document Quotas ServersChecklist for Monitoring Mail Quota Implementation Options The Administration ProcessTypes of Misdelivered Mail Quota Restrictions Components of the Administration ProcessChecking Mail Delivery Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Inbox Maintenance Timing and Execution of AdministrationMail Statistics Inbox Maintenance Process Requests Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Nested GroupsMessage Tracking Control Inbox Size The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat is Message Recall? Archiving Auto-populated Groups Message Recall Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Archive Policy Documents PolicyTroubleshooting Stages Archive Policy Settings Document PoliciesThe Mail Trace Tool Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy DocumentsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Checklist for Monitoring Mail Policy TypesWhen to Restart the Router Types of Misdelivered Mail Settings Document TypesTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Checking Mail Delivery Policy Precedence Rules


When to Force Mail Routing Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Mail Statistics Policy Management ToolsMail Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Policy Management Development ToolsThe Delivery Failure Process Message Tracking Use of an Organizational Policy

Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anWhat is Message Recall? Explicit Policy

line Message Recall Options Policy Assignment MethodsPlanning Guidelines Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Assignment During RegistrationThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Troubleshooting Stages Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPlan The Mail Trace Tool The Effect of Multiple Policies Supported Platforms and System Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Lotus Domino Server ConsoleRequirements When to Restart the Router Administration TasksTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Message Color-Coding on the ServerServer Software When to Force Mail Routing Console Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Dead Mail Databases on the ServerAdministrator Client Software The Delivery Failure Process Server Access Control MechanismsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessBasic Configurations User Access to the ServerWhat is Eclipse? line When to Restart the Server Client Installation Types Planning Guidelines Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Administration LevelsExpeditor Component Packaging Plan Administration Level DetailsEclipse Update Sites Supported Platforms and System The Full Access Administrator LevelAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Requirements Full Access Administrator Best PracticesComponents Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Domino Web AdministratorMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Server Software Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino Web Administrator Application First Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Server Setup Process Domino Administrator Client Software The Domino Server LogThe Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Notes.ini FileReplicas of the Domino Directory Basic Configurations Logging Levels Comparing Domains and Organizations What is Eclipse? Server Groups and Replication Purposes of Organizational Units Client Installation Types Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAlternatives to Organizational Units What is Lotus Expeditor? DocumentDescendants of the Organization Certifier Expeditor Component Packaging Replication ControlsOrganization Security Eclipse Update Sites Replication TypesOrganization Certifier ID Security Automated Installation Options for Methods for Forcing ReplicationAuthentication Between Organizations Eclipse Components Pull Push ReplicationCountry Codes Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Multiple Replication HubsServer Audience Types Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Domino Server Log First Server Replication Schedule Criteria Administrators Group Security Options The Server Setup Process Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Domino Directory Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Client Configuration Program Replicas of the Domino Directory NNNs Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spokeand Servers Purposes of Organizational Units Mail Routing TopologyAccess in the Domino Directory Alternatives to Organizational Units The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingThe Special Privilege of the Descendants of the Organization Certifier TopologyLocalDomainAdmins Group Organization Security How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Organization Certifier ID Security TopologyLacks Authentication Between Organizations Opportunistic RoutingDomino Directory Access for Registering Country Codes Connection Document Mail RoutingServers Server Audience Types OptionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Domino Server Log Router Types and Connection Documents Server ID File Storage Options Administrators Group Security Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1E: Configuring the First for Incoming MailAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Workstation Mail Storage Formats The Standard Directory Structure The Client Configuration Program SMTPThe Central Directory Structure Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to SMTP Implementation ScenariosReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrators and Servers SMTP Best PracticesDomino Directory Access in the Domino Directory Internet Mail RoutingServer Setup Profiles The Special Privilege of the The SMTP Listener and Router TasksClearing the Server ID Password LocalDomainAdmins Group Methods for Enabling SMTP The Certification Log Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAdministrator Access to Register OU Group Lacks Settings


Certifiers Domino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server Servers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Inbound ControlsUser Registration Options Server ID File Storage Options SMTP Outbound ControlsAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Message Relay Prevention The License Tracking Database Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistInternet Password Options The Standard Directory Structure FiltersInternet Password Locking The Central Directory Structure What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?ID File Distribution Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Domino Directory Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersUser Registration Text Files Server Setup Profiles What Happens When a Host is Found inHow to Register Users from a Text File Clearing the Server ID Password the DNS Whitelist?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Certification Log DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsChanges Administrator Access to Register OU Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersDomino Directory Document Certifiers What Happens When a Host is Found inSynchronization Need for Selecting a Registration Server the DNS Blacklist?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3B: Registering New What are Private Whitelist Filters?Workstation Administrators Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWorkstation Setup for Additional User Registration Options What Happens When a Host is Found inWorkstations Administrator Access to Register Users the Private Whitelist?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The License Tracking Database What are Private Blacklist Filters?Installation Internet Password Options Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Password Locking What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple ID File Distribution Options the Private Blacklist?Servers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Administration Process User Registration Text Files PrecedenceComponents of the Administration Process How to Register Users from a Text File How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Filters Timing and Execution of Administration Changes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPProcess Requests Domino Directory Document (E/SMTP) OptionsNested Groups Synchronization E/SMTP Settings The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingGroup Precedence in Database Access Workstation When to Set Internet AddressesAuto-populated Groups Workstation Setup for Additional Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Workstations Topic 8G: Testing SMTPPolicies Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus An Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Documents Domino Installation Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePolicy Types The Lotus Domino Administrator DisclaimersSettings Document Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Message DisclaimersPolicy Precedence Rules Servers The Message Disclaimer ImplementationStatic and Dynamic Settings The Administration Process ProcessPolicy Management Tools Components of the Administration Options for Attaching DisclaimersPolicy Management Development Tools Process Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUse of an Organizational Policy Database Tools in Domino Administrator Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Timing and Execution of Administration SettingsPolicy Process Requests Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEPolicy Assignment Methods Nested Groups Messages Policy Assignment During Registration The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDynamic Policy Assignments Group Precedence in Database Access ControlsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Auto-populated Groups Delivery Controls Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAdministration Tasks Policy ControlsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Policies Mail Transfer Controls Console Policy Documents Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy Types MailboxesDatabases on the Server Settings Document Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Access Control Mechanisms Policy Precedence Rules How Mail Rules WorkRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Static and Dynamic Settings Mail Rule ActionsUser Access to the Server Policy Management Tools Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Restart the Server Policy Management Development Tools Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Use of an Organizational Policy Mail JournalingAdministration Levels Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsAdministration Level Details Explicit Policy Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Full Access Administrator Level Policy Assignment Methods Journaling and Server Configuration Full Access Administrator Best Practices Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Domino Web Administrator Dynamic Policy Assignments Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions


Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Effect of Multiple Policies Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWeb Administrator Application Lotus Domino Server Console Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administration Tasks Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Domino Server Log Message Color-Coding on the Server Whitelist Tags The Notes.ini File Console Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasLogging Levels Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create QuotasServer Groups and Replication Databases on the Server Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Server Access Control Mechanisms Quota Restrictions Replication Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withReplication Types Access Inbox MaintenanceMethods for Forcing Replication User Access to the Server Inbox MaintenancePull Push Replication When to Restart the Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Control Inbox Size Critical Application Scheduling Administration Levels Topic 10F: Archiving MailReplication Schedule Criteria Administration Level Details ArchivingMail Routing Components The Full Access Administrator Level Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Full Access Administrator Best Practices Archive Policy DocumentsNNNs The Domino Web Administrator Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Administration Levels and the Lotus Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Routing Topology Domino Web Administrator Application Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Types of Misdelivered MailHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Domino Server Log Checking Mail Delivery Topology The Notes.ini File Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsOpportunistic Routing Logging Levels Mail Statistics Connection Document Mail Routing Options Server Groups and Replication Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Message Tracking Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Document Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recallfor Incoming Mail Replication Controls What is Message Recall?Mail Storage Formats Replication Types Message Recall OptionsSMTP Methods for Forcing Replication Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Implementation Scenarios Pull Push Replication Troubleshooting StagesSMTP Best Practices Multiple Replication Hubs The Mail Trace Tool Internet Mail Routing Critical Application Scheduling Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replication Schedule Criteria When to Restart the Router Methods for Enabling SMTP Mail Routing Components Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Mail Routing Behavior Within and When to Force Mail Routing SMTP Settings Between NNNs Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 7B: Implementing a Dead MailSMTP Inbound Controls Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Delivery Failure ProcessSMTP Outbound Controls The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessage Relay Prevention TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke lineFilters Topology Planning GuidelinesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Opportunistic Routing The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Connection Document Mail Routing PlanEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Options Supported Platforms and SystemWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Router Types and Connection Requirements DNS Whitelist? Documents Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Server SoftwareEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Format for Incoming Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Storage Formats Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDNS Blacklist? SMTP Administrator Client SoftwareWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andEnabling Private Whitelist Filters SMTP Best Practices Basic ConfigurationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Internet Mail Routing What is Eclipse?Private Whitelist? The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Client Installation TypesWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Methods for Enabling SMTP What is Lotus Expeditor?Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Expeditor Component PackagingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Settings Eclipse Update SitesPrivate Blacklist? SMTP Settings Automated Installation Options for EclipseOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail ComponentsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Delivery Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the(E/SMTP) Options SMTP Outbound Controls First ServerE/SMTP Settings Message Relay Prevention The Server Setup ProcessTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Domino Directory


When to Set Internet Addresses Filters Replicas of the Domino DirectoryInternet Address Lookup Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Purposes of Organizational UnitsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 9B: Implementing Message What Happens When a Host is Found in Descendants of the Organization CertifierDisclaimers the DNS Whitelist? Organization SecurityMessage Disclaimers DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Authentication Between OrganizationsProcess What Happens When a Host is Found in Country CodesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers the DNS Blacklist? Server Audience TypesEnabling Server Message Disclaimers What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Server LogCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Administrators Group Security Options Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME the Private Whitelist? WorkstationMessages What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Client Configuration Program Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toControls What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrators and ServersDelivery Controls the Private Blacklist? Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Order of Whitelist and Blacklist The Special Privilege of theControls Precedence LocalDomainAdmins GroupMail Transfer Controls How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Filters Lacks Mailboxes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Domino Directory Access for RegisteringBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes (E/SMTP) Options ServersHow Mail Rules Work E/SMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration ServerMail Rule Actions Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Server ID File Storage Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Addressing Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Set Internet Addresses Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMail Journaling Internet Address Lookup Options The Standard Directory StructureJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Central Directory StructureJournaling and Mail Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Replicating a Subset of Documents in theJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 9B: Implementing Message Domino DirectoryTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Disclaimers Server Setup ProfilesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Disclaimers Clearing the Server ID Password Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Certification LogField Names Associated with Tags Process Administrator Access to Register OUOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Options for Attaching Disclaimers CertifiersWhitelist Tags Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsQuotas Settings User Registration OptionsQuota Implementation Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrator Access to Register UsersQuota Restrictions Messages The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Internet Password OptionsMaintenance Controls Internet Password LockingInbox Maintenance Delivery Controls ID File Distribution Options Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileControl Inbox Size Controls User Registration Text FilesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Transfer Controls How to Register Users from a Text File Archiving Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentBenefits of Archiving and Policies Mailboxes ChangesArchive Policy Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Directory DocumentArchive Policy Settings Document How Mail Rules Work Synchronization Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Rule Actions Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorChecklist for Monitoring Mail Activating a Server Mail Rule WorkstationTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Workstation Setup for AdditionalChecking Mail Delivery Mail Journaling Workstations Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMail Statistics Journaling and Mail Routing InstallationTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Journaling and Server Configuration The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Tracking Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions ServersWhat is Message Recall? Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Administration ProcessMessage Recall Options Field Names Associated with Tags Components of the Administration ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTroubleshooting Stages or Whitelist Tags Timing and Execution of AdministrationThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Process Requests


Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Quotas Nested GroupsWhen to Restart the Router Quota Implementation Options The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Quota Restrictions Group Precedence in Database AccessWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Auto-populated Groups Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Inbox Maintenance Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMail Inbox Maintenance PolicyThe Delivery Failure Process Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policies

Control Inbox Size Policy DocumentsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Types

line Archiving Settings Document TypesPlanning Guidelines Benefits of Archiving and Policies Policy Precedence RulesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Archive Policy Documents Static and Dynamic SettingsPlan Archive Policy Settings Document Policy Management ToolsSupported Platforms and System Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Management Development ToolsRequirements Checklist for Monitoring Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anServer Software Checking Mail Delivery Explicit PolicyLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Statistics Policy Assignment During RegistrationAdministrator Client Software Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Tracking The Effect of Multiple Policies Basic Configurations Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWhat is Eclipse? What is Message Recall? Administration TasksClient Installation Types Message Recall Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Configuring the Message Recall Feature Console Expeditor Component Packaging Troubleshooting Stages Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEclipse Update Sites The Mail Trace Tool Databases on the ServerAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Server Access Control MechanismsComponents When to Restart the Router Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing User Access to the ServerTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the When to Force Mail Routing When to Restart the Server First Server Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Server Setup Process Dead Mail Administration LevelsThe Domino Directory The Delivery Failure Process Administration Level DetailsReplicas of the Domino Directory The Full Access Administrator LevelComparing Domains and Organizations Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPurposes of Organizational Units line The Domino Web AdministratorAlternatives to Organizational Units Planning Guidelines Administration Levels and the LotusDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Domino Web Administrator Application Organization Security Plan Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsOrganization Certifier ID Security Supported Platforms and System The Domino Server LogAuthentication Between Organizations Requirements The Notes.ini FileCountry Codes Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Logging Levels Server Audience Types Domino Server Software Server Groups and Replication The Lotus Domino Server Log Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DocumentTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Domino Administrator Client Software Replication ControlsThe Client Configuration Program The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Replication TypesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Basic Configurations Methods for Forcing Replicationand Servers What is Eclipse? Pull Push ReplicationAccess in the Domino Directory Client Installation Types Multiple Replication HubsThe Special Privilege of the What is Lotus Expeditor? Critical Application SchedulingLocalDomainAdmins Group Expeditor Component Packaging Replication Schedule Criteria Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Eclipse Update Sites Mail Routing ComponentsLacks Automated Installation Options for Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenDomino Directory Access for Registering Eclipse Components NNNs Servers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Mail Routing TopologyServer ID File Storage Options First Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Server Setup Process TopologyAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Domino Directory How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Standard Directory Structure Replicas of the Domino Directory TopologyThe Central Directory Structure Comparing Domains and Organizations Opportunistic RoutingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Purposes of Organizational Units Connection Document Mail RoutingDomino Directory Alternatives to Organizational Units OptionsServer Setup Profiles Descendants of the Organization Certifier Router Types and Connection Documents


Clearing the Server ID Password Organization Security Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Certification Log Organization Certifier ID Security for Incoming MailAdministrator Access to Register OU Authentication Between Organizations Mail Storage Formats Certifiers Country Codes SMTPNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Server Audience Types SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Lotus Domino Server Log SMTP Best PracticesUser Registration Options Administrators Group Security Options Internet Mail RoutingAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 1E: Configuring the First The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe License Tracking Database Workstation Methods for Enabling SMTP Internet Password Options The Client Configuration Program Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPInternet Password Locking Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to SettingsID File Distribution Options Administrators and Servers SMTP Settings Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Access in the Domino Directory Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryUser Registration Text Files The Special Privilege of the SMTP Inbound ControlsHow to Register Users from a Text File LocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Message Relay Prevention Changes Group Lacks Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistDomino Directory Document Domino Directory Access for Registering FiltersSynchronization Servers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Need for Selecting a Registration Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWorkstation Server ID File Storage Options Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found inWorkstations Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the DNS Whitelist?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Standard Directory Structure DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsInstallation The Central Directory Structure Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Domino Directory the DNS Blacklist?Servers Server Setup Profiles What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Administration Process Clearing the Server ID Password Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersComponents of the Administration Process The Certification Log What Happens When a Host is Found inDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register OU the Private Whitelist?Timing and Execution of Administration Certifiers What are Private Blacklist Filters?Process Requests Need for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersNested Groups Topic 3B: Registering New What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators the Private Blacklist?Group Precedence in Database Access User Registration Options Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAuto-populated Groups Administrator Access to Register Users PrecedenceTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The License Tracking Database How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistPolicies Internet Password Options Filters Policy Documents Internet Password Locking Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPPolicy Types ID File Distribution Options (E/SMTP) OptionsSettings Document Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File E/SMTP Settings Policy Precedence Rules User Registration Text Files Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingStatic and Dynamic Settings How to Register Users from a Text File When to Set Internet AddressesPolicy Management Tools Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Internet Address Lookup Options Policy Management Development Tools Changes Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUse of an Organizational Policy Domino Directory Document An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Synchronization Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePolicy Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator DisclaimersPolicy Assignment Methods Workstation Message DisclaimersPolicy Assignment During Registration Workstation Setup for Additional The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDynamic Policy Assignments Workstations ProcessThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Options for Attaching DisclaimersLotus Domino Server Console Domino Installation Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAdministration Tasks The Lotus Domino Administrator Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple SettingsConsole Servers Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Administration Process Messages Databases on the Server Components of the Administration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServer Access Control Mechanisms Process ControlsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Database Tools in Domino Administrator Delivery Controls User Access to the Server Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhen to Restart the Server Process Requests ControlsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Nested Groups Mail Transfer Controls Administration Levels The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerAdministration Level Details Group Precedence in Database Access Mailboxes


The Full Access Administrator Level Auto-populated Groups Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational How Mail Rules WorkThe Domino Web Administrator Policy Mail Rule ActionsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Policies Activating a Server Mail Rule Web Administrator Application Policy Documents Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Types Mail JournalingThe Domino Server Log Settings Document Types Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Notes.ini File Policy Precedence Rules Journaling and Mail RoutingLogging Levels Static and Dynamic Settings Journaling and Server Configuration Server Groups and Replication Policy Management Tools Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Policy Management Development Tools Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplication Controls Use of an Organizational Policy Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplication Types Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Field Names Associated with TagsMethods for Forcing Replication Explicit Policy Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPull Push Replication Policy Assignment Methods Whitelist Tags Multiple Replication Hubs Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasCritical Application Scheduling Dynamic Policy Assignments QuotasReplication Schedule Criteria The Effect of Multiple Policies Quota Implementation OptionsMail Routing Components Lotus Domino Server Console Quota Restrictions Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administration Tasks Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withNNNs Message Color-Coding on the Server Inbox MaintenanceTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Console Inbox MaintenanceMail Routing Topology Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Databases on the Server Control Inbox Size How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopology Restrictions for Authorizing Server ArchivingOpportunistic Routing Access Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesConnection Document Mail Routing Options User Access to the Server Archive Policy DocumentsRouter Types and Connection Documents When to Restart the Server Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Archive Criteria Settings Document for Incoming Mail Administration Levels Checklist for Monitoring MailMail Storage Formats Administration Level Details Types of Misdelivered MailSMTP The Full Access Administrator Level Checking Mail Delivery SMTP Implementation Scenarios Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsSMTP Best Practices The Domino Web Administrator Mail Statistics Internet Mail Routing Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Domino Web Administrator Application Message Tracking Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Domino Server Log What is Message Recall?SMTP Settings The Notes.ini File Message Recall OptionsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Logging Levels Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Inbound Controls Server Groups and Replication Troubleshooting StagesSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 6B: Creating a Connection The Mail Trace Tool Message Relay Prevention Document Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Replication Controls When to Restart the Router Filters Replication Types Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Methods for Forcing Replication When to Force Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Pull Push Replication Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Multiple Replication Hubs Dead MailWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Critical Application Scheduling The Delivery Failure ProcessDNS Whitelist? Replication Schedule Criteria DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mail Routing Behavior Within and lineWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Between NNNs Planning GuidelinesDNS Blacklist? Topic 7B: Implementing a The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology PlanEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Supported Platforms and SystemWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topology Requirements Private Whitelist? How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topology Server SoftwareEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Opportunistic Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in the Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPrivate Blacklist? Options Administrator Client SoftwareOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Router Types and Connection The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Documents Basic ConfigurationsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage What is Eclipse?


(E/SMTP) Options Format for Incoming Mail Client Installation TypesE/SMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing SMTP Expeditor Component PackagingWhen to Set Internet Addresses SMTP Implementation Scenarios Eclipse Update SitesInternet Address Lookup Options SMTP Best Practices Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Internet Mail Routing ComponentsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 9B: Implementing Message Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theDisclaimers Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP First ServerMessage Disclaimers Settings The Server Setup ProcessThe Message Disclaimer Implementation SMTP Settings The Domino DirectoryProcess Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Replicas of the Domino DirectoryOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Delivery Comparing Domains and OrganizationsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTP Inbound Controls Purposes of Organizational UnitsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy SMTP Outbound Controls Alternatives to Organizational UnitsSettings Message Relay Prevention Descendants of the Organization CertifierUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Organization SecurityMessages Filters Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Authentication Between OrganizationsControls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Country CodesDelivery Controls Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Server Audience TypesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Domino Server LogControls the DNS Whitelist? Administrators Group Security Options Mail Transfer Controls DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters WorkstationMailboxes What Happens When a Host is Found in The Client Configuration Program Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes the DNS Blacklist? Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toHow Mail Rules Work What are Private Whitelist Filters? Administrators and ServersMail Rule Actions Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Access in the Domino DirectoryActivating a Server Mail Rule What Happens When a Host is Found in The Special Privilege of theTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling the Private Whitelist? LocalDomainAdmins GroupMail Journaling What are Private Blacklist Filters? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Lacks Journaling and Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino Directory Access for RegisteringJournaling and Server Configuration the Private Blacklist? ServersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Need for Selecting a Registration ServerWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Precedence Server ID File Storage Options Tag Mail Rule Conditions How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingField Names Associated with Tags Filters Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Standard Directory StructureWhitelist Tags (E/SMTP) Options The Central Directory StructureTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas E/SMTP Settings Replicating a Subset of Documents in theQuotas Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Domino DirectoryQuota Implementation Options Addressing Server Setup ProfilesQuota Restrictions When to Set Internet Addresses Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Internet Address Lookup Options The Certification LogMaintenance Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrator Access to Register OUInbox Maintenance An Implementation of SMTP Routing CertifiersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 9B: Implementing Message Need for Selecting a Registration Server Control Inbox Size Disclaimers Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Disclaimers User Registration OptionsArchiving The Message Disclaimer Implementation Administrator Access to Register UsersBenefits of Archiving and Policies Process The License Tracking DatabaseArchive Policy Documents Options for Attaching Disclaimers Internet Password OptionsArchive Policy Settings Document Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Internet Password LockingArchive Criteria Settings Document Creating Message Disclaimer Policy ID File Distribution Options Checklist for Monitoring Mail Settings Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTypes of Misdelivered Mail Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME User Registration Text FilesChecking Mail Delivery Messages How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMail Statistics Controls ChangesTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Delivery Controls Domino Directory DocumentMessage Tracking Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Synchronization Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhat is Message Recall? Mail Transfer Controls WorkstationMessage Recall Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Workstation Setup for Additional


Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mailboxes Workstations Troubleshooting Stages Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Mail Trace Tool How Mail Rules Work InstallationTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail Rule Actions The Lotus Domino Administrator When to Restart the Router Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling ServersWhen to Force Mail Routing Mail Journaling The Administration ProcessTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Components of the Administration ProcessMail Journaling and Mail Routing Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Delivery Failure Process Journaling and Server Configuration Timing and Execution of Administration

Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Process Requests and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Nested Groups

line Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Deny List Only Group TypePlanning Guidelines Field Names Associated with Tags Group Precedence in Database AccessThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Auto-populated Groups Plan or Whitelist Tags Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalSupported Platforms and System Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas PolicyRequirements Quotas PoliciesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Quota Implementation Options Policy DocumentsServer Software Quota Restrictions Policy TypesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Settings Document TypesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Inbox Maintenance Policy Precedence RulesAdministrator Client Software Inbox Maintenance Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Management ToolsBasic Configurations Control Inbox Size Policy Management Development ToolsWhat is Eclipse? Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Client Installation Types Archiving Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Benefits of Archiving and Policies Explicit PolicyExpeditor Component Packaging Archive Policy Documents Policy Assignment MethodsEclipse Update Sites Archive Policy Settings Document Policy Assignment During RegistrationAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Archive Criteria Settings Document Dynamic Policy AssignmentsComponents Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Effect of Multiple Policies Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Types of Misdelivered Mail Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Checking Mail Delivery Administration TasksFirst Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Server Setup Process Mail Statistics Console The Domino Directory Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateReplicas of the Domino Directory Message Tracking Databases on the ServerComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Server Access Control MechanismsPurposes of Organizational Units What is Message Recall? Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAlternatives to Organizational Units Message Recall Options User Access to the ServerDescendants of the Organization Certifier Configuring the Message Recall Feature When to Restart the Server Organization Security Troubleshooting Stages Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsOrganization Certifier ID Security The Mail Trace Tool Administration LevelsAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Administration Level DetailsCountry Codes When to Restart the Router The Full Access Administrator LevelServer Audience Types Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Lotus Domino Server Log When to Force Mail Routing The Domino Web AdministratorAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Dead Mail Domino Web Administrator Application The Client Configuration Program The Delivery Failure Process Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Domino Server Logand Servers The Notes.ini FileAccess in the Domino Directory line Logging Levels The Special Privilege of the Planning Guidelines Server Groups and Replication LocalDomainAdmins Group The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Plan DocumentLacks Supported Platforms and System Replication ControlsDomino Directory Access for Registering Requirements Replication TypesServers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Methods for Forcing ReplicationNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Server Software Pull Push ReplicationServer ID File Storage Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Multiple Replication HubsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Critical Application SchedulingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Domino Administrator Client Software Replication Schedule Criteria The Standard Directory Structure The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Mail Routing ComponentsThe Central Directory Structure Basic Configurations Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between


Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What is Eclipse? NNNs Domino Directory Client Installation Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeServer Setup Profiles What is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Routing TopologyClearing the Server ID Password Expeditor Component Packaging The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingThe Certification Log Eclipse Update Sites TopologyAdministrator Access to Register OU Automated Installation Options for How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeCertifiers Eclipse Components TopologyNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Opportunistic RoutingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Connection Document Mail RoutingUser Registration Options First Server OptionsAdministrator Access to Register Users The Server Setup Process Router Types and Connection Documents The License Tracking Database The Domino Directory Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatInternet Password Options Replicas of the Domino Directory for Incoming MailInternet Password Locking Comparing Domains and Organizations Mail Storage Formats ID File Distribution Options Purposes of Organizational Units SMTPTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Alternatives to Organizational Units SMTP Implementation ScenariosUser Registration Text Files Descendants of the Organization Certifier SMTP Best PracticesHow to Register Users from a Text File Organization Security Internet Mail RoutingTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Organization Certifier ID Security The SMTP Listener and Router TasksChanges Authentication Between Organizations Methods for Enabling SMTP Domino Directory Document Country Codes Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSynchronization Server Audience Types SettingsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Lotus Domino Server Log SMTP Settings Workstation Administrators Group Security Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 1E: Configuring the First SMTP Inbound ControlsWorkstations Workstation SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Client Configuration Program Message Relay Prevention Installation Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Lotus Domino Administrator Administrators and Servers FiltersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Access in the Domino Directory What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Servers The Special Privilege of the The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe Administration Process LocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersComponents of the Administration Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins What Happens When a Host is Found inDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Group Lacks the DNS Whitelist?Timing and Execution of Administration Domino Directory Access for Registering DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsProcess Requests Servers Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersNested Groups Need for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Deny List Only Group Type Server ID File Storage Options the DNS Blacklist?Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What are Private Whitelist Filters?Auto-populated Groups Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Standard Directory Structure What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicies The Central Directory Structure the Private Whitelist?Policy Documents Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What are Private Blacklist Filters?Policy Types Domino Directory Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersSettings Document Types Server Setup Profiles What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Precedence Rules Clearing the Server ID Password the Private Blacklist?Static and Dynamic Settings The Certification Log Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPolicy Management Tools Administrator Access to Register OU PrecedencePolicy Management Development Tools Certifiers How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUse of an Organizational Policy Need for Selecting a Registration Server Filters Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPPolicy Administrators (E/SMTP) OptionsPolicy Assignment Methods User Registration Options E/SMTP Settings Policy Assignment During Registration Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingDynamic Policy Assignments The License Tracking Database When to Set Internet AddressesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Internet Password Options Internet Address Lookup Options Lotus Domino Server Console Internet Password Locking Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAdministration Tasks ID File Distribution Options An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 9B: Implementing MessageConsole User Registration Text Files DisclaimersTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create How to Register Users from a Text File Message DisclaimersDatabases on the Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServer Access Control Mechanisms Changes ProcessRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Domino Directory Document Options for Attaching DisclaimersUser Access to the Server Synchronization Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhen to Restart the Server Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Creating Message Disclaimer Policy


Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Workstation SettingsAdministration Levels Workstation Setup for Additional Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEAdministration Level Details Workstations Messages The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryFull Access Administrator Best Practices Domino Installation ControlsThe Domino Web Administrator The Lotus Domino Administrator Delivery Controls Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWeb Administrator Application Servers ControlsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Administration Process Mail Transfer Controls The Domino Server Log Components of the Administration Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Notes.ini File Process MailboxesLogging Levels Database Tools in Domino Administrator Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Groups and Replication Timing and Execution of Administration How Mail Rules WorkTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Process Requests Mail Rule ActionsReplication Controls Nested Groups Activating a Server Mail Rule Replication Types The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMethods for Forcing Replication Group Precedence in Database Access Mail JournalingPull Push Replication Auto-populated Groups Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Journaling and Mail RoutingCritical Application Scheduling Policy Journaling and Server Configuration Replication Schedule Criteria Policies Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMail Routing Components Policy Documents Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Policy Types Tag Mail Rule ConditionsNNNs Settings Document Types Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Policy Precedence Rules Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMail Routing Topology Static and Dynamic Settings Whitelist Tags The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Policy Management Tools Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy Management Development Tools QuotasTopology Use of an Organizational Policy Quota Implementation OptionsOpportunistic Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Quota Restrictions Connection Document Mail Routing Options Explicit Policy Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withRouter Types and Connection Documents Policy Assignment Methods Inbox MaintenanceTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Policy Assignment During Registration Inbox Maintenancefor Incoming Mail Dynamic Policy Assignments Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMail Storage Formats The Effect of Multiple Policies Control Inbox Size SMTP Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 10F: Archiving MailSMTP Implementation Scenarios Administration Tasks ArchivingSMTP Best Practices Message Color-Coding on the Server Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesInternet Mail Routing Console Archive Policy DocumentsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Archive Policy Settings DocumentMethods for Enabling SMTP Databases on the Server Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Server Access Control Mechanisms Checklist for Monitoring MailSMTP Settings Restrictions for Authorizing Server Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Access Checking Mail Delivery SMTP Inbound Controls User Access to the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsSMTP Outbound Controls When to Restart the Server Mail Statistics Message Relay Prevention Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administration Levels Message Tracking Filters Administration Level Details Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Full Access Administrator Level What is Message Recall?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Full Access Administrator Best Practices Message Recall OptionsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Domino Web Administrator Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Levels and the Lotus Troubleshooting StagesDNS Whitelist? Domino Web Administrator Application The Mail Trace Tool DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Domino Server Log When to Restart the Router What Happens When a Host is Found in the The Notes.ini File Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingDNS Blacklist? Logging Levels When to Force Mail Routing What are Private Whitelist Filters? Server Groups and Replication Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Dead MailWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Document The Delivery Failure ProcessPrivate Whitelist? Replication ControlsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication TypesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Methods for Forcing Replication lineWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Pull Push Replication Planning GuidelinesPrivate Blacklist? Multiple Replication Hubs The Worldwide Corporation Deployment


Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Critical Application Scheduling PlanHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Replication Schedule Criteria Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Routing Components Requirements (E/SMTP) Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoE/SMTP Settings Between NNNs Server SoftwareTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 7B: Implementing a Lotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Set Internet Addresses Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoInternet Address Lookup Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topology The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAn Implementation of SMTP Routing How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Basic ConfigurationsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topology What is Eclipse?Disclaimers Opportunistic Routing Client Installation TypesMessage Disclaimers Connection Document Mail Routing What is Lotus Expeditor?The Message Disclaimer Implementation Options Expeditor Component PackagingProcess Router Types and Connection Eclipse Update SitesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Documents Automated Installation Options for EclipseEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage ComponentsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Format for Incoming Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Settings Mail Storage Formats Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME SMTP First ServerMessages SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Server Setup ProcessTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery SMTP Best Practices The Domino DirectoryControls Internet Mail Routing Replicas of the Domino DirectoryDelivery Controls The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Methods for Enabling SMTP Purposes of Organizational UnitsControls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMail Transfer Controls Settings Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server SMTP Settings Organization SecurityMailboxes Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Organization Certifier ID SecurityBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Delivery Authentication Between OrganizationsHow Mail Rules Work SMTP Inbound Controls Country CodesMail Rule Actions SMTP Outbound Controls Server Audience TypesActivating a Server Mail Rule Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administrators Group Security Options Mail Journaling Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? WorkstationJournaling and Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Client Configuration Program Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrators and ServersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions the DNS Whitelist? Access in the Domino DirectoryTag Mail Rule Conditions DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Special Privilege of theField Names Associated with Tags Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters LocalDomainAdmins GroupOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or What Happens When a Host is Found in Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhitelist Tags the DNS Blacklist? Lacks Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What are Private Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory Access for RegisteringQuotas Enabling Private Whitelist Filters ServersQuota Implementation Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Need for Selecting a Registration ServerQuota Restrictions the Private Whitelist? Server ID File Storage Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMaintenance Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersInbox Maintenance What Happens When a Host is Found in The Standard Directory StructureUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to the Private Blacklist? The Central Directory StructureControl Inbox Size Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Precedence Domino DirectoryArchiving How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Server Setup ProfilesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Filters Clearing the Server ID Password Archive Policy Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Certification LogArchive Policy Settings Document (E/SMTP) Options Administrator Access to Register OUArchive Criteria Settings Document E/SMTP Settings CertifiersChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Need for Selecting a Registration Server Types of Misdelivered Mail Addressing Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsChecking Mail Delivery When to Set Internet Addresses User Registration OptionsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Internet Address Lookup Options Administrator Access to Register UsersMail Statistics Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking An Implementation of SMTP Routing Internet Password OptionsMessage Tracking Topic 9B: Implementing Message Internet Password Locking


Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Disclaimers ID File Distribution Options What is Message Recall? Message Disclaimers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMessage Recall Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation User Registration Text FilesConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Process How to Register Users from a Text File Troubleshooting Stages Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentThe Mail Trace Tool Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ChangesTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Directory DocumentWhen to Restart the Router Settings Synchronization Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhen to Force Mail Routing Messages WorkstationTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Workstation Setup for AdditionalMail Controls Workstations The Delivery Failure Process Delivery Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino

Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer InstallationControls The Lotus Domino Administrator

line Mail Transfer Controls Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePlanning Guidelines Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server ServersThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mailboxes The Administration ProcessPlan Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Components of the Administration ProcessSupported Platforms and System How Mail Rules Work Database Tools in Domino AdministratorRequirements Mail Rule Actions Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Activating a Server Mail Rule Process Requests Server Software Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Nested GroupsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Journaling The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Group Precedence in Database AccessAdministrator Client Software Journaling and Mail Routing Auto-populated Groups The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalBasic Configurations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag PolicyWhat is Eclipse? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions PoliciesClient Installation Types Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy DocumentsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Field Names Associated with Tags Policy TypesExpeditor Component Packaging Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Settings Document TypesEclipse Update Sites or Whitelist Tags Policy Precedence RulesAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Static and Dynamic SettingsComponents Quotas Policy Management ToolsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Quota Implementation Options Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Quota Restrictions Use of an Organizational Policy First Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Server Setup Process Inbox Maintenance Explicit PolicyThe Domino Directory Inbox Maintenance Policy Assignment MethodsReplicas of the Domino Directory Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Assignment During RegistrationComparing Domains and Organizations Control Inbox Size Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPurposes of Organizational Units Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Effect of Multiple Policies Alternatives to Organizational Units Archiving Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDescendants of the Organization Certifier Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administration TasksOrganization Security Archive Policy Documents Message Color-Coding on the ServerOrganization Certifier ID Security Archive Policy Settings Document Console Authentication Between Organizations Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateCountry Codes Checklist for Monitoring Mail Databases on the ServerServer Audience Types Types of Misdelivered Mail Server Access Control MechanismsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Checking Mail Delivery Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics User Access to the ServerTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Mail Statistics When to Restart the Server The Client Configuration Program Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Message Tracking Administration Levelsand Servers Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Administration Level DetailsAccess in the Domino Directory What is Message Recall? The Full Access Administrator LevelThe Special Privilege of the Message Recall Options Full Access Administrator Best PracticesLocalDomainAdmins Group Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Domino Web AdministratorPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Troubleshooting Stages Administration Levels and the LotusLacks The Mail Trace Tool Domino Web Administrator Application Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsServers When to Restart the Router The Domino Server LogNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Notes.ini FileServer ID File Storage Options When to Force Mail Routing Logging Levels Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Server Groups and Replication


Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Dead Mail Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Standard Directory Structure The Delivery Failure Process DocumentThe Central Directory Structure Replication ControlsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Replication TypesDomino Directory line Methods for Forcing ReplicationServer Setup Profiles Planning Guidelines Pull Push ReplicationClearing the Server ID Password The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Multiple Replication HubsThe Certification Log Plan Critical Application SchedulingAdministrator Access to Register OU Supported Platforms and System Replication Schedule Criteria Certifiers Requirements Mail Routing ComponentsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Domino Server Software NNNs User Registration Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Routing TopologyThe License Tracking Database Domino Administrator Client Software The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingInternet Password Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and TopologyInternet Password Locking Basic Configurations How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeID File Distribution Options What is Eclipse? TopologyTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Client Installation Types Opportunistic RoutingUser Registration Text Files What is Lotus Expeditor? Connection Document Mail RoutingHow to Register Users from a Text File Expeditor Component Packaging OptionsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Eclipse Update Sites Router Types and Connection Documents Changes Automated Installation Options for Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatDomino Directory Document Eclipse Components for Incoming MailSynchronization Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Mail Storage Formats Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the SMTPWorkstation First Server SMTP Implementation ScenariosWorkstation Setup for Additional The Server Setup Process SMTP Best PracticesWorkstations The Domino Directory Internet Mail RoutingTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Replicas of the Domino Directory The SMTP Listener and Router TasksInstallation Comparing Domains and Organizations Methods for Enabling SMTP The Lotus Domino Administrator Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Alternatives to Organizational Units SettingsServers Descendants of the Organization Certifier SMTP Settings The Administration Process Organization Security Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryComponents of the Administration Process Organization Certifier ID Security SMTP Inbound ControlsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Authentication Between Organizations SMTP Outbound ControlsTiming and Execution of Administration Country Codes Message Relay Prevention Process Requests Server Audience Types Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistNested Groups The Lotus Domino Server Log FiltersThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators Group Security Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 1E: Configuring the First The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessAuto-populated Groups Workstation Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Client Configuration Program What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicies Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to the DNS Whitelist?Policy Documents Administrators and Servers DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsPolicy Types Access in the Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersSettings Document Types The Special Privilege of the What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Precedence Rules LocalDomainAdmins Group the DNS Blacklist?Static and Dynamic Settings Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins What are Private Whitelist Filters?Policy Management Tools Group Lacks Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersPolicy Management Development Tools Domino Directory Access for Registering What Happens When a Host is Found inUse of an Organizational Policy Servers the Private Whitelist?Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Need for Selecting a Registration Server What are Private Blacklist Filters?Policy Server ID File Storage Options Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Assignment During Registration Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the Private Blacklist?Dynamic Policy Assignments The Standard Directory Structure Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Central Directory Structure PrecedenceLotus Domino Server Console Replicating a Subset of Documents in the How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistAdministration Tasks Domino Directory Filters Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Setup Profiles Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPConsole Clearing the Server ID Password (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Certification Log E/SMTP Settings Databases on the Server Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServer Access Control Mechanisms Certifiers When to Set Internet Addresses


Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Address Lookup Options User Access to the Server Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhen to Restart the Server Administrators An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels User Registration Options Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAdministration Levels Administrator Access to Register Users DisclaimersAdministration Level Details The License Tracking Database Message DisclaimersThe Full Access Administrator Level Internet Password Options The Message Disclaimer ImplementationFull Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Password Locking ProcessThe Domino Web Administrator ID File Distribution Options Options for Attaching DisclaimersAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWeb Administrator Application User Registration Text Files Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How to Register Users from a Text File SettingsThe Domino Server Log Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Notes.ini File Changes Messages Logging Levels Domino Directory Document Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServer Groups and Replication Synchronization ControlsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Delivery Controls Replication Controls Workstation Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferReplication Types Workstation Setup for Additional ControlsMethods for Forcing Replication Workstations Mail Transfer Controls Pull Push Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMultiple Replication Hubs Domino Installation MailboxesCritical Application Scheduling The Lotus Domino Administrator Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Rules WorkMail Routing Components Servers Mail Rule ActionsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Administration Process Activating a Server Mail Rule NNNs Components of the Administration Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Process Mail JournalingMail Routing Topology Database Tools in Domino Administrator Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Timing and Execution of Administration Journaling and Mail RoutingHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Process Requests Journaling and Server Configuration Topology Nested Groups Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andOpportunistic Routing The Deny List Only Group Type Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Group Precedence in Database Access Tag Mail Rule ConditionsRouter Types and Connection Documents Auto-populated Groups Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orfor Incoming Mail Policy Whitelist Tags Mail Storage Formats Policies Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasSMTP Policy Documents QuotasSMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Types Quota Implementation OptionsSMTP Best Practices Settings Document Types Quota Restrictions Internet Mail Routing Policy Precedence Rules Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Static and Dynamic Settings Inbox MaintenanceMethods for Enabling SMTP Policy Management Tools Inbox MaintenanceTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Policy Management Development Tools Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toSMTP Settings Use of an Organizational Policy Control Inbox Size Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 10F: Archiving MailSMTP Inbound Controls Explicit Policy ArchivingSMTP Outbound Controls Policy Assignment Methods Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesMessage Relay Prevention Policy Assignment During Registration Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Dynamic Policy Assignments Archive Policy Settings DocumentFilters The Effect of Multiple Policies Archive Criteria Settings Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server Console Checklist for Monitoring MailThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administration Tasks Types of Misdelivered MailEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message Color-Coding on the Server Checking Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in the Console Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsDNS Whitelist? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Statistics DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Databases on the Server Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server Access Control Mechanisms Message Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found in the Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallDNS Blacklist? Access What is Message Recall?What are Private Whitelist Filters? User Access to the Server Message Recall OptionsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters When to Restart the Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Troubleshooting StagesPrivate Whitelist? Administration Levels The Mail Trace Tool What are Private Blacklist Filters? Administration Level Details Topic 12B: Restarting the Router


Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The Full Access Administrator Level When to Restart the Router What Happens When a Host is Found in the Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPrivate Blacklist? The Domino Web Administrator When to Force Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Domino Web Administrator Application Dead MailTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Delivery Failure Process(E/SMTP) Options The Domino Server LogE/SMTP Settings The Notes.ini FileTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Logging Levels lineWhen to Set Internet Addresses Server Groups and Replication Planning GuidelinesInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Document PlanAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Replication Controls Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 9B: Implementing Message Replication Types Requirements Disclaimers Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Disclaimers Pull Push Replication Server SoftwareThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Multiple Replication Hubs Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Process Critical Application Scheduling Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Replication Schedule Criteria Administrator Client SoftwareEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail Routing Components The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and Basic ConfigurationsSettings Between NNNs What is Eclipse?Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 7B: Implementing a Client Installation TypesMessages Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Expeditor Component PackagingControls Topology Eclipse Update SitesDelivery Controls How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topology ComponentsControls Opportunistic Routing Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Mail Transfer Controls Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Options First ServerMailboxes Router Types and Connection The Server Setup ProcessBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Documents The Domino DirectoryHow Mail Rules Work Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMail Rule Actions Format for Incoming Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsActivating a Server Mail Rule Mail Storage Formats Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling SMTP Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMail Journaling SMTP Implementation Scenarios Descendants of the Organization CertifierJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions SMTP Best Practices Organization SecurityJournaling and Mail Routing Internet Mail Routing Organization Certifier ID SecurityJournaling and Server Configuration The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Methods for Enabling SMTP Country CodesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Server Audience TypesTag Mail Rule Conditions Settings The Lotus Domino Server LogField Names Associated with Tags SMTP Settings Administrators Group Security Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWhitelist Tags Delivery WorkstationTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Inbound Controls The Client Configuration Program Quotas SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toQuota Implementation Options Message Relay Prevention Administrators and ServersQuota Restrictions Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Filters The Special Privilege of theMaintenance What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? LocalDomainAdmins GroupInbox Maintenance The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Lacks Control Inbox Size What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 10F: Archiving Mail the DNS Whitelist? ServersArchiving DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Need for Selecting a Registration ServerBenefits of Archiving and Policies Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server ID File Storage Options Archive Policy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingArchive Policy Settings Document the DNS Blacklist? Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersArchive Criteria Settings Document What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Standard Directory StructureChecklist for Monitoring Mail Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Central Directory StructureTypes of Misdelivered Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in Replicating a Subset of Documents in theChecking Mail Delivery the Private Whitelist? Domino DirectoryTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics What are Private Blacklist Filters? Server Setup Profiles


Mail Statistics Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found in The Certification LogMessage Tracking the Private Blacklist? Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Order of Whitelist and Blacklist CertifiersWhat is Message Recall? Precedence Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message Recall Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Filters User Registration OptionsTroubleshooting Stages Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Mail Trace Tool (E/SMTP) Options The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 12B: Restarting the Router E/SMTP Settings Internet Password OptionsWhen to Restart the Router Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Internet Password LockingTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Addressing ID File Distribution Options When to Force Mail Routing When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Internet Address Lookup Options User Registration Text FilesMail Topic 8G: Testing SMTP How to Register Users from a Text File The Delivery Failure Process An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document

Topic 9B: Implementing Message ChangesDisclaimers Domino Directory Document

line Message Disclaimers Synchronization Planning Guidelines The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Process WorkstationPlan Options for Attaching Disclaimers Workstation Setup for AdditionalSupported Platforms and System Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Workstations Requirements Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Settings InstallationServer Software Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Lotus Domino Administrator Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Messages Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery ServersAdministrator Client Software Controls The Administration ProcessThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Delivery Controls Components of the Administration ProcessBasic Configurations Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Database Tools in Domino AdministratorWhat is Eclipse? Controls Timing and Execution of AdministrationClient Installation Types Mail Transfer Controls Process Requests What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Nested GroupsExpeditor Component Packaging Mailboxes The Deny List Only Group TypeEclipse Update Sites Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Precedence in Database AccessAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse How Mail Rules Work Auto-populated Groups Components Mail Rule Actions Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Activating a Server Mail Rule PolicyTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling PoliciesFirst Server Mail Journaling Policy DocumentsThe Server Setup Process Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy TypesThe Domino Directory Journaling and Mail Routing Settings Document TypesReplicas of the Domino Directory Journaling and Server Configuration Policy Precedence RulesComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Static and Dynamic SettingsPurposes of Organizational Units and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management ToolsAlternatives to Organizational Units Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Development ToolsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Field Names Associated with Tags Use of an Organizational Policy Organization Security Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anOrganization Certifier ID Security or Whitelist Tags Explicit PolicyAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Policy Assignment MethodsCountry Codes Quotas Policy Assignment During RegistrationServer Audience Types Quota Implementation Options Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Quota Restrictions The Effect of Multiple Policies Administrators Group Security Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Inbox Maintenance Administration TasksThe Client Configuration Program Inbox Maintenance Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Console and Servers Control Inbox Size Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Databases on the ServerThe Special Privilege of the Archiving Server Access Control MechanismsLocalDomainAdmins Group Benefits of Archiving and Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Archive Policy Documents User Access to the ServerLacks Archive Policy Settings Document When to Restart the Server Domino Directory Access for Registering Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsServers Checklist for Monitoring Mail Administration Levels


Need for Selecting a Registration Server Types of Misdelivered Mail Administration Level DetailsServer ID File Storage Options Checking Mail Delivery The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Full Access Administrator Best PracticesAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Statistics The Domino Web AdministratorThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Administration Levels and the LotusThe Central Directory Structure Message Tracking Domino Web Administrator Application Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDomino Directory What is Message Recall? The Domino Server LogServer Setup Profiles Message Recall Options The Notes.ini FileClearing the Server ID Password Configuring the Message Recall Feature Logging Levels The Certification Log Troubleshooting Stages Server Groups and Replication Administrator Access to Register OU The Mail Trace Tool Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionCertifiers Topic 12B: Restarting the Router DocumentNeed for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Router Replication ControlsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication TypesUser Registration Options When to Force Mail Routing Methods for Forcing ReplicationAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Pull Push ReplicationThe License Tracking Database Dead Mail Multiple Replication HubsInternet Password Options The Delivery Failure Process Critical Application SchedulingInternet Password Locking Replication Schedule Criteria ID File Distribution Options Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File line Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenUser Registration Text Files Planning Guidelines NNNs How to Register Users from a Text File The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Plan Mail Routing TopologyChanges Supported Platforms and System The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingDomino Directory Document Requirements TopologySynchronization Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Domino Server Software TopologyWorkstation Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Opportunistic RoutingWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Connection Document Mail RoutingWorkstations Domino Administrator Client Software OptionsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Router Types and Connection Documents Installation Basic Configurations Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Lotus Domino Administrator What is Eclipse? for Incoming MailTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Client Installation Types Mail Storage Formats Servers What is Lotus Expeditor? SMTPThe Administration Process Expeditor Component Packaging SMTP Implementation ScenariosComponents of the Administration Process Eclipse Update Sites SMTP Best PracticesDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Automated Installation Options for Internet Mail RoutingTiming and Execution of Administration Eclipse Components The SMTP Listener and Router TasksProcess Requests Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Methods for Enabling SMTP Nested Groups Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Deny List Only Group Type First Server SettingsGroup Precedence in Database Access The Server Setup Process SMTP Settings Auto-populated Groups The Domino Directory Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Replicas of the Domino Directory SMTP Inbound ControlsPolicies Comparing Domains and Organizations SMTP Outbound ControlsPolicy Documents Purposes of Organizational Units Message Relay Prevention Policy Types Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSettings Document Types Descendants of the Organization Certifier FiltersPolicy Precedence Rules Organization Security What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Static and Dynamic Settings Organization Certifier ID Security The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessPolicy Management Tools Authentication Between Organizations Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersPolicy Management Development Tools Country Codes What Happens When a Host is Found inUse of an Organizational Policy Server Audience Types the DNS Whitelist?Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Lotus Domino Server Log DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsPolicy Administrators Group Security Options Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 1E: Configuring the First What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Assignment During Registration Workstation the DNS Blacklist?Dynamic Policy Assignments The Client Configuration Program What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersLotus Domino Server Console Administrators and Servers What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Tasks Access in the Domino Directory the Private Whitelist?Message Color-Coding on the Server The Special Privilege of the What are Private Blacklist Filters?Console LocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling Private Blacklist Filters


Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins What Happens When a Host is Found inDatabases on the Server Group Lacks the Private Blacklist?Server Access Control Mechanisms Domino Directory Access for Registering Order of Whitelist and BlacklistRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Servers PrecedenceUser Access to the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Restart the Server Server ID File Storage Options Filters Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAdministration Levels Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers (E/SMTP) OptionsAdministration Level Details The Standard Directory Structure E/SMTP Settings The Full Access Administrator Level The Central Directory Structure Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingFull Access Administrator Best Practices Replicating a Subset of Documents in the When to Set Internet AddressesThe Domino Web Administrator Domino Directory Internet Address Lookup Options Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Server Setup Profiles Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWeb Administrator Application Clearing the Server ID Password An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Certification Log Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Domino Server Log Administrator Access to Register OU DisclaimersThe Notes.ini File Certifiers Message DisclaimersLogging Levels Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServer Groups and Replication Topic 3B: Registering New ProcessTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administrators Options for Attaching DisclaimersReplication Controls User Registration Options Enabling Server Message DisclaimersReplication Types Administrator Access to Register Users Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMethods for Forcing Replication The License Tracking Database SettingsPull Push Replication Internet Password Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMultiple Replication Hubs Internet Password Locking Messages Critical Application Scheduling ID File Distribution Options Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File ControlsMail Routing Components User Registration Text Files Delivery Controls Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferNNNs Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document ControlsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Changes Mail Transfer Controls Mail Routing Topology Domino Directory Document Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Synchronization MailboxesHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topology Workstation How Mail Rules WorkOpportunistic Routing Workstation Setup for Additional Mail Rule ActionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Workstations Activating a Server Mail Rule Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Domino Installation Mail Journalingfor Incoming Mail The Lotus Domino Administrator Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMail Storage Formats Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Journaling and Mail RoutingSMTP Servers Journaling and Server Configuration SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Administration Process Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andSMTP Best Practices Components of the Administration Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInternet Mail Routing Process Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Database Tools in Domino Administrator Field Names Associated with TagsMethods for Enabling SMTP Timing and Execution of Administration Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Process Requests Whitelist Tags SMTP Settings Nested Groups Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Deny List Only Group Type QuotasSMTP Inbound Controls Group Precedence in Database Access Quota Implementation OptionsSMTP Outbound Controls Auto-populated Groups Quota Restrictions Message Relay Prevention Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Inbox MaintenanceFilters Policies Inbox MaintenanceWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Documents Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy Types Control Inbox Size Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Settings Document Types Topic 10F: Archiving MailWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Precedence Rules ArchivingDNS Whitelist? Static and Dynamic Settings Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Management Tools Archive Policy DocumentsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Management Development Tools Archive Policy Settings DocumentWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Use of an Organizational Policy Archive Criteria Settings Document DNS Blacklist? Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Checklist for Monitoring MailWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Explicit Policy Types of Misdelivered MailEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Policy Assignment Methods Checking Mail Delivery


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPrivate Whitelist? Dynamic Policy Assignments Mail Statistics What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Lotus Domino Server Console Message Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Tasks Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPrivate Blacklist? Message Color-Coding on the Server What is Message Recall?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Console Message Recall OptionsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Databases on the Server Troubleshooting Stages(E/SMTP) Options Server Access Control Mechanisms The Mail Trace Tool E/SMTP Settings Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Access When to Restart the Router When to Set Internet Addresses User Access to the Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingInternet Address Lookup Options When to Restart the Server When to Force Mail Routing Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Administration Levels Dead MailTopic 9B: Implementing Message Administration Level Details The Delivery Failure ProcessDisclaimers The Full Access Administrator LevelMessage Disclaimers Full Access Administrator Best Practices Lesson 10: Implementing Mail Rules andThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Domino Web Administrator Storage Limits Process Administration Levels and the Lotus lineOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 10A: Creating and Activating aEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server Mail RuleCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The Domino Server Log Mail RulesSettings The Notes.ini FileUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Logging Levels Messages Server Groups and Replication lineTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Planning GuidelinesControls Document The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentDelivery Controls Replication Controls PlanTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Replication Types Supported Platforms and SystemControls Methods for Forcing Replication Requirements Mail Transfer Controls Pull Push Replication Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Multiple Replication Hubs Server SoftwareMailboxes Critical Application Scheduling Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoHow Mail Rules Work Mail Routing Components Administrator Client SoftwareMail Rule Actions Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andActivating a Server Mail Rule Between NNNs Basic ConfigurationsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 7B: Implementing a What is Eclipse?Mail Journaling Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Client Installation TypesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What is Lotus Expeditor?Journaling and Mail Routing Topology Expeditor Component PackagingJournaling and Server Configuration How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Eclipse Update SitesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topology Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Opportunistic Routing ComponentsTag Mail Rule Conditions Connection Document Mail Routing Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Field Names Associated with Tags Options Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Router Types and Connection First ServerWhitelist Tags Documents The Server Setup ProcessTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Domino DirectoryQuotas Format for Incoming Mail Replicas of the Domino DirectoryQuota Implementation Options Mail Storage Formats Comparing Domains and OrganizationsQuota Restrictions SMTP Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox SMTP Implementation Scenarios Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMaintenance SMTP Best Practices Descendants of the Organization CertifierInbox Maintenance Internet Mail Routing Organization SecurityUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Organization Certifier ID SecurityControl Inbox Size Methods for Enabling SMTP Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Country CodesArchiving Settings Server Audience TypesBenefits of Archiving and Policies SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Server LogArchive Policy Documents Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Administrators Group Security Options Archive Policy Settings Document Delivery Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstArchive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Inbound Controls WorkstationChecklist for Monitoring Mail SMTP Outbound Controls The Client Configuration Program


Types of Misdelivered Mail Message Relay Prevention Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toChecking Mail Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administrators and ServersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Filters Access in the Domino DirectoryMail Statistics What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Special Privilege of theTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process LocalDomainAdmins GroupMessage Tracking Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What Happens When a Host is Found in Lacks What is Message Recall? the DNS Whitelist? Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMessage Recall Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics ServersConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTroubleshooting Stages What Happens When a Host is Found in Server ID File Storage Options The Mail Trace Tool the DNS Blacklist? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router What are Private Whitelist Filters? Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhen to Restart the Router Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Standard Directory StructureTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in The Central Directory StructureWhen to Force Mail Routing the Private Whitelist? Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead What are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino DirectoryMail Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Server Setup ProfilesThe Delivery Failure Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Clearing the Server ID Password

the Private Blacklist? The Certification LogOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Administrator Access to Register OU

line Precedence CertifiersPlanning Guidelines How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Filters Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPlan Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP User Registration OptionsSupported Platforms and System (E/SMTP) Options Administrator Access to Register UsersRequirements E/SMTP Settings The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Internet Password OptionsServer Software Addressing Internet Password LockingLotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Set Internet Addresses ID File Distribution Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileAdministrator Client Software Topic 8G: Testing SMTP User Registration Text FilesThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and An Implementation of SMTP Routing How to Register Users from a Text File Basic Configurations Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat is Eclipse? Disclaimers ChangesClient Installation Types Message Disclaimers Domino Directory DocumentWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Message Disclaimer Implementation Synchronization Expeditor Component Packaging Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorEclipse Update Sites Options for Attaching Disclaimers WorkstationAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Workstation Setup for AdditionalComponents Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Workstations Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Settings Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME InstallationFirst Server Messages The Lotus Domino Administrator The Server Setup Process Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Domino Directory Controls ServersReplicas of the Domino Directory Delivery Controls The Administration ProcessComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Components of the Administration ProcessPurposes of Organizational Units Controls Database Tools in Domino AdministratorAlternatives to Organizational Units Mail Transfer Controls Timing and Execution of AdministrationDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Process Requests Organization Security Mailboxes Nested GroupsOrganization Certifier ID Security Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Deny List Only Group TypeAuthentication Between Organizations How Mail Rules Work Group Precedence in Database AccessCountry Codes Mail Rule Actions Auto-populated Groups Server Audience Types Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling PolicyAdministrators Group Security Options Mail Journaling PoliciesTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy DocumentsThe Client Configuration Program Journaling and Mail Routing Policy TypesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Journaling and Server Configuration Settings Document Typesand Servers Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Policy Precedence RulesAccess in the Domino Directory and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Special Privilege of the Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management ToolsLocalDomainAdmins Group Field Names Associated with Tags Policy Management Development ToolsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Use of an Organizational Policy


Lacks or Whitelist Tags Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Explicit PolicyServers Quotas Policy Assignment MethodsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Quota Implementation Options Policy Assignment During RegistrationServer ID File Storage Options Quota Restrictions Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Effect of Multiple Policies Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Inbox Maintenance Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Standard Directory Structure Inbox Maintenance Administration TasksThe Central Directory Structure Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Message Color-Coding on the ServerReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Control Inbox Size Console Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateServer Setup Profiles Archiving Databases on the ServerClearing the Server ID Password Benefits of Archiving and Policies Server Access Control MechanismsThe Certification Log Archive Policy Documents Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministrator Access to Register OU Archive Policy Settings Document User Access to the ServerCertifiers Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Types of Misdelivered Mail Administration LevelsUser Registration Options Checking Mail Delivery Administration Level DetailsAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Full Access Administrator LevelThe License Tracking Database Mail Statistics Full Access Administrator Best PracticesInternet Password Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Domino Web AdministratorInternet Password Locking Message Tracking Administration Levels and the LotusID File Distribution Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What is Message Recall? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsUser Registration Text Files Message Recall Options The Domino Server LogHow to Register Users from a Text File Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Notes.ini FileTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Troubleshooting Stages Logging Levels Changes The Mail Trace Tool Server Groups and Replication Domino Directory Document Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSynchronization When to Restart the Router DocumentTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication ControlsWorkstation When to Force Mail Routing Replication TypesWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Methods for Forcing ReplicationWorkstations Dead Mail Pull Push ReplicationTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Delivery Failure Process Multiple Replication HubsInstallation Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Domino Administrator Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple line Mail Routing ComponentsServers Planning Guidelines Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Administration Process The Worldwide Corporation Deployment NNNs Components of the Administration Process Plan Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Supported Platforms and System Mail Routing TopologyTiming and Execution of Administration Requirements The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingProcess Requests Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus TopologyNested Groups Domino Server Software How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Deny List Only Group Type Lotus Domino Server Installation Types TopologyGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Opportunistic RoutingAuto-populated Groups Domino Administrator Client Software Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and OptionsPolicies Basic Configurations Router Types and Connection Documents Policy Documents What is Eclipse? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPolicy Types Client Installation Types for Incoming MailSettings Document Types What is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Storage Formats Policy Precedence Rules Expeditor Component Packaging SMTPStatic and Dynamic Settings Eclipse Update Sites SMTP Implementation ScenariosPolicy Management Tools Automated Installation Options for SMTP Best PracticesPolicy Management Development Tools Eclipse Components Internet Mail RoutingUse of an Organizational Policy Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy First Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPolicy Assignment Methods The Server Setup Process SettingsPolicy Assignment During Registration The Domino Directory SMTP Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Effect of Multiple Policies Comparing Domains and Organizations SMTP Inbound ControlsLotus Domino Server Console Purposes of Organizational Units SMTP Outbound Controls


Administration Tasks Alternatives to Organizational Units Message Relay Prevention Message Color-Coding on the Server Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistConsole Organization Security FiltersTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Organization Certifier ID Security What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Databases on the Server Authentication Between Organizations The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessServer Access Control Mechanisms Country Codes Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Server Audience Types What Happens When a Host is Found inUser Access to the Server The Lotus Domino Server Log the DNS Whitelist?When to Restart the Server Administrators Group Security Options DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1E: Configuring the First Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersAdministration Levels Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Level Details The Client Configuration Program the DNS Blacklist?The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to What are Private Whitelist Filters?Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administrators and Servers Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersThe Domino Web Administrator Access in the Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Special Privilege of the the Private Whitelist?Web Administrator Application LocalDomainAdmins Group What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Domino Server Log Group Lacks What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Notes.ini File Domino Directory Access for Registering the Private Blacklist?Logging Levels Servers Order of Whitelist and BlacklistServer Groups and Replication Need for Selecting a Registration Server PrecedenceTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Server ID File Storage Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Controls Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Filters Replication Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMethods for Forcing Replication The Standard Directory Structure (E/SMTP) OptionsPull Push Replication The Central Directory Structure E/SMTP Settings Multiple Replication Hubs Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingCritical Application Scheduling Domino Directory When to Set Internet AddressesReplication Schedule Criteria Server Setup Profiles Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Routing Components Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Certification Log An Implementation of SMTP Routing NNNs Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Certifiers DisclaimersMail Routing Topology Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message DisclaimersThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3B: Registering New The Message Disclaimer ImplementationHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators ProcessTopology User Registration Options Options for Attaching DisclaimersOpportunistic Routing Administrator Access to Register Users Enabling Server Message DisclaimersConnection Document Mail Routing Options The License Tracking Database Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyRouter Types and Connection Documents Internet Password Options SettingsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Internet Password Locking Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEfor Incoming Mail ID File Distribution Options Messages Mail Storage Formats Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliverySMTP User Registration Text Files ControlsSMTP Implementation Scenarios How to Register Users from a Text File Delivery Controls SMTP Best Practices Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferInternet Mail Routing Changes ControlsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Domino Directory Document Mail Transfer Controls Methods for Enabling SMTP Synchronization Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator MailboxesSMTP Settings Workstation Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Workstation Setup for Additional How Mail Rules WorkSMTP Inbound Controls Workstations Mail Rule ActionsSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Relay Prevention Domino Installation Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail JournalingFilters Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Servers Journaling and Mail RoutingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Administration Process Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Components of the Administration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Process Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDNS Whitelist? Database Tools in Domino Administrator Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Timing and Execution of Administration Field Names Associated with TagsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Process Requests Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Nested Groups Whitelist Tags


DNS Blacklist? The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Group Precedence in Database Access QuotasEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Auto-populated Groups Quota Implementation OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Quota Restrictions Private Whitelist? Policy Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Policies Inbox MaintenanceEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Policy Documents Inbox MaintenanceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPrivate Blacklist? Settings Document Types Control Inbox Size Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Policy Precedence Rules Topic 10F: Archiving MailHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Static and Dynamic Settings ArchivingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Policy Management Tools Benefits of Archiving and Policies(E/SMTP) Options Policy Management Development Tools Archive Policy DocumentsE/SMTP Settings Use of an Organizational Policy Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Set Internet Addresses Explicit Policy Checklist for Monitoring MailInternet Address Lookup Options Policy Assignment Methods Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Policy Assignment During Registration Checking Mail Delivery An Implementation of SMTP Routing Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 9B: Implementing Message The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Statistics Disclaimers Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Disclaimers Administration Tasks Message Tracking The Message Disclaimer Implementation Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallProcess Console What is Message Recall?Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Recall OptionsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Databases on the Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Access Control Mechanisms Troubleshooting StagesSettings Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Mail Trace Tool Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Access Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMessages User Access to the Server When to Restart the Router Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Restart the Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingControls Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels When to Force Mail Routing Delivery Controls Administration Levels Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Administration Level Details Dead MailControls The Full Access Administrator Level The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Transfer Controls Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Domino Web AdministratorMailboxes Administration Levels and the Lotus lineBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Web Administrator Application Planning GuidelinesHow Mail Rules Work Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMail Rule Actions The Domino Server Log PlanActivating a Server Mail Rule The Notes.ini File Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Logging Levels Requirements Mail Journaling Server Groups and Replication Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Server SoftwareJournaling and Mail Routing Document Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Journaling and Server Configuration Replication Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replication Types Administrator Client SoftwareWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Methods for Forcing Replication The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTag Mail Rule Conditions Pull Push Replication Basic ConfigurationsField Names Associated with Tags Multiple Replication Hubs What is Eclipse?Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Critical Application Scheduling Client Installation TypesWhitelist Tags Replication Schedule Criteria What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mail Routing Components Expeditor Component PackagingQuotas Mail Routing Behavior Within and Eclipse Update SitesQuota Implementation Options Between NNNs Automated Installation Options for EclipseQuota Restrictions Topic 7B: Implementing a ComponentsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Maintenance The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theInbox Maintenance Topology First ServerUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Server Setup ProcessControl Inbox Size Topology The Domino DirectoryTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Opportunistic Routing Replicas of the Domino DirectoryArchiving Connection Document Mail Routing Comparing Domains and OrganizationsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Options Purposes of Organizational UnitsArchive Policy Documents Router Types and Connection Alternatives to Organizational Units


Archive Policy Settings Document Documents Descendants of the Organization CertifierArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Organization SecurityChecklist for Monitoring Mail Format for Incoming Mail Organization Certifier ID SecurityTypes of Misdelivered Mail Mail Storage Formats Authentication Between OrganizationsChecking Mail Delivery SMTP Country CodesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Audience TypesMail Statistics SMTP Best Practices The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Internet Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Message Tracking The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Methods for Enabling SMTP WorkstationWhat is Message Recall? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP The Client Configuration Program Message Recall Options Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toConfiguring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Settings Administrators and ServersTroubleshooting Stages Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Mail Trace Tool Delivery The Special Privilege of theTopic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTP Inbound Controls LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhen to Restart the Router SMTP Outbound Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Message Relay Prevention Lacks When to Force Mail Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Filters ServersMail What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Delivery Failure Process The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server ID File Storage Options

Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers

line the DNS Whitelist? The Standard Directory StructurePlanning Guidelines DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Central Directory StructureThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Replicating a Subset of Documents in thePlan What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino DirectorySupported Platforms and System the DNS Blacklist? Server Setup ProfilesRequirements What are Private Whitelist Filters? Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Certification LogServer Software What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrator Access to Register OULotus Domino Server Installation Types the Private Whitelist? CertifiersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What are Private Blacklist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administrator Client Software Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and What Happens When a Host is Found in User Registration OptionsBasic Configurations the Private Blacklist? Administrator Access to Register UsersWhat is Eclipse? Order of Whitelist and Blacklist The License Tracking DatabaseClient Installation Types Precedence Internet Password OptionsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Internet Password LockingExpeditor Component Packaging Filters ID File Distribution Options Eclipse Update Sites Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse (E/SMTP) Options User Registration Text FilesComponents E/SMTP Settings How to Register Users from a Text File Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Addressing ChangesFirst Server When to Set Internet Addresses Domino Directory DocumentThe Server Setup Process Internet Address Lookup Options Synchronization The Domino Directory Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorReplicas of the Domino Directory An Implementation of SMTP Routing WorkstationComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 9B: Implementing Message Workstation Setup for AdditionalPurposes of Organizational Units Disclaimers Workstations Alternatives to Organizational Units Message Disclaimers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Message Disclaimer Implementation InstallationOrganization Security Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Organization Certifier ID Security Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAuthentication Between Organizations Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ServersCountry Codes Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Administration ProcessServer Audience Types Settings Components of the Administration ProcessThe Lotus Domino Server Log Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Database Tools in Domino AdministratorAdministrators Group Security Options Messages Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Process Requests The Client Configuration Program Controls Nested GroupsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Delivery Controls The Deny List Only Group Typeand Servers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Group Precedence in Database AccessAccess in the Domino Directory Controls Auto-populated Groups


The Special Privilege of the Mail Transfer Controls Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server PolicyPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Mailboxes PoliciesLacks Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Policy DocumentsDomino Directory Access for Registering How Mail Rules Work Policy TypesServers Mail Rule Actions Settings Document TypesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Activating a Server Mail Rule Policy Precedence RulesServer ID File Storage Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Mail Journaling Policy Management ToolsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy Management Development ToolsThe Standard Directory Structure Journaling and Mail Routing Use of an Organizational Policy The Central Directory Structure Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Explicit PolicyDomino Directory and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Assignment MethodsServer Setup Profiles Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Assignment During RegistrationClearing the Server ID Password Field Names Associated with Tags Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Certification Log Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Effect of Multiple Policies Administrator Access to Register OU or Whitelist Tags Lotus Domino Server ConsoleCertifiers Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administration TasksNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Quotas Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Quota Implementation Options Console User Registration Options Quota Restrictions Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Databases on the ServerThe License Tracking Database Inbox Maintenance Server Access Control MechanismsInternet Password Options Inbox Maintenance Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessInternet Password Locking Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to User Access to the ServerID File Distribution Options Control Inbox Size When to Restart the Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsUser Registration Text Files Archiving Administration LevelsHow to Register Users from a Text File Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administration Level DetailsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Archive Policy Documents The Full Access Administrator LevelChanges Archive Policy Settings Document Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDomino Directory Document Archive Criteria Settings Document The Domino Web AdministratorSynchronization Checklist for Monitoring Mail Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Types of Misdelivered Mail Domino Web Administrator Application Workstation Checking Mail Delivery Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Domino Server LogWorkstations Mail Statistics The Notes.ini FileTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Logging Levels Installation Message Tracking Server Groups and Replication The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What is Message Recall? DocumentServers Message Recall Options Replication ControlsThe Administration Process Configuring the Message Recall Feature Replication TypesComponents of the Administration Process Troubleshooting Stages Methods for Forcing ReplicationDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Pull Push ReplicationTiming and Execution of Administration Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Multiple Replication HubsProcess Requests When to Restart the Router Critical Application SchedulingNested Groups Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication Schedule Criteria The Deny List Only Group Type When to Force Mail Routing Mail Routing ComponentsGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenAuto-populated Groups Dead Mail NNNs Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Delivery Failure Process Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokePolicies Mail Routing TopologyPolicy Documents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingPolicy Types line TopologySettings Document Types Planning Guidelines How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePolicy Precedence Rules The Worldwide Corporation Deployment TopologyStatic and Dynamic Settings Plan Opportunistic RoutingPolicy Management Tools Supported Platforms and System Connection Document Mail RoutingPolicy Management Development Tools Requirements OptionsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Domino Server Software Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPolicy Lotus Domino Server Installation Types for Incoming MailPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Storage Formats Policy Assignment During Registration Domino Administrator Client Software SMTP


Dynamic Policy Assignments The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe Effect of Multiple Policies Basic Configurations SMTP Best PracticesLotus Domino Server Console What is Eclipse? Internet Mail RoutingAdministration Tasks Client Installation Types The SMTP Listener and Router TasksMessage Color-Coding on the Server What is Lotus Expeditor? Methods for Enabling SMTP Console Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Eclipse Update Sites SettingsDatabases on the Server Automated Installation Options for SMTP Settings Server Access Control Mechanisms Eclipse Components Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Inbound ControlsUser Access to the Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the SMTP Outbound ControlsWhen to Restart the Server First Server Message Relay Prevention Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Server Setup Process Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistAdministration Levels The Domino Directory FiltersAdministration Level Details Replicas of the Domino Directory What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Full Access Administrator Level Comparing Domains and Organizations The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessFull Access Administrator Best Practices Purposes of Organizational Units Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe Domino Web Administrator Alternatives to Organizational Units What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Descendants of the Organization Certifier the DNS Whitelist?Web Administrator Application Organization Security DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Organization Certifier ID Security Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Domino Server Log Authentication Between Organizations What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Notes.ini File Country Codes the DNS Blacklist?Logging Levels Server Audience Types What are Private Whitelist Filters?Server Groups and Replication The Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found inReplication Controls Topic 1E: Configuring the First the Private Whitelist?Replication Types Workstation What are Private Blacklist Filters?Methods for Forcing Replication The Client Configuration Program Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersPull Push Replication Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to What Happens When a Host is Found inMultiple Replication Hubs Administrators and Servers the Private Blacklist?Critical Application Scheduling Access in the Domino Directory Order of Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Schedule Criteria The Special Privilege of the PrecedenceMail Routing Components LocalDomainAdmins Group How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Filters NNNs Group Lacks Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Domino Directory Access for Registering (E/SMTP) OptionsMail Routing Topology Servers E/SMTP Settings The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Server ID File Storage Options When to Set Internet AddressesTopology Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Internet Address Lookup Options Opportunistic Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8G: Testing SMTPConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Standard Directory Structure An Implementation of SMTP Routing Router Types and Connection Documents The Central Directory Structure Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Disclaimersfor Incoming Mail Domino Directory Message DisclaimersMail Storage Formats Server Setup Profiles The Message Disclaimer ImplementationSMTP Clearing the Server ID Password ProcessSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Certification Log Options for Attaching DisclaimersSMTP Best Practices Administrator Access to Register OU Enabling Server Message DisclaimersInternet Mail Routing Certifiers Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Need for Selecting a Registration Server SettingsMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3B: Registering New Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Administrators Messages SMTP Settings User Registration Options Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administrator Access to Register Users ControlsSMTP Inbound Controls The License Tracking Database Delivery Controls SMTP Outbound Controls Internet Password Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMessage Relay Prevention Internet Password Locking ControlsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist ID File Distribution Options Mail Transfer Controls Filters Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? User Registration Text Files MailboxesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process How to Register Users from a Text File Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document How Mail Rules WorkWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Changes Mail Rule ActionsDNS Whitelist? Domino Directory Document Activating a Server Mail Rule


DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Synchronization Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Mail JournalingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsDNS Blacklist? Workstation Setup for Additional Journaling and Mail RoutingWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Workstations Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Installation Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPrivate Whitelist? The Lotus Domino Administrator Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Field Names Associated with TagsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Servers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Administration Process Whitelist Tags Private Blacklist? Components of the Administration Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Process QuotasHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Database Tools in Domino Administrator Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Timing and Execution of Administration Quota Restrictions (E/SMTP) Options Process Requests Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withE/SMTP Settings Nested Groups Inbox MaintenanceTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing The Deny List Only Group Type Inbox MaintenanceWhen to Set Internet Addresses Group Precedence in Database Access Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toInternet Address Lookup Options Auto-populated Groups Control Inbox Size Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 10F: Archiving MailAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy ArchivingTopic 9B: Implementing Message Policies Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesDisclaimers Policy Documents Archive Policy DocumentsMessage Disclaimers Policy Types Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Settings Document Types Archive Criteria Settings Document Process Policy Precedence Rules Checklist for Monitoring MailOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Static and Dynamic Settings Types of Misdelivered MailEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Management Tools Checking Mail Delivery Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy Management Development Tools Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsSettings Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Statistics Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessages Explicit Policy Message Tracking Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policy Assignment Methods Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallControls Policy Assignment During Registration What is Message Recall?Delivery Controls Dynamic Policy Assignments Message Recall OptionsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Effect of Multiple Policies Configuring the Message Recall Feature Controls Lotus Domino Server Console Troubleshooting StagesMail Transfer Controls Administration Tasks The Mail Trace Tool Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMailboxes Console When to Restart the Router Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingHow Mail Rules Work Databases on the Server When to Force Mail Routing Mail Rule Actions Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andActivating a Server Mail Rule Restrictions for Authorizing Server Dead MailTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Access The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Journaling User Access to the ServerJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions When to Restart the Server Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels lineJournaling and Server Configuration Administration Levels Planning GuidelinesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Administration Level Details The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Full Access Administrator Level PlanTag Mail Rule Conditions Full Access Administrator Best Practices Supported Platforms and SystemField Names Associated with Tags The Domino Web Administrator Requirements Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhitelist Tags Domino Web Administrator Application Server SoftwareTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Quotas The Domino Server Log Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoQuota Implementation Options The Notes.ini File Administrator Client SoftwareQuota Restrictions Logging Levels The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Server Groups and Replication Basic ConfigurationsMaintenance Topic 6B: Creating a Connection What is Eclipse?Inbox Maintenance Document Client Installation TypesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Replication Controls What is Lotus Expeditor?Control Inbox Size Replication Types Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Methods for Forcing Replication Eclipse Update Sites


Archiving Pull Push Replication Automated Installation Options for EclipseBenefits of Archiving and Policies Multiple Replication Hubs ComponentsArchive Policy Documents Critical Application Scheduling Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Archive Policy Settings Document Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theArchive Criteria Settings Document Mail Routing Components First ServerChecklist for Monitoring Mail Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Server Setup ProcessTypes of Misdelivered Mail Between NNNs The Domino DirectoryChecking Mail Delivery Topic 7B: Implementing a Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMail Statistics The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topology Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMessage Tracking How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topology Organization SecurityWhat is Message Recall? Opportunistic Routing Organization Certifier ID SecurityMessage Recall Options Connection Document Mail Routing Authentication Between OrganizationsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Options Country CodesTroubleshooting Stages Router Types and Connection Server Audience TypesThe Mail Trace Tool Documents The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Administrators Group Security Options When to Restart the Router Format for Incoming Mail Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Mail Storage Formats WorkstationWhen to Force Mail Routing SMTP The Client Configuration Program Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMail SMTP Best Practices Administrators and ServersThe Delivery Failure Process Internet Mail Routing Access in the Domino Directory

The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Special Privilege of theMethods for Enabling SMTP LocalDomainAdmins Group

line Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPlanning Guidelines Settings Lacks The Worldwide Corporation Deployment SMTP Settings Domino Directory Access for RegisteringPlan Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail ServersSupported Platforms and System Delivery Need for Selecting a Registration ServerRequirements SMTP Inbound Controls Server ID File Storage Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingServer Software Message Relay Prevention Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Standard Directory StructureTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Filters The Central Directory StructureAdministrator Client Software What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Domino DirectoryBasic Configurations Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Server Setup ProfilesWhat is Eclipse? What Happens When a Host is Found in Clearing the Server ID Password Client Installation Types the DNS Whitelist? The Certification LogWhat is Lotus Expeditor? DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Administrator Access to Register OUExpeditor Component Packaging Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters CertifiersEclipse Update Sites What Happens When a Host is Found in Need for Selecting a Registration Server Automated Installation Options for Eclipse the DNS Blacklist? Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsComponents What are Private Whitelist Filters? User Registration OptionsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What Happens When a Host is Found in The License Tracking DatabaseFirst Server the Private Whitelist? Internet Password OptionsThe Server Setup Process What are Private Blacklist Filters? Internet Password LockingThe Domino Directory Enabling Private Blacklist Filters ID File Distribution Options Replicas of the Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileComparing Domains and Organizations the Private Blacklist? User Registration Text FilesPurposes of Organizational Units Order of Whitelist and Blacklist How to Register Users from a Text File Alternatives to Organizational Units Precedence Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentDescendants of the Organization Certifier How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist ChangesOrganization Security Filters Domino Directory DocumentOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Synchronization Authentication Between Organizations (E/SMTP) Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorCountry Codes E/SMTP Settings WorkstationServer Audience Types Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Lotus Domino Server Log Addressing Workstations Administrators Group Security Options When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Internet Address Lookup Options InstallationThe Client Configuration Program Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Lotus Domino Administrator


Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multipleand Servers Topic 9B: Implementing Message ServersAccess in the Domino Directory Disclaimers The Administration ProcessThe Special Privilege of the Message Disclaimers Components of the Administration ProcessLocalDomainAdmins Group The Message Disclaimer Implementation Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Process Timing and Execution of AdministrationLacks Options for Attaching Disclaimers Process Requests Domino Directory Access for Registering Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Nested GroupsServers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Deny List Only Group TypeNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Settings Group Precedence in Database AccessServer ID File Storage Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Auto-populated Groups Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Messages Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery PolicyThe Standard Directory Structure Controls PoliciesThe Central Directory Structure Delivery Controls Policy DocumentsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Policy TypesDomino Directory Controls Settings Document TypesServer Setup Profiles Mail Transfer Controls Policy Precedence RulesClearing the Server ID Password Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Certification Log Mailboxes Policy Management ToolsAdministrator Access to Register OU Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Policy Management Development ToolsCertifiers How Mail Rules Work Use of an Organizational Policy Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Rule Actions Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Activating a Server Mail Rule Explicit PolicyUser Registration Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Policy Assignment MethodsAdministrator Access to Register Users Mail Journaling Policy Assignment During RegistrationThe License Tracking Database Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Dynamic Policy AssignmentsInternet Password Options Journaling and Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies Internet Password Locking Journaling and Server Configuration Lotus Domino Server ConsoleID File Distribution Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Administration TasksTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Color-Coding on the ServerUser Registration Text Files Tag Mail Rule Conditions Console How to Register Users from a Text File Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Databases on the ServerChanges or Whitelist Tags Server Access Control MechanismsDomino Directory Document Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessSynchronization Quotas User Access to the ServerTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Quota Implementation Options When to Restart the Server Workstation Quota Restrictions Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Administration LevelsWorkstations Inbox Maintenance Administration Level DetailsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Inbox Maintenance The Full Access Administrator LevelInstallation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Control Inbox Size The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Administration Levels and the LotusServers Archiving Domino Web Administrator Application The Administration Process Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsComponents of the Administration Process Archive Policy Documents The Domino Server LogDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Archive Policy Settings Document The Notes.ini FileTiming and Execution of Administration Archive Criteria Settings Document Logging Levels Process Requests Checklist for Monitoring Mail Server Groups and Replication Nested Groups Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Deny List Only Group Type Checking Mail Delivery DocumentGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Replication ControlsAuto-populated Groups Mail Statistics Replication TypesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Methods for Forcing ReplicationPolicies Message Tracking Pull Push ReplicationPolicy Documents Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Multiple Replication HubsPolicy Types What is Message Recall? Critical Application SchedulingSettings Document Types Message Recall Options Replication Schedule Criteria Policy Precedence Rules Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mail Routing ComponentsStatic and Dynamic Settings Troubleshooting Stages Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenPolicy Management Tools The Mail Trace Tool NNNs Policy Management Development Tools Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeUse of an Organizational Policy When to Restart the Router Mail Routing TopologyTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing


Policy When to Force Mail Routing TopologyPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePolicy Assignment During Registration Dead Mail TopologyDynamic Policy Assignments The Delivery Failure Process Opportunistic RoutingThe Effect of Multiple Policies Connection Document Mail RoutingLotus Domino Server Console OptionsAdministration Tasks line Router Types and Connection Documents Message Color-Coding on the Server Planning Guidelines Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatConsole The Worldwide Corporation Deployment for Incoming MailTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Plan Mail Storage Formats Databases on the Server Supported Platforms and System SMTPServer Access Control Mechanisms Requirements SMTP Implementation ScenariosRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus SMTP Best PracticesUser Access to the Server Domino Server Software Internet Mail RoutingWhen to Restart the Server Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Methods for Enabling SMTP Administration Levels Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAdministration Level Details The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SettingsThe Full Access Administrator Level Basic Configurations SMTP Settings Full Access Administrator Best Practices What is Eclipse? Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Domino Web Administrator Client Installation Types SMTP Inbound ControlsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino What is Lotus Expeditor? SMTP Outbound ControlsWeb Administrator Application Expeditor Component Packaging Message Relay Prevention Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Eclipse Update Sites Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Domino Server Log Automated Installation Options for FiltersThe Notes.ini File Eclipse Components What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Logging Levels Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessServer Groups and Replication Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document First Server What Happens When a Host is Found inReplication Controls The Server Setup Process the DNS Whitelist?Replication Types The Domino Directory DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMethods for Forcing Replication Replicas of the Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersPull Push Replication Comparing Domains and Organizations What Happens When a Host is Found inMultiple Replication Hubs Purposes of Organizational Units the DNS Blacklist?Critical Application Scheduling Alternatives to Organizational Units What are Private Whitelist Filters?Replication Schedule Criteria Descendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMail Routing Components Organization Security What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Organization Certifier ID Security the Private Whitelist?NNNs Authentication Between Organizations What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Country Codes Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMail Routing Topology Server Audience Types What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Lotus Domino Server Log the Private Blacklist?How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators Group Security Options Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopology Topic 1E: Configuring the First PrecedenceOpportunistic Routing Workstation How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Client Configuration Program Filters Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Administrators and Servers (E/SMTP) Optionsfor Incoming Mail Access in the Domino Directory E/SMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats The Special Privilege of the Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingSMTP LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Set Internet AddressesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Internet Address Lookup Options SMTP Best Practices Group Lacks Topic 8G: Testing SMTPInternet Mail Routing Domino Directory Access for Registering An Implementation of SMTP Routing The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Servers Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMethods for Enabling SMTP Need for Selecting a Registration Server DisclaimersTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Server ID File Storage Options Message DisclaimersSMTP Settings Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers ProcessSMTP Inbound Controls The Standard Directory Structure Options for Attaching DisclaimersSMTP Outbound Controls The Central Directory Structure Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMessage Relay Prevention Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Directory SettingsFilters Server Setup Profiles Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Clearing the Server ID Password Messages The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Certification Log Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery


Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Administrator Access to Register OU ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Certifiers Delivery Controls DNS Whitelist? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 3B: Registering New ControlsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administrators Mail Transfer Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in the User Registration Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerDNS Blacklist? Administrator Access to Register Users MailboxesWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? The License Tracking Database Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Internet Password Options How Mail Rules WorkWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Internet Password Locking Mail Rule ActionsPrivate Whitelist? ID File Distribution Options Activating a Server Mail Rule What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingEnabling Private Blacklist Filters User Registration Text Files Mail JournalingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the How to Register Users from a Text File Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Journaling and Mail RoutingOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Changes Journaling and Server Configuration How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Domino Directory Document Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Synchronization Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions(E/SMTP) Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Tag Mail Rule ConditionsE/SMTP Settings Workstation Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Workstation Setup for Additional Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhen to Set Internet Addresses Workstations Whitelist Tags Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Domino Installation QuotasAn Implementation of SMTP Routing The Lotus Domino Administrator Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Quota Restrictions Disclaimers Servers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMessage Disclaimers The Administration Process Inbox MaintenanceThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Components of the Administration Inbox MaintenanceProcess Process Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Database Tools in Domino Administrator Control Inbox Size Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 10F: Archiving MailCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Process Requests ArchivingSettings Nested Groups Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Deny List Only Group Type Archive Policy DocumentsMessages Group Precedence in Database Access Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Auto-populated Groups Archive Criteria Settings Document Controls Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Checklist for Monitoring MailDelivery Controls Policy Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Policies Checking Mail Delivery Controls Policy Documents Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Transfer Controls Policy Types Mail Statistics Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Settings Document Types Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMailboxes Policy Precedence Rules Message Tracking Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallHow Mail Rules Work Policy Management Tools What is Message Recall?Mail Rule Actions Policy Management Development Tools Message Recall OptionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Use of an Organizational Policy Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Troubleshooting StagesMail Journaling Explicit Policy The Mail Trace Tool Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy Assignment Methods Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterJournaling and Mail Routing Policy Assignment During Registration When to Restart the Router Journaling and Server Configuration Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and The Effect of Multiple Policies When to Force Mail Routing Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTag Mail Rule Conditions Administration Tasks Dead MailField Names Associated with Tags Message Color-Coding on the Server The Delivery Failure ProcessOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Console Whitelist Tags Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Databases on the Server lineQuotas Server Access Control Mechanisms Planning GuidelinesQuota Implementation Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentQuota Restrictions Access PlanTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox User Access to the Server Supported Platforms and SystemMaintenance When to Restart the Server Requirements Inbox Maintenance Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino


Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administration Levels Server SoftwareControl Inbox Size Administration Level Details Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoArchiving Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administrator Client SoftwareBenefits of Archiving and Policies The Domino Web Administrator The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andArchive Policy Documents Administration Levels and the Lotus Basic ConfigurationsArchive Policy Settings Document Domino Web Administrator Application What is Eclipse?Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Client Installation TypesChecklist for Monitoring Mail The Domino Server Log What is Lotus Expeditor?Types of Misdelivered Mail The Notes.ini File Expeditor Component PackagingChecking Mail Delivery Logging Levels Eclipse Update SitesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Server Groups and Replication Automated Installation Options for EclipseMail Statistics Topic 6B: Creating a Connection ComponentsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Message Tracking Replication Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Replication Types First ServerWhat is Message Recall? Methods for Forcing Replication The Server Setup ProcessMessage Recall Options Pull Push Replication The Domino DirectoryConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Multiple Replication Hubs Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTroubleshooting Stages Critical Application Scheduling Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Mail Trace Tool Replication Schedule Criteria Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail Routing Components Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhen to Restart the Router Mail Routing Behavior Within and Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Between NNNs Organization SecurityWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Authentication Between OrganizationsMail The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Country CodesThe Delivery Failure Process Topology Server Audience Types

How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Lotus Domino Server LogLesson 2: Adding IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topology Administrators Group Security Options line Opportunistic Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the First

Topic 2A: Registering Servers Connection Document Mail Routing WorkstationThe Server Registration Process Options The Client Configuration Program

Router Types and Connection Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toDocuments Administrators and Servers

line Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Access in the Domino DirectoryPlanning Guidelines Format for Incoming Mail The Special Privilege of theThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Storage Formats LocalDomainAdmins GroupPlan SMTP Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSupported Platforms and System SMTP Implementation Scenarios Lacks Requirements SMTP Best Practices Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Internet Mail Routing ServersServer Software The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Need for Selecting a Registration ServerLotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Enabling SMTP Server ID File Storage Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdministrator Client Software Settings Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SMTP Settings The Standard Directory StructureBasic Configurations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail The Central Directory StructureWhat is Eclipse? Delivery Replicating a Subset of Documents in theClient Installation Types SMTP Inbound Controls Domino DirectoryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? SMTP Outbound Controls Server Setup ProfilesExpeditor Component Packaging Message Relay Prevention Clearing the Server ID Password Eclipse Update Sites Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Certification LogAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Filters Administrator Access to Register OUComponents What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? CertifiersMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsFirst Server What Happens When a Host is Found in User Registration OptionsThe Server Setup Process the DNS Whitelist? Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Domino Directory DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The License Tracking DatabaseReplicas of the Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Internet Password OptionsComparing Domains and Organizations What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Password LockingPurposes of Organizational Units the DNS Blacklist? ID File Distribution Options Alternatives to Organizational Units What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDescendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Private Whitelist Filters User Registration Text FilesOrganization Security What Happens When a Host is Found in How to Register Users from a Text File


Organization Certifier ID Security the Private Whitelist? Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentAuthentication Between Organizations What are Private Blacklist Filters? ChangesCountry Codes Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Domino Directory DocumentServer Audience Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Synchronization The Lotus Domino Server Log the Private Blacklist? Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorAdministrators Group Security Options Order of Whitelist and Blacklist WorkstationTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Precedence Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Client Configuration Program How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Workstations Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Filters Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Dominoand Servers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP InstallationAccess in the Domino Directory (E/SMTP) Options The Lotus Domino Administrator The Special Privilege of the E/SMTP Settings Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 8F: Configuring Internet ServersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Addressing The Administration ProcessLacks When to Set Internet Addresses Components of the Administration ProcessDomino Directory Access for Registering Internet Address Lookup Options Database Tools in Domino AdministratorServers Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Timing and Execution of AdministrationNeed for Selecting a Registration Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Process Requests Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Nested GroupsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Disclaimers The Deny List Only Group TypeAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Disclaimers Group Precedence in Database AccessThe Standard Directory Structure The Message Disclaimer Implementation Auto-populated Groups The Central Directory Structure Process Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Options for Attaching Disclaimers PolicyDomino Directory Enabling Server Message Disclaimers PoliciesServer Setup Profiles Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy DocumentsClearing the Server ID Password Settings Policy TypesThe Certification Log Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Settings Document TypesAdministrator Access to Register OU Messages Policy Precedence RulesCertifiers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Static and Dynamic SettingsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Controls Policy Management ToolsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Delivery Controls Policy Management Development ToolsUser Registration Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Use of an Organizational Policy Administrator Access to Register Users Controls Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe License Tracking Database Mail Transfer Controls Explicit PolicyInternet Password Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Policy Assignment MethodsInternet Password Locking Mailboxes Policy Assignment During RegistrationID File Distribution Options Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File How Mail Rules Work The Effect of Multiple Policies User Registration Text Files Mail Rule Actions Lotus Domino Server ConsoleHow to Register Users from a Text File Activating a Server Mail Rule Administration TasksTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Message Color-Coding on the ServerChanges Mail Journaling Console Domino Directory Document Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateSynchronization Journaling and Mail Routing Databases on the ServerTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Journaling and Server Configuration Server Access Control MechanismsWorkstation Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWorkstation Setup for Additional and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions User Access to the ServerWorkstations Tag Mail Rule Conditions When to Restart the Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsInstallation Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Administration LevelsThe Lotus Domino Administrator or Whitelist Tags Administration Level DetailsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Full Access Administrator LevelServers Quotas Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Administration Process Quota Implementation Options The Domino Web AdministratorComponents of the Administration Process Quota Restrictions Administration Levels and the LotusDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Domino Web Administrator Application Timing and Execution of Administration Inbox Maintenance Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsProcess Requests Inbox Maintenance The Domino Server LogNested Groups Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Notes.ini FileThe Deny List Only Group Type Control Inbox Size Logging Levels Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Server Groups and Replication Auto-populated Groups Archiving Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies DocumentPolicies Archive Policy Documents Replication ControlsPolicy Documents Archive Policy Settings Document Replication Types


Policy Types Archive Criteria Settings Document Methods for Forcing ReplicationSettings Document Types Checklist for Monitoring Mail Pull Push ReplicationPolicy Precedence Rules Types of Misdelivered Mail Multiple Replication HubsStatic and Dynamic Settings Checking Mail Delivery Critical Application SchedulingPolicy Management Tools Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Replication Schedule Criteria Policy Management Development Tools Mail Statistics Mail Routing ComponentsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Message Tracking NNNs Policy Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokePolicy Assignment Methods What is Message Recall? Mail Routing TopologyPolicy Assignment During Registration Message Recall Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingDynamic Policy Assignments Configuring the Message Recall Feature TopologyThe Effect of Multiple Policies Troubleshooting Stages How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeLotus Domino Server Console The Mail Trace Tool TopologyAdministration Tasks Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Opportunistic RoutingMessage Color-Coding on the Server When to Restart the Router Connection Document Mail RoutingConsole Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing OptionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create When to Force Mail Routing Router Types and Connection Documents Databases on the Server Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatServer Access Control Mechanisms Dead Mail for Incoming MailRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Delivery Failure Process Mail Storage Formats User Access to the Server SMTPWhen to Restart the Server SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels line SMTP Best PracticesAdministration Levels Planning Guidelines Internet Mail RoutingAdministration Level Details The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe Full Access Administrator Level Plan Methods for Enabling SMTP Full Access Administrator Best Practices Supported Platforms and System Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Domino Web Administrator Requirements SettingsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus SMTP Settings Web Administrator Application Domino Server Software Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Lotus Domino Server Installation Types SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Domino Server Log Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Notes.ini File Domino Administrator Client Software Message Relay Prevention Logging Levels The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistServer Groups and Replication Basic Configurations FiltersTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document What is Eclipse? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Replication Controls Client Installation Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessReplication Types What is Lotus Expeditor? Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMethods for Forcing Replication Expeditor Component Packaging What Happens When a Host is Found inPull Push Replication Eclipse Update Sites the DNS Whitelist?Multiple Replication Hubs Automated Installation Options for DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsCritical Application Scheduling Eclipse Components Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersReplication Schedule Criteria Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Components Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the the DNS Blacklist?Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between First Server What are Private Whitelist Filters?NNNs The Server Setup Process Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke The Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Topology Replicas of the Domino Directory the Private Whitelist?The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Comparing Domains and Organizations What are Private Blacklist Filters?How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Purposes of Organizational Units Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopology Alternatives to Organizational Units What Happens When a Host is Found inOpportunistic Routing Descendants of the Organization Certifier the Private Blacklist?Connection Document Mail Routing Options Organization Security Order of Whitelist and BlacklistRouter Types and Connection Documents Organization Certifier ID Security PrecedenceTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Authentication Between Organizations How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklistfor Incoming Mail Country Codes Filters Mail Storage Formats Server Audience Types Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPSMTP The Lotus Domino Server Log (E/SMTP) OptionsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrators Group Security Options E/SMTP Settings SMTP Best Practices Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingInternet Mail Routing Workstation When to Set Internet AddressesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Client Configuration Program Internet Address Lookup Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Administrators and Servers An Implementation of SMTP Routing SMTP Settings Access in the Domino Directory Topic 9B: Implementing Message


Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Special Privilege of the DisclaimersSMTP Inbound Controls LocalDomainAdmins Group Message DisclaimersSMTP Outbound Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMessage Relay Prevention Group Lacks ProcessTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Directory Access for Registering Options for Attaching DisclaimersFilters Servers Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server ID File Storage Options SettingsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Messages DNS Whitelist? The Standard Directory Structure Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Central Directory Structure ControlsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Delivery Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Directory Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDNS Blacklist? Server Setup Profiles ControlsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Clearing the Server ID Password Mail Transfer Controls Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Certification Log Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrator Access to Register OU MailboxesPrivate Whitelist? Certifiers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes What are Private Blacklist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server How Mail Rules WorkEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New Mail Rule ActionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Activating a Server Mail Rule Private Blacklist? User Registration Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administrator Access to Register Users Mail JournalingHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The License Tracking Database Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Internet Password Options Journaling and Mail Routing(E/SMTP) Options Internet Password Locking Journaling and Server Configuration E/SMTP Settings ID File Distribution Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses User Registration Text Files Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInternet Address Lookup Options How to Register Users from a Text File Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Changes Whitelist Tags Topic 9B: Implementing Message Domino Directory Document Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDisclaimers Synchronization QuotasMessage Disclaimers Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Quota Implementation OptionsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Workstation Quota Restrictions Process Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Workstations Inbox MaintenanceEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Inbox MaintenanceCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Installation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toSettings The Lotus Domino Administrator Control Inbox Size Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10F: Archiving MailMessages Servers ArchivingTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Administration Process Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesControls Components of the Administration Archive Policy DocumentsDelivery Controls Process Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Database Tools in Domino Administrator Archive Criteria Settings Document Controls Timing and Execution of Administration Checklist for Monitoring MailMail Transfer Controls Process Requests Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Nested Groups Checking Mail Delivery Mailboxes The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Precedence in Database Access Mail Statistics How Mail Rules Work Auto-populated Groups Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMail Rule Actions Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Message Tracking Activating a Server Mail Rule Policy Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Policies What is Message Recall?Mail Journaling Policy Documents Message Recall OptionsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy Types Configuring the Message Recall Feature Journaling and Mail Routing Settings Document Types Troubleshooting StagesJournaling and Server Configuration Policy Precedence Rules The Mail Trace Tool Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Tools When to Restart the Router Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Development Tools Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingField Names Associated with Tags Use of an Organizational Policy When to Force Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and


Whitelist Tags Explicit Policy Dead MailTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Policy Assignment Methods The Delivery Failure ProcessQuotas Policy Assignment During RegistrationQuota Implementation Options Dynamic Policy AssignmentsQuota Restrictions The Effect of Multiple Policies lineTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Lotus Domino Server Console Planning GuidelinesMaintenance Administration Tasks The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentInbox Maintenance Message Color-Coding on the Server PlanUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Console Supported Platforms and SystemControl Inbox Size Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Requirements Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Databases on the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoArchiving Server Access Control Mechanisms Server SoftwareBenefits of Archiving and Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Archive Policy Documents Access Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoArchive Policy Settings Document User Access to the Server Administrator Client SoftwareArchive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Server The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Basic ConfigurationsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Administration Levels What is Eclipse?Checking Mail Delivery Administration Level Details Client Installation TypesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Full Access Administrator Level What is Lotus Expeditor?Mail Statistics Full Access Administrator Best Practices Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Domino Web Administrator Eclipse Update SitesMessage Tracking Administration Levels and the Lotus Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Web Administrator Application ComponentsWhat is Message Recall? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Message Recall Options The Domino Server Log Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theConfiguring the Message Recall Feature The Notes.ini File First ServerTroubleshooting Stages Logging Levels The Server Setup ProcessThe Mail Trace Tool Server Groups and Replication The Domino DirectoryTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Replicas of the Domino DirectoryWhen to Restart the Router Document Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication Controls Purposes of Organizational UnitsWhen to Force Mail Routing Replication Types Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Methods for Forcing Replication Descendants of the Organization CertifierMail Pull Push Replication Organization SecurityThe Delivery Failure Process Multiple Replication Hubs Organization Certifier ID Security

Critical Application Scheduling Authentication Between OrganizationsReplication Schedule Criteria Country Codes

line Mail Routing Components Server Audience TypesPlanning Guidelines Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Between NNNs Administrators Group Security Options Plan Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSupported Platforms and System Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology WorkstationRequirements The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The Client Configuration Program Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topology Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toServer Software How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators and ServersLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topology Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Opportunistic Routing The Special Privilege of theAdministrator Client Software Connection Document Mail Routing LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupBasic Configurations Router Types and Connection Lacks What is Eclipse? Documents Domino Directory Access for RegisteringClient Installation Types Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage ServersWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Format for Incoming Mail Need for Selecting a Registration ServerExpeditor Component Packaging Mail Storage Formats Server ID File Storage Options Eclipse Update Sites SMTP Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse SMTP Implementation Scenarios Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersComponents SMTP Best Practices The Standard Directory StructureMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Mail Routing The Central Directory StructureTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replicating a Subset of Documents in theFirst Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Domino DirectoryThe Server Setup Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Server Setup ProfilesThe Domino Directory Settings Clearing the Server ID Password Replicas of the Domino Directory SMTP Settings The Certification LogComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Administrator Access to Register OUPurposes of Organizational Units Delivery Certifiers


Alternatives to Organizational Units SMTP Inbound Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server Descendants of the Organization Certifier SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsOrganization Security Message Relay Prevention User Registration OptionsOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administrator Access to Register UsersAuthentication Between Organizations Filters The License Tracking DatabaseCountry Codes What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Internet Password OptionsServer Audience Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Internet Password LockingThe Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters ID File Distribution Options Administrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation the DNS Whitelist? User Registration Text FilesThe Client Configuration Program DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Documentand Servers What Happens When a Host is Found in ChangesAccess in the Domino Directory the DNS Blacklist? Domino Directory DocumentThe Special Privilege of the What are Private Whitelist Filters? Synchronization LocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group What Happens When a Host is Found in WorkstationLacks the Private Whitelist? Workstation Setup for AdditionalDomino Directory Access for Registering What are Private Blacklist Filters? Workstations Servers Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found in InstallationServer ID File Storage Options the Private Blacklist? The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Precedence ServersThe Standard Directory Structure How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Administration ProcessThe Central Directory Structure Filters Components of the Administration ProcessReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Database Tools in Domino AdministratorDomino Directory (E/SMTP) Options Timing and Execution of AdministrationServer Setup Profiles E/SMTP Settings Process Requests Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Nested GroupsThe Certification Log Addressing The Deny List Only Group TypeAdministrator Access to Register OU When to Set Internet Addresses Group Precedence in Database AccessCertifiers Internet Address Lookup Options Auto-populated Groups Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators An Implementation of SMTP Routing PolicyUser Registration Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message PoliciesAdministrator Access to Register Users Disclaimers Policy DocumentsThe License Tracking Database Message Disclaimers Policy TypesInternet Password Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation Settings Document TypesInternet Password Locking Process Policy Precedence RulesID File Distribution Options Options for Attaching Disclaimers Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Management ToolsUser Registration Text Files Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy Management Development ToolsHow to Register Users from a Text File Settings Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anChanges Messages Explicit PolicyDomino Directory Document Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policy Assignment MethodsSynchronization Controls Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Delivery Controls Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWorkstation Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Effect of Multiple Policies Workstation Setup for Additional Controls Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWorkstations Mail Transfer Controls Administration TasksTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Message Color-Coding on the ServerInstallation Mailboxes Console The Lotus Domino Administrator Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Rules Work Databases on the ServerServers Mail Rule Actions Server Access Control MechanismsThe Administration Process Activating a Server Mail Rule Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessComponents of the Administration Process Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling User Access to the ServerDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Mail Journaling When to Restart the Server Timing and Execution of Administration Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsProcess Requests Journaling and Mail Routing Administration LevelsNested Groups Journaling and Server Configuration Administration Level DetailsThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Full Access Administrator LevelGroup Precedence in Database Access and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Full Access Administrator Best PracticesAuto-populated Groups Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Domino Web Administrator


Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Field Names Associated with Tags Administration Levels and the LotusPolicies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Domino Web Administrator Application Policy Documents or Whitelist Tags Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPolicy Types Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Domino Server LogSettings Document Types Quotas The Notes.ini FilePolicy Precedence Rules Quota Implementation Options Logging Levels Static and Dynamic Settings Quota Restrictions Server Groups and Replication Policy Management Tools Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionPolicy Management Development Tools Inbox Maintenance DocumentUse of an Organizational Policy Inbox Maintenance Replication ControlsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Replication TypesPolicy Control Inbox Size Methods for Forcing ReplicationPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Pull Push ReplicationPolicy Assignment During Registration Archiving Multiple Replication HubsDynamic Policy Assignments Benefits of Archiving and Policies Critical Application SchedulingThe Effect of Multiple Policies Archive Policy Documents Replication Schedule Criteria Lotus Domino Server Console Archive Policy Settings Document Mail Routing ComponentsAdministration Tasks Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMessage Color-Coding on the Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail NNNs Console Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Checking Mail Delivery Mail Routing TopologyDatabases on the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingServer Access Control Mechanisms Mail Statistics TopologyRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeUser Access to the Server Message Tracking TopologyWhen to Restart the Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Opportunistic RoutingTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What is Message Recall? Connection Document Mail RoutingAdministration Levels Message Recall Options OptionsAdministration Level Details Configuring the Message Recall Feature Router Types and Connection Documents The Full Access Administrator Level Troubleshooting Stages Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Mail Trace Tool for Incoming MailThe Domino Web Administrator Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail Storage Formats Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino When to Restart the Router SMTPWeb Administrator Application Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels When to Force Mail Routing SMTP Best PracticesThe Domino Server Log Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Internet Mail RoutingThe Notes.ini File Dead Mail The SMTP Listener and Router TasksLogging Levels The Delivery Failure Process Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Groups and Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document SettingsReplication Controls line SMTP Settings Replication Types Planning Guidelines Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMethods for Forcing Replication The Worldwide Corporation Deployment SMTP Inbound ControlsPull Push Replication Plan SMTP Outbound ControlsMultiple Replication Hubs Supported Platforms and System Message Relay Prevention Critical Application Scheduling Requirements Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus FiltersMail Routing Components Domino Server Software What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessNNNs Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Domino Administrator Client Software What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Topology The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and the DNS Whitelist?The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Basic Configurations DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What is Eclipse? Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopology Client Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found inOpportunistic Routing What is Lotus Expeditor? the DNS Blacklist?Connection Document Mail Routing Options Expeditor Component Packaging What are Private Whitelist Filters?Router Types and Connection Documents Eclipse Update Sites Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Automated Installation Options for What Happens When a Host is Found infor Incoming Mail Eclipse Components the Private Whitelist?Mail Storage Formats Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What are Private Blacklist Filters?SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersSMTP Implementation Scenarios First Server What Happens When a Host is Found inSMTP Best Practices The Server Setup Process the Private Blacklist?Internet Mail Routing The Domino Directory Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replicas of the Domino Directory Precedence


Methods for Enabling SMTP Comparing Domains and Organizations How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Purposes of Organizational Units Filters SMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Descendants of the Organization Certifier (E/SMTP) OptionsSMTP Inbound Controls Organization Security E/SMTP Settings SMTP Outbound Controls Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMessage Relay Prevention Authentication Between Organizations When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Country Codes Internet Address Lookup Options Filters Server Audience Types Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Server Log An Implementation of SMTP Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administrators Group Security Options Topic 9B: Implementing MessageEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the First DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Message DisclaimersDNS Whitelist? The Client Configuration Program The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to ProcessEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administrators and Servers Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Access in the Domino Directory Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDNS Blacklist? The Special Privilege of the Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? LocalDomainAdmins Group SettingsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Group Lacks Messages Private Whitelist? Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Servers ControlsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Delivery Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in the Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferPrivate Blacklist? Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting ControlsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Transfer Controls How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Standard Directory Structure Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Central Directory Structure Mailboxes(E/SMTP) Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes E/SMTP Settings Domino Directory How Mail Rules WorkTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Server Setup Profiles Mail Rule ActionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Clearing the Server ID Password Activating a Server Mail Rule Internet Address Lookup Options The Certification Log Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrator Access to Register OU Mail JournalingAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Certifiers Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail RoutingDisclaimers Topic 3B: Registering New Journaling and Server Configuration Message Disclaimers Administrators Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Message Disclaimer Implementation User Registration Options Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsProcess Administrator Access to Register Users Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The License Tracking Database Field Names Associated with TagsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Internet Password Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Internet Password Locking Whitelist Tags Settings ID File Distribution Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File QuotasMessages User Registration Text Files Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How to Register Users from a Text File Quota Restrictions Controls Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withDelivery Controls Changes Inbox MaintenanceTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Directory Document Inbox MaintenanceControls Synchronization Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMail Transfer Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Control Inbox Size Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Workstation Topic 10F: Archiving MailMailboxes Workstation Setup for Additional ArchivingBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstations Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesHow Mail Rules Work Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Archive Policy DocumentsMail Rule Actions Domino Installation Archive Policy Settings DocumentActivating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Administrator Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Checklist for Monitoring MailMail Journaling Servers Types of Misdelivered MailJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Administration Process Checking Mail Delivery Journaling and Mail Routing Components of the Administration Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsJournaling and Server Configuration Process Mail Statistics Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Timing and Execution of Administration Message Tracking


Tag Mail Rule Conditions Process Requests Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallField Names Associated with Tags Nested Groups What is Message Recall?Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Deny List Only Group Type Message Recall OptionsWhitelist Tags Group Precedence in Database Access Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Auto-populated Groups Troubleshooting StagesQuotas Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Mail Trace Tool Quota Implementation Options Policy Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterQuota Restrictions Policies When to Restart the Router Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Policy Documents Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMaintenance Policy Types When to Force Mail Routing Inbox Maintenance Settings Document Types Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Precedence Rules Dead MailControl Inbox Size Static and Dynamic Settings The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Management ToolsArchiving Policy Management Development ToolsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Use of an Organizational Policy lineArchive Policy Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Planning GuidelinesArchive Policy Settings Document Explicit Policy The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentArchive Criteria Settings Document Policy Assignment Methods PlanChecklist for Monitoring Mail Policy Assignment During Registration Supported Platforms and SystemTypes of Misdelivered Mail Dynamic Policy Assignments Requirements Checking Mail Delivery The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Lotus Domino Server Console Server SoftwareMail Statistics Administration Tasks Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Tracking Console Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhat is Message Recall? Databases on the Server Basic ConfigurationsMessage Recall Options Server Access Control Mechanisms What is Eclipse?Configuring the Message Recall Feature Restrictions for Authorizing Server Client Installation TypesTroubleshooting Stages Access What is Lotus Expeditor?The Mail Trace Tool User Access to the Server Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router When to Restart the Server Eclipse Update SitesWhen to Restart the Router Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administration Levels ComponentsWhen to Force Mail Routing Administration Level Details Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMail Full Access Administrator Best Practices First ServerThe Delivery Failure Process The Domino Web Administrator The Server Setup Process

Administration Levels and the Lotus The Domino DirectoryDomino Web Administrator Application Replicas of the Domino Directory

line Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPlanning Guidelines The Domino Server Log Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Notes.ini File Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPlan Logging Levels Descendants of the Organization CertifierSupported Platforms and System Server Groups and Replication Organization SecurityRequirements Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Document Authentication Between OrganizationsServer Software Replication Controls Country CodesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Replication Types Server Audience TypesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Methods for Forcing Replication The Lotus Domino Server LogAdministrator Client Software Pull Push Replication Administrators Group Security Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstBasic Configurations Critical Application Scheduling WorkstationWhat is Eclipse? Replication Schedule Criteria The Client Configuration Program Client Installation Types Mail Routing Components Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Routing Behavior Within and Administrators and ServersExpeditor Component Packaging Between NNNs Access in the Domino DirectoryEclipse Update Sites Topic 7B: Implementing a The Special Privilege of theAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology LocalDomainAdmins GroupComponents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topology Lacks Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Domino Directory Access for RegisteringFirst Server Topology ServersThe Server Setup Process Opportunistic Routing Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Domino Directory Connection Document Mail Routing Server ID File Storage Options


Replicas of the Domino Directory Options Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingComparing Domains and Organizations Router Types and Connection Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPurposes of Organizational Units Documents The Standard Directory StructureAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Central Directory StructureDescendants of the Organization Certifier Format for Incoming Mail Replicating a Subset of Documents in theOrganization Security Mail Storage Formats Domino DirectoryOrganization Certifier ID Security SMTP Server Setup ProfilesAuthentication Between Organizations SMTP Implementation Scenarios Clearing the Server ID Password Country Codes SMTP Best Practices The Certification LogServer Audience Types Internet Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register OUThe Lotus Domino Server Log The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks CertifiersAdministrators Group Security Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Client Configuration Program Settings User Registration OptionsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators SMTP Settings Administrator Access to Register Usersand Servers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail The License Tracking DatabaseAccess in the Domino Directory Delivery Internet Password OptionsThe Special Privilege of the SMTP Inbound Controls Internet Password LockingLocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Outbound Controls ID File Distribution Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Message Relay Prevention Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileLacks Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist User Registration Text FilesDomino Directory Access for Registering Filters How to Register Users from a Text File Servers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process ChangesServer ID File Storage Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Domino Directory DocumentTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found in Synchronization Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the DNS Whitelist? Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorThe Standard Directory Structure DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics WorkstationThe Central Directory Structure Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Workstation Setup for AdditionalReplicating a Subset of Documents in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Workstations Domino Directory the DNS Blacklist? Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServer Setup Profiles What are Private Whitelist Filters? InstallationClearing the Server ID Password Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Lotus Domino Administrator The Certification Log What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAdministrator Access to Register OU the Private Whitelist? ServersCertifiers What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Administration ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators What Happens When a Host is Found in Database Tools in Domino AdministratorUser Registration Options the Private Blacklist? Timing and Execution of AdministrationAdministrator Access to Register Users Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Process Requests The License Tracking Database Precedence Nested GroupsInternet Password Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Deny List Only Group TypeInternet Password Locking Filters Group Precedence in Database AccessID File Distribution Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Auto-populated Groups Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File (E/SMTP) Options Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalUser Registration Text Files E/SMTP Settings PolicyHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8F: Configuring Internet PoliciesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Addressing Policy DocumentsChanges When to Set Internet Addresses Policy TypesDomino Directory Document Internet Address Lookup Options Settings Document TypesSynchronization Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Policy Precedence RulesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator An Implementation of SMTP Routing Static and Dynamic SettingsWorkstation Topic 9B: Implementing Message Policy Management ToolsWorkstation Setup for Additional Disclaimers Policy Management Development ToolsWorkstations Message Disclaimers Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anInstallation Process Explicit PolicyThe Lotus Domino Administrator Options for Attaching Disclaimers Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Assignment During RegistrationServers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Administration Process Settings The Effect of Multiple Policies Components of the Administration Process Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Messages Administration TasksTiming and Execution of Administration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Message Color-Coding on the ServerProcess Requests Controls Console Nested Groups Delivery Controls Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create


The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Databases on the ServerGroup Precedence in Database Access Controls Server Access Control MechanismsAuto-populated Groups Mail Transfer Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server User Access to the ServerPolicies Mailboxes When to Restart the Server Policy Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPolicy Types How Mail Rules Work Administration LevelsSettings Document Types Mail Rule Actions Administration Level DetailsPolicy Precedence Rules Activating a Server Mail Rule The Full Access Administrator LevelStatic and Dynamic Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPolicy Management Tools Mail Journaling The Domino Web AdministratorPolicy Management Development Tools Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administration Levels and the LotusUse of an Organizational Policy Journaling and Mail Routing Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPolicy Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Domino Server LogPolicy Assignment Methods and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Notes.ini FilePolicy Assignment During Registration Tag Mail Rule Conditions Logging Levels Dynamic Policy Assignments Field Names Associated with Tags Server Groups and Replication The Effect of Multiple Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionLotus Domino Server Console or Whitelist Tags DocumentAdministration Tasks Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Replication ControlsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Quotas Replication TypesConsole Quota Implementation Options Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Quota Restrictions Pull Push ReplicationDatabases on the Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Multiple Replication HubsServer Access Control Mechanisms Inbox Maintenance Critical Application SchedulingRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Inbox Maintenance Replication Schedule Criteria User Access to the Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Mail Routing ComponentsWhen to Restart the Server Control Inbox Size Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 10F: Archiving Mail NNNs Administration Levels Archiving Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeAdministration Level Details Benefits of Archiving and Policies Mail Routing TopologyThe Full Access Administrator Level Archive Policy Documents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingFull Access Administrator Best Practices Archive Policy Settings Document TopologyThe Domino Web Administrator Archive Criteria Settings Document How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Checklist for Monitoring Mail TopologyWeb Administrator Application Types of Misdelivered Mail Opportunistic RoutingTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Checking Mail Delivery Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Domino Server Log Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics OptionsThe Notes.ini File Mail Statistics Router Types and Connection Documents Logging Levels Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatServer Groups and Replication Message Tracking for Incoming MailTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Mail Storage Formats Replication Controls What is Message Recall? SMTPReplication Types Message Recall Options SMTP Implementation ScenariosMethods for Forcing Replication Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Best PracticesPull Push Replication Troubleshooting Stages Internet Mail RoutingMultiple Replication Hubs The Mail Trace Tool The SMTP Listener and Router TasksCritical Application Scheduling Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Methods for Enabling SMTP Replication Schedule Criteria When to Restart the Router Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Routing Components Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing SettingsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between When to Force Mail Routing SMTP Settings NNNs Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Dead Mail SMTP Inbound ControlsMail Routing Topology The Delivery Failure Process SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Message Relay Prevention How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Lesson 6: Synchronizing IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopology System Databases FiltersOpportunistic Routing line What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Connection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 6A: Creating Server Groups for The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessRouter Types and Connection Documents Replication Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Server Databases to Replicate What Happens When a Host is Found infor Incoming Mail the DNS Whitelist?Mail Storage Formats DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsSMTP line Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersSMTP Implementation Scenarios Planning Guidelines What Happens When a Host is Found in


SMTP Best Practices The Worldwide Corporation Deployment the DNS Blacklist?Internet Mail Routing Plan What are Private Whitelist Filters?The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Supported Platforms and System Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMethods for Enabling SMTP Requirements What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus the Private Whitelist?SMTP Settings Domino Server Software What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus What Happens When a Host is Found inSMTP Outbound Controls Domino Administrator Client Software the Private Blacklist?Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Basic Configurations PrecedenceFilters What is Eclipse? How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Client Installation Types Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Expeditor Component Packaging (E/SMTP) OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Eclipse Update Sites E/SMTP Settings DNS Whitelist? Automated Installation Options for Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Eclipse Components When to Set Internet AddressesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Address Lookup Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDNS Blacklist? First Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Server Setup Process Topic 9B: Implementing MessageEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Domino Directory DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Replicas of the Domino Directory Message DisclaimersPrivate Whitelist? Comparing Domains and Organizations The Message Disclaimer ImplementationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Purposes of Organizational Units ProcessEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Alternatives to Organizational Units Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Descendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Server Message DisclaimersPrivate Blacklist? Organization Security Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Organization Certifier ID Security SettingsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Authentication Between Organizations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Country Codes Messages (E/SMTP) Options Server Audience Types Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryE/SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Server Log ControlsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administrators Group Security Options Delivery Controls When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferInternet Address Lookup Options Workstation ControlsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The Client Configuration Program Mail Transfer Controls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 9B: Implementing Message Administrators and Servers MailboxesDisclaimers Access in the Domino Directory Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Disclaimers The Special Privilege of the How Mail Rules WorkThe Message Disclaimer Implementation LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Rule ActionsProcess Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Activating a Server Mail Rule Options for Attaching Disclaimers Group Lacks Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Domino Directory Access for Registering Mail JournalingCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Servers Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsSettings Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail RoutingUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Server ID File Storage Options Journaling and Server Configuration Messages Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsControls The Standard Directory Structure Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDelivery Controls The Central Directory Structure Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orControls Domino Directory Whitelist Tags Mail Transfer Controls Server Setup Profiles Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Clearing the Server ID Password QuotasMailboxes The Certification Log Quota Implementation OptionsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Administrator Access to Register OU Quota Restrictions How Mail Rules Work Certifiers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMail Rule Actions Need for Selecting a Registration Server Inbox MaintenanceActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3B: Registering New Inbox MaintenanceTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMail Journaling User Registration Options Control Inbox Size Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 10F: Archiving MailJournaling and Mail Routing The License Tracking Database Archiving


Journaling and Server Configuration Internet Password Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Internet Password Locking Archive Policy DocumentsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions ID File Distribution Options Archive Policy Settings DocumentTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Archive Criteria Settings Document Field Names Associated with Tags User Registration Text Files Checklist for Monitoring MailOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or How to Register Users from a Text File Types of Misdelivered MailWhitelist Tags Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Changes Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsQuotas Domino Directory Document Mail Statistics Quota Implementation Options Synchronization Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingQuota Restrictions Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Tracking Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Workstation Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMaintenance Workstation Setup for Additional What is Message Recall?Inbox Maintenance Workstations Message Recall OptionsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Configuring the Message Recall Feature Control Inbox Size Domino Installation Troubleshooting StagesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail The Lotus Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Archiving Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterBenefits of Archiving and Policies Servers When to Restart the Router Archive Policy Documents The Administration Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingArchive Policy Settings Document Components of the Administration When to Force Mail Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Process Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andChecklist for Monitoring Mail Database Tools in Domino Administrator Dead MailTypes of Misdelivered Mail Timing and Execution of Administration The Delivery Failure ProcessChecking Mail Delivery Process Requests Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Nested GroupsMail Statistics The Deny List Only Group Type lineTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Group Precedence in Database Access Planning GuidelinesMessage Tracking Auto-populated Groups The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational PlanWhat is Message Recall? Policy Supported Platforms and SystemMessage Recall Options Policies Requirements Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Documents Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTroubleshooting Stages Policy Types Server SoftwareThe Mail Trace Tool Settings Document Types Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Policy Precedence Rules Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhen to Restart the Router Static and Dynamic Settings Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy Management Tools The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhen to Force Mail Routing Policy Management Development Tools Basic ConfigurationsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Use of an Organizational Policy What is Eclipse?Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Client Installation TypesThe Delivery Failure Process Explicit Policy What is Lotus Expeditor?

Policy Assignment Methods Expeditor Component PackagingPolicy Assignment During Registration Eclipse Update Sites

line Dynamic Policy Assignments Automated Installation Options for EclipsePlanning Guidelines The Effect of Multiple Policies ComponentsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Lotus Domino Server Console Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Plan Administration Tasks Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSupported Platforms and System Message Color-Coding on the Server First ServerRequirements Console The Server Setup ProcessTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Domino DirectoryServer Software Databases on the Server Replicas of the Domino DirectoryLotus Domino Server Installation Types Server Access Control Mechanisms Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Restrictions for Authorizing Server Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministrator Client Software Access Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Access to the Server Descendants of the Organization CertifierBasic Configurations When to Restart the Server Organization SecurityWhat is Eclipse? Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Organization Certifier ID SecurityClient Installation Types Administration Levels Authentication Between OrganizationsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Administration Level Details Country CodesExpeditor Component Packaging The Full Access Administrator Level Server Audience TypesEclipse Update Sites Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Lotus Domino Server LogAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Domino Web Administrator Administrators Group Security Options Components Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Web Administrator Application WorkstationTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Client Configuration Program


First Server The Domino Server Log Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Server Setup Process The Notes.ini File Administrators and ServersThe Domino Directory Logging Levels Access in the Domino DirectoryReplicas of the Domino Directory Server Groups and Replication The Special Privilege of theComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 6B: Creating a Connection LocalDomainAdmins GroupPurposes of Organizational Units Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupAlternatives to Organizational Units Replication Controls Lacks Descendants of the Organization Certifier Replication Types Domino Directory Access for RegisteringOrganization Security Methods for Forcing Replication ServersOrganization Certifier ID Security Pull Push Replication Need for Selecting a Registration ServerAuthentication Between Organizations Multiple Replication Hubs Server ID File Storage Options Country Codes Critical Application Scheduling Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingServer Audience Types Replication Schedule Criteria Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Lotus Domino Server Log Mail Routing Components The Standard Directory StructureAdministrators Group Security Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Central Directory StructureTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Between NNNs Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Client Configuration Program Topic 7B: Implementing a Domino DirectoryTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Server Setup Profilesand Servers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Access in the Domino Directory Topology The Certification LogThe Special Privilege of the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrator Access to Register OULocalDomainAdmins Group Topology CertifiersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Opportunistic Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Lacks Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsDomino Directory Access for Registering Options User Registration OptionsServers Router Types and Connection Administrator Access to Register UsersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Documents The License Tracking DatabaseServer ID File Storage Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Internet Password OptionsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Format for Incoming Mail Internet Password LockingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Storage Formats ID File Distribution Options The Standard Directory Structure SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Central Directory Structure SMTP Implementation Scenarios User Registration Text FilesReplicating a Subset of Documents in the SMTP Best Practices How to Register Users from a Text File Domino Directory Internet Mail Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServer Setup Profiles The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks ChangesClearing the Server ID Password Methods for Enabling SMTP Domino Directory DocumentThe Certification Log Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Synchronization Administrator Access to Register OU Settings Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorCertifiers SMTP Settings WorkstationNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Delivery Workstations User Registration Options SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoAdministrator Access to Register Users SMTP Outbound Controls InstallationThe License Tracking Database Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Password Options Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleInternet Password Locking Filters ServersID File Distribution Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Administration ProcessTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Components of the Administration ProcessUser Registration Text Files Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow to Register Users from a Text File What Happens When a Host is Found in Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document the DNS Whitelist? Process Requests Changes DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Nested GroupsDomino Directory Document Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Deny List Only Group TypeSynchronization What Happens When a Host is Found in Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator the DNS Blacklist? Auto-populated Groups Workstation What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWorkstation Setup for Additional Enabling Private Whitelist Filters PolicyWorkstations What Happens When a Host is Found in PoliciesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino the Private Whitelist? Policy DocumentsInstallation What are Private Blacklist Filters? Policy TypesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Settings Document TypesTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Precedence RulesServers the Private Blacklist? Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Administration Process Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Management ToolsComponents of the Administration Process Precedence Policy Management Development ToolsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Use of an Organizational Policy


Timing and Execution of Administration Filters Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anProcess Requests Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Explicit PolicyNested Groups (E/SMTP) Options Policy Assignment MethodsThe Deny List Only Group Type E/SMTP Settings Policy Assignment During RegistrationGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Dynamic Policy AssignmentsAuto-populated Groups Addressing The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy When to Set Internet Addresses Lotus Domino Server ConsolePolicies Internet Address Lookup Options Administration TasksPolicy Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Color-Coding on the ServerPolicy Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing Console Settings Document Types Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreatePolicy Precedence Rules Disclaimers Databases on the ServerStatic and Dynamic Settings Message Disclaimers Server Access Control MechanismsPolicy Management Tools The Message Disclaimer Implementation Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessPolicy Management Development Tools Process User Access to the ServerUse of an Organizational Policy Options for Attaching Disclaimers When to Restart the Server Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPolicy Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Administration LevelsPolicy Assignment Methods Settings Administration Level DetailsPolicy Assignment During Registration Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Full Access Administrator LevelDynamic Policy Assignments Messages Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Domino Web AdministratorLotus Domino Server Console Controls Administration Levels and the LotusAdministration Tasks Delivery Controls Domino Web Administrator Application Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsConsole Controls The Domino Server LogTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Transfer Controls The Notes.ini FileDatabases on the Server Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Logging Levels Server Access Control Mechanisms Mailboxes Server Groups and Replication Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionUser Access to the Server How Mail Rules Work DocumentWhen to Restart the Server Mail Rule Actions Replication ControlsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Activating a Server Mail Rule Replication TypesAdministration Levels Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Methods for Forcing ReplicationAdministration Level Details Mail Journaling Pull Push ReplicationThe Full Access Administrator Level Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Multiple Replication HubsFull Access Administrator Best Practices Journaling and Mail Routing Critical Application SchedulingThe Domino Web Administrator Journaling and Server Configuration Replication Schedule Criteria Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Mail Routing ComponentsWeb Administrator Application and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Tag Mail Rule Conditions NNNs The Domino Server Log Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Notes.ini File Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Mail Routing TopologyLogging Levels or Whitelist Tags The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingServer Groups and Replication Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas TopologyTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Quotas How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeReplication Controls Quota Implementation Options TopologyReplication Types Quota Restrictions Opportunistic RoutingMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Connection Document Mail RoutingPull Push Replication Inbox Maintenance OptionsMultiple Replication Hubs Inbox Maintenance Router Types and Connection Documents Critical Application Scheduling Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatReplication Schedule Criteria Control Inbox Size for Incoming MailMail Routing Components Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Storage Formats Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Archiving SMTPNNNs Benefits of Archiving and Policies SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Archive Policy Documents SMTP Best PracticesMail Routing Topology Archive Policy Settings Document Internet Mail RoutingThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Archive Criteria Settings Document The SMTP Listener and Router TasksHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Checklist for Monitoring Mail Methods for Enabling SMTP Topology Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPOpportunistic Routing Checking Mail Delivery SettingsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SMTP Settings Router Types and Connection Documents Mail Statistics Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking SMTP Inbound Controlsfor Incoming Mail Message Tracking SMTP Outbound Controls


Mail Storage Formats Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Message Relay Prevention SMTP What is Message Recall? Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSMTP Implementation Scenarios Message Recall Options FiltersSMTP Best Practices Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Internet Mail Routing Troubleshooting Stages The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Mail Trace Tool Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings When to Restart the Router the DNS Whitelist?SMTP Settings Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery When to Force Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What Happens When a Host is Found inSMTP Outbound Controls Dead Mail the DNS Blacklist?Message Relay Prevention The Delivery Failure Process What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersFilters What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? line the Private Whitelist?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Planning Guidelines What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Plan What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Whitelist? Supported Platforms and System the Private Blacklist?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Requirements Order of Whitelist and BlacklistEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus PrecedenceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Server Software How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDNS Blacklist? Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Filters What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Domino Administrator Client Software (E/SMTP) OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and E/SMTP Settings Private Whitelist? Basic Configurations Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? What is Eclipse? When to Set Internet AddressesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Client Installation Types Internet Address Lookup Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPPrivate Blacklist? Expeditor Component Packaging An Implementation of SMTP Routing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Eclipse Update Sites Topic 9B: Implementing MessageHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Automated Installation Options for DisclaimersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Eclipse Components Message Disclaimers(E/SMTP) Options Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Message Disclaimer ImplementationE/SMTP Settings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the ProcessTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing First Server Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Server Setup Process Enabling Server Message DisclaimersInternet Address Lookup Options The Domino Directory Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Replicas of the Domino Directory SettingsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Comparing Domains and Organizations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 9B: Implementing Message Purposes of Organizational Units Messages Disclaimers Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryMessage Disclaimers Descendants of the Organization Certifier ControlsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Organization Security Delivery Controls Process Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Authentication Between Organizations ControlsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Country Codes Mail Transfer Controls Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Audience Types Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerSettings The Lotus Domino Server Log MailboxesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrators Group Security Options Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Messages Topic 1E: Configuring the First How Mail Rules WorkTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Workstation Mail Rule ActionsControls The Client Configuration Program Activating a Server Mail Rule Delivery Controls Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Administrators and Servers Mail JournalingControls Access in the Domino Directory Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMail Transfer Controls The Special Privilege of the Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server LocalDomainAdmins Group Journaling and Server Configuration Mailboxes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Lacks Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsHow Mail Rules Work Domino Directory Access for Registering Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMail Rule Actions Servers Field Names Associated with TagsActivating a Server Mail Rule Need for Selecting a Registration Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Server ID File Storage Options Whitelist Tags


Mail Journaling Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers QuotasJournaling and Mail Routing The Standard Directory Structure Quota Implementation OptionsJournaling and Server Configuration The Central Directory Structure Quota Restrictions Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Domino Directory Inbox MaintenanceTag Mail Rule Conditions Server Setup Profiles Inbox MaintenanceField Names Associated with Tags Clearing the Server ID Password Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Certification Log Control Inbox Size Whitelist Tags Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Certifiers ArchivingQuotas Need for Selecting a Registration Server Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesQuota Implementation Options Topic 3B: Registering New Archive Policy DocumentsQuota Restrictions Administrators Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox User Registration Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Maintenance Administrator Access to Register Users Checklist for Monitoring MailInbox Maintenance The License Tracking Database Types of Misdelivered MailUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Password Options Checking Mail Delivery Control Inbox Size Internet Password Locking Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail ID File Distribution Options Mail Statistics Archiving Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingBenefits of Archiving and Policies User Registration Text Files Message Tracking Archive Policy Documents How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document What is Message Recall?Archive Criteria Settings Document Changes Message Recall OptionsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Directory Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Types of Misdelivered Mail Synchronization Troubleshooting StagesChecking Mail Delivery Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Workstation Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMail Statistics Workstation Setup for Additional When to Restart the Router Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Workstations Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMessage Tracking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus When to Force Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Installation Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWhat is Message Recall? The Lotus Domino Administrator Dead MailMessage Recall Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Delivery Failure ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature ServersTroubleshooting Stages The Administration ProcessThe Mail Trace Tool Components of the Administration lineTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Process Planning GuidelinesWhen to Restart the Router Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Timing and Execution of Administration PlanWhen to Force Mail Routing Process Requests Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Nested Groups Requirements Mail The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Delivery Failure Process Group Precedence in Database Access Server Software

Auto-populated Groups Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino

line Policy Administrator Client SoftwarePlanning Guidelines Policies The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Policy Documents Basic ConfigurationsPlan Policy Types What is Eclipse?Supported Platforms and System Settings Document Types Client Installation TypesRequirements Policy Precedence Rules What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Static and Dynamic Settings Expeditor Component PackagingServer Software Policy Management Tools Eclipse Update SitesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Management Development Tools Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Use of an Organizational Policy ComponentsAdministrator Client Software Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Explicit Policy Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theBasic Configurations Policy Assignment Methods First ServerWhat is Eclipse? Policy Assignment During Registration The Server Setup ProcessClient Installation Types Dynamic Policy Assignments The Domino DirectoryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Effect of Multiple Policies Replicas of the Domino DirectoryExpeditor Component Packaging Lotus Domino Server Console Comparing Domains and OrganizationsEclipse Update Sites Administration Tasks Purposes of Organizational UnitsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Message Color-Coding on the Server Alternatives to Organizational Units


Components Console Descendants of the Organization CertifierMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Organization SecurityTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Databases on the Server Organization Certifier ID SecurityFirst Server Server Access Control Mechanisms Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Server Setup Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server Country CodesThe Domino Directory Access Server Audience TypesReplicas of the Domino Directory User Access to the Server The Lotus Domino Server LogComparing Domains and Organizations When to Restart the Server Administrators Group Security Options Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAlternatives to Organizational Units Administration Levels WorkstationDescendants of the Organization Certifier Administration Level Details The Client Configuration Program Organization Security The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toOrganization Certifier ID Security Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administrators and ServersAuthentication Between Organizations The Domino Web Administrator Access in the Domino DirectoryCountry Codes Administration Levels and the Lotus The Special Privilege of theServer Audience Types Domino Web Administrator Application LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministrators Group Security Options The Domino Server Log Lacks Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Notes.ini File Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Client Configuration Program Logging Levels ServersTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Server Groups and Replication Need for Selecting a Registration Serverand Servers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Server ID File Storage Options Access in the Domino Directory Document Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Special Privilege of the Replication Controls Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersLocalDomainAdmins Group Replication Types The Standard Directory StructurePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Methods for Forcing Replication The Central Directory StructureLacks Pull Push Replication Replicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino Directory Access for Registering Multiple Replication Hubs Domino DirectoryServers Critical Application Scheduling Server Setup ProfilesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Replication Schedule Criteria Clearing the Server ID Password Server ID File Storage Options Mail Routing Components The Certification LogTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Mail Routing Behavior Within and Administrator Access to Register OUAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Between NNNs CertifiersThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 7B: Implementing a Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Central Directory Structure Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing User Registration OptionsDomino Directory Topology Administrator Access to Register UsersServer Setup Profiles How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The License Tracking DatabaseClearing the Server ID Password Topology Internet Password OptionsThe Certification Log Opportunistic Routing Internet Password LockingAdministrator Access to Register OU Connection Document Mail Routing ID File Distribution Options Certifiers Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Router Types and Connection User Registration Text FilesTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Documents How to Register Users from a Text File User Registration Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentAdministrator Access to Register Users Format for Incoming Mail ChangesThe License Tracking Database Mail Storage Formats Domino Directory DocumentInternet Password Options SMTP Synchronization Internet Password Locking SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorID File Distribution Options SMTP Best Practices WorkstationTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Internet Mail Routing Workstation Setup for AdditionalUser Registration Text Files The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Workstations How to Register Users from a Text File Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP InstallationChanges Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator Domino Directory Document SMTP Settings Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleSynchronization Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail ServersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Delivery The Administration ProcessWorkstation SMTP Inbound Controls Components of the Administration ProcessWorkstation Setup for Additional SMTP Outbound Controls Database Tools in Domino AdministratorWorkstations Message Relay Prevention Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Process Requests Installation Filters Nested GroupsThe Lotus Domino Administrator What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Group Precedence in Database AccessServers Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Auto-populated Groups


The Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalComponents of the Administration Process the DNS Whitelist? PolicyDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics PoliciesTiming and Execution of Administration Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy DocumentsProcess Requests What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy TypesNested Groups the DNS Blacklist? Settings Document TypesThe Deny List Only Group Type What are Private Whitelist Filters? Policy Precedence RulesGroup Precedence in Database Access Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Static and Dynamic SettingsAuto-populated Groups What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Management ToolsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy the Private Whitelist? Policy Management Development ToolsPolicies What are Private Blacklist Filters? Use of an Organizational Policy Policy Documents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Explicit PolicySettings Document Types the Private Blacklist? Policy Assignment MethodsPolicy Precedence Rules Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Assignment During RegistrationStatic and Dynamic Settings Precedence Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPolicy Management Tools How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Management Development Tools Filters Lotus Domino Server ConsoleUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administration TasksTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit (E/SMTP) Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerPolicy E/SMTP Settings Console Policy Assignment Methods Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreatePolicy Assignment During Registration Addressing Databases on the ServerDynamic Policy Assignments When to Set Internet Addresses Server Access Control MechanismsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Internet Address Lookup Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessLotus Domino Server Console Topic 8G: Testing SMTP User Access to the ServerAdministration Tasks An Implementation of SMTP Routing When to Restart the Server Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsConsole Disclaimers Administration LevelsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Disclaimers Administration Level DetailsDatabases on the Server The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Full Access Administrator LevelServer Access Control Mechanisms Process Full Access Administrator Best PracticesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Domino Web AdministratorUser Access to the Server Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Administration Levels and the LotusWhen to Restart the Server Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Settings Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsAdministration Levels Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Domino Server LogAdministration Level Details Messages The Notes.ini FileThe Full Access Administrator Level Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Logging Levels Full Access Administrator Best Practices Controls Server Groups and Replication The Domino Web Administrator Delivery Controls Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer DocumentWeb Administrator Application Controls Replication ControlsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Transfer Controls Replication TypesThe Domino Server Log Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Notes.ini File Mailboxes Pull Push ReplicationLogging Levels Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Multiple Replication HubsServer Groups and Replication How Mail Rules Work Critical Application SchedulingTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Mail Rule Actions Replication Schedule Criteria Replication Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule Mail Routing ComponentsReplication Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMethods for Forcing Replication Mail Journaling NNNs Pull Push Replication Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMultiple Replication Hubs Journaling and Mail Routing Mail Routing TopologyCritical Application Scheduling Journaling and Server Configuration The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag TopologyMail Routing Components and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Tag Mail Rule Conditions TopologyNNNs Field Names Associated with Tags Opportunistic RoutingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Connection Document Mail RoutingMail Routing Topology or Whitelist Tags OptionsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Router Types and Connection Documents How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Quotas Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopology Quota Implementation Options for Incoming MailOpportunistic Routing Quota Restrictions Mail Storage Formats Connection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with SMTP


Router Types and Connection Documents Inbox Maintenance SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Inbox Maintenance SMTP Best Practicesfor Incoming Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Mail RoutingMail Storage Formats Control Inbox Size The SMTP Listener and Router TasksSMTP Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Implementation Scenarios Archiving Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSMTP Best Practices Benefits of Archiving and Policies SettingsInternet Mail Routing Archive Policy Documents SMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMethods for Enabling SMTP Archive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Checklist for Monitoring Mail SMTP Outbound ControlsSMTP Settings Types of Misdelivered Mail Message Relay Prevention Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Checking Mail Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics FiltersSMTP Outbound Controls Mail Statistics What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Message Relay Prevention Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Message Tracking Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersFilters Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What is Message Recall? the DNS Whitelist?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Message Recall Options DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Configuring the Message Recall Feature Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Troubleshooting Stages What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Whitelist? The Mail Trace Tool the DNS Blacklist?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters When to Restart the Router Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Blacklist? When to Force Mail Routing the Private Whitelist?What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Dead Mail Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Delivery Failure Process What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? the Private Blacklist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistEnabling Private Blacklist Filters line PrecedenceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Planning Guidelines How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistPrivate Blacklist? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Filters Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Plan Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Supported Platforms and System (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Requirements E/SMTP Settings (E/SMTP) Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingE/SMTP Settings Domino Server Software When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Address Lookup Options When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8G: Testing SMTPInternet Address Lookup Options Domino Administrator Client Software An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Basic Configurations DisclaimersTopic 9B: Implementing Message What is Eclipse? Message DisclaimersDisclaimers Client Installation Types The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMessage Disclaimers What is Lotus Expeditor? ProcessThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Expeditor Component Packaging Options for Attaching DisclaimersProcess Eclipse Update Sites Enabling Server Message DisclaimersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Automated Installation Options for Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Eclipse Components SettingsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMESettings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Messages Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME First Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryMessages The Server Setup Process ControlsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Domino Directory Delivery Controls Controls Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDelivery Controls Comparing Domains and Organizations ControlsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Purposes of Organizational Units Mail Transfer Controls Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMail Transfer Controls Descendants of the Organization Certifier MailboxesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Organization Security Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Mailboxes Organization Certifier ID Security How Mail Rules WorkBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Authentication Between Organizations Mail Rule ActionsHow Mail Rules Work Country Codes Activating a Server Mail Rule


Mail Rule Actions Server Audience Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingActivating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Server Log Mail JournalingTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administrators Group Security Options Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMail Journaling Topic 1E: Configuring the First Journaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Workstation Journaling and Server Configuration Journaling and Mail Routing The Client Configuration Program Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Administrators and Servers Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Access in the Domino Directory Field Names Associated with TagsTag Mail Rule Conditions The Special Privilege of the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orField Names Associated with Tags LocalDomainAdmins Group Whitelist Tags Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasWhitelist Tags Group Lacks QuotasTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Domino Directory Access for Registering Quota Implementation OptionsQuotas Servers Quota Restrictions Quota Implementation Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withQuota Restrictions Server ID File Storage Options Inbox MaintenanceTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Inbox MaintenanceMaintenance Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toInbox Maintenance The Standard Directory Structure Control Inbox Size Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Central Directory Structure Topic 10F: Archiving MailControl Inbox Size Replicating a Subset of Documents in the ArchivingTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchiving Server Setup Profiles Archive Policy DocumentsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Clearing the Server ID Password Archive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Policy Documents The Certification Log Archive Criteria Settings Document Archive Policy Settings Document Administrator Access to Register OU Checklist for Monitoring MailArchive Criteria Settings Document Certifiers Types of Misdelivered MailChecklist for Monitoring Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Checking Mail Delivery Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsChecking Mail Delivery Administrators Mail Statistics Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics User Registration Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMail Statistics Administrator Access to Register Users Message Tracking Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The License Tracking Database Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMessage Tracking Internet Password Options What is Message Recall?Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Internet Password Locking Message Recall OptionsWhat is Message Recall? ID File Distribution Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Message Recall Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Troubleshooting StagesConfiguring the Message Recall Feature User Registration Text Files The Mail Trace Tool Troubleshooting Stages How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Restart the Router Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Changes Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Restart the Router Domino Directory Document When to Force Mail Routing Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Synchronization Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Dead MailTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Workstation The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Delivery Failure Process Workstations

Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus lineDomino Installation Planning Guidelines

line The Lotus Domino Administrator The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlanning Guidelines Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple PlanThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Servers Supported Platforms and SystemPlan The Administration Process Requirements Supported Platforms and System Components of the Administration Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoRequirements Process Server SoftwareTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Database Tools in Domino Administrator Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Server Software Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoLotus Domino Server Installation Types Process Requests Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Nested Groups The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAdministrator Client Software The Deny List Only Group Type Basic ConfigurationsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Group Precedence in Database Access What is Eclipse?Basic Configurations Auto-populated Groups Client Installation TypesWhat is Eclipse? Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational What is Lotus Expeditor?Client Installation Types Policy Expeditor Component PackagingWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Policies Eclipse Update Sites


Expeditor Component Packaging Policy Documents Automated Installation Options for EclipseEclipse Update Sites Policy Types ComponentsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Settings Document Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Components Policy Precedence Rules Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Static and Dynamic Settings First ServerTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Policy Management Tools The Server Setup ProcessFirst Server Policy Management Development Tools The Domino DirectoryThe Server Setup Process Use of an Organizational Policy Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Domino Directory Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Comparing Domains and OrganizationsReplicas of the Domino Directory Explicit Policy Purposes of Organizational UnitsComparing Domains and Organizations Policy Assignment Methods Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPurposes of Organizational Units Policy Assignment During Registration Descendants of the Organization CertifierAlternatives to Organizational Units Dynamic Policy Assignments Organization SecurityDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Effect of Multiple Policies Organization Certifier ID SecurityOrganization Security Lotus Domino Server Console Authentication Between OrganizationsOrganization Certifier ID Security Administration Tasks Country CodesAuthentication Between Organizations Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Audience TypesCountry Codes Console The Lotus Domino Server LogServer Audience Types Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrators Group Security Options The Lotus Domino Server Log Databases on the Server Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAdministrators Group Security Options Server Access Control Mechanisms WorkstationTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Client Configuration Program The Client Configuration Program Access Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators User Access to the Server Administrators and Serversand Servers When to Restart the Server Access in the Domino DirectoryAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Special Privilege of theThe Special Privilege of the Administration Levels LocalDomainAdmins GroupLocalDomainAdmins Group Administration Level Details Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Full Access Administrator Level Lacks Lacks Full Access Administrator Best Practices Domino Directory Access for RegisteringDomino Directory Access for Registering The Domino Web Administrator ServersServers Administration Levels and the Lotus Need for Selecting a Registration ServerNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Web Administrator Application Server ID File Storage Options Server ID File Storage Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Domino Server Log Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Notes.ini File The Standard Directory StructureThe Standard Directory Structure Logging Levels The Central Directory StructureThe Central Directory Structure Server Groups and Replication Replicating a Subset of Documents in theReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Domino DirectoryDomino Directory Document Server Setup ProfilesServer Setup Profiles Replication Controls Clearing the Server ID Password Clearing the Server ID Password Replication Types The Certification LogThe Certification Log Methods for Forcing Replication Administrator Access to Register OUAdministrator Access to Register OU Pull Push Replication CertifiersCertifiers Multiple Replication Hubs Need for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Critical Application Scheduling Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Replication Schedule Criteria User Registration OptionsUser Registration Options Mail Routing Components Administrator Access to Register UsersAdministrator Access to Register Users Mail Routing Behavior Within and The License Tracking DatabaseThe License Tracking Database Between NNNs Internet Password OptionsInternet Password Options Topic 7B: Implementing a Internet Password LockingInternet Password Locking Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology ID File Distribution Options ID File Distribution Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topology User Registration Text FilesUser Registration Text Files How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke How to Register Users from a Text File How to Register Users from a Text File Topology Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Opportunistic Routing ChangesChanges Connection Document Mail Routing Domino Directory DocumentDomino Directory Document Options Synchronization Synchronization Router Types and Connection Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Documents WorkstationWorkstation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Workstation Setup for AdditionalWorkstation Setup for Additional Format for Incoming Mail Workstations Workstations Mail Storage Formats Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino SMTP InstallationInstallation SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Lotus Domino Administrator


The Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Best Practices Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Internet Mail Routing ServersServers The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Administration ProcessThe Administration Process Methods for Enabling SMTP Components of the Administration ProcessComponents of the Administration Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Database Tools in Domino AdministratorDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Settings Timing and Execution of AdministrationTiming and Execution of Administration SMTP Settings Process Requests Process Requests Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Nested GroupsNested Groups Delivery The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Deny List Only Group Type SMTP Inbound Controls Group Precedence in Database AccessGroup Precedence in Database Access SMTP Outbound Controls Auto-populated Groups Auto-populated Groups Message Relay Prevention Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist PolicyPolicies Filters PoliciesPolicy Documents What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy DocumentsPolicy Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy TypesSettings Document Types Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Settings Document TypesPolicy Precedence Rules What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Precedence RulesStatic and Dynamic Settings the DNS Whitelist? Static and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Management Tools DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Management ToolsPolicy Management Development Tools Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Management Development ToolsUse of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit the DNS Blacklist? Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy What are Private Whitelist Filters? Explicit PolicyPolicy Assignment Methods Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Policy Assignment MethodsPolicy Assignment During Registration What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Assignment During RegistrationDynamic Policy Assignments the Private Whitelist? Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Effect of Multiple Policies What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Effect of Multiple Policies Lotus Domino Server Console Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministration Tasks What Happens When a Host is Found in Administration TasksMessage Color-Coding on the Server the Private Blacklist? Message Color-Coding on the ServerConsole Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Console Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Precedence Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateDatabases on the Server How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Databases on the ServerServer Access Control Mechanisms Filters Server Access Control MechanismsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessUser Access to the Server (E/SMTP) Options User Access to the ServerWhen to Restart the Server E/SMTP Settings When to Restart the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsAdministration Levels Addressing Administration LevelsAdministration Level Details When to Set Internet Addresses Administration Level DetailsThe Full Access Administrator Level Internet Address Lookup Options The Full Access Administrator LevelFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Domino Web Administrator An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Domino Web AdministratorAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 9B: Implementing Message Administration Levels and the LotusWeb Administrator Application Disclaimers Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Message Disclaimers Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Server Log The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini File Process The Notes.ini FileLogging Levels Options for Attaching Disclaimers Logging Levels Server Groups and Replication Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Server Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionReplication Controls Settings DocumentReplication Types Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Replication ControlsMethods for Forcing Replication Messages Replication TypesPull Push Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Methods for Forcing ReplicationMultiple Replication Hubs Controls Pull Push ReplicationCritical Application Scheduling Delivery Controls Multiple Replication HubsReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Critical Application SchedulingMail Routing Components Controls Replication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Mail Transfer Controls Mail Routing ComponentsNNNs Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Mailboxes NNNs Mail Routing Topology Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology How Mail Rules Work Mail Routing TopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Rule Actions The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing


Topology Activating a Server Mail Rule TopologyOpportunistic Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeConnection Document Mail Routing Options Mail Journaling TopologyRouter Types and Connection Documents Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Opportunistic RoutingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Journaling and Mail Routing Connection Document Mail Routingfor Incoming Mail Journaling and Server Configuration OptionsMail Storage Formats Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Router Types and Connection Documents SMTP and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatSMTP Implementation Scenarios Tag Mail Rule Conditions for Incoming MailSMTP Best Practices Field Names Associated with Tags Mail Storage Formats Internet Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist SMTPThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks or Whitelist Tags SMTP Implementation ScenariosMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Best PracticesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Quotas Internet Mail RoutingSMTP Settings Quota Implementation Options The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Quota Restrictions Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSMTP Outbound Controls Inbox Maintenance SettingsMessage Relay Prevention Inbox Maintenance SMTP Settings Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryFilters Control Inbox Size SMTP Inbound ControlsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 10F: Archiving Mail SMTP Outbound ControlsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Archiving Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Archive Policy Documents FiltersDNS Whitelist? Archive Policy Settings Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Archive Criteria Settings Document The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Checklist for Monitoring Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Types of Misdelivered Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Blacklist? Checking Mail Delivery the DNS Whitelist?What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Statistics Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? Message Tracking the DNS Blacklist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist Filters What is Message Recall? Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Recall Options What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Blacklist? Configuring the Message Recall Feature the Private Whitelist?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Troubleshooting Stages What are Private Blacklist Filters?How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Mail Trace Tool Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What Happens When a Host is Found in(E/SMTP) Options When to Restart the Router the Private Blacklist?E/SMTP Settings Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing When to Force Mail Routing PrecedenceWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistInternet Address Lookup Options Dead Mail Filters Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Delivery Failure Process Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 9B: Implementing Message E/SMTP Settings Disclaimers line Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMessage Disclaimers Planning Guidelines When to Set Internet AddressesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Internet Address Lookup Options Process Plan Topic 8G: Testing SMTPOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Supported Platforms and System An Implementation of SMTP Routing Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Requirements Topic 9B: Implementing MessageCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DisclaimersSettings Domino Server Software Message DisclaimersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMessages Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus ProcessTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Domino Administrator Client Software Options for Attaching DisclaimersControls The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDelivery Controls Basic Configurations Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What is Eclipse? SettingsControls Client Installation Types Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMail Transfer Controls What is Lotus Expeditor? Messages Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery


Mailboxes Eclipse Update Sites ControlsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Automated Installation Options for Delivery Controls How Mail Rules Work Eclipse Components Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMail Rule Actions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation ControlsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling First Server Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMail Journaling The Server Setup Process MailboxesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Domino Directory Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Journaling and Mail Routing Replicas of the Domino Directory How Mail Rules WorkJournaling and Server Configuration Comparing Domains and Organizations Mail Rule ActionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Purposes of Organizational Units Activating a Server Mail Rule Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTag Mail Rule Conditions Descendants of the Organization Certifier Mail JournalingField Names Associated with Tags Organization Security Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Organization Certifier ID Security Journaling and Mail RoutingWhitelist Tags Authentication Between Organizations Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Country Codes Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andQuotas Server Audience Types Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsQuota Implementation Options The Lotus Domino Server Log Tag Mail Rule ConditionsQuota Restrictions Administrators Group Security Options Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 1E: Configuring the First Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMaintenance Workstation Whitelist Tags Inbox Maintenance The Client Configuration Program Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to QuotasControl Inbox Size Administrators and Servers Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Access in the Domino Directory Quota Restrictions Archiving The Special Privilege of the Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withBenefits of Archiving and Policies LocalDomainAdmins Group Inbox MaintenanceArchive Policy Documents Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Inbox MaintenanceArchive Policy Settings Document Group Lacks Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toArchive Criteria Settings Document Domino Directory Access for Registering Control Inbox Size Checklist for Monitoring Mail Servers Topic 10F: Archiving MailTypes of Misdelivered Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server ArchivingChecking Mail Delivery Server ID File Storage Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Archive Policy DocumentsMail Statistics Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Standard Directory Structure Archive Criteria Settings Document Message Tracking The Central Directory Structure Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Types of Misdelivered MailWhat is Message Recall? Domino Directory Checking Mail Delivery Message Recall Options Server Setup Profiles Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Clearing the Server ID Password Mail Statistics Troubleshooting Stages The Certification Log Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Mail Trace Tool Administrator Access to Register OU Message Tracking Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Certifiers Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhen to Restart the Router Need for Selecting a Registration Server What is Message Recall?Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 3B: Registering New Message Recall OptionsWhen to Force Mail Routing Administrators Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead User Registration Options Troubleshooting StagesMail Administrator Access to Register Users The Mail Trace Tool The Delivery Failure Process The License Tracking Database Topic 12B: Restarting the Router

Internet Password Options When to Restart the Router Internet Password Locking Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing

line ID File Distribution Options When to Force Mail Routing Planning Guidelines Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment User Registration Text Files Dead MailPlan How to Register Users from a Text File The Delivery Failure ProcessSupported Platforms and System Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentRequirements ChangesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Directory Document lineServer Software Synchronization Planning GuidelinesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Workstation PlanAdministrator Client Software Workstation Setup for Additional Supported Platforms and SystemThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Workstations Requirements Basic Configurations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino


What is Eclipse? Domino Installation Server SoftwareClient Installation Types The Lotus Domino Administrator Lotus Domino Server Installation Types What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoExpeditor Component Packaging Servers Administrator Client SoftwareEclipse Update Sites The Administration Process The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Components of the Administration Basic ConfigurationsComponents Process What is Eclipse?Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Database Tools in Domino Administrator Client Installation TypesTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Timing and Execution of Administration What is Lotus Expeditor?First Server Process Requests Expeditor Component PackagingThe Server Setup Process Nested Groups Eclipse Update SitesThe Domino Directory The Deny List Only Group Type Automated Installation Options for EclipseReplicas of the Domino Directory Group Precedence in Database Access ComponentsComparing Domains and Organizations Auto-populated Groups Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theAlternatives to Organizational Units Policy First ServerDescendants of the Organization Certifier Policies The Server Setup ProcessOrganization Security Policy Documents The Domino DirectoryOrganization Certifier ID Security Policy Types Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAuthentication Between Organizations Settings Document Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsCountry Codes Policy Precedence Rules Purposes of Organizational UnitsServer Audience Types Static and Dynamic Settings Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Management Tools Descendants of the Organization CertifierAdministrators Group Security Options Policy Management Development Tools Organization SecurityTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Use of an Organizational Policy Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Client Configuration Program Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Explicit Policy Country Codesand Servers Policy Assignment Methods Server Audience TypesAccess in the Domino Directory Policy Assignment During Registration The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Special Privilege of the Dynamic Policy Assignments Administrators Group Security Options LocalDomainAdmins Group The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Lotus Domino Server Console WorkstationLacks Administration Tasks The Client Configuration Program Domino Directory Access for Registering Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toServers Console Administrators and ServersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Access in the Domino DirectoryServer ID File Storage Options Databases on the Server The Special Privilege of theTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Server Access Control Mechanisms LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Restrictions for Authorizing Server Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Standard Directory Structure Access Lacks The Central Directory Structure User Access to the Server Domino Directory Access for RegisteringReplicating a Subset of Documents in the When to Restart the Server ServersDomino Directory Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServer Setup Profiles Administration Levels Server ID File Storage Options Clearing the Server ID Password Administration Level Details Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Certification Log The Full Access Administrator Level Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersAdministrator Access to Register OU Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Standard Directory StructureCertifiers The Domino Web Administrator The Central Directory StructureNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Levels and the Lotus Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Domino Web Administrator Application Domino DirectoryUser Registration Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server Setup ProfilesAdministrator Access to Register Users The Domino Server Log Clearing the Server ID Password The License Tracking Database The Notes.ini File The Certification LogInternet Password Options Logging Levels Administrator Access to Register OUInternet Password Locking Server Groups and Replication CertifiersID File Distribution Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Document Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsUser Registration Text Files Replication Controls User Registration OptionsHow to Register Users from a Text File Replication Types Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Methods for Forcing Replication The License Tracking DatabaseChanges Pull Push Replication Internet Password OptionsDomino Directory Document Multiple Replication Hubs Internet Password LockingSynchronization Critical Application Scheduling ID File Distribution Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWorkstation Mail Routing Components User Registration Text FilesWorkstation Setup for Additional Mail Routing Behavior Within and How to Register Users from a Text File


Workstations Between NNNs Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 7B: Implementing a ChangesInstallation Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Domino Directory DocumentThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Synchronization Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topology Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorServers How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke WorkstationThe Administration Process Topology Workstation Setup for AdditionalComponents of the Administration Process Opportunistic Routing Workstations Database Tools in Domino Administrator Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTiming and Execution of Administration Options InstallationProcess Requests Router Types and Connection The Lotus Domino Administrator Nested Groups Documents Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage ServersGroup Precedence in Database Access Format for Incoming Mail The Administration ProcessAuto-populated Groups Mail Storage Formats Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy SMTP Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicies SMTP Implementation Scenarios Timing and Execution of AdministrationPolicy Documents SMTP Best Practices Process Requests Policy Types Internet Mail Routing Nested GroupsSettings Document Types The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Deny List Only Group TypePolicy Precedence Rules Methods for Enabling SMTP Group Precedence in Database AccessStatic and Dynamic Settings Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Auto-populated Groups Policy Management Tools Settings Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicy Management Development Tools SMTP Settings PolicyUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail PoliciesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Delivery Policy DocumentsPolicy SMTP Inbound Controls Policy TypesPolicy Assignment Methods SMTP Outbound Controls Settings Document TypesPolicy Assignment During Registration Message Relay Prevention Policy Precedence RulesDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Filters Policy Management ToolsLotus Domino Server Console What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Management Development ToolsAdministration Tasks The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Use of an Organizational Policy Message Color-Coding on the Server Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anConsole What Happens When a Host is Found in Explicit PolicyTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create the DNS Whitelist? Policy Assignment MethodsDatabases on the Server DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Assignment During RegistrationServer Access Control Mechanisms Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Dynamic Policy AssignmentsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access What Happens When a Host is Found in The Effect of Multiple Policies User Access to the Server the DNS Blacklist? Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWhen to Restart the Server What are Private Whitelist Filters? Administration TasksTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Color-Coding on the ServerAdministration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in Console Administration Level Details the Private Whitelist? Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe Full Access Administrator Level What are Private Blacklist Filters? Databases on the ServerFull Access Administrator Best Practices Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Server Access Control MechanismsThe Domino Web Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino the Private Blacklist? User Access to the ServerWeb Administrator Application Order of Whitelist and Blacklist When to Restart the Server Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Precedence Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Domino Server Log How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Administration LevelsThe Notes.ini File Filters Administration Level DetailsLogging Levels Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Full Access Administrator LevelServer Groups and Replication (E/SMTP) Options Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document E/SMTP Settings The Domino Web AdministratorReplication Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Administration Levels and the LotusReplication Types Addressing Domino Web Administrator Application Methods for Forcing Replication When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPull Push Replication Internet Address Lookup Options The Domino Server LogMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Notes.ini FileCritical Application Scheduling An Implementation of SMTP Routing Logging Levels Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server Groups and Replication Mail Routing Components Disclaimers Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Message Disclaimers DocumentNNNs The Message Disclaimer Implementation Replication ControlsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Process Replication Types


Mail Routing Topology Options for Attaching Disclaimers Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Pull Push ReplicationHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Multiple Replication HubsTopology Settings Critical Application SchedulingOpportunistic Routing Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Replication Schedule Criteria Connection Document Mail Routing Options Messages Mail Routing ComponentsRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Controls NNNs for Incoming Mail Delivery Controls Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMail Storage Formats Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Mail Routing TopologySMTP Controls The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingSMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Transfer Controls TopologySMTP Best Practices Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeInternet Mail Routing Mailboxes TopologyThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Opportunistic RoutingMethods for Enabling SMTP How Mail Rules Work Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Mail Rule Actions OptionsSMTP Settings Activating a Server Mail Rule Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatSMTP Inbound Controls Mail Journaling for Incoming MailSMTP Outbound Controls Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Mail Storage Formats Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Mail Routing SMTPTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Journaling and Server Configuration SMTP Implementation ScenariosFilters Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag SMTP Best PracticesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Mail RoutingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Tag Mail Rule Conditions The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Field Names Associated with Tags Methods for Enabling SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPDNS Whitelist? or Whitelist Tags SettingsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Quotas Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Quota Implementation Options SMTP Inbound ControlsDNS Blacklist? Quota Restrictions SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Message Relay Prevention Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Inbox Maintenance Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Inbox Maintenance FiltersPrivate Whitelist? Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Control Inbox Size The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Archiving What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Blacklist? Benefits of Archiving and Policies the DNS Whitelist?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Archive Policy Documents DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Archive Policy Settings Document Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Archive Criteria Settings Document What Happens When a Host is Found in(E/SMTP) Options Checklist for Monitoring Mail the DNS Blacklist?E/SMTP Settings Types of Misdelivered Mail What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Checking Mail Delivery Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Address Lookup Options Mail Statistics the Private Whitelist?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What are Private Blacklist Filters?An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Tracking Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What Happens When a Host is Found inDisclaimers What is Message Recall? the Private Blacklist?Message Disclaimers Message Recall Options Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Configuring the Message Recall Feature PrecedenceProcess Troubleshooting Stages How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Mail Trace Tool Filters Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPCreating Message Disclaimer Policy When to Restart the Router (E/SMTP) OptionsSettings Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing E/SMTP Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME When to Force Mail Routing Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMessages Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Dead Mail Internet Address Lookup Options Controls The Delivery Failure Process Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDelivery Controls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 9B: Implementing Message


Controls line DisclaimersMail Transfer Controls Planning Guidelines Message DisclaimersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMailboxes Plan ProcessBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Supported Platforms and System Options for Attaching DisclaimersHow Mail Rules Work Requirements Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMail Rule Actions Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyActivating a Server Mail Rule Domino Server Software SettingsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMail Journaling Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Messages Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryJournaling and Mail Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and ControlsJournaling and Server Configuration Basic Configurations Delivery Controls Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and What is Eclipse? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Client Installation Types ControlsTag Mail Rule Conditions What is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Transfer Controls Field Names Associated with Tags Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Eclipse Update Sites MailboxesWhitelist Tags Automated Installation Options for Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Eclipse Components How Mail Rules WorkQuotas Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Mail Rule ActionsQuota Implementation Options Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Activating a Server Mail Rule Quota Restrictions First Server Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Server Setup Process Mail JournalingMaintenance The Domino Directory Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsInbox Maintenance Replicas of the Domino Directory Journaling and Mail RoutingUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Comparing Domains and Organizations Journaling and Server Configuration Control Inbox Size Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Alternatives to Organizational Units Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsArchiving Descendants of the Organization Certifier Tag Mail Rule ConditionsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Organization Security Field Names Associated with TagsArchive Policy Documents Organization Certifier ID Security Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orArchive Policy Settings Document Authentication Between Organizations Whitelist Tags Archive Criteria Settings Document Country Codes Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasChecklist for Monitoring Mail Server Audience Types QuotasTypes of Misdelivered Mail The Lotus Domino Server Log Quota Implementation OptionsChecking Mail Delivery Administrators Group Security Options Quota Restrictions Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMail Statistics Workstation Inbox MaintenanceTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Client Configuration Program Inbox MaintenanceMessage Tracking Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Administrators and Servers Control Inbox Size What is Message Recall? Access in the Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving MailMessage Recall Options The Special Privilege of the ArchivingConfiguring the Message Recall Feature LocalDomainAdmins Group Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTroubleshooting Stages Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Archive Policy DocumentsThe Mail Trace Tool Group Lacks Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Domino Directory Access for Registering Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Router Servers Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Types of Misdelivered MailWhen to Force Mail Routing Server ID File Storage Options Checking Mail Delivery Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Statistics The Delivery Failure Process The Standard Directory Structure Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking

The Central Directory Structure Message Tracking Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall

line Domino Directory What is Message Recall?Planning Guidelines Server Setup Profiles Message Recall OptionsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Clearing the Server ID Password Configuring the Message Recall Feature Plan The Certification Log Troubleshooting StagesSupported Platforms and System Administrator Access to Register OU The Mail Trace Tool Requirements Certifiers Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Router Server Software Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingLotus Domino Server Installation Types Administrators When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino User Registration Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and


Administrator Client Software Administrator Access to Register Users Dead MailThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The License Tracking Database The Delivery Failure ProcessBasic Configurations Internet Password OptionsWhat is Eclipse? Internet Password LockingClient Installation Types ID File Distribution Options lineWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Planning GuidelinesExpeditor Component Packaging User Registration Text Files The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentEclipse Update Sites How to Register Users from a Text File PlanAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Supported Platforms and SystemComponents Changes Requirements Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Directory Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Synchronization Server SoftwareFirst Server Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Server Setup Process Workstation Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Domino Directory Workstation Setup for Additional Administrator Client SoftwareReplicas of the Domino Directory Workstations The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Basic ConfigurationsPurposes of Organizational Units Domino Installation What is Eclipse?Alternatives to Organizational Units The Lotus Domino Administrator Client Installation TypesDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What is Lotus Expeditor?Organization Security Servers Expeditor Component PackagingOrganization Certifier ID Security The Administration Process Eclipse Update SitesAuthentication Between Organizations Components of the Administration Automated Installation Options for EclipseCountry Codes Process ComponentsServer Audience Types Database Tools in Domino Administrator Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Lotus Domino Server Log Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theAdministrators Group Security Options Process Requests First ServerTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Nested Groups The Server Setup ProcessThe Client Configuration Program The Deny List Only Group Type The Domino DirectoryTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Group Precedence in Database Access Replicas of the Domino Directoryand Servers Auto-populated Groups Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Special Privilege of the Policy Alternatives to Organizational UnitsLocalDomainAdmins Group Policies Descendants of the Organization CertifierPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Documents Organization SecurityLacks Policy Types Organization Certifier ID SecurityDomino Directory Access for Registering Settings Document Types Authentication Between OrganizationsServers Policy Precedence Rules Country CodesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Static and Dynamic Settings Server Audience TypesServer ID File Storage Options Policy Management Tools The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Policy Management Development Tools Administrators Group Security Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an WorkstationThe Central Directory Structure Explicit Policy The Client Configuration Program Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Assignment Methods Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toDomino Directory Policy Assignment During Registration Administrators and ServersServer Setup Profiles Dynamic Policy Assignments Access in the Domino DirectoryClearing the Server ID Password The Effect of Multiple Policies The Special Privilege of theThe Certification Log Lotus Domino Server Console LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministrator Access to Register OU Administration Tasks Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupCertifiers Message Color-Coding on the Server Lacks Need for Selecting a Registration Server Console Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create ServersUser Registration Options Databases on the Server Need for Selecting a Registration ServerAdministrator Access to Register Users Server Access Control Mechanisms Server ID File Storage Options The License Tracking Database Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingInternet Password Options Access Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersInternet Password Locking User Access to the Server The Standard Directory StructureID File Distribution Options When to Restart the Server The Central Directory StructureTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replicating a Subset of Documents in theUser Registration Text Files Administration Levels Domino DirectoryHow to Register Users from a Text File Administration Level Details Server Setup ProfilesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Full Access Administrator Level Clearing the Server ID Password Changes Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Certification LogDomino Directory Document The Domino Web Administrator Administrator Access to Register OUSynchronization Administration Levels and the Lotus Certifiers


Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Domino Web Administrator Application Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstation Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsWorkstation Setup for Additional The Domino Server Log User Registration OptionsWorkstations The Notes.ini File Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Logging Levels The License Tracking DatabaseInstallation Server Groups and Replication Internet Password OptionsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Internet Password LockingTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Document ID File Distribution Options Servers Replication Controls Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Administration Process Replication Types User Registration Text FilesComponents of the Administration Process Methods for Forcing Replication How to Register Users from a Text File Database Tools in Domino Administrator Pull Push Replication Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTiming and Execution of Administration Multiple Replication Hubs ChangesProcess Requests Critical Application Scheduling Domino Directory DocumentNested Groups Replication Schedule Criteria Synchronization The Deny List Only Group Type Mail Routing Components Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorGroup Precedence in Database Access Mail Routing Behavior Within and WorkstationAuto-populated Groups Between NNNs Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 7B: Implementing a Workstations Policies Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Documents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing InstallationPolicy Types Topology The Lotus Domino Administrator Settings Document Types How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePolicy Precedence Rules Topology ServersStatic and Dynamic Settings Opportunistic Routing The Administration ProcessPolicy Management Tools Connection Document Mail Routing Components of the Administration ProcessPolicy Management Development Tools Options Database Tools in Domino AdministratorUse of an Organizational Policy Router Types and Connection Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Documents Process Requests Policy Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Nested GroupsPolicy Assignment Methods Format for Incoming Mail The Deny List Only Group TypePolicy Assignment During Registration Mail Storage Formats Group Precedence in Database AccessDynamic Policy Assignments SMTP Auto-populated Groups The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalLotus Domino Server Console SMTP Best Practices PolicyAdministration Tasks Internet Mail Routing PoliciesMessage Color-Coding on the Server The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Policy DocumentsConsole Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy TypesTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Document TypesDatabases on the Server Settings Policy Precedence RulesServer Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Settings Static and Dynamic SettingsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Policy Management ToolsUser Access to the Server Delivery Policy Management Development ToolsWhen to Restart the Server SMTP Inbound Controls Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anAdministration Levels Message Relay Prevention Explicit PolicyAdministration Level Details Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Assignment MethodsThe Full Access Administrator Level Filters Policy Assignment During RegistrationFull Access Administrator Best Practices What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Domino Web Administrator The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Effect of Multiple Policies Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWeb Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in Administration TasksTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels the DNS Whitelist? Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Domino Server Log DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Console The Notes.ini File Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateLogging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in Databases on the ServerServer Groups and Replication the DNS Blacklist? Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document What are Private Whitelist Filters? Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessReplication Controls Enabling Private Whitelist Filters User Access to the ServerReplication Types What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Restart the Server Methods for Forcing Replication the Private Whitelist? Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPull Push Replication What are Private Blacklist Filters? Administration LevelsMultiple Replication Hubs Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Administration Level DetailsCritical Application Scheduling What Happens When a Host is Found in The Full Access Administrator LevelReplication Schedule Criteria the Private Blacklist? Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Routing Components Order of Whitelist and Blacklist The Domino Web Administrator


Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Precedence Administration Levels and the LotusNNNs How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsMail Routing Topology Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Domino Server LogThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology (E/SMTP) Options The Notes.ini FileHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke E/SMTP Settings Logging Levels Topology Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Server Groups and Replication Opportunistic Routing Addressing Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionConnection Document Mail Routing Options When to Set Internet Addresses DocumentRouter Types and Connection Documents Internet Address Lookup Options Replication ControlsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Replication Typesfor Incoming Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Methods for Forcing ReplicationMail Storage Formats Topic 9B: Implementing Message Pull Push ReplicationSMTP Disclaimers Multiple Replication HubsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Message Disclaimers Critical Application SchedulingSMTP Best Practices The Message Disclaimer Implementation Replication Schedule Criteria Internet Mail Routing Process Mail Routing ComponentsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Options for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMethods for Enabling SMTP Enabling Server Message Disclaimers NNNs Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeSMTP Settings Settings Mail Routing TopologyTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingSMTP Inbound Controls Messages TopologySMTP Outbound Controls Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMessage Relay Prevention Controls TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Delivery Controls Opportunistic RoutingFilters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Connection Document Mail RoutingWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Controls OptionsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Mail Transfer Controls Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mailboxes for Incoming MailDNS Whitelist? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Mail Storage Formats DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics How Mail Rules Work SMTPEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mail Rule Actions SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Activating a Server Mail Rule SMTP Best PracticesDNS Blacklist? Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Internet Mail RoutingWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Journaling The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Methods for Enabling SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in the Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPrivate Whitelist? Journaling and Server Configuration SettingsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag SMTP Settings Enabling Private Blacklist Filters and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Tag Mail Rule Conditions SMTP Inbound ControlsPrivate Blacklist? Field Names Associated with Tags SMTP Outbound ControlsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Message Relay Prevention How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters or Whitelist Tags Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Filters(E/SMTP) Options Quotas What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?E/SMTP Settings Quota Implementation Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Quota Restrictions Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Address Lookup Options Inbox Maintenance the DNS Whitelist?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Inbox Maintenance DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Control Inbox Size What Happens When a Host is Found inDisclaimers Topic 10F: Archiving Mail the DNS Blacklist?Message Disclaimers Archiving What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Message Disclaimer Implementation Benefits of Archiving and Policies Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersProcess Archive Policy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Policy Settings Document the Private Whitelist?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document What are Private Blacklist Filters?Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Checklist for Monitoring Mail Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersSettings Types of Misdelivered Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Checking Mail Delivery the Private Blacklist?Messages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Statistics Precedence


Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDelivery Controls Message Tracking Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPControls What is Message Recall? (E/SMTP) OptionsMail Transfer Controls Message Recall Options E/SMTP Settings Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMailboxes Troubleshooting Stages When to Set Internet AddressesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Mail Trace Tool Internet Address Lookup Options How Mail Rules Work Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMail Rule Actions When to Restart the Router An Implementation of SMTP Routing Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Force Mail Routing DisclaimersMail Journaling Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Message DisclaimersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Dead Mail The Message Disclaimer ImplementationJournaling and Mail Routing The Delivery Failure Process ProcessJournaling and Server Configuration Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions line Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTag Mail Rule Conditions Planning Guidelines SettingsField Names Associated with Tags The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Plan Messages Whitelist Tags Supported Platforms and System Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Requirements ControlsQuotas Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Delivery Controls Quota Implementation Options Domino Server Software Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferQuota Restrictions Lotus Domino Server Installation Types ControlsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Transfer Controls Maintenance Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerInbox Maintenance The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and MailboxesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Basic Configurations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Control Inbox Size What is Eclipse? How Mail Rules WorkTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Client Installation Types Mail Rule ActionsArchiving What is Lotus Expeditor? Activating a Server Mail Rule Benefits of Archiving and Policies Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingArchive Policy Documents Eclipse Update Sites Mail JournalingArchive Policy Settings Document Automated Installation Options for Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsArchive Criteria Settings Document Eclipse Components Journaling and Mail RoutingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Journaling and Server Configuration Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andChecking Mail Delivery First Server Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Server Setup Process Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMail Statistics The Domino Directory Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Replicas of the Domino Directory Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMessage Tracking Comparing Domains and Organizations Whitelist Tags Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasWhat is Message Recall? Alternatives to Organizational Units QuotasMessage Recall Options Descendants of the Organization Certifier Quota Implementation OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Organization Security Quota Restrictions Troubleshooting Stages Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Mail Trace Tool Authentication Between Organizations Inbox MaintenanceTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Country Codes Inbox MaintenanceWhen to Restart the Router Server Audience Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Server Log Control Inbox Size When to Force Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 1E: Configuring the First ArchivingMail Workstation Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Delivery Failure Process The Client Configuration Program Archive Policy Documents

Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Archive Policy Settings DocumentLesson 3: Adding IBM Lotus Notes Clients Administrators and Servers Archive Criteria Settings Document line Access in the Domino Directory Checklist for Monitoring Mail

Topic 3A: Creating an Organizational Unit The Special Privilege of the Types of Misdelivered MailCertifier LocalDomainAdmins Group Checking Mail Delivery The Certifier Registration Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics

Group Lacks Mail Statistics Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking

line Servers Message Tracking


Planning Guidelines Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Server ID File Storage Options What is Message Recall?Plan Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Message Recall OptionsSupported Platforms and System Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Requirements The Standard Directory Structure Troubleshooting StagesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Central Directory Structure The Mail Trace Tool Server Software Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterLotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino Directory When to Restart the Router Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Server Setup Profiles Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministrator Client Software Clearing the Server ID Password When to Force Mail Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Certification Log Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andBasic Configurations Administrator Access to Register OU Dead MailWhat is Eclipse? Certifiers The Delivery Failure ProcessClient Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3B: Registering NewExpeditor Component Packaging Administrators lineEclipse Update Sites User Registration Options Planning GuidelinesAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Administrator Access to Register Users The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentComponents The License Tracking Database PlanMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Password Options Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Internet Password Locking Requirements First Server ID File Distribution Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Server Setup Process Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Server SoftwareThe Domino Directory User Registration Text Files Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Replicas of the Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrator Client SoftwarePurposes of Organizational Units Changes The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAlternatives to Organizational Units Domino Directory Document Basic ConfigurationsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Synchronization What is Eclipse?Organization Security Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Client Installation TypesOrganization Certifier ID Security Workstation What is Lotus Expeditor?Authentication Between Organizations Workstation Setup for Additional Expeditor Component PackagingCountry Codes Workstations Eclipse Update SitesServer Audience Types Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Lotus Domino Server Log Domino Installation ComponentsAdministrators Group Security Options The Lotus Domino Administrator Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theThe Client Configuration Program Servers First ServerTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Administration Process The Server Setup Processand Servers Components of the Administration The Domino DirectoryAccess in the Domino Directory Process Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Special Privilege of the Database Tools in Domino Administrator Comparing Domains and OrganizationsLocalDomainAdmins Group Timing and Execution of Administration Purposes of Organizational UnitsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Process Requests Alternatives to Organizational UnitsLacks Nested Groups Descendants of the Organization CertifierDomino Directory Access for Registering The Deny List Only Group Type Organization SecurityServers Group Precedence in Database Access Organization Certifier ID SecurityNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Auto-populated Groups Authentication Between OrganizationsServer ID File Storage Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Country CodesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Policy Server Audience TypesAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Policies The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Standard Directory Structure Policy Documents Administrators Group Security Options The Central Directory Structure Policy Types Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Settings Document Types WorkstationDomino Directory Policy Precedence Rules The Client Configuration Program Server Setup Profiles Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toClearing the Server ID Password Policy Management Tools Administrators and ServersThe Certification Log Policy Management Development Tools Access in the Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register OU Use of an Organizational Policy The Special Privilege of theCertifiers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an LocalDomainAdmins GroupNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Explicit Policy Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Policy Assignment Methods Lacks User Registration Options Policy Assignment During Registration Domino Directory Access for RegisteringAdministrator Access to Register Users Dynamic Policy Assignments ServersThe License Tracking Database The Effect of Multiple Policies Need for Selecting a Registration ServerInternet Password Options Lotus Domino Server Console Server ID File Storage Options


Internet Password Locking Administration Tasks Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingID File Distribution Options Message Color-Coding on the Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Console The Standard Directory StructureUser Registration Text Files Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Central Directory StructureHow to Register Users from a Text File Databases on the Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server Access Control Mechanisms Domino DirectoryChanges Restrictions for Authorizing Server Server Setup ProfilesDomino Directory Document Access Clearing the Server ID Password Synchronization User Access to the Server The Certification LogTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator When to Restart the Server Administrator Access to Register OUWorkstation Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels CertifiersWorkstation Setup for Additional Administration Levels Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstations Administration Level Details Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Full Access Administrator Level User Registration OptionsInstallation Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Domino Web Administrator The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Administration Levels and the Lotus Internet Password OptionsServers Domino Web Administrator Application Internet Password LockingThe Administration Process Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels ID File Distribution Options Components of the Administration Process The Domino Server Log Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Notes.ini File User Registration Text FilesTiming and Execution of Administration Logging Levels How to Register Users from a Text File Process Requests Server Groups and Replication Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentNested Groups Topic 6B: Creating a Connection ChangesThe Deny List Only Group Type Document Domino Directory DocumentGroup Precedence in Database Access Replication Controls Synchronization Auto-populated Groups Replication Types Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Methods for Forcing Replication WorkstationPolicies Pull Push Replication Workstation Setup for AdditionalPolicy Documents Multiple Replication Hubs Workstations Policy Types Critical Application Scheduling Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSettings Document Types Replication Schedule Criteria InstallationPolicy Precedence Rules Mail Routing Components The Lotus Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic Settings Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePolicy Management Tools Between NNNs ServersPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 7B: Implementing a The Administration ProcessUse of an Organizational Policy Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Topology Timing and Execution of AdministrationPolicy Assignment Methods How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Process Requests Policy Assignment During Registration Topology Nested GroupsDynamic Policy Assignments Opportunistic Routing The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Effect of Multiple Policies Connection Document Mail Routing Group Precedence in Database AccessLotus Domino Server Console Options Auto-populated Groups Administration Tasks Router Types and Connection Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMessage Color-Coding on the Server Documents PolicyConsole Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage PoliciesTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Format for Incoming Mail Policy DocumentsDatabases on the Server Mail Storage Formats Policy TypesServer Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Settings Document TypesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Precedence RulesUser Access to the Server SMTP Best Practices Static and Dynamic SettingsWhen to Restart the Server Internet Mail Routing Policy Management ToolsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Policy Management Development ToolsAdministration Levels Methods for Enabling SMTP Use of an Organizational Policy Administration Level Details Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Full Access Administrator Level Settings Explicit PolicyFull Access Administrator Best Practices SMTP Settings Policy Assignment MethodsThe Domino Web Administrator Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Policy Assignment During RegistrationAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Delivery Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWeb Administrator Application SMTP Inbound Controls The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels SMTP Outbound Controls Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Domino Server Log Message Relay Prevention Administration TasksThe Notes.ini File Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Message Color-Coding on the ServerLogging Levels Filters Console Server Groups and Replication What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create


Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Databases on the ServerReplication Controls Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Server Access Control MechanismsReplication Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMethods for Forcing Replication the DNS Whitelist? User Access to the ServerPull Push Replication DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics When to Restart the Server Multiple Replication Hubs Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsCritical Application Scheduling What Happens When a Host is Found in Administration LevelsReplication Schedule Criteria the DNS Blacklist? Administration Level DetailsMail Routing Components What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Full Access Administrator LevelMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Full Access Administrator Best PracticesNNNs What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke the Private Whitelist? Administration Levels and the LotusMail Routing Topology What are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Web Administrator Application The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Server LogTopology the Private Blacklist? The Notes.ini FileOpportunistic Routing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Logging Levels Connection Document Mail Routing Options Precedence Server Groups and Replication Router Types and Connection Documents How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Filters Documentfor Incoming Mail Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Replication ControlsMail Storage Formats (E/SMTP) Options Replication TypesSMTP E/SMTP Settings Methods for Forcing ReplicationSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Pull Push ReplicationSMTP Best Practices Addressing Multiple Replication HubsInternet Mail Routing When to Set Internet Addresses Critical Application SchedulingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Internet Address Lookup Options Replication Schedule Criteria Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSMTP Settings Topic 9B: Implementing Message NNNs Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Disclaimers Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeSMTP Inbound Controls Message Disclaimers Mail Routing TopologySMTP Outbound Controls The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessage Relay Prevention Process TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Options for Attaching Disclaimers How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeFilters Enabling Server Message Disclaimers TopologyWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Opportunistic RoutingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Settings Connection Document Mail RoutingEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Messages Router Types and Connection Documents DNS Whitelist? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Controls for Incoming MailEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Delivery Controls Mail Storage Formats What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SMTPDNS Blacklist? Controls SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Transfer Controls SMTP Best PracticesEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Internet Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mailboxes The SMTP Listener and Router TasksPrivate Whitelist? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Methods for Enabling SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters? How Mail Rules Work Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Mail Rule Actions SettingsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Activating a Server Mail Rule SMTP Settings Private Blacklist? Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Mail Journaling SMTP Inbound ControlsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Journaling and Mail Routing Message Relay Prevention (E/SMTP) Options Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistE/SMTP Settings Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag FiltersTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?When to Set Internet Addresses Tag Mail Rule Conditions The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessInternet Address Lookup Options Field Names Associated with Tags Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inAn Implementation of SMTP Routing or Whitelist Tags the DNS Whitelist?Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsDisclaimers Quotas Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMessage Disclaimers Quota Implementation Options What Happens When a Host is Found in


The Message Disclaimer Implementation Quota Restrictions the DNS Blacklist?Process Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with What are Private Whitelist Filters?Options for Attaching Disclaimers Inbox Maintenance Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Inbox Maintenance What Happens When a Host is Found inCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to the Private Whitelist?Settings Control Inbox Size What are Private Blacklist Filters?Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMessages Archiving What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Benefits of Archiving and Policies the Private Blacklist?Controls Archive Policy Documents Order of Whitelist and BlacklistDelivery Controls Archive Policy Settings Document PrecedenceTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Archive Criteria Settings Document How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistControls Checklist for Monitoring Mail Filters Mail Transfer Controls Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Checking Mail Delivery (E/SMTP) OptionsMailboxes Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics E/SMTP Settings Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Mail Statistics Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingHow Mail Rules Work Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking When to Set Internet AddressesMail Rule Actions Message Tracking Internet Address Lookup Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What is Message Recall? An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Journaling Message Recall Options Topic 9B: Implementing MessageJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Configuring the Message Recall Feature DisclaimersJournaling and Mail Routing Troubleshooting Stages Message DisclaimersJournaling and Server Configuration The Mail Trace Tool The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 12B: Restarting the Router ProcessWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions When to Restart the Router Options for Attaching DisclaimersTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Enabling Server Message DisclaimersField Names Associated with Tags When to Force Mail Routing Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and SettingsWhitelist Tags Dead Mail Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Delivery Failure Process Messages Quotas Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryQuota Implementation Options ControlsQuota Restrictions line Delivery Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Planning Guidelines Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMaintenance The Worldwide Corporation Deployment ControlsInbox Maintenance Plan Mail Transfer Controls Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Supported Platforms and System Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerControl Inbox Size Requirements MailboxesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Archiving Domino Server Software How Mail Rules WorkBenefits of Archiving and Policies Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Rule ActionsArchive Policy Documents Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Activating a Server Mail Rule Archive Policy Settings Document Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingArchive Criteria Settings Document The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Mail JournalingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Basic Configurations Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTypes of Misdelivered Mail What is Eclipse? Journaling and Mail RoutingChecking Mail Delivery Client Installation Types Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMail Statistics Expeditor Component Packaging Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Eclipse Update Sites Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMessage Tracking Automated Installation Options for Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Eclipse Components Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhat is Message Recall? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Whitelist Tags Message Recall Options Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasConfiguring the Message Recall Feature First Server QuotasTroubleshooting Stages The Server Setup Process Quota Implementation OptionsThe Mail Trace Tool The Domino Directory Quota Restrictions Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhen to Restart the Router Comparing Domains and Organizations Inbox MaintenanceTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Purposes of Organizational Units Inbox MaintenanceWhen to Force Mail Routing Alternatives to Organizational Units Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Descendants of the Organization Certifier Control Inbox Size Mail Organization Security Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Delivery Failure Process Organization Certifier ID Security Archiving


Authentication Between Organizations Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesCountry Codes Archive Policy Documents

line Server Audience Types Archive Policy Settings DocumentPlanning Guidelines The Lotus Domino Server Log Archive Criteria Settings Document The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Administrators Group Security Options Checklist for Monitoring MailPlan Topic 1E: Configuring the First Types of Misdelivered MailSupported Platforms and System Workstation Checking Mail Delivery Requirements The Client Configuration Program Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Mail Statistics Server Software Administrators and Servers Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingLotus Domino Server Installation Types Access in the Domino Directory Message Tracking Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Special Privilege of the Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAdministrator Client Software LocalDomainAdmins Group What is Message Recall?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Message Recall OptionsBasic Configurations Group Lacks Configuring the Message Recall Feature What is Eclipse? Domino Directory Access for Registering Troubleshooting StagesClient Installation Types Servers The Mail Trace Tool What is Lotus Expeditor? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterExpeditor Component Packaging Server ID File Storage Options When to Restart the Router Eclipse Update Sites Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers When to Force Mail Routing Components The Standard Directory Structure Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Central Directory Structure Dead MailTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Delivery Failure ProcessFirst Server Domino DirectoryThe Server Setup Process Server Setup ProfilesThe Domino Directory Clearing the Server ID Password lineReplicas of the Domino Directory The Certification Log Planning GuidelinesComparing Domains and Organizations Administrator Access to Register OU The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPurposes of Organizational Units Certifiers PlanAlternatives to Organizational Units Need for Selecting a Registration Server Supported Platforms and SystemDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 3B: Registering New Requirements Organization Security Administrators Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoOrganization Certifier ID Security User Registration Options Server SoftwareAuthentication Between Organizations Administrator Access to Register Users Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Country Codes The License Tracking Database Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer Audience Types Internet Password Options Administrator Client SoftwareThe Lotus Domino Server Log Internet Password Locking The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAdministrators Group Security Options ID File Distribution Options Basic ConfigurationsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What is Eclipse?The Client Configuration Program User Registration Text Files Client Installation TypesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators How to Register Users from a Text File What is Lotus Expeditor?and Servers Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Expeditor Component PackagingAccess in the Domino Directory Changes Eclipse Update SitesThe Special Privilege of the Domino Directory Document Automated Installation Options for EclipseLocalDomainAdmins Group Synchronization ComponentsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Lacks Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theDomino Directory Access for Registering Workstation Setup for Additional First ServerServers Workstations The Server Setup ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus The Domino DirectoryServer ID File Storage Options Domino Installation Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Lotus Domino Administrator Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Standard Directory Structure Servers Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Central Directory Structure The Administration Process Descendants of the Organization CertifierReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Components of the Administration Organization SecurityDomino Directory Process Organization Certifier ID SecurityServer Setup Profiles Database Tools in Domino Administrator Authentication Between OrganizationsClearing the Server ID Password Timing and Execution of Administration Country CodesThe Certification Log Process Requests Server Audience TypesAdministrator Access to Register OU Nested Groups The Lotus Domino Server LogCertifiers The Deny List Only Group Type Administrators Group Security Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Auto-populated Groups WorkstationUser Registration Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Client Configuration Program


Administrator Access to Register Users Policy Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe License Tracking Database Policies Administrators and ServersInternet Password Options Policy Documents Access in the Domino DirectoryInternet Password Locking Policy Types The Special Privilege of theID File Distribution Options Settings Document Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Policy Precedence Rules Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupUser Registration Text Files Static and Dynamic Settings Lacks How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Management Tools Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Management Development Tools ServersChanges Use of an Organizational Policy Need for Selecting a Registration ServerDomino Directory Document Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Server ID File Storage Options Synchronization Explicit Policy Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Policy Assignment Methods Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWorkstation Policy Assignment During Registration The Standard Directory StructureWorkstation Setup for Additional Dynamic Policy Assignments The Central Directory StructureWorkstations The Effect of Multiple Policies Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Lotus Domino Server Console Domino DirectoryInstallation Administration Tasks Server Setup ProfilesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the Server Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Console The Certification LogServers Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrator Access to Register OUThe Administration Process Databases on the Server CertifiersComponents of the Administration Process Server Access Control Mechanisms Need for Selecting a Registration Server Database Tools in Domino Administrator Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTiming and Execution of Administration Access User Registration OptionsProcess Requests User Access to the Server Administrator Access to Register UsersNested Groups When to Restart the Server The License Tracking DatabaseThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Internet Password OptionsGroup Precedence in Database Access Administration Levels Internet Password LockingAuto-populated Groups Administration Level Details ID File Distribution Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePolicies Full Access Administrator Best Practices User Registration Text FilesPolicy Documents The Domino Web Administrator How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Types Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentSettings Document Types Domino Web Administrator Application ChangesPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Domino Directory DocumentStatic and Dynamic Settings The Domino Server Log Synchronization Policy Management Tools The Notes.ini File Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorPolicy Management Development Tools Logging Levels WorkstationUse of an Organizational Policy Server Groups and Replication Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Workstations Policy Document Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Assignment Methods Replication Controls InstallationPolicy Assignment During Registration Replication Types The Lotus Domino Administrator Dynamic Policy Assignments Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Effect of Multiple Policies Pull Push Replication ServersLotus Domino Server Console Multiple Replication Hubs The Administration ProcessAdministration Tasks Critical Application Scheduling Components of the Administration ProcessMessage Color-Coding on the Server Replication Schedule Criteria Database Tools in Domino AdministratorConsole Mail Routing Components Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Routing Behavior Within and Process Requests Databases on the Server Between NNNs Nested GroupsServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 7B: Implementing a The Deny List Only Group TypeRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Group Precedence in Database AccessUser Access to the Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Auto-populated Groups When to Restart the Server Topology Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke PolicyAdministration Levels Topology PoliciesAdministration Level Details Opportunistic Routing Policy DocumentsThe Full Access Administrator Level Connection Document Mail Routing Policy TypesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Options Settings Document TypesThe Domino Web Administrator Router Types and Connection Policy Precedence RulesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Documents Static and Dynamic SettingsWeb Administrator Application Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Policy Management ToolsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Format for Incoming Mail Policy Management Development ToolsThe Domino Server Log Mail Storage Formats Use of an Organizational Policy


The Notes.ini File SMTP Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anLogging Levels SMTP Implementation Scenarios Explicit PolicyServer Groups and Replication SMTP Best Practices Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Internet Mail Routing Policy Assignment During RegistrationReplication Controls The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Dynamic Policy AssignmentsReplication Types Methods for Enabling SMTP The Effect of Multiple Policies Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Lotus Domino Server ConsolePull Push Replication Settings Administration TasksMultiple Replication Hubs SMTP Settings Message Color-Coding on the ServerCritical Application Scheduling Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Console Replication Schedule Criteria Delivery Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateMail Routing Components SMTP Inbound Controls Databases on the ServerMail Routing Behavior Within and Between SMTP Outbound Controls Server Access Control MechanismsNNNs Message Relay Prevention Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist User Access to the ServerMail Routing Topology Filters When to Restart the Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administration LevelsTopology Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Administration Level DetailsOpportunistic Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in The Full Access Administrator LevelConnection Document Mail Routing Options the DNS Whitelist? Full Access Administrator Best PracticesRouter Types and Connection Documents DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administration Levels and the Lotusfor Incoming Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Storage Formats the DNS Blacklist? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsSMTP What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Domino Server LogSMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Notes.ini FileSMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found in Logging Levels Internet Mail Routing the Private Whitelist? Server Groups and Replication The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMethods for Enabling SMTP Enabling Private Blacklist Filters DocumentTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in Replication ControlsSMTP Settings the Private Blacklist? Replication TypesTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Methods for Forcing ReplicationSMTP Inbound Controls Precedence Pull Push ReplicationSMTP Outbound Controls How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Multiple Replication HubsMessage Relay Prevention Filters Critical Application SchedulingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Replication Schedule Criteria Filters (E/SMTP) Options Mail Routing ComponentsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? E/SMTP Settings Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet NNNs Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Addressing Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Set Internet Addresses Mail Routing TopologyDNS Whitelist? Internet Address Lookup Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 8G: Testing SMTP TopologyEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters An Implementation of SMTP Routing How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9B: Implementing Message TopologyDNS Blacklist? Disclaimers Opportunistic RoutingWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Message Disclaimers Connection Document Mail RoutingEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Message Disclaimer Implementation OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Process Router Types and Connection Documents Private Whitelist? Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Enabling Server Message Disclaimers for Incoming MailEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Mail Storage Formats What Happens When a Host is Found in the Settings SMTPPrivate Blacklist? Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME SMTP Implementation ScenariosOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Messages SMTP Best PracticesHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Internet Mail RoutingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Controls The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks(E/SMTP) Options Delivery Controls Methods for Enabling SMTP E/SMTP Settings Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Controls SettingsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Mail Transfer Controls SMTP Settings Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Mailboxes SMTP Inbound ControlsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SMTP Outbound Controls


Topic 9B: Implementing Message How Mail Rules Work Message Relay Prevention Disclaimers Mail Rule Actions Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistMessage Disclaimers Activating a Server Mail Rule FiltersThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Process Mail Journaling The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Journaling and Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Journaling and Server Configuration the DNS Whitelist?Settings Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMessages Tag Mail Rule Conditions What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Field Names Associated with Tags the DNS Blacklist?Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What are Private Whitelist Filters?Delivery Controls or Whitelist Tags Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What Happens When a Host is Found inControls Quotas the Private Whitelist?Mail Transfer Controls Quota Implementation Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Quota Restrictions Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMailboxes Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Inbox Maintenance the Private Blacklist?How Mail Rules Work Inbox Maintenance Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMail Rule Actions Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to PrecedenceActivating a Server Mail Rule Control Inbox Size How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Filters Mail Journaling Archiving Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Benefits of Archiving and Policies (E/SMTP) OptionsJournaling and Mail Routing Archive Policy Documents E/SMTP Settings Journaling and Server Configuration Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Set Internet AddressesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Checklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Address Lookup Options Tag Mail Rule Conditions Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 8G: Testing SMTPField Names Associated with Tags Checking Mail Delivery An Implementation of SMTP Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 9B: Implementing MessageWhitelist Tags Mail Statistics DisclaimersTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message DisclaimersQuotas Message Tracking The Message Disclaimer ImplementationQuota Implementation Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall ProcessQuota Restrictions What is Message Recall? Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Message Recall Options Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMaintenance Configuring the Message Recall Feature Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyInbox Maintenance Troubleshooting Stages SettingsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Mail Trace Tool Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEControl Inbox Size Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Messages Topic 10F: Archiving Mail When to Restart the Router Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryArchiving Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing ControlsBenefits of Archiving and Policies When to Force Mail Routing Delivery Controls Archive Policy Documents Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferArchive Policy Settings Document Dead Mail ControlsArchive Criteria Settings Document The Delivery Failure Process Mail Transfer Controls Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTypes of Misdelivered Mail MailboxesChecking Mail Delivery line Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Planning Guidelines How Mail Rules WorkMail Statistics The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Rule ActionsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Plan Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Tracking Supported Platforms and System Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Requirements Mail JournalingWhat is Message Recall? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMessage Recall Options Domino Server Software Journaling and Mail RoutingConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Journaling and Server Configuration Troubleshooting Stages Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Mail Trace Tool Domino Administrator Client Software Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Restart the Router Basic Configurations Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What is Eclipse? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhen to Force Mail Routing Client Installation Types Whitelist Tags


Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasMail Expeditor Component Packaging QuotasThe Delivery Failure Process Eclipse Update Sites Quota Implementation Options

Automated Installation Options for Quota Restrictions Eclipse Components Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with

line Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Inbox MaintenancePlanning Guidelines Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Inbox MaintenanceThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment First Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPlan The Server Setup Process Control Inbox Size Supported Platforms and System The Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving MailRequirements Replicas of the Domino Directory ArchivingTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Comparing Domains and Organizations Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesServer Software Purposes of Organizational Units Archive Policy DocumentsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Alternatives to Organizational Units Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Descendants of the Organization Certifier Archive Criteria Settings Document Administrator Client Software Organization Security Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Organization Certifier ID Security Types of Misdelivered MailBasic Configurations Authentication Between Organizations Checking Mail Delivery What is Eclipse? Country Codes Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsClient Installation Types Server Audience Types Mail Statistics What is Lotus Expeditor? The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingExpeditor Component Packaging Administrators Group Security Options Message Tracking Eclipse Update Sites Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Workstation What is Message Recall?Components The Client Configuration Program Message Recall OptionsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administrators and Servers Troubleshooting StagesFirst Server Access in the Domino Directory The Mail Trace Tool The Server Setup Process The Special Privilege of the Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Domino Directory LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Restart the Router Replicas of the Domino Directory Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingComparing Domains and Organizations Group Lacks When to Force Mail Routing Purposes of Organizational Units Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andAlternatives to Organizational Units Servers Dead MailDescendants of the Organization Certifier Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Delivery Failure ProcessOrganization Security Server ID File Storage Options Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAuthentication Between Organizations Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers lineCountry Codes The Standard Directory Structure Planning GuidelinesServer Audience Types The Central Directory Structure The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Lotus Domino Server Log Replicating a Subset of Documents in the PlanAdministrators Group Security Options Domino Directory Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Server Setup Profiles Requirements The Client Configuration Program Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Certification Log Server Softwareand Servers Administrator Access to Register OU Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Access in the Domino Directory Certifiers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Special Privilege of the Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administrator Client SoftwareLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 3B: Registering New The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Administrators Basic ConfigurationsLacks User Registration Options What is Eclipse?Domino Directory Access for Registering Administrator Access to Register Users Client Installation TypesServers The License Tracking Database What is Lotus Expeditor?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password Options Expeditor Component PackagingServer ID File Storage Options Internet Password Locking Eclipse Update SitesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting ID File Distribution Options Automated Installation Options for EclipseAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File ComponentsThe Standard Directory Structure User Registration Text Files Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Central Directory Structure How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document First ServerDomino Directory Changes The Server Setup ProcessServer Setup Profiles Domino Directory Document The Domino DirectoryClearing the Server ID Password Synchronization Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Certification Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAdministrator Access to Register OU Workstation Purposes of Organizational UnitsCertifiers Workstation Setup for Additional Alternatives to Organizational Units


Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstations Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Organization SecurityUser Registration Options Domino Installation Organization Certifier ID SecurityAdministrator Access to Register Users The Lotus Domino Administrator Authentication Between OrganizationsThe License Tracking Database Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Country CodesInternet Password Options Servers Server Audience TypesInternet Password Locking The Administration Process The Lotus Domino Server LogID File Distribution Options Components of the Administration Administrators Group Security Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Process Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstUser Registration Text Files Database Tools in Domino Administrator WorkstationHow to Register Users from a Text File Timing and Execution of Administration The Client Configuration Program Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Process Requests Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toChanges Nested Groups Administrators and ServersDomino Directory Document The Deny List Only Group Type Access in the Domino DirectorySynchronization Group Precedence in Database Access The Special Privilege of theTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Auto-populated Groups LocalDomainAdmins GroupWorkstation Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupWorkstation Setup for Additional Policy Lacks Workstations Policies Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Documents ServersInstallation Policy Types Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Lotus Domino Administrator Settings Document Types Server ID File Storage Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Precedence Rules Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingServers Static and Dynamic Settings Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Administration Process Policy Management Tools The Standard Directory StructureComponents of the Administration Process Policy Management Development Tools The Central Directory StructureDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Use of an Organizational Policy Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTiming and Execution of Administration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Domino DirectoryProcess Requests Explicit Policy Server Setup ProfilesNested Groups Policy Assignment Methods Clearing the Server ID Password The Deny List Only Group Type Policy Assignment During Registration The Certification LogGroup Precedence in Database Access Dynamic Policy Assignments Administrator Access to Register OUAuto-populated Groups The Effect of Multiple Policies CertifiersTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Lotus Domino Server Console Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policies Administration Tasks Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPolicy Documents Message Color-Coding on the Server User Registration OptionsPolicy Types Console Administrator Access to Register UsersSettings Document Types Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The License Tracking DatabasePolicy Precedence Rules Databases on the Server Internet Password OptionsStatic and Dynamic Settings Server Access Control Mechanisms Internet Password LockingPolicy Management Tools Restrictions for Authorizing Server ID File Distribution Options Policy Management Development Tools Access Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileUse of an Organizational Policy User Access to the Server User Registration Text FilesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit When to Restart the Server How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentPolicy Assignment Methods Administration Levels ChangesPolicy Assignment During Registration Administration Level Details Domino Directory DocumentDynamic Policy Assignments The Full Access Administrator Level Synchronization The Effect of Multiple Policies Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorLotus Domino Server Console The Domino Web Administrator WorkstationAdministration Tasks Administration Levels and the Lotus Workstation Setup for AdditionalMessage Color-Coding on the Server Domino Web Administrator Application Workstations Console Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Domino Server Log InstallationDatabases on the Server The Notes.ini File The Lotus Domino Administrator Server Access Control Mechanisms Logging Levels Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Server Groups and Replication ServersUser Access to the Server Topic 6B: Creating a Connection The Administration ProcessWhen to Restart the Server Document Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication Controls Database Tools in Domino AdministratorAdministration Levels Replication Types Timing and Execution of AdministrationAdministration Level Details Methods for Forcing Replication Process Requests The Full Access Administrator Level Pull Push Replication Nested GroupsFull Access Administrator Best Practices Multiple Replication Hubs The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Domino Web Administrator Critical Application Scheduling Group Precedence in Database AccessAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Replication Schedule Criteria Auto-populated Groups


Web Administrator Application Mail Routing Components Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Routing Behavior Within and PolicyThe Domino Server Log Between NNNs PoliciesThe Notes.ini File Topic 7B: Implementing a Policy DocumentsLogging Levels Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Policy TypesServer Groups and Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Settings Document TypesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topology Policy Precedence RulesReplication Controls How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Static and Dynamic SettingsReplication Types Topology Policy Management ToolsMethods for Forcing Replication Opportunistic Routing Policy Management Development ToolsPull Push Replication Connection Document Mail Routing Use of an Organizational Policy Multiple Replication Hubs Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anCritical Application Scheduling Router Types and Connection Explicit PolicyReplication Schedule Criteria Documents Policy Assignment MethodsMail Routing Components Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Policy Assignment During RegistrationMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Format for Incoming Mail Dynamic Policy AssignmentsNNNs Mail Storage Formats The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke SMTP Lotus Domino Server ConsoleMail Routing Topology SMTP Implementation Scenarios Administration TasksThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology SMTP Best Practices Message Color-Coding on the ServerHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Internet Mail Routing Console Topology The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateOpportunistic Routing Methods for Enabling SMTP Databases on the ServerConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Server Access Control MechanismsRouter Types and Connection Documents Settings Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format SMTP Settings User Access to the Serverfor Incoming Mail Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail When to Restart the Server Mail Storage Formats Delivery Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsSMTP SMTP Inbound Controls Administration LevelsSMTP Implementation Scenarios SMTP Outbound Controls Administration Level DetailsSMTP Best Practices Message Relay Prevention The Full Access Administrator LevelInternet Mail Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Filters The Domino Web AdministratorMethods for Enabling SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Server LogSMTP Inbound Controls the DNS Whitelist? The Notes.ini FileSMTP Outbound Controls DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Logging Levels Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server Groups and Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionFilters the DNS Blacklist? DocumentWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What are Private Whitelist Filters? Replication ControlsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Replication TypesEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the the Private Whitelist? Pull Push ReplicationDNS Whitelist? What are Private Blacklist Filters? Multiple Replication HubsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Critical Application SchedulingEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found in Replication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found in the the Private Blacklist? Mail Routing ComponentsDNS Blacklist? Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Precedence NNNs Enabling Private Whitelist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Filters Mail Routing TopologyPrivate Whitelist? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? (E/SMTP) Options TopologyEnabling Private Blacklist Filters E/SMTP Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8F: Configuring Internet TopologyPrivate Blacklist? Addressing Opportunistic RoutingOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence When to Set Internet Addresses Connection Document Mail RoutingHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Internet Address Lookup Options OptionsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Router Types and Connection Documents (E/SMTP) Options An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatE/SMTP Settings Topic 9B: Implementing Message for Incoming MailTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Disclaimers Mail Storage Formats When to Set Internet Addresses Message Disclaimers SMTP


Internet Address Lookup Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Process SMTP Best PracticesAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Options for Attaching Disclaimers Internet Mail RoutingTopic 9B: Implementing Message Enabling Server Message Disclaimers The SMTP Listener and Router TasksDisclaimers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Methods for Enabling SMTP Message Disclaimers Settings Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME SettingsProcess Messages SMTP Settings Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Controls SMTP Inbound ControlsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Delivery Controls SMTP Outbound ControlsSettings Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Message Relay Prevention Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Controls Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistMessages Mail Transfer Controls FiltersTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Controls Mailboxes The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessDelivery Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer How Mail Rules Work What Happens When a Host is Found inControls Mail Rule Actions the DNS Whitelist?Mail Transfer Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMailboxes Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions the DNS Blacklist?How Mail Rules Work Journaling and Mail Routing What are Private Whitelist Filters?Mail Rule Actions Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions the Private Whitelist?Mail Journaling Tag Mail Rule Conditions What are Private Blacklist Filters?Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Field Names Associated with Tags Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersJournaling and Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Server Configuration or Whitelist Tags the Private Blacklist?Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Order of Whitelist and BlacklistWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Quotas PrecedenceTag Mail Rule Conditions Quota Implementation Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistField Names Associated with Tags Quota Restrictions Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPWhitelist Tags Inbox Maintenance (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Inbox Maintenance E/SMTP Settings Quotas Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingQuota Implementation Options Control Inbox Size When to Set Internet AddressesQuota Restrictions Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Archiving Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMaintenance Benefits of Archiving and Policies An Implementation of SMTP Routing Inbox Maintenance Archive Policy Documents Topic 9B: Implementing MessageUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Archive Policy Settings Document DisclaimersControl Inbox Size Archive Criteria Settings Document Message DisclaimersTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Message Disclaimer ImplementationArchiving Types of Misdelivered Mail ProcessBenefits of Archiving and Policies Checking Mail Delivery Options for Attaching DisclaimersArchive Policy Documents Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Enabling Server Message DisclaimersArchive Policy Settings Document Mail Statistics Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking SettingsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Message Tracking Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Messages Checking Mail Delivery What is Message Recall? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message Recall Options ControlsMail Statistics Configuring the Message Recall Feature Delivery Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Troubleshooting Stages Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMessage Tracking The Mail Trace Tool ControlsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail Transfer Controls What is Message Recall? When to Restart the Router Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMessage Recall Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing MailboxesConfiguring the Message Recall Feature When to Force Mail Routing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Troubleshooting Stages Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and How Mail Rules WorkThe Mail Trace Tool Dead Mail Mail Rule ActionsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Delivery Failure Process Activating a Server Mail Rule


When to Restart the Router Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Lesson 7: Configuring Basic Intranet Mail Mail JournalingWhen to Force Mail Routing Routing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead line Journaling and Mail RoutingMail Topic 7A: Configuring Notes Named Journaling and Server Configuration The Delivery Failure Process Networks Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and

Checklist for Configuring Basic Intranet Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMail Routing Tag Mail Rule Conditions

line Field Names Associated with TagsPlanning Guidelines Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment line Whitelist Tags Plan Planning Guidelines Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasSupported Platforms and System The Worldwide Corporation Deployment QuotasRequirements Plan Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Supported Platforms and System Quota Restrictions Server Software Requirements Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Inbox MaintenanceTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Server Software Inbox MaintenanceAdministrator Client Software Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Control Inbox Size Basic Configurations Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 10F: Archiving MailWhat is Eclipse? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and ArchivingClient Installation Types Basic Configurations Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesWhat is Lotus Expeditor? What is Eclipse? Archive Policy DocumentsExpeditor Component Packaging Client Installation Types Archive Policy Settings DocumentEclipse Update Sites What is Lotus Expeditor? Archive Criteria Settings Document Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Expeditor Component Packaging Checklist for Monitoring MailComponents Eclipse Update Sites Types of Misdelivered MailMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Automated Installation Options for Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Eclipse Components Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsFirst Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Mail Statistics The Server Setup Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Domino Directory First Server Message Tracking Replicas of the Domino Directory The Server Setup Process Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallComparing Domains and Organizations The Domino Directory What is Message Recall?Purposes of Organizational Units Replicas of the Domino Directory Message Recall OptionsAlternatives to Organizational Units Comparing Domains and Organizations Configuring the Message Recall Feature Descendants of the Organization Certifier Purposes of Organizational Units Troubleshooting StagesOrganization Security Alternatives to Organizational Units The Mail Trace Tool Organization Certifier ID Security Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAuthentication Between Organizations Organization Security When to Restart the Router Country Codes Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingServer Audience Types Authentication Between Organizations When to Force Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Server Log Country Codes Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andAdministrators Group Security Options Server Audience Types Dead MailTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Lotus Domino Server Log The Delivery Failure ProcessThe Client Configuration Program Administrators Group Security Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 1E: Configuring the Firstand Servers Workstation lineAccess in the Domino Directory The Client Configuration Program Planning GuidelinesThe Special Privilege of the Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentLocalDomainAdmins Group Administrators and Servers PlanPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Access in the Domino Directory Supported Platforms and SystemLacks The Special Privilege of the Requirements Domino Directory Access for Registering LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServers Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Server SoftwareNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Group Lacks Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Server ID File Storage Options Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Servers Administrator Client SoftwareAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Standard Directory Structure Server ID File Storage Options Basic ConfigurationsThe Central Directory Structure Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What is Eclipse?Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Client Installation TypesDomino Directory The Standard Directory Structure What is Lotus Expeditor?Server Setup Profiles The Central Directory Structure Expeditor Component PackagingClearing the Server ID Password Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Eclipse Update Sites


The Certification Log Domino Directory Automated Installation Options for EclipseAdministrator Access to Register OU Server Setup Profiles ComponentsCertifiers Clearing the Server ID Password Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Certification Log Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Administrator Access to Register OU First ServerUser Registration Options Certifiers The Server Setup ProcessAdministrator Access to Register Users Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino DirectoryThe License Tracking Database Topic 3B: Registering New Replicas of the Domino DirectoryInternet Password Options Administrators Comparing Domains and OrganizationsInternet Password Locking User Registration Options Purposes of Organizational UnitsID File Distribution Options Administrator Access to Register Users Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The License Tracking Database Descendants of the Organization CertifierUser Registration Text Files Internet Password Options Organization SecurityHow to Register Users from a Text File Internet Password Locking Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document ID File Distribution Options Authentication Between OrganizationsChanges Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Country CodesDomino Directory Document User Registration Text Files Server Audience TypesSynchronization How to Register Users from a Text File The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrators Group Security Options Workstation Changes Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWorkstation Setup for Additional Domino Directory Document WorkstationWorkstations Synchronization The Client Configuration Program Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toInstallation Workstation Administrators and ServersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Workstation Setup for Additional Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Workstations The Special Privilege of theServers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Administration Process Domino Installation Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupComponents of the Administration Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Lacks Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTiming and Execution of Administration Servers ServersProcess Requests The Administration Process Need for Selecting a Registration ServerNested Groups Components of the Administration Server ID File Storage Options The Deny List Only Group Type Process Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingGroup Precedence in Database Access Database Tools in Domino Administrator Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersAuto-populated Groups Timing and Execution of Administration The Standard Directory StructureTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Process Requests The Central Directory StructurePolicies Nested Groups Replicating a Subset of Documents in thePolicy Documents The Deny List Only Group Type Domino DirectoryPolicy Types Group Precedence in Database Access Server Setup ProfilesSettings Document Types Auto-populated Groups Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Precedence Rules Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Certification LogStatic and Dynamic Settings Policy Administrator Access to Register OUPolicy Management Tools Policies CertifiersPolicy Management Development Tools Policy Documents Need for Selecting a Registration Server Use of an Organizational Policy Policy Types Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Settings Document Types User Registration OptionsPolicy Policy Precedence Rules Administrator Access to Register UsersPolicy Assignment Methods Static and Dynamic Settings The License Tracking DatabasePolicy Assignment During Registration Policy Management Tools Internet Password OptionsDynamic Policy Assignments Policy Management Development Tools Internet Password LockingThe Effect of Multiple Policies Use of an Organizational Policy ID File Distribution Options Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileAdministration Tasks Explicit Policy User Registration Text FilesMessage Color-Coding on the Server Policy Assignment Methods How to Register Users from a Text File Console Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Dynamic Policy Assignments ChangesDatabases on the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies Domino Directory DocumentServer Access Control Mechanisms Lotus Domino Server Console Synchronization Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Administration Tasks Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorUser Access to the Server Message Color-Coding on the Server WorkstationWhen to Restart the Server Console Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Workstations Administration Levels Databases on the Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoAdministration Level Details Server Access Control Mechanisms InstallationThe Full Access Administrator Level Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Lotus Domino Administrator


Full Access Administrator Best Practices Access Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Domino Web Administrator User Access to the Server ServersAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino When to Restart the Server The Administration ProcessWeb Administrator Application Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administration Levels Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Domino Server Log Administration Level Details Timing and Execution of AdministrationThe Notes.ini File The Full Access Administrator Level Process Requests Logging Levels Full Access Administrator Best Practices Nested GroupsServer Groups and Replication The Domino Web Administrator The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administration Levels and the Lotus Group Precedence in Database AccessReplication Controls Domino Web Administrator Application Auto-populated Groups Replication Types Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMethods for Forcing Replication The Domino Server Log PolicyPull Push Replication The Notes.ini File PoliciesMultiple Replication Hubs Logging Levels Policy DocumentsCritical Application Scheduling Server Groups and Replication Policy TypesReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Settings Document TypesMail Routing Components Document Policy Precedence RulesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Replication Controls Static and Dynamic SettingsNNNs Replication Types Policy Management ToolsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Methods for Forcing Replication Policy Management Development ToolsMail Routing Topology Pull Push Replication Use of an Organizational Policy The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Critical Application Scheduling Explicit PolicyTopology Replication Schedule Criteria Policy Assignment MethodsOpportunistic Routing Mail Routing Components Policy Assignment During RegistrationConnection Document Mail Routing Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and Dynamic Policy AssignmentsRouter Types and Connection Documents Between NNNs The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 7B: Implementing a Lotus Domino Server Consolefor Incoming Mail Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Administration TasksMail Storage Formats The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Message Color-Coding on the ServerSMTP Topology Console SMTP Implementation Scenarios How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateSMTP Best Practices Topology Databases on the ServerInternet Mail Routing Opportunistic Routing Server Access Control MechanismsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Connection Document Mail Routing Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMethods for Enabling SMTP Options User Access to the ServerTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Router Types and Connection When to Restart the Server SMTP Settings Documents Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Administration LevelsSMTP Inbound Controls Format for Incoming Mail Administration Level DetailsSMTP Outbound Controls Mail Storage Formats The Full Access Administrator LevelMessage Relay Prevention SMTP Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Domino Web AdministratorFilters SMTP Best Practices Administration Levels and the LotusWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Internet Mail Routing Domino Web Administrator Application The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Methods for Enabling SMTP The Domino Server LogWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP The Notes.ini FileDNS Whitelist? Settings Logging Levels DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Settings Server Groups and Replication Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Delivery DocumentDNS Blacklist? SMTP Inbound Controls Replication ControlsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? SMTP Outbound Controls Replication TypesEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Relay Prevention Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Pull Push ReplicationPrivate Whitelist? Filters Multiple Replication HubsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Critical Application SchedulingEnabling Private Blacklist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Replication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Mail Routing ComponentsPrivate Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence the DNS Whitelist? NNNs How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mail Routing Topology(E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found in The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing


E/SMTP Settings the DNS Blacklist? TopologyTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What are Private Whitelist Filters? How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhen to Set Internet Addresses Enabling Private Whitelist Filters TopologyInternet Address Lookup Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Opportunistic RoutingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP the Private Whitelist? Connection Document Mail RoutingAn Implementation of SMTP Routing What are Private Blacklist Filters? OptionsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Router Types and Connection Documents Disclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMessage Disclaimers the Private Blacklist? for Incoming MailThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Storage Formats Process Precedence SMTPOptions for Attaching Disclaimers How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist SMTP Implementation ScenariosEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Filters SMTP Best PracticesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Internet Mail RoutingSettings (E/SMTP) Options The SMTP Listener and Router TasksUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME E/SMTP Settings Methods for Enabling SMTP Messages Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Addressing SettingsControls When to Set Internet Addresses SMTP Settings Delivery Controls Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 8G: Testing SMTP SMTP Inbound ControlsControls An Implementation of SMTP Routing SMTP Outbound ControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 9B: Implementing Message Message Relay Prevention Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Disclaimers Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistMailboxes Message Disclaimers FiltersBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Message Disclaimer Implementation What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?How Mail Rules Work Process The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMail Rule Actions Options for Attaching Disclaimers Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersActivating a Server Mail Rule Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Creating Message Disclaimer Policy the DNS Whitelist?Mail Journaling Settings DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersJournaling and Mail Routing Messages What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery the DNS Blacklist?Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Controls What are Private Whitelist Filters?Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Delivery Controls Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What Happens When a Host is Found inField Names Associated with Tags Controls the Private Whitelist?Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Mail Transfer Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters?Whitelist Tags Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mailboxes What Happens When a Host is Found inQuotas Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes the Private Blacklist?Quota Implementation Options How Mail Rules Work Order of Whitelist and BlacklistQuota Restrictions Mail Rule Actions PrecedenceTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Activating a Server Mail Rule How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistMaintenance Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Filters Inbox Maintenance Mail Journaling Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions (E/SMTP) OptionsControl Inbox Size Journaling and Mail Routing E/SMTP Settings Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingArchiving Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag When to Set Internet AddressesBenefits of Archiving and Policies and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Address Lookup Options Archive Policy Documents Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8G: Testing SMTPArchive Policy Settings Document Field Names Associated with Tags An Implementation of SMTP Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 9B: Implementing MessageChecklist for Monitoring Mail or Whitelist Tags DisclaimersTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Message DisclaimersChecking Mail Delivery Quotas The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Quota Implementation Options ProcessMail Statistics Quota Restrictions Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMessage Tracking Inbox Maintenance Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Inbox Maintenance SettingsWhat is Message Recall? Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessage Recall Options Control Inbox Size Messages Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery


Troubleshooting Stages Archiving ControlsThe Mail Trace Tool Benefits of Archiving and Policies Delivery Controls Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Archive Policy Documents Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhen to Restart the Router Archive Policy Settings Document ControlsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Transfer Controls When to Force Mail Routing Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Types of Misdelivered Mail MailboxesMail Checking Mail Delivery Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Delivery Failure Process Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics How Mail Rules Work

Mail Statistics Mail Rule ActionsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Activating a Server Mail Rule

line Message Tracking Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingPlanning Guidelines Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Mail JournalingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment What is Message Recall? Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPlan Message Recall Options Journaling and Mail RoutingSupported Platforms and System Configuring the Message Recall Feature Journaling and Server Configuration Requirements Troubleshooting Stages Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Mail Trace Tool Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsServer Software Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Tag Mail Rule ConditionsLotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Restart the Router Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAdministrator Client Software When to Force Mail Routing Whitelist Tags The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasBasic Configurations Dead Mail QuotasWhat is Eclipse? The Delivery Failure Process Quota Implementation OptionsClient Installation Types Quota Restrictions What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withExpeditor Component Packaging line Inbox MaintenanceEclipse Update Sites Planning Guidelines Inbox MaintenanceAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toComponents Plan Control Inbox Size Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Supported Platforms and System Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Requirements ArchivingFirst Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Server Setup Process Domino Server Software Archive Policy DocumentsThe Domino Directory Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Archive Policy Settings DocumentReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Archive Criteria Settings Document Comparing Domains and Organizations Domino Administrator Client Software Checklist for Monitoring MailPurposes of Organizational Units The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Types of Misdelivered MailAlternatives to Organizational Units Basic Configurations Checking Mail Delivery Descendants of the Organization Certifier What is Eclipse? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsOrganization Security Client Installation Types Mail Statistics Organization Certifier ID Security What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAuthentication Between Organizations Expeditor Component Packaging Message Tracking Country Codes Eclipse Update Sites Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallServer Audience Types Automated Installation Options for What is Message Recall?The Lotus Domino Server Log Eclipse Components Message Recall OptionsAdministrators Group Security Options Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Troubleshooting StagesThe Client Configuration Program First Server The Mail Trace Tool Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Server Setup Process Topic 12B: Restarting the Routerand Servers The Domino Directory When to Restart the Router Access in the Domino Directory Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Special Privilege of the Comparing Domains and Organizations When to Force Mail Routing LocalDomainAdmins Group Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Alternatives to Organizational Units Dead MailLacks Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Delivery Failure ProcessDomino Directory Access for Registering Organization SecurityServers Organization Certifier ID SecurityNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Authentication Between Organizations lineServer ID File Storage Options Country Codes Planning GuidelinesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Server Audience Types The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Lotus Domino Server Log PlanThe Standard Directory Structure Administrators Group Security Options Supported Platforms and SystemThe Central Directory Structure Topic 1E: Configuring the First Requirements Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Workstation Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino


Domino Directory The Client Configuration Program Server SoftwareServer Setup Profiles Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Clearing the Server ID Password Administrators and Servers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Certification Log Access in the Domino Directory Administrator Client SoftwareAdministrator Access to Register OU The Special Privilege of the The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andCertifiers LocalDomainAdmins Group Basic ConfigurationsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins What is Eclipse?Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Group Lacks Client Installation TypesUser Registration Options Domino Directory Access for Registering What is Lotus Expeditor?Administrator Access to Register Users Servers Expeditor Component PackagingThe License Tracking Database Need for Selecting a Registration Server Eclipse Update SitesInternet Password Options Server ID File Storage Options Automated Installation Options for EclipseInternet Password Locking Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting ComponentsID File Distribution Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Standard Directory Structure Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theUser Registration Text Files The Central Directory Structure First ServerHow to Register Users from a Text File Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Server Setup ProcessTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Domino Directory The Domino DirectoryChanges Server Setup Profiles Replicas of the Domino DirectoryDomino Directory Document Clearing the Server ID Password Comparing Domains and OrganizationsSynchronization The Certification Log Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Administrator Access to Register OU Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWorkstation Certifiers Descendants of the Organization CertifierWorkstation Setup for Additional Need for Selecting a Registration Server Organization SecurityWorkstations Topic 3B: Registering New Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Administrators Authentication Between OrganizationsInstallation User Registration Options Country CodesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register Users Server Audience TypesTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The License Tracking Database The Lotus Domino Server LogServers Internet Password Options Administrators Group Security Options The Administration Process Internet Password Locking Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstComponents of the Administration Process ID File Distribution Options WorkstationDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Client Configuration Program Timing and Execution of Administration User Registration Text Files Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toProcess Requests How to Register Users from a Text File Administrators and ServersNested Groups Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Deny List Only Group Type Changes The Special Privilege of theGroup Precedence in Database Access Domino Directory Document LocalDomainAdmins GroupAuto-populated Groups Synchronization Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Lacks Policies Workstation Domino Directory Access for RegisteringPolicy Documents Workstation Setup for Additional ServersPolicy Types Workstations Need for Selecting a Registration ServerSettings Document Types Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Server ID File Storage Options Policy Precedence Rules Domino Installation Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingStatic and Dynamic Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPolicy Management Tools Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Standard Directory StructurePolicy Management Development Tools Servers The Central Directory StructureUse of an Organizational Policy The Administration Process Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Components of the Administration Domino DirectoryPolicy Process Server Setup ProfilesPolicy Assignment Methods Database Tools in Domino Administrator Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Assignment During Registration Timing and Execution of Administration The Certification LogDynamic Policy Assignments Process Requests Administrator Access to Register OUThe Effect of Multiple Policies Nested Groups CertifiersLotus Domino Server Console The Deny List Only Group Type Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Tasks Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Auto-populated Groups User Registration OptionsConsole Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy The License Tracking DatabaseDatabases on the Server Policies Internet Password OptionsServer Access Control Mechanisms Policy Documents Internet Password LockingRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Policy Types ID File Distribution Options User Access to the Server Settings Document Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhen to Restart the Server Policy Precedence Rules User Registration Text FilesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Static and Dynamic Settings How to Register Users from a Text File


Administration Levels Policy Management Tools Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentAdministration Level Details Policy Management Development Tools ChangesThe Full Access Administrator Level Use of an Organizational Policy Domino Directory DocumentFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Synchronization The Domino Web Administrator Explicit Policy Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Policy Assignment Methods WorkstationWeb Administrator Application Policy Assignment During Registration Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Dynamic Policy Assignments Workstations The Domino Server Log The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Notes.ini File Lotus Domino Server Console InstallationLogging Levels Administration Tasks The Lotus Domino Administrator Server Groups and Replication Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Console ServersReplication Controls Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Administration ProcessReplication Types Databases on the Server Components of the Administration ProcessMethods for Forcing Replication Server Access Control Mechanisms Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPull Push Replication Restrictions for Authorizing Server Timing and Execution of AdministrationMultiple Replication Hubs Access Process Requests Critical Application Scheduling User Access to the Server Nested GroupsReplication Schedule Criteria When to Restart the Server The Deny List Only Group TypeMail Routing Components Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Group Precedence in Database AccessMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administration Levels Auto-populated Groups NNNs Administration Level Details Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke The Full Access Administrator Level PolicyMail Routing Topology Full Access Administrator Best Practices PoliciesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Domino Web Administrator Policy DocumentsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administration Levels and the Lotus Policy TypesTopology Domino Web Administrator Application Settings Document TypesOpportunistic Routing Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Precedence RulesConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Domino Server Log Static and Dynamic SettingsRouter Types and Connection Documents The Notes.ini File Policy Management ToolsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Logging Levels Policy Management Development Toolsfor Incoming Mail Server Groups and Replication Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Storage Formats Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anSMTP Document Explicit PolicySMTP Implementation Scenarios Replication Controls Policy Assignment MethodsSMTP Best Practices Replication Types Policy Assignment During RegistrationInternet Mail Routing Methods for Forcing Replication Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Pull Push Replication The Effect of Multiple Policies Methods for Enabling SMTP Multiple Replication Hubs Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Critical Application Scheduling Administration TasksSMTP Settings Replication Schedule Criteria Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Mail Routing Components Console SMTP Inbound Controls Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateSMTP Outbound Controls Between NNNs Databases on the ServerMessage Relay Prevention Topic 7B: Implementing a Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessFilters The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing User Access to the ServerWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topology When to Restart the Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topology Administration LevelsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Opportunistic Routing Administration Level DetailsDNS Whitelist? Connection Document Mail Routing The Full Access Administrator LevelDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Options Full Access Administrator Best PracticesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Router Types and Connection The Domino Web AdministratorWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Documents Administration Levels and the LotusDNS Blacklist? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Domino Web Administrator Application What are Private Whitelist Filters? Format for Incoming Mail Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Storage Formats The Domino Server LogWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP The Notes.ini FilePrivate Whitelist? SMTP Implementation Scenarios Logging Levels What are Private Blacklist Filters? SMTP Best Practices Server Groups and Replication Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Internet Mail Routing Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks DocumentPrivate Blacklist? Methods for Enabling SMTP Replication ControlsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Replication Types


How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Settings Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Settings Pull Push Replication(E/SMTP) Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Multiple Replication HubsE/SMTP Settings Delivery Critical Application SchedulingTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing SMTP Inbound Controls Replication Schedule Criteria When to Set Internet Addresses SMTP Outbound Controls Mail Routing ComponentsInternet Address Lookup Options Message Relay Prevention Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist NNNs An Implementation of SMTP Routing Filters Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 9B: Implementing Message What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail Routing TopologyDisclaimers The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessage Disclaimers Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters TopologyThe Message Disclaimer Implementation What Happens When a Host is Found in How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeProcess the DNS Whitelist? TopologyOptions for Attaching Disclaimers DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Opportunistic RoutingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Connection Document Mail RoutingCreating Message Disclaimer Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in OptionsSettings the DNS Blacklist? Router Types and Connection Documents Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMessages Enabling Private Whitelist Filters for Incoming MailTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Storage Formats Controls the Private Whitelist? SMTPDelivery Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters? SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Enabling Private Blacklist Filters SMTP Best PracticesControls What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Mail RoutingMail Transfer Controls the Private Blacklist? The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Methods for Enabling SMTP Mailboxes Precedence Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist SettingsHow Mail Rules Work Filters SMTP Settings Mail Rule Actions Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryActivating a Server Mail Rule (E/SMTP) Options SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling E/SMTP Settings SMTP Outbound ControlsMail Journaling Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Addressing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistJournaling and Mail Routing When to Set Internet Addresses FiltersJournaling and Server Configuration Internet Address Lookup Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions An Implementation of SMTP Routing Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9B: Implementing Message What Happens When a Host is Found inField Names Associated with Tags Disclaimers the DNS Whitelist?Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Message Disclaimers DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsWhitelist Tags The Message Disclaimer Implementation Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Process What Happens When a Host is Found inQuotas Options for Attaching Disclaimers the DNS Blacklist?Quota Implementation Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What are Private Whitelist Filters?Quota Restrictions Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inMaintenance Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME the Private Whitelist?Inbox Maintenance Messages What are Private Blacklist Filters?Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersControl Inbox Size Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Delivery Controls the Private Blacklist?Archiving Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Order of Whitelist and BlacklistBenefits of Archiving and Policies Controls PrecedenceArchive Policy Documents Mail Transfer Controls How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Filters Archive Criteria Settings Document Mailboxes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPChecklist for Monitoring Mail Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes (E/SMTP) OptionsTypes of Misdelivered Mail How Mail Rules Work E/SMTP Settings Checking Mail Delivery Mail Rule Actions Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Set Internet AddressesMail Statistics Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mail Journaling Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMessage Tracking Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message


What is Message Recall? Journaling and Server Configuration DisclaimersMessage Recall Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Message DisclaimersConfiguring the Message Recall Feature and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTroubleshooting Stages Tag Mail Rule Conditions ProcessThe Mail Trace Tool Field Names Associated with Tags Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhen to Restart the Router or Whitelist Tags Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SettingsWhen to Force Mail Routing Quotas Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Quota Implementation Options Messages Mail Quota Restrictions Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Controls

Inbox Maintenance Delivery Controls Inbox Maintenance Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer

line Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to ControlsPlanning Guidelines Control Inbox Size Mail Transfer Controls The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPlan Archiving MailboxesSupported Platforms and System Benefits of Archiving and Policies Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Requirements Archive Policy Documents How Mail Rules WorkTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Archive Policy Settings Document Mail Rule ActionsServer Software Archive Criteria Settings Document Activating a Server Mail Rule Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Types of Misdelivered Mail Mail JournalingAdministrator Client Software Checking Mail Delivery Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Journaling and Mail RoutingBasic Configurations Mail Statistics Journaling and Server Configuration What is Eclipse? Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andClient Installation Types Message Tracking Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Tag Mail Rule ConditionsExpeditor Component Packaging What is Message Recall? Field Names Associated with TagsEclipse Update Sites Message Recall Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Configuring the Message Recall Feature Whitelist Tags Components Troubleshooting Stages Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Mail Trace Tool QuotasTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Quota Implementation OptionsFirst Server When to Restart the Router Quota Restrictions The Server Setup Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Domino Directory When to Force Mail Routing Inbox MaintenanceReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Inbox MaintenanceComparing Domains and Organizations Dead Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPurposes of Organizational Units The Delivery Failure Process Control Inbox Size Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 10F: Archiving MailDescendants of the Organization Certifier ArchivingOrganization Security line Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesOrganization Certifier ID Security Planning Guidelines Archive Policy DocumentsAuthentication Between Organizations The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Archive Policy Settings DocumentCountry Codes Plan Archive Criteria Settings Document Server Audience Types Supported Platforms and System Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Lotus Domino Server Log Requirements Types of Misdelivered MailAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Domino Server Software Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Client Configuration Program Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Statistics Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 11C: Enabling Message Trackingand Servers Domino Administrator Client Software Message Tracking Access in the Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Special Privilege of the Basic Configurations What is Message Recall?LocalDomainAdmins Group What is Eclipse? Message Recall OptionsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Client Installation Types Configuring the Message Recall Feature Lacks What is Lotus Expeditor? Troubleshooting StagesDomino Directory Access for Registering Expeditor Component Packaging The Mail Trace Tool Servers Eclipse Update Sites Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Automated Installation Options for When to Restart the Router Server ID File Storage Options Eclipse Components Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation When to Force Mail Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and


The Standard Directory Structure First Server Dead MailThe Central Directory Structure The Server Setup Process The Delivery Failure ProcessReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Domino DirectoryDomino Directory Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServer Setup Profiles Comparing Domains and Organizations lineClearing the Server ID Password Purposes of Organizational Units Planning GuidelinesThe Certification Log Alternatives to Organizational Units The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAdministrator Access to Register OU Descendants of the Organization Certifier PlanCertifiers Organization Security Supported Platforms and SystemNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Organization Certifier ID Security Requirements Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Authentication Between Organizations Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoUser Registration Options Country Codes Server SoftwareAdministrator Access to Register Users Server Audience Types Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The License Tracking Database The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoInternet Password Options Administrators Group Security Options Administrator Client SoftwareInternet Password Locking Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andID File Distribution Options Workstation Basic ConfigurationsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Client Configuration Program What is Eclipse?User Registration Text Files Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Client Installation TypesHow to Register Users from a Text File Administrators and Servers What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Access in the Domino Directory Expeditor Component PackagingChanges The Special Privilege of the Eclipse Update SitesDomino Directory Document LocalDomainAdmins Group Automated Installation Options for EclipseSynchronization Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins ComponentsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Group Lacks Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Workstation Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theWorkstation Setup for Additional Servers First ServerWorkstations Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Server Setup ProcessTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Server ID File Storage Options The Domino DirectoryInstallation Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Lotus Domino Administrator Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Standard Directory Structure Purposes of Organizational UnitsServers The Central Directory Structure Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Administration Process Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Descendants of the Organization CertifierComponents of the Administration Process Domino Directory Organization SecurityDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Server Setup Profiles Organization Certifier ID SecurityTiming and Execution of Administration Clearing the Server ID Password Authentication Between OrganizationsProcess Requests The Certification Log Country CodesNested Groups Administrator Access to Register OU Server Audience TypesThe Deny List Only Group Type Certifiers The Lotus Domino Server LogGroup Precedence in Database Access Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administrators Group Security Options Auto-populated Groups Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Administrators WorkstationPolicies User Registration Options The Client Configuration Program Policy Documents Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toPolicy Types The License Tracking Database Administrators and ServersSettings Document Types Internet Password Options Access in the Domino DirectoryPolicy Precedence Rules Internet Password Locking The Special Privilege of theStatic and Dynamic Settings ID File Distribution Options LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicy Management Tools Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicy Management Development Tools User Registration Text Files Lacks Use of an Organizational Policy How to Register Users from a Text File Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document ServersPolicy Changes Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPolicy Assignment Methods Domino Directory Document Server ID File Storage Options Policy Assignment During Registration Synchronization Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Effect of Multiple Policies Workstation The Standard Directory StructureLotus Domino Server Console Workstation Setup for Additional The Central Directory StructureAdministration Tasks Workstations Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino DirectoryConsole Domino Installation Server Setup ProfilesTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Lotus Domino Administrator Clearing the Server ID Password Databases on the Server Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Certification LogServer Access Control Mechanisms Servers Administrator Access to Register OURestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Administration Process Certifiers


User Access to the Server Components of the Administration Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Server Process Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Database Tools in Domino Administrator User Registration OptionsAdministration Levels Timing and Execution of Administration Administrator Access to Register UsersAdministration Level Details Process Requests The License Tracking DatabaseThe Full Access Administrator Level Nested Groups Internet Password OptionsFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Deny List Only Group Type Internet Password LockingThe Domino Web Administrator Group Precedence in Database Access ID File Distribution Options Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Auto-populated Groups Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWeb Administrator Application Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational User Registration Text FilesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy How to Register Users from a Text File The Domino Server Log Policies Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentThe Notes.ini File Policy Documents ChangesLogging Levels Policy Types Domino Directory DocumentServer Groups and Replication Settings Document Types Synchronization Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Policy Precedence Rules Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorReplication Controls Static and Dynamic Settings WorkstationReplication Types Policy Management Tools Workstation Setup for AdditionalMethods for Forcing Replication Policy Management Development Tools Workstations Pull Push Replication Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an InstallationCritical Application Scheduling Explicit Policy The Lotus Domino Administrator Replication Schedule Criteria Policy Assignment Methods Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleMail Routing Components Policy Assignment During Registration ServersMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Dynamic Policy Assignments The Administration ProcessNNNs The Effect of Multiple Policies Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Lotus Domino Server Console Database Tools in Domino AdministratorMail Routing Topology Administration Tasks Timing and Execution of AdministrationThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Message Color-Coding on the Server Process Requests How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Console Nested GroupsTopology Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Deny List Only Group TypeOpportunistic Routing Databases on the Server Group Precedence in Database AccessConnection Document Mail Routing Options Server Access Control Mechanisms Auto-populated Groups Router Types and Connection Documents Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Access Policyfor Incoming Mail User Access to the Server PoliciesMail Storage Formats When to Restart the Server Policy DocumentsSMTP Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Policy TypesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Administration Levels Settings Document TypesSMTP Best Practices Administration Level Details Policy Precedence RulesInternet Mail Routing The Full Access Administrator Level Static and Dynamic SettingsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Full Access Administrator Best Practices Policy Management ToolsMethods for Enabling SMTP The Domino Web Administrator Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Administration Levels and the Lotus Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Settings Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Explicit PolicySMTP Inbound Controls The Domino Server Log Policy Assignment MethodsSMTP Outbound Controls The Notes.ini File Policy Assignment During RegistrationMessage Relay Prevention Logging Levels Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Server Groups and Replication The Effect of Multiple Policies Filters Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Document Administration TasksThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Replication Controls Message Color-Coding on the ServerEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Replication Types Console What Happens When a Host is Found in the Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateDNS Whitelist? Pull Push Replication Databases on the ServerDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Multiple Replication Hubs Server Access Control MechanismsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Critical Application Scheduling Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Replication Schedule Criteria User Access to the ServerDNS Blacklist? Mail Routing Components When to Restart the Server What are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Between NNNs Administration LevelsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 7B: Implementing a Administration Level DetailsPrivate Whitelist? Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Full Access Administrator Best PracticesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topology The Domino Web Administrator


What Happens When a Host is Found in the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administration Levels and the LotusPrivate Blacklist? Topology Domino Web Administrator Application Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Opportunistic Routing Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Connection Document Mail Routing The Domino Server LogTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Options The Notes.ini File(E/SMTP) Options Router Types and Connection Logging Levels E/SMTP Settings Documents Server Groups and Replication Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhen to Set Internet Addresses Format for Incoming Mail DocumentInternet Address Lookup Options Mail Storage Formats Replication ControlsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP SMTP Replication TypesAn Implementation of SMTP Routing SMTP Implementation Scenarios Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 9B: Implementing Message SMTP Best Practices Pull Push ReplicationDisclaimers Internet Mail Routing Multiple Replication HubsMessage Disclaimers The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Critical Application SchedulingThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Methods for Enabling SMTP Replication Schedule Criteria Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Mail Routing ComponentsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Settings Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenEnabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTP Settings NNNs Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeSettings Delivery Mail Routing TopologyUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME SMTP Inbound Controls The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessages SMTP Outbound Controls TopologyTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Message Relay Prevention How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeControls Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist TopologyDelivery Controls Filters Opportunistic RoutingTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Connection Document Mail RoutingControls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process OptionsMail Transfer Controls Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMailboxes the DNS Whitelist? for Incoming MailBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Storage Formats How Mail Rules Work Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters SMTPMail Rule Actions What Happens When a Host is Found in SMTP Implementation ScenariosActivating a Server Mail Rule the DNS Blacklist? SMTP Best PracticesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What are Private Whitelist Filters? Internet Mail RoutingMail Journaling Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The SMTP Listener and Router TasksJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Enabling SMTP Journaling and Mail Routing the Private Whitelist? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPJournaling and Server Configuration What are Private Blacklist Filters? SettingsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Enabling Private Blacklist Filters SMTP Settings Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTag Mail Rule Conditions the Private Blacklist? SMTP Inbound ControlsField Names Associated with Tags Order of Whitelist and Blacklist SMTP Outbound ControlsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Precedence Message Relay Prevention Whitelist Tags How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Filters FiltersQuotas Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Quota Implementation Options (E/SMTP) Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessQuota Restrictions E/SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 8F: Configuring Internet What Happens When a Host is Found inMaintenance Addressing the DNS Whitelist?Inbox Maintenance When to Set Internet Addresses DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Address Lookup Options Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersControl Inbox Size Topic 8G: Testing SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 10F: Archiving Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing the DNS Blacklist?Archiving Topic 9B: Implementing Message What are Private Whitelist Filters?Benefits of Archiving and Policies Disclaimers Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersArchive Policy Documents Message Disclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found inArchive Policy Settings Document The Message Disclaimer Implementation the Private Whitelist?Archive Criteria Settings Document Process What are Private Blacklist Filters?Checklist for Monitoring Mail Options for Attaching Disclaimers Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTypes of Misdelivered Mail Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found inChecking Mail Delivery Creating Message Disclaimer Policy the Private Blacklist?Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Settings Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMail Statistics Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Precedence


Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Messages How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistMessage Tracking Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Controls Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPWhat is Message Recall? Delivery Controls (E/SMTP) OptionsMessage Recall Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer E/SMTP Settings Configuring the Message Recall Feature Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTroubleshooting Stages Mail Transfer Controls When to Set Internet AddressesThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Mailboxes Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhen to Restart the Router Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing How Mail Rules Work Topic 9B: Implementing MessageWhen to Force Mail Routing Mail Rule Actions DisclaimersTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Activating a Server Mail Rule Message DisclaimersMail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Delivery Failure Process Mail Journaling Process

Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Options for Attaching DisclaimersJournaling and Mail Routing Enabling Server Message Disclaimers

line Journaling and Server Configuration Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPlanning Guidelines Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag SettingsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEPlan Tag Mail Rule Conditions Messages Supported Platforms and System Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryRequirements Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist ControlsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino or Whitelist Tags Delivery Controls Server Software Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferLotus Domino Server Installation Types Quotas ControlsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Quota Implementation Options Mail Transfer Controls Administrator Client Software Quota Restrictions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with MailboxesBasic Configurations Inbox Maintenance Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes What is Eclipse? Inbox Maintenance How Mail Rules WorkClient Installation Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Mail Rule ActionsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Control Inbox Size Activating a Server Mail Rule Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingEclipse Update Sites Archiving Mail JournalingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Benefits of Archiving and Policies Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsComponents Archive Policy Documents Journaling and Mail RoutingMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Archive Policy Settings Document Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andFirst Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Server Setup Process Types of Misdelivered Mail Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Domino Directory Checking Mail Delivery Field Names Associated with TagsReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orComparing Domains and Organizations Mail Statistics Whitelist Tags Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasAlternatives to Organizational Units Message Tracking QuotasDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Quota Implementation OptionsOrganization Security What is Message Recall? Quota Restrictions Organization Certifier ID Security Message Recall Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAuthentication Between Organizations Configuring the Message Recall Feature Inbox MaintenanceCountry Codes Troubleshooting Stages Inbox MaintenanceServer Audience Types The Mail Trace Tool Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Control Inbox Size Administrators Group Security Options When to Restart the Router Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing ArchivingThe Client Configuration Program When to Force Mail Routing Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Archive Policy Documentsand Servers Dead Mail Archive Policy Settings DocumentAccess in the Domino Directory The Delivery Failure Process Archive Criteria Settings Document The Special Privilege of the Checklist for Monitoring MailLocalDomainAdmins Group Types of Misdelivered MailPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group line Checking Mail Delivery Lacks Planning Guidelines Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsDomino Directory Access for Registering The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Statistics Servers Plan Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Supported Platforms and System Message Tracking


Server ID File Storage Options Requirements Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus What is Message Recall?Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Domino Server Software Message Recall OptionsThe Standard Directory Structure Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Central Directory Structure Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Troubleshooting StagesReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Domino Administrator Client Software The Mail Trace Tool Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterServer Setup Profiles Basic Configurations When to Restart the Router Clearing the Server ID Password What is Eclipse? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Certification Log Client Installation Types When to Force Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register OU What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andCertifiers Expeditor Component Packaging Dead MailNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Eclipse Update Sites The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Automated Installation Options forUser Registration Options Eclipse ComponentsAdministrator Access to Register Users Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation lineThe License Tracking Database Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Planning GuidelinesInternet Password Options First Server The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentInternet Password Locking The Server Setup Process PlanID File Distribution Options The Domino Directory Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replicas of the Domino Directory Requirements User Registration Text Files Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoHow to Register Users from a Text File Purposes of Organizational Units Server SoftwareTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Alternatives to Organizational Units Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Changes Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDomino Directory Document Organization Security Administrator Client SoftwareSynchronization Organization Certifier ID Security The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Authentication Between Organizations Basic ConfigurationsWorkstation Country Codes What is Eclipse?Workstation Setup for Additional Server Audience Types Client Installation TypesWorkstations The Lotus Domino Server Log What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Administrators Group Security Options Expeditor Component PackagingInstallation Topic 1E: Configuring the First Eclipse Update SitesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Workstation Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Client Configuration Program ComponentsServers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Administration Process Administrators and Servers Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theComponents of the Administration Process Access in the Domino Directory First ServerDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Special Privilege of the The Server Setup ProcessTiming and Execution of Administration LocalDomainAdmins Group The Domino DirectoryProcess Requests Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Replicas of the Domino DirectoryNested Groups Group Lacks Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Deny List Only Group Type Domino Directory Access for Registering Purposes of Organizational UnitsGroup Precedence in Database Access Servers Alternatives to Organizational UnitsAuto-populated Groups Need for Selecting a Registration Server Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Server ID File Storage Options Organization SecurityPolicies Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Organization Certifier ID SecurityPolicy Documents Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicy Types The Standard Directory Structure Country CodesSettings Document Types The Central Directory Structure Server Audience TypesPolicy Precedence Rules Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Lotus Domino Server LogStatic and Dynamic Settings Domino Directory Administrators Group Security Options Policy Management Tools Server Setup Profiles Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstPolicy Management Development Tools Clearing the Server ID Password WorkstationUse of an Organizational Policy The Certification Log The Client Configuration Program Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toPolicy Certifiers Administrators and ServersPolicy Assignment Methods Need for Selecting a Registration Server Access in the Domino DirectoryPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 3B: Registering New The Special Privilege of theDynamic Policy Assignments Administrators LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Effect of Multiple Policies User Registration Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupLotus Domino Server Console Administrator Access to Register Users Lacks Administration Tasks The License Tracking Database Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMessage Color-Coding on the Server Internet Password Options ServersConsole Internet Password Locking Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create ID File Distribution Options Server ID File Storage Options


Databases on the Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingServer Access Control Mechanisms User Registration Text Files Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access How to Register Users from a Text File The Standard Directory StructureUser Access to the Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Central Directory StructureWhen to Restart the Server Changes Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Domino Directory Document Domino DirectoryAdministration Levels Synchronization Server Setup ProfilesAdministration Level Details Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Clearing the Server ID Password The Full Access Administrator Level Workstation The Certification LogFull Access Administrator Best Practices Workstation Setup for Additional Administrator Access to Register OUThe Domino Web Administrator Workstations CertifiersAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Need for Selecting a Registration Server Web Administrator Application Domino Installation Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Lotus Domino Administrator User Registration OptionsThe Domino Server Log Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Notes.ini File Servers The License Tracking DatabaseLogging Levels The Administration Process Internet Password OptionsServer Groups and Replication Components of the Administration Internet Password LockingTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Process ID File Distribution Options Replication Controls Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileReplication Types Timing and Execution of Administration User Registration Text FilesMethods for Forcing Replication Process Requests How to Register Users from a Text File Pull Push Replication Nested Groups Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMultiple Replication Hubs The Deny List Only Group Type ChangesCritical Application Scheduling Group Precedence in Database Access Domino Directory DocumentReplication Schedule Criteria Auto-populated Groups Synchronization Mail Routing Components Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Policy WorkstationNNNs Policies Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Policy Documents Workstations Mail Routing Topology Policy Types Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Settings Document Types InstallationHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy Precedence Rules The Lotus Domino Administrator Topology Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleOpportunistic Routing Policy Management Tools ServersConnection Document Mail Routing Options Policy Management Development Tools The Administration ProcessRouter Types and Connection Documents Use of an Organizational Policy Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Database Tools in Domino Administratorfor Incoming Mail Explicit Policy Timing and Execution of AdministrationMail Storage Formats Policy Assignment Methods Process Requests SMTP Policy Assignment During Registration Nested GroupsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Dynamic Policy Assignments The Deny List Only Group TypeSMTP Best Practices The Effect of Multiple Policies Group Precedence in Database AccessInternet Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Console Auto-populated Groups The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Administration Tasks Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMethods for Enabling SMTP Message Color-Coding on the Server PolicyTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Console PoliciesSMTP Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy DocumentsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Databases on the Server Policy TypesSMTP Inbound Controls Server Access Control Mechanisms Settings Document TypesSMTP Outbound Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server Policy Precedence RulesMessage Relay Prevention Access Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist User Access to the Server Policy Management ToolsFilters When to Restart the Server Policy Management Development ToolsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Use of an Organizational Policy The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administration Levels Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Administration Level Details Explicit PolicyWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Full Access Administrator Level Policy Assignment MethodsDNS Whitelist? Full Access Administrator Best Practices Policy Assignment During RegistrationDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Domino Web Administrator Dynamic Policy AssignmentsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administration Levels and the Lotus The Effect of Multiple Policies What Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Web Administrator Application Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDNS Blacklist? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administration TasksWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? The Domino Server Log Message Color-Coding on the ServerEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Notes.ini File Console What Happens When a Host is Found in the Logging Levels Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create


Private Whitelist? Server Groups and Replication Databases on the ServerWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Server Access Control MechanismsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Document Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Replication Controls User Access to the ServerPrivate Blacklist? Replication Types When to Restart the Server Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Pull Push Replication Administration LevelsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Multiple Replication Hubs Administration Level Details(E/SMTP) Options Critical Application Scheduling The Full Access Administrator LevelE/SMTP Settings Replication Schedule Criteria Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Mail Routing Components The Domino Web AdministratorWhen to Set Internet Addresses Mail Routing Behavior Within and Administration Levels and the LotusInternet Address Lookup Options Between NNNs Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Domino Server LogTopic 9B: Implementing Message The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The Notes.ini FileDisclaimers Topology Logging Levels Message Disclaimers How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Server Groups and Replication The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topology Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionProcess Opportunistic Routing DocumentOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Connection Document Mail Routing Replication ControlsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Options Replication TypesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Router Types and Connection Methods for Forcing ReplicationSettings Documents Pull Push ReplicationUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Multiple Replication HubsMessages Format for Incoming Mail Critical Application SchedulingTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Storage Formats Replication Schedule Criteria Controls SMTP Mail Routing ComponentsDelivery Controls SMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SMTP Best Practices NNNs Controls Internet Mail Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMail Transfer Controls The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Mail Routing TopologyTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Methods for Enabling SMTP The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMailboxes Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP TopologyBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeHow Mail Rules Work SMTP Settings TopologyMail Rule Actions Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Opportunistic RoutingActivating a Server Mail Rule Delivery Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling SMTP Inbound Controls OptionsMail Journaling SMTP Outbound Controls Router Types and Connection Documents Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Message Relay Prevention Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist for Incoming MailJournaling and Server Configuration Filters Mail Storage Formats Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? SMTPWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process SMTP Implementation ScenariosTag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SMTP Best PracticesField Names Associated with Tags What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Mail RoutingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or the DNS Whitelist? The SMTP Listener and Router TasksWhitelist Tags DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPQuotas What Happens When a Host is Found in SettingsQuota Implementation Options the DNS Blacklist? SMTP Settings Quota Restrictions What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Enabling Private Whitelist Filters SMTP Inbound ControlsMaintenance What Happens When a Host is Found in SMTP Outbound ControlsInbox Maintenance the Private Whitelist? Message Relay Prevention Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistControl Inbox Size Enabling Private Blacklist Filters FiltersTopic 10F: Archiving Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Archiving the Private Blacklist? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessBenefits of Archiving and Policies Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersArchive Policy Documents Precedence What Happens When a Host is Found inArchive Policy Settings Document How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist the DNS Whitelist?Archive Criteria Settings Document Filters DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTypes of Misdelivered Mail (E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found in


Checking Mail Delivery E/SMTP Settings the DNS Blacklist?Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 8F: Configuring Internet What are Private Whitelist Filters?Mail Statistics Addressing Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking When to Set Internet Addresses What Happens When a Host is Found inMessage Tracking Internet Address Lookup Options the Private Whitelist?Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 8G: Testing SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?What is Message Recall? An Implementation of SMTP Routing Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMessage Recall Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message What Happens When a Host is Found inConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Disclaimers the Private Blacklist?Troubleshooting Stages Message Disclaimers Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Mail Trace Tool The Message Disclaimer Implementation PrecedenceTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Process How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Restart the Router Options for Attaching Disclaimers Filters Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPWhen to Force Mail Routing Creating Message Disclaimer Policy (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Settings E/SMTP Settings Mail Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Delivery Failure Process Messages When to Set Internet Addresses

Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Internet Address Lookup Options Controls Topic 8G: Testing SMTP

line Delivery Controls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Planning Guidelines Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Controls DisclaimersPlan Mail Transfer Controls Message DisclaimersSupported Platforms and System Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Message Disclaimer ImplementationRequirements Mailboxes ProcessTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Options for Attaching DisclaimersServer Software How Mail Rules Work Enabling Server Message DisclaimersLotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Rule Actions Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Activating a Server Mail Rule SettingsAdministrator Client Software Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Mail Journaling Messages Basic Configurations Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryWhat is Eclipse? Journaling and Mail Routing ControlsClient Installation Types Journaling and Server Configuration Delivery Controls What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferExpeditor Component Packaging and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions ControlsEclipse Update Sites Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Transfer Controls Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerComponents Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist MailboxesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation or Whitelist Tags Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas How Mail Rules WorkFirst Server Quotas Mail Rule ActionsThe Server Setup Process Quota Implementation Options Activating a Server Mail Rule The Domino Directory Quota Restrictions Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Mail JournalingComparing Domains and Organizations Inbox Maintenance Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPurposes of Organizational Units Inbox Maintenance Journaling and Mail RoutingAlternatives to Organizational Units Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Journaling and Server Configuration Descendants of the Organization Certifier Control Inbox Size Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andOrganization Security Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOrganization Certifier ID Security Archiving Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAuthentication Between Organizations Benefits of Archiving and Policies Field Names Associated with TagsCountry Codes Archive Policy Documents Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orServer Audience Types Archive Policy Settings Document Whitelist Tags The Lotus Domino Server Log Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasAdministrators Group Security Options Checklist for Monitoring Mail QuotasTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Types of Misdelivered Mail Quota Implementation OptionsThe Client Configuration Program Checking Mail Delivery Quota Restrictions Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withand Servers Mail Statistics Inbox MaintenanceAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Inbox MaintenanceThe Special Privilege of the Message Tracking Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Control Inbox Size Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group What is Message Recall? Topic 10F: Archiving MailLacks Message Recall Options Archiving


Domino Directory Access for Registering Configuring the Message Recall Feature Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesServers Troubleshooting Stages Archive Policy DocumentsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Mail Trace Tool Archive Policy Settings DocumentServer ID File Storage Options Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting When to Restart the Router Checklist for Monitoring MailAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Types of Misdelivered MailThe Standard Directory Structure When to Force Mail Routing Checking Mail Delivery The Central Directory Structure Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Dead Mail Mail Statistics Domino Directory The Delivery Failure Process Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingServer Setup Profiles Message Tracking Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Certification Log line What is Message Recall?Administrator Access to Register OU Planning Guidelines Message Recall OptionsCertifiers The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Configuring the Message Recall Feature Need for Selecting a Registration Server Plan Troubleshooting StagesTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Supported Platforms and System The Mail Trace Tool User Registration Options Requirements Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus When to Restart the Router The License Tracking Database Domino Server Software Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingInternet Password Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Force Mail Routing Internet Password Locking Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andID File Distribution Options Domino Administrator Client Software Dead MailTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Delivery Failure ProcessUser Registration Text Files Basic ConfigurationsHow to Register Users from a Text File What is Eclipse?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Client Installation Types lineChanges What is Lotus Expeditor? Planning GuidelinesDomino Directory Document Expeditor Component Packaging The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentSynchronization Eclipse Update Sites PlanTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Automated Installation Options for Supported Platforms and SystemWorkstation Eclipse Components Requirements Workstation Setup for Additional Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWorkstations Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server SoftwareTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino First Server Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Installation The Server Setup Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Domino Directory Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Replicas of the Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andServers Comparing Domains and Organizations Basic ConfigurationsThe Administration Process Purposes of Organizational Units What is Eclipse?Components of the Administration Process Alternatives to Organizational Units Client Installation TypesDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Descendants of the Organization Certifier What is Lotus Expeditor?Timing and Execution of Administration Organization Security Expeditor Component PackagingProcess Requests Organization Certifier ID Security Eclipse Update SitesNested Groups Authentication Between Organizations Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Deny List Only Group Type Country Codes ComponentsGroup Precedence in Database Access Server Audience Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Auto-populated Groups The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Administrators Group Security Options First ServerPolicies Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Server Setup ProcessPolicy Documents Workstation The Domino DirectoryPolicy Types The Client Configuration Program Replicas of the Domino DirectorySettings Document Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPolicy Precedence Rules Administrators and Servers Purposes of Organizational UnitsStatic and Dynamic Settings Access in the Domino Directory Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPolicy Management Tools The Special Privilege of the Descendants of the Organization CertifierPolicy Management Development Tools LocalDomainAdmins Group Organization SecurityUse of an Organizational Policy Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Group Lacks Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicy Domino Directory Access for Registering Country CodesPolicy Assignment Methods Servers Server Audience TypesPolicy Assignment During Registration Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Domino Server LogDynamic Policy Assignments Server ID File Storage Options Administrators Group Security Options The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstLotus Domino Server Console Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers WorkstationAdministration Tasks The Standard Directory Structure The Client Configuration Program


Message Color-Coding on the Server The Central Directory Structure Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toConsole Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrators and ServersTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryDatabases on the Server Server Setup Profiles The Special Privilege of theServer Access Control Mechanisms Clearing the Server ID Password LocalDomainAdmins GroupRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Certification Log Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupUser Access to the Server Administrator Access to Register OU Lacks When to Restart the Server Certifiers Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Need for Selecting a Registration Server ServersAdministration Levels Topic 3B: Registering New Need for Selecting a Registration ServerAdministration Level Details Administrators Server ID File Storage Options The Full Access Administrator Level User Registration Options Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingFull Access Administrator Best Practices Administrator Access to Register Users Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Domino Web Administrator The License Tracking Database The Standard Directory StructureAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Internet Password Options The Central Directory StructureWeb Administrator Application Internet Password Locking Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels ID File Distribution Options Domino DirectoryThe Domino Server Log Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Server Setup ProfilesThe Notes.ini File User Registration Text Files Clearing the Server ID Password Logging Levels How to Register Users from a Text File The Certification LogServer Groups and Replication Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Changes CertifiersReplication Controls Domino Directory Document Need for Selecting a Registration Server Replication Types Synchronization Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator User Registration OptionsPull Push Replication Workstation Administrator Access to Register UsersMultiple Replication Hubs Workstation Setup for Additional The License Tracking DatabaseCritical Application Scheduling Workstations Internet Password OptionsReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Internet Password LockingMail Routing Components Domino Installation ID File Distribution Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileNNNs Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple User Registration Text FilesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Servers How to Register Users from a Text File Mail Routing Topology The Administration Process Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Components of the Administration ChangesHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Process Domino Directory DocumentTopology Database Tools in Domino Administrator Synchronization Opportunistic Routing Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorConnection Document Mail Routing Options Process Requests WorkstationRouter Types and Connection Documents Nested Groups Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Deny List Only Group Type Workstations for Incoming Mail Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMail Storage Formats Auto-populated Groups InstallationSMTP Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleSMTP Best Practices Policies ServersInternet Mail Routing Policy Documents The Administration ProcessThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Policy Types Components of the Administration ProcessMethods for Enabling SMTP Settings Document Types Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Policy Precedence Rules Timing and Execution of AdministrationSMTP Settings Static and Dynamic Settings Process Requests Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Policy Management Tools Nested GroupsSMTP Inbound Controls Policy Management Development Tools The Deny List Only Group TypeSMTP Outbound Controls Use of an Organizational Policy Group Precedence in Database AccessMessage Relay Prevention Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Auto-populated Groups Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Explicit Policy Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalFilters Policy Assignment Methods PolicyWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Assignment During Registration PoliciesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Dynamic Policy Assignments Policy DocumentsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy TypesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Lotus Domino Server Console Settings Document TypesDNS Whitelist? Administration Tasks Policy Precedence RulesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Message Color-Coding on the Server Static and Dynamic SettingsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Console Policy Management ToolsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy Management Development ToolsDNS Blacklist? Databases on the Server Use of an Organizational Policy


What are Private Whitelist Filters? Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Restrictions for Authorizing Server Explicit PolicyWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Access Policy Assignment MethodsPrivate Whitelist? User Access to the Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? When to Restart the Server Dynamic Policy AssignmentsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Effect of Multiple Policies What Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Levels Lotus Domino Server ConsolePrivate Blacklist? Administration Level Details Administration TasksOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Full Access Administrator Level Message Color-Coding on the ServerHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Full Access Administrator Best Practices Console Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Domino Web Administrator Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create(E/SMTP) Options Administration Levels and the Lotus Databases on the ServerE/SMTP Settings Domino Web Administrator Application Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Domino Server Log User Access to the ServerInternet Address Lookup Options The Notes.ini File When to Restart the Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Logging Levels Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Server Groups and Replication Administration LevelsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Administration Level DetailsDisclaimers Document The Full Access Administrator LevelMessage Disclaimers Replication Controls Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Replication Types The Domino Web AdministratorProcess Methods for Forcing Replication Administration Levels and the LotusOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Pull Push Replication Domino Web Administrator Application Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Critical Application Scheduling The Domino Server LogSettings Replication Schedule Criteria The Notes.ini FileUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Mail Routing Components Logging Levels Messages Mail Routing Behavior Within and Server Groups and Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Between NNNs Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionControls Topic 7B: Implementing a DocumentDelivery Controls Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Replication ControlsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Replication TypesControls Topology Methods for Forcing ReplicationMail Transfer Controls How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Pull Push ReplicationTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topology Multiple Replication HubsMailboxes Opportunistic Routing Critical Application SchedulingBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Connection Document Mail Routing Replication Schedule Criteria How Mail Rules Work Options Mail Routing ComponentsMail Rule Actions Router Types and Connection Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenActivating a Server Mail Rule Documents NNNs Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMail Journaling Format for Incoming Mail Mail Routing TopologyJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Mail Storage Formats The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Routing SMTP TopologyJournaling and Server Configuration SMTP Implementation Scenarios How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and SMTP Best Practices TopologyWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Mail Routing Opportunistic RoutingTag Mail Rule Conditions The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Connection Document Mail RoutingField Names Associated with Tags Methods for Enabling SMTP OptionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Router Types and Connection Documents Whitelist Tags Settings Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Settings for Incoming MailQuotas Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Mail Storage Formats Quota Implementation Options Delivery SMTPQuota Restrictions SMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox SMTP Outbound Controls SMTP Best PracticesMaintenance Message Relay Prevention Internet Mail RoutingInbox Maintenance Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The SMTP Listener and Router TasksUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Filters Methods for Enabling SMTP Control Inbox Size What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 10F: Archiving Mail The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process SettingsArchiving Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SMTP Settings Benefits of Archiving and Policies What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryArchive Policy Documents the DNS Whitelist? SMTP Inbound ControlsArchive Policy Settings Document DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Outbound Controls


Archive Criteria Settings Document Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Message Relay Prevention Checklist for Monitoring Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTypes of Misdelivered Mail the DNS Blacklist? FiltersChecking Mail Delivery What are Private Whitelist Filters? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMail Statistics What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking the Private Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found inMessage Tracking What are Private Blacklist Filters? the DNS Whitelist?Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Enabling Private Blacklist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsWhat is Message Recall? What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMessage Recall Options the Private Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found inConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Order of Whitelist and Blacklist the DNS Blacklist?Troubleshooting Stages Precedence What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Mail Trace Tool How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Restart the Router Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP the Private Whitelist?Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing (E/SMTP) Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?When to Force Mail Routing E/SMTP Settings Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 8F: Configuring Internet What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Addressing the Private Blacklist?The Delivery Failure Process When to Set Internet Addresses Order of Whitelist and Blacklist

Internet Address Lookup Options PrecedenceTopic 8G: Testing SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist

line An Implementation of SMTP Routing Filters Planning Guidelines Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Disclaimers (E/SMTP) OptionsPlan Message Disclaimers E/SMTP Settings Supported Platforms and System The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingRequirements Process When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Options for Attaching Disclaimers Internet Address Lookup Options Server Software Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8G: Testing SMTPLotus Domino Server Installation Types Creating Message Disclaimer Policy An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Settings Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAdministrator Client Software Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME DisclaimersThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Messages Message DisclaimersBasic Configurations Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Message Disclaimer ImplementationWhat is Eclipse? Controls ProcessClient Installation Types Delivery Controls Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Enabling Server Message DisclaimersExpeditor Component Packaging Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyEclipse Update Sites Mail Transfer Controls SettingsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEComponents Mailboxes Messages Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the How Mail Rules Work ControlsFirst Server Mail Rule Actions Delivery Controls The Server Setup Process Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Domino Directory Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling ControlsReplicas of the Domino Directory Mail Journaling Mail Transfer Controls Comparing Domains and Organizations Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPurposes of Organizational Units Journaling and Mail Routing MailboxesAlternatives to Organizational Units Journaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag How Mail Rules WorkOrganization Security and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Rule ActionsOrganization Certifier ID Security Tag Mail Rule Conditions Activating a Server Mail Rule Authentication Between Organizations Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingCountry Codes Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Mail JournalingServer Audience Types or Whitelist Tags Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Journaling and Mail RoutingAdministrators Group Security Options Quotas Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Quota Implementation Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Client Configuration Program Quota Restrictions Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Tag Mail Rule Conditionsand Servers Inbox Maintenance Field Names Associated with TagsAccess in the Domino Directory Inbox Maintenance Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Special Privilege of the Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Whitelist Tags


LocalDomainAdmins Group Control Inbox Size Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 10F: Archiving Mail QuotasLacks Archiving Quota Implementation OptionsDomino Directory Access for Registering Benefits of Archiving and Policies Quota Restrictions Servers Archive Policy Documents Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Archive Policy Settings Document Inbox MaintenanceServer ID File Storage Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Inbox MaintenanceTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Checklist for Monitoring Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Types of Misdelivered Mail Control Inbox Size The Standard Directory Structure Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Central Directory Structure Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics ArchivingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Mail Statistics Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesDomino Directory Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Archive Policy DocumentsServer Setup Profiles Message Tracking Archive Policy Settings DocumentClearing the Server ID Password Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Archive Criteria Settings Document The Certification Log What is Message Recall? Checklist for Monitoring MailAdministrator Access to Register OU Message Recall Options Types of Misdelivered MailCertifiers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Checking Mail Delivery Need for Selecting a Registration Server Troubleshooting Stages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Mail Trace Tool Mail Statistics User Registration Options Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAdministrator Access to Register Users When to Restart the Router Message Tracking The License Tracking Database Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallInternet Password Options When to Force Mail Routing What is Message Recall?Internet Password Locking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Message Recall OptionsID File Distribution Options Dead Mail Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Delivery Failure Process Troubleshooting StagesUser Registration Text Files The Mail Trace Tool How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document line When to Restart the Router Changes Planning Guidelines Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingDomino Directory Document The Worldwide Corporation Deployment When to Force Mail Routing Synchronization Plan Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Supported Platforms and System Dead MailWorkstation Requirements The Delivery Failure ProcessWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusWorkstations Domino Server Software Lesson 11: Monitoring Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Lotus Domino Server Installation Types lineInstallation Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 11A: Verifying Routing and CheckingThe Lotus Domino Administrator Domino Administrator Client Software Mail DeliveryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Checklist for Verifying Mail RoutingServers Basic ConfigurationsThe Administration Process What is Eclipse?Components of the Administration Process Client Installation Types lineDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator What is Lotus Expeditor? Planning GuidelinesTiming and Execution of Administration Expeditor Component Packaging The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentProcess Requests Eclipse Update Sites PlanNested Groups Automated Installation Options for Supported Platforms and SystemThe Deny List Only Group Type Eclipse Components Requirements Group Precedence in Database Access Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAuto-populated Groups Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server SoftwareTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy First Server Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policies The Server Setup Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Documents The Domino Directory Administrator Client SoftwarePolicy Types Replicas of the Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andSettings Document Types Comparing Domains and Organizations Basic ConfigurationsPolicy Precedence Rules Purposes of Organizational Units What is Eclipse?Static and Dynamic Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Client Installation TypesPolicy Management Tools Descendants of the Organization Certifier What is Lotus Expeditor?Policy Management Development Tools Organization Security Expeditor Component PackagingUse of an Organizational Policy Organization Certifier ID Security Eclipse Update SitesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Authentication Between Organizations Automated Installation Options for EclipsePolicy Country Codes ComponentsPolicy Assignment Methods Server Audience Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy Assignment During Registration The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theDynamic Policy Assignments Administrators Group Security Options First Server


The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Server Setup ProcessLotus Domino Server Console Workstation The Domino DirectoryAdministration Tasks The Client Configuration Program Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Comparing Domains and OrganizationsConsole Administrators and Servers Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Access in the Domino Directory Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDatabases on the Server The Special Privilege of the Descendants of the Organization CertifierServer Access Control Mechanisms LocalDomainAdmins Group Organization SecurityRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Organization Certifier ID SecurityUser Access to the Server Group Lacks Authentication Between OrganizationsWhen to Restart the Server Domino Directory Access for Registering Country CodesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Servers Server Audience TypesAdministration Levels Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Domino Server LogAdministration Level Details Server ID File Storage Options Administrators Group Security Options The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstFull Access Administrator Best Practices Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers WorkstationThe Domino Web Administrator The Standard Directory Structure The Client Configuration Program Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Central Directory Structure Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWeb Administrator Application Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrators and ServersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Domino Server Log Server Setup Profiles The Special Privilege of theThe Notes.ini File Clearing the Server ID Password LocalDomainAdmins GroupLogging Levels The Certification Log Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupServer Groups and Replication Administrator Access to Register OU Lacks Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Certifiers Domino Directory Access for RegisteringReplication Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server ServersReplication Types Topic 3B: Registering New Need for Selecting a Registration ServerMethods for Forcing Replication Administrators Server ID File Storage Options Pull Push Replication User Registration Options Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMultiple Replication Hubs Administrator Access to Register Users Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersCritical Application Scheduling The License Tracking Database The Standard Directory StructureReplication Schedule Criteria Internet Password Options The Central Directory StructureMail Routing Components Internet Password Locking Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMail Routing Behavior Within and Between ID File Distribution Options Domino DirectoryNNNs Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Server Setup ProfilesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke User Registration Text Files Clearing the Server ID Password Mail Routing Topology How to Register Users from a Text File The Certification LogThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrator Access to Register OUHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Changes CertifiersTopology Domino Directory Document Need for Selecting a Registration Server Opportunistic Routing Synchronization Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator User Registration OptionsRouter Types and Connection Documents Workstation Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Workstation Setup for Additional The License Tracking Databasefor Incoming Mail Workstations Internet Password OptionsMail Storage Formats Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Internet Password LockingSMTP Domino Installation ID File Distribution Options SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileSMTP Best Practices Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple User Registration Text FilesInternet Mail Routing Servers How to Register Users from a Text File The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Administration Process Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMethods for Enabling SMTP Components of the Administration ChangesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Process Domino Directory DocumentSMTP Settings Database Tools in Domino Administrator Synchronization Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorSMTP Inbound Controls Process Requests WorkstationSMTP Outbound Controls Nested Groups Workstation Setup for AdditionalMessage Relay Prevention The Deny List Only Group Type Workstations Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoFilters Auto-populated Groups InstallationWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Lotus Domino Administrator The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Policies ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Documents The Administration ProcessDNS Whitelist? Policy Types Components of the Administration ProcessDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Settings Document Types Database Tools in Domino Administrator


Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Precedence Rules Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Static and Dynamic Settings Process Requests DNS Blacklist? Policy Management Tools Nested GroupsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Policy Management Development Tools The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Use of an Organizational Policy Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Auto-populated Groups Private Whitelist? Explicit Policy Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Policy Assignment Methods PolicyEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Policy Assignment During Registration PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Dynamic Policy Assignments Policy DocumentsPrivate Blacklist? The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy TypesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Lotus Domino Server Console Settings Document TypesHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Administration Tasks Policy Precedence RulesTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Message Color-Coding on the Server Static and Dynamic Settings(E/SMTP) Options Console Policy Management ToolsE/SMTP Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Databases on the Server Use of an Organizational Policy When to Set Internet Addresses Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anInternet Address Lookup Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server Explicit PolicyTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Access Policy Assignment MethodsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing User Access to the Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 9B: Implementing Message When to Restart the Server Dynamic Policy AssignmentsDisclaimers Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Effect of Multiple Policies Message Disclaimers Administration Levels Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Administration Level Details Administration TasksProcess The Full Access Administrator Level Message Color-Coding on the ServerOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Full Access Administrator Best Practices Console Enabling Server Message Disclaimers The Domino Web Administrator Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Administration Levels and the Lotus Databases on the ServerSettings Domino Web Administrator Application Server Access Control MechanismsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMessages The Domino Server Log User Access to the ServerTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Notes.ini File When to Restart the Server Controls Logging Levels Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDelivery Controls Server Groups and Replication Administration LevelsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Administration Level DetailsControls Document The Full Access Administrator LevelMail Transfer Controls Replication Controls Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Replication Types The Domino Web AdministratorMailboxes Methods for Forcing Replication Administration Levels and the LotusBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Pull Push Replication Domino Web Administrator Application How Mail Rules Work Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsMail Rule Actions Critical Application Scheduling The Domino Server LogActivating a Server Mail Rule Replication Schedule Criteria The Notes.ini FileTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Routing Components Logging Levels Mail Journaling Mail Routing Behavior Within and Server Groups and Replication Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Between NNNs Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a DocumentJournaling and Server Configuration Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Replication ControlsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Replication TypesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topology Methods for Forcing ReplicationTag Mail Rule Conditions How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Pull Push ReplicationField Names Associated with Tags Topology Multiple Replication HubsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Opportunistic Routing Critical Application SchedulingWhitelist Tags Connection Document Mail Routing Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Options Mail Routing ComponentsQuotas Router Types and Connection Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenQuota Implementation Options Documents NNNs Quota Restrictions Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Format for Incoming Mail Mail Routing TopologyMaintenance Mail Storage Formats The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingInbox Maintenance SMTP TopologyUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to SMTP Implementation Scenarios How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeControl Inbox Size SMTP Best Practices TopologyTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Internet Mail Routing Opportunistic RoutingArchiving The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Connection Document Mail Routing


Benefits of Archiving and Policies Methods for Enabling SMTP OptionsArchive Policy Documents Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Router Types and Connection Documents Archive Policy Settings Document Settings Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatArchive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Settings for Incoming MailChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Mail Storage Formats Types of Misdelivered Mail Delivery SMTPChecking Mail Delivery SMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SMTP Outbound Controls SMTP Best PracticesMail Statistics Message Relay Prevention Internet Mail RoutingTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The SMTP Listener and Router TasksMessage Tracking Filters Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhat is Message Recall? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process SettingsMessage Recall Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SMTP Settings Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTroubleshooting Stages the DNS Whitelist? SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Mail Trace Tool DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Message Relay Prevention When to Restart the Router What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing the DNS Blacklist? FiltersWhen to Force Mail Routing What are Private Whitelist Filters? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMail What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe Delivery Failure Process the Private Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found in

What are Private Blacklist Filters? the DNS Whitelist?Enabling Private Blacklist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics

line What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersPlanning Guidelines the Private Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Order of Whitelist and Blacklist the DNS Blacklist?Plan Precedence What are Private Whitelist Filters?Supported Platforms and System How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersRequirements Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP the Private Whitelist?Server Software (E/SMTP) Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?Lotus Domino Server Installation Types E/SMTP Settings Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8F: Configuring Internet What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Client Software Addressing the Private Blacklist?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and When to Set Internet Addresses Order of Whitelist and BlacklistBasic Configurations Internet Address Lookup Options PrecedenceWhat is Eclipse? Topic 8G: Testing SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistClient Installation Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing Filters What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPExpeditor Component Packaging Disclaimers (E/SMTP) OptionsEclipse Update Sites Message Disclaimers E/SMTP Settings Automated Installation Options for Eclipse The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingComponents Process When to Set Internet AddressesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Options for Attaching Disclaimers Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8G: Testing SMTPFirst Server Creating Message Disclaimer Policy An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Server Setup Process Settings Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Domino Directory Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME DisclaimersReplicas of the Domino Directory Messages Message DisclaimersComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Message Disclaimer ImplementationPurposes of Organizational Units Controls ProcessAlternatives to Organizational Units Delivery Controls Options for Attaching DisclaimersDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Enabling Server Message DisclaimersOrganization Security Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyOrganization Certifier ID Security Mail Transfer Controls SettingsAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMECountry Codes Mailboxes Messages Server Audience Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Lotus Domino Server Log How Mail Rules Work ControlsAdministrators Group Security Options Mail Rule Actions Delivery Controls Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Client Configuration Program Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling ControlsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Mail Journaling Mail Transfer Controls


and Servers Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerAccess in the Domino Directory Journaling and Mail Routing MailboxesThe Special Privilege of the Journaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag How Mail Rules WorkPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Rule ActionsLacks Tag Mail Rule Conditions Activating a Server Mail Rule Domino Directory Access for Registering Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingServers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Mail JournalingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server or Whitelist Tags Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsServer ID File Storage Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Quotas Journaling and Server Configuration Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Quota Implementation Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Standard Directory Structure Quota Restrictions Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Central Directory Structure Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Inbox Maintenance Field Names Associated with TagsDomino Directory Inbox Maintenance Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orServer Setup Profiles Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Whitelist Tags Clearing the Server ID Password Control Inbox Size Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Certification Log Topic 10F: Archiving Mail QuotasAdministrator Access to Register OU Archiving Quota Implementation OptionsCertifiers Benefits of Archiving and Policies Quota Restrictions Need for Selecting a Registration Server Archive Policy Documents Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Archive Policy Settings Document Inbox MaintenanceUser Registration Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Inbox MaintenanceAdministrator Access to Register Users Checklist for Monitoring Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe License Tracking Database Types of Misdelivered Mail Control Inbox Size Internet Password Options Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10F: Archiving MailInternet Password Locking Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics ArchivingID File Distribution Options Mail Statistics Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Archive Policy DocumentsUser Registration Text Files Message Tracking Archive Policy Settings DocumentHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document What is Message Recall? Checklist for Monitoring MailChanges Message Recall Options Types of Misdelivered MailDomino Directory Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Checking Mail Delivery Synchronization Troubleshooting Stages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Mail Statistics Workstation Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWorkstation Setup for Additional When to Restart the Router Message Tracking Workstations Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino When to Force Mail Routing What is Message Recall?Installation Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Message Recall OptionsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Dead Mail Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Delivery Failure Process Troubleshooting StagesServers The Mail Trace Tool The Administration Process Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterComponents of the Administration Process line When to Restart the Router Database Tools in Domino Administrator Planning Guidelines Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTiming and Execution of Administration The Worldwide Corporation Deployment When to Force Mail Routing Process Requests Plan Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andNested Groups Supported Platforms and System Dead MailThe Deny List Only Group Type Requirements The Delivery Failure ProcessGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusAuto-populated Groups Domino Server SoftwareTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Lotus Domino Server Installation Types linePolicies Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Planning GuidelinesPolicy Documents Domino Administrator Client Software The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPolicy Types The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and PlanSettings Document Types Basic Configurations Supported Platforms and SystemPolicy Precedence Rules What is Eclipse? Requirements Static and Dynamic Settings Client Installation Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Management Tools What is Lotus Expeditor? Server SoftwarePolicy Management Development Tools Expeditor Component Packaging Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Use of an Organizational Policy Eclipse Update Sites Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Automated Installation Options for Administrator Client SoftwarePolicy Eclipse Components The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and


Policy Assignment Methods Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Basic ConfigurationsPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What is Eclipse?Dynamic Policy Assignments First Server Client Installation TypesThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Server Setup Process What is Lotus Expeditor?Lotus Domino Server Console The Domino Directory Expeditor Component PackagingAdministration Tasks Replicas of the Domino Directory Eclipse Update SitesMessage Color-Coding on the Server Comparing Domains and Organizations Automated Installation Options for EclipseConsole Purposes of Organizational Units ComponentsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Alternatives to Organizational Units Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Databases on the Server Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theServer Access Control Mechanisms Organization Security First ServerRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Organization Certifier ID Security The Server Setup ProcessUser Access to the Server Authentication Between Organizations The Domino DirectoryWhen to Restart the Server Country Codes Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Server Audience Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAdministration Levels The Lotus Domino Server Log Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministration Level Details Administrators Group Security Options Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1E: Configuring the First Descendants of the Organization CertifierFull Access Administrator Best Practices Workstation Organization SecurityThe Domino Web Administrator The Client Configuration Program Organization Certifier ID SecurityAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Authentication Between OrganizationsWeb Administrator Application Administrators and Servers Country CodesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Access in the Domino Directory Server Audience TypesThe Domino Server Log The Special Privilege of the The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini File LocalDomainAdmins Group Administrators Group Security Options Logging Levels Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstServer Groups and Replication Group Lacks WorkstationTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Domino Directory Access for Registering The Client Configuration Program Replication Controls Servers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toReplication Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administrators and ServersMethods for Forcing Replication Server ID File Storage Options Access in the Domino DirectoryPull Push Replication Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Special Privilege of theMultiple Replication Hubs Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers LocalDomainAdmins GroupCritical Application Scheduling The Standard Directory Structure Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupReplication Schedule Criteria The Central Directory Structure Lacks Mail Routing Components Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Domino Directory ServersNNNs Server Setup Profiles Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Clearing the Server ID Password Server ID File Storage Options Mail Routing Topology The Certification Log Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Administrator Access to Register OU Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Certifiers The Standard Directory StructureTopology Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Central Directory StructureOpportunistic Routing Topic 3B: Registering New Replicating a Subset of Documents in theConnection Document Mail Routing Options Administrators Domino DirectoryRouter Types and Connection Documents User Registration Options Server Setup ProfilesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Administrator Access to Register Users Clearing the Server ID Password for Incoming Mail The License Tracking Database The Certification LogMail Storage Formats Internet Password Options Administrator Access to Register OUSMTP Internet Password Locking CertifiersSMTP Implementation Scenarios ID File Distribution Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Best Practices Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsInternet Mail Routing User Registration Text Files User Registration OptionsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks How to Register Users from a Text File Administrator Access to Register UsersMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Changes Internet Password OptionsSMTP Settings Domino Directory Document Internet Password LockingTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Synchronization ID File Distribution Options SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileSMTP Outbound Controls Workstation User Registration Text FilesMessage Relay Prevention Workstation Setup for Additional How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Workstations Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentFilters Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus ChangesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Domino Installation Domino Directory DocumentThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Synchronization Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Servers WorkstationDNS Whitelist? The Administration Process Workstation Setup for AdditionalDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Components of the Administration Workstations Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Process Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Database Tools in Domino Administrator InstallationDNS Blacklist? Timing and Execution of Administration The Lotus Domino Administrator What are Private Whitelist Filters? Process Requests Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Nested Groups ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Deny List Only Group Type The Administration ProcessPrivate Whitelist? Group Precedence in Database Access Components of the Administration ProcessWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Auto-populated Groups Database Tools in Domino AdministratorEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Process Requests Private Blacklist? Policies Nested GroupsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Policy Documents The Deny List Only Group TypeHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Policy Types Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Settings Document Types Auto-populated Groups (E/SMTP) Options Policy Precedence Rules Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalE/SMTP Settings Static and Dynamic Settings PolicyTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Policy Management Tools PoliciesWhen to Set Internet Addresses Policy Management Development Tools Policy DocumentsInternet Address Lookup Options Use of an Organizational Policy Policy TypesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Settings Document TypesAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Explicit Policy Policy Precedence RulesTopic 9B: Implementing Message Policy Assignment Methods Static and Dynamic SettingsDisclaimers Policy Assignment During Registration Policy Management ToolsMessage Disclaimers Dynamic Policy Assignments Policy Management Development ToolsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Effect of Multiple Policies Use of an Organizational Policy Process Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Administration Tasks Explicit PolicyEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Message Color-Coding on the Server Policy Assignment MethodsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Console Policy Assignment During RegistrationSettings Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Dynamic Policy AssignmentsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Databases on the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies Messages Server Access Control Mechanisms Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Restrictions for Authorizing Server Administration TasksControls Access Message Color-Coding on the ServerDelivery Controls User Access to the Server Console Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer When to Restart the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateControls Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Databases on the ServerMail Transfer Controls Administration Levels Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Administration Level Details Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMailboxes The Full Access Administrator Level User Access to the ServerBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Full Access Administrator Best Practices When to Restart the Server How Mail Rules Work The Domino Web Administrator Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsMail Rule Actions Administration Levels and the Lotus Administration LevelsActivating a Server Mail Rule Domino Web Administrator Application Administration Level DetailsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Full Access Administrator LevelMail Journaling The Domino Server Log Full Access Administrator Best PracticesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Notes.ini File The Domino Web AdministratorJournaling and Mail Routing Logging Levels Administration Levels and the LotusJournaling and Server Configuration Server Groups and Replication Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Document The Domino Server LogTag Mail Rule Conditions Replication Controls The Notes.ini FileField Names Associated with Tags Replication Types Logging Levels Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Methods for Forcing Replication Server Groups and Replication Whitelist Tags Pull Push Replication Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Multiple Replication Hubs DocumentQuotas Critical Application Scheduling Replication ControlsQuota Implementation Options Replication Schedule Criteria Replication TypesQuota Restrictions Mail Routing Components Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Mail Routing Behavior Within and Pull Push ReplicationMaintenance Between NNNs Multiple Replication HubsInbox Maintenance Topic 7B: Implementing a Critical Application SchedulingUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Replication Schedule Criteria


Control Inbox Size The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topology Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenArchiving How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke NNNs Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topology Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeArchive Policy Documents Opportunistic Routing Mail Routing TopologyArchive Policy Settings Document Connection Document Mail Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingArchive Criteria Settings Document Options TopologyChecklist for Monitoring Mail Router Types and Connection How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTypes of Misdelivered Mail Documents TopologyChecking Mail Delivery Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Opportunistic RoutingTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Format for Incoming Mail Connection Document Mail RoutingMail Statistics Mail Storage Formats OptionsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking SMTP Router Types and Connection Documents Message Tracking SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall SMTP Best Practices for Incoming MailWhat is Message Recall? Internet Mail Routing Mail Storage Formats Message Recall Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SMTPConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Implementation ScenariosTroubleshooting Stages Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP SMTP Best PracticesThe Mail Trace Tool Settings Internet Mail RoutingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router TasksWhen to Restart the Router Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Delivery Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhen to Force Mail Routing SMTP Inbound Controls SettingsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead SMTP Outbound Controls SMTP Settings Mail Message Relay Prevention Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist SMTP Inbound Controls

Filters SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Message Relay Prevention

line The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistPlanning Guidelines Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters FiltersThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment What Happens When a Host is Found in What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Plan the DNS Whitelist? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessSupported Platforms and System DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersRequirements Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Whitelist?Server Software the DNS Blacklist? DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsLotus Domino Server Installation Types What are Private Whitelist Filters? Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Enabling Private Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Client Software What Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Blacklist?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and the Private Whitelist? What are Private Whitelist Filters?Basic Configurations What are Private Blacklist Filters? Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat is Eclipse? Enabling Private Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inClient Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in the Private Whitelist?What is Lotus Expeditor? the Private Blacklist? What are Private Blacklist Filters?Expeditor Component Packaging Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersEclipse Update Sites Precedence What Happens When a Host is Found inAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist the Private Blacklist?Components Filters Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP PrecedenceTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the (E/SMTP) Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistFirst Server E/SMTP Settings Filters The Server Setup Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Domino Directory Addressing (E/SMTP) OptionsReplicas of the Domino Directory When to Set Internet Addresses E/SMTP Settings Comparing Domains and Organizations Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingPurposes of Organizational Units Topic 8G: Testing SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesAlternatives to Organizational Units An Implementation of SMTP Routing Internet Address Lookup Options Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 8G: Testing SMTPOrganization Security Disclaimers An Implementation of SMTP Routing Organization Certifier ID Security Message Disclaimers Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAuthentication Between Organizations The Message Disclaimer Implementation DisclaimersCountry Codes Process Message DisclaimersServer Audience Types Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ProcessAdministrators Group Security Options Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Options for Attaching Disclaimers


Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Settings Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Client Configuration Program Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Messages Settingsand Servers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEAccess in the Domino Directory Controls Messages The Special Privilege of the Delivery Controls Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer ControlsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Controls Delivery Controls Lacks Mail Transfer Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server ControlsServers Mailboxes Mail Transfer Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerServer ID File Storage Options How Mail Rules Work MailboxesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Mail Rule Actions Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Activating a Server Mail Rule How Mail Rules WorkThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Rule ActionsThe Central Directory Structure Mail Journaling Activating a Server Mail Rule Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingDomino Directory Journaling and Mail Routing Mail JournalingServer Setup Profiles Journaling and Server Configuration Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsClearing the Server ID Password Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Certification Log and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Journaling and Server Configuration Administrator Access to Register OU Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andCertifiers Field Names Associated with Tags Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators or Whitelist Tags Field Names Associated with TagsUser Registration Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAdministrator Access to Register Users Quotas Whitelist Tags The License Tracking Database Quota Implementation Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasInternet Password Options Quota Restrictions QuotasInternet Password Locking Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Quota Implementation OptionsID File Distribution Options Inbox Maintenance Quota Restrictions Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Inbox Maintenance Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withUser Registration Text Files Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Inbox MaintenanceHow to Register Users from a Text File Control Inbox Size Inbox MaintenanceTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toChanges Archiving Control Inbox Size Domino Directory Document Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 10F: Archiving MailSynchronization Archive Policy Documents ArchivingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Archive Policy Settings Document Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesWorkstation Archive Criteria Settings Document Archive Policy DocumentsWorkstation Setup for Additional Checklist for Monitoring Mail Archive Policy Settings DocumentWorkstations Types of Misdelivered Mail Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Checking Mail Delivery Checklist for Monitoring MailInstallation Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Types of Misdelivered MailThe Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Statistics Checking Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsServers Message Tracking Mail Statistics The Administration Process Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingComponents of the Administration Process What is Message Recall? Message Tracking Database Tools in Domino Administrator Message Recall Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTiming and Execution of Administration Configuring the Message Recall Feature What is Message Recall?Process Requests Troubleshooting Stages Message Recall OptionsNested Groups The Mail Trace Tool Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Troubleshooting StagesGroup Precedence in Database Access When to Restart the Router The Mail Trace Tool Auto-populated Groups Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy When to Force Mail Routing When to Restart the Router Policies Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPolicy Documents Dead Mail When to Force Mail Routing Policy Types The Delivery Failure Process Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andSettings Document Types Dead MailPolicy Precedence Rules The Delivery Failure ProcessStatic and Dynamic Settings linePolicy Management Tools Planning GuidelinesPolicy Management Development Tools The Worldwide Corporation Deployment line


Use of an Organizational Policy Plan Planning GuidelinesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Supported Platforms and System The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPolicy Requirements PlanPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Supported Platforms and SystemPolicy Assignment During Registration Domino Server Software Requirements Dynamic Policy Assignments Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Server SoftwareLotus Domino Server Console Domino Administrator Client Software Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Administration Tasks The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Color-Coding on the Server Basic Configurations Administrator Client SoftwareConsole What is Eclipse? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Client Installation Types Basic ConfigurationsDatabases on the Server What is Lotus Expeditor? What is Eclipse?Server Access Control Mechanisms Expeditor Component Packaging Client Installation TypesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Eclipse Update Sites What is Lotus Expeditor?User Access to the Server Automated Installation Options for Expeditor Component PackagingWhen to Restart the Server Eclipse Components Eclipse Update SitesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Automated Installation Options for EclipseAdministration Levels Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the ComponentsAdministration Level Details First Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Full Access Administrator Level The Server Setup Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Domino Directory First ServerThe Domino Web Administrator Replicas of the Domino Directory The Server Setup ProcessAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Comparing Domains and Organizations The Domino DirectoryWeb Administrator Application Purposes of Organizational Units Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Alternatives to Organizational Units Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Domino Server Log Descendants of the Organization Certifier Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Notes.ini File Organization Security Alternatives to Organizational UnitsLogging Levels Organization Certifier ID Security Descendants of the Organization CertifierServer Groups and Replication Authentication Between Organizations Organization SecurityTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Country Codes Organization Certifier ID SecurityReplication Controls Server Audience Types Authentication Between OrganizationsReplication Types The Lotus Domino Server Log Country CodesMethods for Forcing Replication Administrators Group Security Options Server Audience TypesPull Push Replication Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Lotus Domino Server LogMultiple Replication Hubs Workstation Administrators Group Security Options Critical Application Scheduling The Client Configuration Program Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to WorkstationMail Routing Components Administrators and Servers The Client Configuration Program Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Access in the Domino Directory Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toNNNs The Special Privilege of the Administrators and ServersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke LocalDomainAdmins Group Access in the Domino DirectoryMail Routing Topology Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins The Special Privilege of theThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Group Lacks LocalDomainAdmins GroupHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Domino Directory Access for Registering Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopology Servers Lacks Opportunistic Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Directory Access for RegisteringConnection Document Mail Routing Options Server ID File Storage Options ServersRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server ID File Storage Options for Incoming Mail The Standard Directory Structure Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMail Storage Formats The Central Directory Structure Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersSMTP Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Standard Directory StructureSMTP Implementation Scenarios Domino Directory The Central Directory StructureSMTP Best Practices Server Setup Profiles Replicating a Subset of Documents in theInternet Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Domino DirectoryThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Certification Log Server Setup ProfilesMethods for Enabling SMTP Administrator Access to Register OU Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Certifiers The Certification LogSMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 3B: Registering New CertifiersSMTP Inbound Controls Administrators Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Outbound Controls User Registration Options Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMessage Relay Prevention Administrator Access to Register Users User Registration OptionsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The License Tracking Database Administrator Access to Register UsersFilters Internet Password Options The License Tracking Database


What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Internet Password Locking Internet Password OptionsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process ID File Distribution Options Internet Password LockingEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File ID File Distribution Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the User Registration Text Files Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDNS Whitelist? How to Register Users from a Text File User Registration Text FilesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Changes Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Directory Document ChangesDNS Blacklist? Synchronization Domino Directory DocumentWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Synchronization Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Workstation Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Setup for Additional WorkstationPrivate Whitelist? Workstations Workstation Setup for AdditionalWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Workstations Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Domino Installation Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Lotus Domino Administrator InstallationPrivate Blacklist? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Lotus Domino Administrator Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Servers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Administration Process ServersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Components of the Administration The Administration Process(E/SMTP) Options Process Components of the Administration ProcessE/SMTP Settings Database Tools in Domino Administrator Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Timing and Execution of Administration Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhen to Set Internet Addresses Process Requests Process Requests Internet Address Lookup Options Nested Groups Nested GroupsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The Deny List Only Group Type The Deny List Only Group TypeAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Group Precedence in Database Access Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 9B: Implementing Message Auto-populated Groups Auto-populated Groups Disclaimers Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMessage Disclaimers Policy PolicyThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Policies PoliciesProcess Policy Documents Policy DocumentsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Policy Types Policy TypesEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Settings Document Types Settings Document TypesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy Precedence Rules Policy Precedence RulesSettings Static and Dynamic Settings Static and Dynamic SettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Policy Management Tools Policy Management ToolsMessages Policy Management Development Tools Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Use of an Organizational Policy Use of an Organizational Policy Controls Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDelivery Controls Explicit Policy Explicit PolicyTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Policy Assignment Methods Policy Assignment MethodsControls Policy Assignment During Registration Policy Assignment During RegistrationMail Transfer Controls Dynamic Policy Assignments Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Effect of Multiple Policies The Effect of Multiple Policies Mailboxes Lotus Domino Server Console Lotus Domino Server ConsoleBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Administration Tasks Administration TasksHow Mail Rules Work Message Color-Coding on the Server Message Color-Coding on the ServerMail Rule Actions Console Console Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Databases on the Server Databases on the ServerMail Journaling Server Access Control Mechanisms Server Access Control MechanismsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Restrictions for Authorizing Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessJournaling and Mail Routing Access User Access to the ServerJournaling and Server Configuration User Access to the Server When to Restart the Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and When to Restart the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Administration LevelsTag Mail Rule Conditions Administration Levels Administration Level DetailsField Names Associated with Tags Administration Level Details The Full Access Administrator LevelOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Full Access Administrator Level Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhitelist Tags Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Domino Web Administrator Administration Levels and the LotusQuotas Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Web Administrator Application Quota Implementation Options Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsQuota Restrictions Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Domino Server LogTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Domino Server Log The Notes.ini File


Maintenance The Notes.ini File Logging Levels Inbox Maintenance Logging Levels Server Groups and Replication Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Server Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionControl Inbox Size Topic 6B: Creating a Connection DocumentTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Document Replication ControlsArchiving Replication Controls Replication TypesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Replication Types Methods for Forcing ReplicationArchive Policy Documents Methods for Forcing Replication Pull Push ReplicationArchive Policy Settings Document Pull Push Replication Multiple Replication HubsArchive Criteria Settings Document Multiple Replication Hubs Critical Application SchedulingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Critical Application Scheduling Replication Schedule Criteria Types of Misdelivered Mail Replication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing ComponentsChecking Mail Delivery Mail Routing Components Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Mail Routing Behavior Within and NNNs Mail Statistics Between NNNs Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 7B: Implementing a Mail Routing TopologyMessage Tracking Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyWhat is Message Recall? Topology How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMessage Recall Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke TopologyConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topology Opportunistic RoutingTroubleshooting Stages Opportunistic Routing Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Mail Trace Tool Connection Document Mail Routing OptionsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Options Router Types and Connection Documents When to Restart the Router Router Types and Connection Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Documents for Incoming MailWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Mail Storage Formats Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Format for Incoming Mail SMTPMail Mail Storage Formats SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe Delivery Failure Process SMTP SMTP Best Practices

SMTP Implementation Scenarios Internet Mail RoutingSMTP Best Practices The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks

line Internet Mail Routing Methods for Enabling SMTP Planning Guidelines The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Methods for Enabling SMTP SettingsPlan Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP SMTP Settings Supported Platforms and System Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryRequirements SMTP Settings SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail SMTP Outbound ControlsServer Software Delivery Message Relay Prevention Lotus Domino Server Installation Types SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino SMTP Outbound Controls FiltersAdministrator Client Software Message Relay Prevention What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessBasic Configurations Filters Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat is Eclipse? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found inClient Installation Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process the DNS Whitelist?What is Lotus Expeditor? Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsExpeditor Component Packaging What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersEclipse Update Sites the DNS Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found inAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics the DNS Blacklist?Components Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters What are Private Whitelist Filters?Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the the DNS Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found inFirst Server What are Private Whitelist Filters? the Private Whitelist?The Server Setup Process Enabling Private Whitelist Filters What are Private Blacklist Filters?The Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersReplicas of the Domino Directory the Private Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found inComparing Domains and Organizations What are Private Blacklist Filters? the Private Blacklist?Purposes of Organizational Units Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAlternatives to Organizational Units What Happens When a Host is Found in PrecedenceDescendants of the Organization Certifier the Private Blacklist? How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistOrganization Security Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Organization Certifier ID Security Precedence Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAuthentication Between Organizations How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist (E/SMTP) OptionsCountry Codes Filters E/SMTP Settings


Server Audience Types Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Lotus Domino Server Log (E/SMTP) Options When to Set Internet AddressesAdministrators Group Security Options E/SMTP Settings Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 8G: Testing SMTPThe Client Configuration Program Addressing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 9B: Implementing Messageand Servers Internet Address Lookup Options DisclaimersAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Message DisclaimersThe Special Privilege of the An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Message Disclaimer ImplementationLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 9B: Implementing Message ProcessPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Disclaimers Options for Attaching DisclaimersLacks Message Disclaimers Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDomino Directory Access for Registering The Message Disclaimer Implementation Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyServers Process SettingsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Options for Attaching Disclaimers Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEServer ID File Storage Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Messages Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Settings ControlsThe Standard Directory Structure Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Delivery Controls The Central Directory Structure Messages Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery ControlsDomino Directory Controls Mail Transfer Controls Server Setup Profiles Delivery Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerClearing the Server ID Password Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer MailboxesThe Certification Log Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Administrator Access to Register OU Mail Transfer Controls How Mail Rules WorkCertifiers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Rule ActionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Mailboxes Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingUser Registration Options How Mail Rules Work Mail JournalingAdministrator Access to Register Users Mail Rule Actions Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe License Tracking Database Activating a Server Mail Rule Journaling and Mail RoutingInternet Password Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Journaling and Server Configuration Internet Password Locking Mail Journaling Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andID File Distribution Options Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Journaling and Mail Routing Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUser Registration Text Files Journaling and Server Configuration Field Names Associated with TagsHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Whitelist Tags Changes Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDomino Directory Document Field Names Associated with Tags QuotasSynchronization Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator or Whitelist Tags Quota Restrictions Workstation Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWorkstation Setup for Additional Quotas Inbox MaintenanceWorkstations Quota Implementation Options Inbox MaintenanceTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Quota Restrictions Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toInstallation Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Control Inbox Size The Lotus Domino Administrator Inbox Maintenance Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Inbox Maintenance ArchivingServers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Administration Process Control Inbox Size Archive Policy DocumentsComponents of the Administration Process Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Archive Policy Settings DocumentDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Archiving Archive Criteria Settings Document Timing and Execution of Administration Benefits of Archiving and Policies Checklist for Monitoring MailProcess Requests Archive Policy Documents Types of Misdelivered MailNested Groups Archive Policy Settings Document Checking Mail Delivery The Deny List Only Group Type Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsGroup Precedence in Database Access Checklist for Monitoring Mail Mail Statistics Auto-populated Groups Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Checking Mail Delivery Message Tracking Policies Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPolicy Documents Mail Statistics What is Message Recall?Policy Types Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Recall OptionsSettings Document Types Message Tracking Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Precedence Rules Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Troubleshooting Stages


Static and Dynamic Settings What is Message Recall? The Mail Trace Tool Policy Management Tools Message Recall Options Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterPolicy Management Development Tools Configuring the Message Recall Feature When to Restart the Router Use of an Organizational Policy Troubleshooting Stages Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Mail Trace Tool When to Force Mail Routing Policy Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andPolicy Assignment Methods When to Restart the Router Dead MailPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Delivery Failure ProcessDynamic Policy Assignments When to Force Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andLotus Domino Server Console Dead Mail lineAdministration Tasks The Delivery Failure Process Planning GuidelinesMessage Color-Coding on the Server The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentConsole Lesson 8: Configuring Mail Routing to the PlanTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Internet Supported Platforms and SystemDatabases on the Server line Requirements Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 8A: Enabling the SMTP Listener Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Task Server SoftwareUser Access to the Server Checklist for Configuring Mail Routing to Lotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Restart the Server the Internet Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Administrator Client SoftwareAdministration Levels The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAdministration Level Details line Basic ConfigurationsThe Full Access Administrator Level Planning Guidelines What is Eclipse?Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Client Installation TypesThe Domino Web Administrator Plan What is Lotus Expeditor?Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Supported Platforms and System Expeditor Component PackagingWeb Administrator Application Requirements Eclipse Update SitesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Domino Server Log Domino Server Software ComponentsThe Notes.ini File Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Logging Levels Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theServer Groups and Replication Domino Administrator Client Software First ServerTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Server Setup ProcessReplication Controls Basic Configurations The Domino DirectoryReplication Types What is Eclipse? Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMethods for Forcing Replication Client Installation Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPull Push Replication What is Lotus Expeditor? Purposes of Organizational UnitsMultiple Replication Hubs Expeditor Component Packaging Alternatives to Organizational UnitsCritical Application Scheduling Eclipse Update Sites Descendants of the Organization CertifierReplication Schedule Criteria Automated Installation Options for Organization SecurityMail Routing Components Eclipse Components Organization Certifier ID SecurityMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Authentication Between OrganizationsNNNs Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Country CodesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke First Server Server Audience TypesMail Routing Topology The Server Setup Process The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Domino Directory Administrators Group Security Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopology Comparing Domains and Organizations WorkstationOpportunistic Routing Purposes of Organizational Units The Client Configuration Program Connection Document Mail Routing Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toRouter Types and Connection Documents Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrators and ServersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Organization Security Access in the Domino Directoryfor Incoming Mail Organization Certifier ID Security The Special Privilege of theMail Storage Formats Authentication Between Organizations LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Country Codes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Audience Types Lacks SMTP Best Practices The Lotus Domino Server Log Domino Directory Access for RegisteringInternet Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options ServersThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 1E: Configuring the First Need for Selecting a Registration ServerMethods for Enabling SMTP Workstation Server ID File Storage Options Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Client Configuration Program Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingSMTP Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administrators and Servers The Standard Directory StructureSMTP Inbound Controls Access in the Domino Directory The Central Directory StructureSMTP Outbound Controls The Special Privilege of the Replicating a Subset of Documents in the


Message Relay Prevention LocalDomainAdmins Group Domino DirectoryTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Server Setup ProfilesFilters Group Lacks Clearing the Server ID Password What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory Access for Registering The Certification LogThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Servers Administrator Access to Register OUEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server CertifiersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server ID File Storage Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server DNS Whitelist? Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers User Registration OptionsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Standard Directory Structure Administrator Access to Register UsersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Central Directory Structure The License Tracking DatabaseDNS Blacklist? Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Internet Password OptionsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory Internet Password LockingEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Server Setup Profiles ID File Distribution Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePrivate Whitelist? The Certification Log User Registration Text FilesWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Administrator Access to Register OU How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Certifiers Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Need for Selecting a Registration Server ChangesPrivate Blacklist? Topic 3B: Registering New Domino Directory DocumentOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administrators Synchronization How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters User Registration Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administrator Access to Register Users Workstation(E/SMTP) Options The License Tracking Database Workstation Setup for AdditionalE/SMTP Settings Internet Password Options Workstations Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Internet Password Locking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhen to Set Internet Addresses ID File Distribution Options InstallationInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8G: Testing SMTP User Registration Text Files Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAn Implementation of SMTP Routing How to Register Users from a Text File ServersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Administration ProcessDisclaimers Changes Components of the Administration ProcessMessage Disclaimers Domino Directory Document Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Synchronization Timing and Execution of AdministrationProcess Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Process Requests Options for Attaching Disclaimers Workstation Nested GroupsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Workstation Setup for Additional The Deny List Only Group TypeCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Workstations Group Precedence in Database AccessSettings Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Auto-populated Groups Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Domino Installation Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMessages The Lotus Domino Administrator PolicyTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple PoliciesControls Servers Policy DocumentsDelivery Controls The Administration Process Policy TypesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Components of the Administration Settings Document TypesControls Process Policy Precedence RulesMail Transfer Controls Database Tools in Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Timing and Execution of Administration Policy Management ToolsMailboxes Process Requests Policy Management Development ToolsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Nested Groups Use of an Organizational Policy How Mail Rules Work The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anMail Rule Actions Group Precedence in Database Access Explicit PolicyActivating a Server Mail Rule Auto-populated Groups Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Assignment During RegistrationMail Journaling Policy Dynamic Policy AssignmentsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policies The Effect of Multiple Policies Journaling and Mail Routing Policy Documents Lotus Domino Server ConsoleJournaling and Server Configuration Policy Types Administration TasksTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Settings Document Types Message Color-Coding on the ServerWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Precedence Rules Console Tag Mail Rule Conditions Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateField Names Associated with Tags Policy Management Tools Databases on the ServerOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Policy Management Development Tools Server Access Control MechanismsWhitelist Tags Use of an Organizational Policy Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an User Access to the ServerQuotas Explicit Policy When to Restart the Server


Quota Implementation Options Policy Assignment Methods Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsQuota Restrictions Policy Assignment During Registration Administration LevelsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Dynamic Policy Assignments Administration Level DetailsMaintenance The Effect of Multiple Policies The Full Access Administrator LevelInbox Maintenance Lotus Domino Server Console Full Access Administrator Best PracticesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administration Tasks The Domino Web AdministratorControl Inbox Size Message Color-Coding on the Server Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Console Domino Web Administrator Application Archiving Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Databases on the Server The Domino Server LogArchive Policy Documents Server Access Control Mechanisms The Notes.ini FileArchive Policy Settings Document Restrictions for Authorizing Server Logging Levels Archive Criteria Settings Document Access Server Groups and Replication Checklist for Monitoring Mail User Access to the Server Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTypes of Misdelivered Mail When to Restart the Server DocumentChecking Mail Delivery Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication ControlsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administration Levels Replication TypesMail Statistics Administration Level Details Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Full Access Administrator Level Pull Push ReplicationMessage Tracking Full Access Administrator Best Practices Multiple Replication HubsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Domino Web Administrator Critical Application SchedulingWhat is Message Recall? Administration Levels and the Lotus Replication Schedule Criteria Message Recall Options Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Routing ComponentsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTroubleshooting Stages The Domino Server Log NNNs The Mail Trace Tool The Notes.ini File Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Logging Levels Mail Routing TopologyWhen to Restart the Router Server Groups and Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 6B: Creating a Connection TopologyWhen to Force Mail Routing Document How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Replication Controls TopologyMail Replication Types Opportunistic RoutingThe Delivery Failure Process Methods for Forcing Replication Connection Document Mail Routing

Pull Push Replication OptionsMultiple Replication Hubs Router Types and Connection Documents

line Critical Application Scheduling Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPlanning Guidelines Replication Schedule Criteria for Incoming MailThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Routing Components Mail Storage Formats Plan Mail Routing Behavior Within and SMTPSupported Platforms and System Between NNNs SMTP Implementation ScenariosRequirements Topic 7B: Implementing a SMTP Best PracticesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Internet Mail RoutingServer Software The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The SMTP Listener and Router TasksLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topology Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAdministrator Client Software Topology SettingsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Opportunistic Routing SMTP Settings Basic Configurations Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat is Eclipse? Options SMTP Inbound ControlsClient Installation Types Router Types and Connection SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Documents Message Relay Prevention Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistEclipse Update Sites Format for Incoming Mail FiltersAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Mail Storage Formats What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Components SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the SMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found inFirst Server Internet Mail Routing the DNS Whitelist?The Server Setup Process The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Domino Directory Methods for Enabling SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inComparing Domains and Organizations Settings the DNS Blacklist?Purposes of Organizational Units SMTP Settings What are Private Whitelist Filters?Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersDescendants of the Organization Certifier Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found inOrganization Security SMTP Inbound Controls the Private Whitelist?


Organization Certifier ID Security SMTP Outbound Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters?Authentication Between Organizations Message Relay Prevention Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersCountry Codes Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inServer Audience Types Filters the Private Blacklist?The Lotus Domino Server Log What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAdministrators Group Security Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process PrecedenceTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistThe Client Configuration Program What Happens When a Host is Found in Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPand Servers DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics (E/SMTP) OptionsAccess in the Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters E/SMTP Settings The Special Privilege of the What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingLocalDomainAdmins Group the DNS Blacklist? When to Set Internet AddressesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group What are Private Whitelist Filters? Internet Address Lookup Options Lacks Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDomino Directory Access for Registering What Happens When a Host is Found in An Implementation of SMTP Routing Servers the Private Whitelist? Topic 9B: Implementing MessageNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What are Private Blacklist Filters? DisclaimersServer ID File Storage Options Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Message DisclaimersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found in The Message Disclaimer ImplementationAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the Private Blacklist? ProcessThe Standard Directory Structure Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Options for Attaching DisclaimersThe Central Directory Structure Precedence Enabling Server Message DisclaimersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyDomino Directory Filters SettingsServer Setup Profiles Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEClearing the Server ID Password (E/SMTP) Options Messages The Certification Log E/SMTP Settings Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 8F: Configuring Internet ControlsCertifiers Addressing Delivery Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Internet Address Lookup Options ControlsUser Registration Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Mail Transfer Controls Administrator Access to Register Users An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe License Tracking Database Topic 9B: Implementing Message MailboxesInternet Password Options Disclaimers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Internet Password Locking Message Disclaimers How Mail Rules WorkID File Distribution Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Rule ActionsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Process Activating a Server Mail Rule User Registration Text Files Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingHow to Register Users from a Text File Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail JournalingTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsChanges Settings Journaling and Mail RoutingDomino Directory Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Journaling and Server Configuration Synchronization Messages Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWorkstation Controls Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWorkstation Setup for Additional Delivery Controls Field Names Associated with TagsWorkstations Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Controls Whitelist Tags Installation Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server QuotasTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Mailboxes Quota Implementation OptionsServers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Quota Restrictions The Administration Process How Mail Rules Work Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withComponents of the Administration Process Mail Rule Actions Inbox MaintenanceDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Activating a Server Mail Rule Inbox MaintenanceTiming and Execution of Administration Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toProcess Requests Mail Journaling Control Inbox Size Nested Groups Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Deny List Only Group Type Journaling and Mail Routing ArchivingGroup Precedence in Database Access Journaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesAuto-populated Groups Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archive Policy Settings DocumentPolicies Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Documents Field Names Associated with Tags Checklist for Monitoring Mail


Policy Types Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Types of Misdelivered MailSettings Document Types or Whitelist Tags Checking Mail Delivery Policy Precedence Rules Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsStatic and Dynamic Settings Quotas Mail Statistics Policy Management Tools Quota Implementation Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingPolicy Management Development Tools Quota Restrictions Message Tracking Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Inbox Maintenance What is Message Recall?Policy Inbox Maintenance Message Recall OptionsPolicy Assignment Methods Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Assignment During Registration Control Inbox Size Troubleshooting StagesDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Mail Trace Tool The Effect of Multiple Policies Archiving Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterLotus Domino Server Console Benefits of Archiving and Policies When to Restart the Router Administration Tasks Archive Policy Documents Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMessage Color-Coding on the Server Archive Policy Settings Document When to Force Mail Routing Console Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Checklist for Monitoring Mail Dead MailDatabases on the Server Types of Misdelivered Mail The Delivery Failure ProcessServer Access Control Mechanisms Checking Mail Delivery Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsUser Access to the Server Mail Statistics lineWhen to Restart the Server Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Planning GuidelinesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Message Tracking The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAdministration Levels Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall PlanAdministration Level Details What is Message Recall? Supported Platforms and SystemThe Full Access Administrator Level Message Recall Options Requirements Full Access Administrator Best Practices Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Domino Web Administrator Troubleshooting Stages Server SoftwareAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Mail Trace Tool Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Web Administrator Application Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels When to Restart the Router Administrator Client SoftwareThe Domino Server Log Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Notes.ini File When to Force Mail Routing Basic ConfigurationsLogging Levels Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What is Eclipse?Server Groups and Replication Dead Mail Client Installation TypesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Delivery Failure Process What is Lotus Expeditor?Replication Controls Expeditor Component PackagingReplication Types Eclipse Update SitesMethods for Forcing Replication line Automated Installation Options for EclipsePull Push Replication Planning Guidelines ComponentsMultiple Replication Hubs The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Critical Application Scheduling Plan Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theReplication Schedule Criteria Supported Platforms and System First ServerMail Routing Components Requirements The Server Setup ProcessMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Domino DirectoryNNNs Domino Server Software Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMail Routing Topology Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Domino Administrator Client Software Alternatives to Organizational UnitsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopology Basic Configurations Organization SecurityOpportunistic Routing What is Eclipse? Organization Certifier ID SecurityConnection Document Mail Routing Options Client Installation Types Authentication Between OrganizationsRouter Types and Connection Documents What is Lotus Expeditor? Country CodesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Expeditor Component Packaging Server Audience Typesfor Incoming Mail Eclipse Update Sites The Lotus Domino Server LogMail Storage Formats Automated Installation Options for Administrators Group Security Options SMTP Eclipse Components Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSMTP Implementation Scenarios Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation WorkstationSMTP Best Practices Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Client Configuration Program Internet Mail Routing First Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Server Setup Process Administrators and ServersMethods for Enabling SMTP The Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Replicas of the Domino Directory The Special Privilege of theSMTP Settings Comparing Domains and Organizations LocalDomainAdmins Group


Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Purposes of Organizational Units Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Inbound Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Lacks SMTP Outbound Controls Descendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMessage Relay Prevention Organization Security ServersTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Organization Certifier ID Security Need for Selecting a Registration ServerFilters Authentication Between Organizations Server ID File Storage Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Country Codes Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server Audience Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Lotus Domino Server Log The Standard Directory StructureWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Group Security Options The Central Directory StructureDNS Whitelist? Topic 1E: Configuring the First Replicating a Subset of Documents in theDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Workstation Domino DirectoryEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Client Configuration Program Server Setup ProfilesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Clearing the Server ID Password DNS Blacklist? Administrators and Servers The Certification LogWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Access in the Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Special Privilege of the CertifiersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the LocalDomainAdmins Group Need for Selecting a Registration Server Private Whitelist? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Group Lacks User Registration OptionsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Domino Directory Access for Registering Administrator Access to Register UsersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Servers The License Tracking DatabasePrivate Blacklist? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password OptionsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Server ID File Storage Options Internet Password LockingHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting ID File Distribution Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File(E/SMTP) Options The Standard Directory Structure User Registration Text FilesE/SMTP Settings The Central Directory Structure How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhen to Set Internet Addresses Domino Directory ChangesInternet Address Lookup Options Server Setup Profiles Domino Directory DocumentTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Clearing the Server ID Password Synchronization An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Certification Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 9B: Implementing Message Administrator Access to Register OU WorkstationDisclaimers Certifiers Workstation Setup for AdditionalMessage Disclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstations The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoProcess Administrators InstallationOptions for Attaching Disclaimers User Registration Options The Lotus Domino Administrator Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The License Tracking Database ServersSettings Internet Password Options The Administration ProcessUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Internet Password Locking Components of the Administration ProcessMessages ID File Distribution Options Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Timing and Execution of AdministrationControls User Registration Text Files Process Requests Delivery Controls How to Register Users from a Text File Nested GroupsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Deny List Only Group TypeControls Changes Group Precedence in Database AccessMail Transfer Controls Domino Directory Document Auto-populated Groups Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Synchronization Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMailboxes Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator PolicyBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstation PoliciesHow Mail Rules Work Workstation Setup for Additional Policy DocumentsMail Rule Actions Workstations Policy TypesActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Settings Document TypesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Domino Installation Policy Precedence RulesMail Journaling The Lotus Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Management ToolsJournaling and Mail Routing Servers Policy Management Development ToolsJournaling and Server Configuration The Administration Process Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Components of the Administration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Process Explicit PolicyTag Mail Rule Conditions Database Tools in Domino Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsField Names Associated with Tags Timing and Execution of Administration Policy Assignment During RegistrationOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Process Requests Dynamic Policy Assignments


Whitelist Tags Nested Groups The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Deny List Only Group Type Lotus Domino Server ConsoleQuotas Group Precedence in Database Access Administration TasksQuota Implementation Options Auto-populated Groups Message Color-Coding on the ServerQuota Restrictions Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Console Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Policy Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateMaintenance Policies Databases on the ServerInbox Maintenance Policy Documents Server Access Control MechanismsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Types Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessControl Inbox Size Settings Document Types User Access to the ServerTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Precedence Rules When to Restart the Server Archiving Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Policy Management Tools Administration LevelsArchive Policy Documents Policy Management Development Tools Administration Level DetailsArchive Policy Settings Document Use of an Organizational Policy The Full Access Administrator LevelArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Full Access Administrator Best PracticesChecklist for Monitoring Mail Explicit Policy The Domino Web AdministratorTypes of Misdelivered Mail Policy Assignment Methods Administration Levels and the LotusChecking Mail Delivery Policy Assignment During Registration Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsMail Statistics The Effect of Multiple Policies The Domino Server LogTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Lotus Domino Server Console The Notes.ini FileMessage Tracking Administration Tasks Logging Levels Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Groups and Replication What is Message Recall? Console Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMessage Recall Options Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create DocumentConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Databases on the Server Replication ControlsTroubleshooting Stages Server Access Control Mechanisms Replication TypesThe Mail Trace Tool Restrictions for Authorizing Server Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Access Pull Push ReplicationWhen to Restart the Router User Access to the Server Multiple Replication HubsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing When to Restart the Server Critical Application SchedulingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Administration Levels Mail Routing ComponentsMail Administration Level Details Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Delivery Failure Process The Full Access Administrator Level NNNs

Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Domino Web Administrator Mail Routing Topology

line Administration Levels and the Lotus The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingPlanning Guidelines Domino Web Administrator Application TopologyThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePlan The Domino Server Log TopologySupported Platforms and System The Notes.ini File Opportunistic RoutingRequirements Logging Levels Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Server Groups and Replication OptionsServer Software Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Router Types and Connection Documents Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Replication Controls for Incoming MailAdministrator Client Software Replication Types Mail Storage Formats The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Methods for Forcing Replication SMTPBasic Configurations Pull Push Replication SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhat is Eclipse? Multiple Replication Hubs SMTP Best PracticesClient Installation Types Critical Application Scheduling Internet Mail RoutingWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Replication Schedule Criteria The SMTP Listener and Router TasksExpeditor Component Packaging Mail Routing Components Methods for Enabling SMTP Eclipse Update Sites Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Between NNNs SettingsComponents Topic 7B: Implementing a SMTP Settings Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing SMTP Inbound ControlsFirst Server Topology SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Server Setup Process How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Message Relay Prevention The Domino Directory Topology Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistReplicas of the Domino Directory Opportunistic Routing FiltersComparing Domains and Organizations Connection Document Mail Routing What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Purposes of Organizational Units Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process


Alternatives to Organizational Units Router Types and Connection Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersDescendants of the Organization Certifier Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inOrganization Security Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage the DNS Whitelist?Organization Certifier ID Security Format for Incoming Mail DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsAuthentication Between Organizations Mail Storage Formats Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersCountry Codes SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inServer Audience Types SMTP Implementation Scenarios the DNS Blacklist?The Lotus Domino Server Log SMTP Best Practices What are Private Whitelist Filters?Administrators Group Security Options Internet Mail Routing Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Client Configuration Program Methods for Enabling SMTP the Private Whitelist?Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?and Servers Settings Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersAccess in the Domino Directory SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Special Privilege of the Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail the Private Blacklist?LocalDomainAdmins Group Delivery Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Inbound Controls PrecedenceLacks SMTP Outbound Controls How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDomino Directory Access for Registering Message Relay Prevention Filters Servers Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Filters (E/SMTP) OptionsServer ID File Storage Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? E/SMTP Settings Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters When to Set Internet AddressesThe Standard Directory Structure What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Address Lookup Options The Central Directory Structure the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPReplicating a Subset of Documents in the DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics An Implementation of SMTP Routing Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 9B: Implementing MessageServer Setup Profiles What Happens When a Host is Found in DisclaimersClearing the Server ID Password the DNS Blacklist? Message DisclaimersThe Certification Log What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Message Disclaimer ImplementationAdministrator Access to Register OU Enabling Private Whitelist Filters ProcessCertifiers What Happens When a Host is Found in Options for Attaching DisclaimersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server the Private Whitelist? Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators What are Private Blacklist Filters? Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyUser Registration Options Enabling Private Blacklist Filters SettingsAdministrator Access to Register Users What Happens When a Host is Found in Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe License Tracking Database the Private Blacklist? Messages Internet Password Options Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryInternet Password Locking Precedence ControlsID File Distribution Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Delivery Controls Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferUser Registration Text Files Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP ControlsHow to Register Users from a Text File (E/SMTP) Options Mail Transfer Controls Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document E/SMTP Settings Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerChanges Topic 8F: Configuring Internet MailboxesDomino Directory Document Addressing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Synchronization When to Set Internet Addresses How Mail Rules WorkTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Rule ActionsWorkstation Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Activating a Server Mail Rule Workstation Setup for Additional An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingWorkstations Topic 9B: Implementing Message Mail JournalingTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Disclaimers Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsInstallation Message Disclaimers Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Message Disclaimer Implementation Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Process Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andServers Options for Attaching Disclaimers Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Administration Process Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Tag Mail Rule ConditionsComponents of the Administration Process Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Field Names Associated with TagsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Settings Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTiming and Execution of Administration Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Whitelist Tags Process Requests Messages Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasNested Groups Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery QuotasThe Deny List Only Group Type Controls Quota Implementation OptionsGroup Precedence in Database Access Delivery Controls Quota Restrictions Auto-populated Groups Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with


Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Controls Inbox MaintenancePolicies Mail Transfer Controls Inbox MaintenancePolicy Documents Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPolicy Types Mailboxes Control Inbox Size Settings Document Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10F: Archiving MailPolicy Precedence Rules How Mail Rules Work ArchivingStatic and Dynamic Settings Mail Rule Actions Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPolicy Management Tools Activating a Server Mail Rule Archive Policy DocumentsPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Archive Policy Settings DocumentUse of an Organizational Policy Mail Journaling Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Checklist for Monitoring MailPolicy Journaling and Mail Routing Types of Misdelivered MailPolicy Assignment Methods Journaling and Server Configuration Checking Mail Delivery Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsDynamic Policy Assignments and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Statistics The Effect of Multiple Policies Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingLotus Domino Server Console Field Names Associated with Tags Message Tracking Administration Tasks Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMessage Color-Coding on the Server or Whitelist Tags What is Message Recall?Console Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Message Recall OptionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Quotas Configuring the Message Recall Feature Databases on the Server Quota Implementation Options Troubleshooting StagesServer Access Control Mechanisms Quota Restrictions The Mail Trace Tool Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterUser Access to the Server Inbox Maintenance When to Restart the Router When to Restart the Server Inbox Maintenance Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to When to Force Mail Routing Administration Levels Control Inbox Size Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andAdministration Level Details Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Dead MailThe Full Access Administrator Level Archiving The Delivery Failure ProcessFull Access Administrator Best Practices Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Domino Web Administrator Archive Policy DocumentsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Archive Policy Settings Document lineWeb Administrator Application Archive Criteria Settings Document Planning GuidelinesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Domino Server Log Types of Misdelivered Mail PlanThe Notes.ini File Checking Mail Delivery Supported Platforms and SystemLogging Levels Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Requirements Server Groups and Replication Mail Statistics Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Server SoftwareReplication Controls Message Tracking Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Replication Types Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMethods for Forcing Replication What is Message Recall? Administrator Client SoftwarePull Push Replication Message Recall Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andMultiple Replication Hubs Configuring the Message Recall Feature Basic ConfigurationsCritical Application Scheduling Troubleshooting Stages What is Eclipse?Replication Schedule Criteria The Mail Trace Tool Client Installation TypesMail Routing Components Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What is Lotus Expeditor?Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between When to Restart the Router Expeditor Component PackagingNNNs Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Eclipse Update SitesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke When to Force Mail Routing Automated Installation Options for EclipseMail Routing Topology Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ComponentsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Dead Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Delivery Failure Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopology First ServerOpportunistic Routing The Server Setup ProcessConnection Document Mail Routing Options line The Domino DirectoryRouter Types and Connection Documents Planning Guidelines Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Comparing Domains and Organizationsfor Incoming Mail Plan Purposes of Organizational UnitsMail Storage Formats Supported Platforms and System Alternatives to Organizational UnitsSMTP Requirements Descendants of the Organization CertifierSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Organization SecuritySMTP Best Practices Domino Server Software Organization Certifier ID SecurityInternet Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Authentication Between OrganizationsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Country Codes


Methods for Enabling SMTP Domino Administrator Client Software Server Audience TypesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Domino Server LogSMTP Settings Basic Configurations Administrators Group Security Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery What is Eclipse? Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSMTP Inbound Controls Client Installation Types WorkstationSMTP Outbound Controls What is Lotus Expeditor? The Client Configuration Program Message Relay Prevention Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Eclipse Update Sites Administrators and ServersFilters Automated Installation Options for Access in the Domino DirectoryWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Eclipse Components The Special Privilege of theThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation LocalDomainAdmins GroupEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the First Server Lacks DNS Whitelist? The Server Setup Process Domino Directory Access for RegisteringDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Domino Directory ServersEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Replicas of the Domino Directory Need for Selecting a Registration ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Comparing Domains and Organizations Server ID File Storage Options DNS Blacklist? Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Alternatives to Organizational Units Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Standard Directory StructureWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Organization Security The Central Directory StructurePrivate Whitelist? Organization Certifier ID Security Replicating a Subset of Documents in theWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Authentication Between Organizations Domino DirectoryEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Country Codes Server Setup ProfilesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server Audience Types Clearing the Server ID Password Private Blacklist? The Lotus Domino Server Log The Certification LogOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administrators Group Security Options Administrator Access to Register OUHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the First CertifiersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server (E/SMTP) Options The Client Configuration Program Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsE/SMTP Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to User Registration OptionsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administrators and Servers Administrator Access to Register UsersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Access in the Domino Directory The License Tracking DatabaseInternet Address Lookup Options The Special Privilege of the Internet Password OptionsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP LocalDomainAdmins Group Internet Password LockingAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins ID File Distribution Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Group Lacks Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDisclaimers Domino Directory Access for Registering User Registration Text FilesMessage Disclaimers Servers How to Register Users from a Text File The Message Disclaimer Implementation Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentProcess Server ID File Storage Options ChangesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Directory DocumentEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Synchronization Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Standard Directory Structure Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorSettings The Central Directory Structure WorkstationUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Workstation Setup for AdditionalMessages Domino Directory Workstations Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Server Setup Profiles Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoControls Clearing the Server ID Password InstallationDelivery Controls The Certification Log The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleControls Certifiers ServersMail Transfer Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Administration ProcessTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 3B: Registering New Components of the Administration ProcessMailboxes Administrators Database Tools in Domino AdministratorBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes User Registration Options Timing and Execution of AdministrationHow Mail Rules Work Administrator Access to Register Users Process Requests Mail Rule Actions The License Tracking Database Nested GroupsActivating a Server Mail Rule Internet Password Options The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Internet Password Locking Group Precedence in Database AccessMail Journaling ID File Distribution Options Auto-populated Groups Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalJournaling and Mail Routing User Registration Text Files PolicyJournaling and Server Configuration How to Register Users from a Text File PoliciesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy DocumentsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Changes Policy Types


Tag Mail Rule Conditions Domino Directory Document Settings Document TypesField Names Associated with Tags Synchronization Policy Precedence RulesOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsWhitelist Tags Workstation Policy Management ToolsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Workstation Setup for Additional Policy Management Development ToolsQuotas Workstations Use of an Organizational Policy Quota Implementation Options Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anQuota Restrictions Domino Installation Explicit PolicyTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsMaintenance Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Assignment During RegistrationInbox Maintenance Servers Dynamic Policy AssignmentsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Administration Process The Effect of Multiple Policies Control Inbox Size Components of the Administration Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Process Administration TasksArchiving Database Tools in Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerBenefits of Archiving and Policies Timing and Execution of Administration Console Archive Policy Documents Process Requests Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateArchive Policy Settings Document Nested Groups Databases on the ServerArchive Criteria Settings Document The Deny List Only Group Type Server Access Control MechanismsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Group Precedence in Database Access Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTypes of Misdelivered Mail Auto-populated Groups User Access to the ServerChecking Mail Delivery Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational When to Restart the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsMail Statistics Policies Administration LevelsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Policy Documents Administration Level DetailsMessage Tracking Policy Types The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Settings Document Types Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhat is Message Recall? Policy Precedence Rules The Domino Web AdministratorMessage Recall Options Static and Dynamic Settings Administration Levels and the LotusConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Policy Management Tools Domino Web Administrator Application Troubleshooting Stages Policy Management Development Tools Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Mail Trace Tool Use of an Organizational Policy The Domino Server LogTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an The Notes.ini FileWhen to Restart the Router Explicit Policy Logging Levels Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy Assignment Methods Server Groups and Replication When to Force Mail Routing Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Dynamic Policy Assignments DocumentMail The Effect of Multiple Policies Replication ControlsThe Delivery Failure Process Lotus Domino Server Console Replication Types

Administration Tasks Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Color-Coding on the Server Pull Push Replication

line Console Multiple Replication HubsPlanning Guidelines Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Critical Application SchedulingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Databases on the Server Replication Schedule Criteria Plan Server Access Control Mechanisms Mail Routing ComponentsSupported Platforms and System Restrictions for Authorizing Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenRequirements Access NNNs Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino User Access to the Server Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeServer Software When to Restart the Server Mail Routing TopologyLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Administration Levels TopologyAdministrator Client Software Administration Level Details How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Full Access Administrator Level TopologyBasic Configurations Full Access Administrator Best Practices Opportunistic RoutingWhat is Eclipse? The Domino Web Administrator Connection Document Mail RoutingClient Installation Types Administration Levels and the Lotus OptionsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Domino Web Administrator Application Router Types and Connection Documents Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatEclipse Update Sites The Domino Server Log for Incoming MailAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Notes.ini File Mail Storage Formats Components Logging Levels SMTPMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Server Groups and Replication SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 6B: Creating a Connection SMTP Best PracticesFirst Server Document Internet Mail RoutingThe Server Setup Process Replication Controls The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe Domino Directory Replication Types Methods for Enabling SMTP


Replicas of the Domino Directory Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPComparing Domains and Organizations Pull Push Replication SettingsPurposes of Organizational Units Multiple Replication Hubs SMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Critical Application Scheduling Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryDescendants of the Organization Certifier Replication Schedule Criteria SMTP Inbound ControlsOrganization Security Mail Routing Components SMTP Outbound ControlsOrganization Certifier ID Security Mail Routing Behavior Within and Message Relay Prevention Authentication Between Organizations Between NNNs Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistCountry Codes Topic 7B: Implementing a FiltersServer Audience Types Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Lotus Domino Server Log The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessAdministrators Group Security Options Topology Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Client Configuration Program Topology the DNS Whitelist?Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Opportunistic Routing DNS Whitelist Filter Statisticsand Servers Connection Document Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersAccess in the Domino Directory Options What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Special Privilege of the Router Types and Connection the DNS Blacklist?LocalDomainAdmins Group Documents What are Private Whitelist Filters?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersLacks Format for Incoming Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory Access for Registering Mail Storage Formats the Private Whitelist?Servers SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersServer ID File Storage Options SMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Internet Mail Routing the Private Blacklist?Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Standard Directory Structure Methods for Enabling SMTP PrecedenceThe Central Directory Structure Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Settings Filters Domino Directory SMTP Settings Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPServer Setup Profiles Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsClearing the Server ID Password Delivery E/SMTP Settings The Certification Log SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingAdministrator Access to Register OU SMTP Outbound Controls When to Set Internet AddressesCertifiers Message Relay Prevention Internet Address Lookup Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Filters An Implementation of SMTP Routing User Registration Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAdministrator Access to Register Users The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process DisclaimersThe License Tracking Database Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message DisclaimersInternet Password Options What Happens When a Host is Found in The Message Disclaimer ImplementationInternet Password Locking the DNS Whitelist? ProcessID File Distribution Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUser Registration Text Files What Happens When a Host is Found in Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyHow to Register Users from a Text File the DNS Blacklist? SettingsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document What are Private Whitelist Filters? Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEChanges Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Messages Domino Directory Document What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliverySynchronization the Private Whitelist? ControlsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator What are Private Blacklist Filters? Delivery Controls Workstation Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWorkstation Setup for Additional What Happens When a Host is Found in ControlsWorkstations the Private Blacklist? Mail Transfer Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerInstallation Precedence MailboxesThe Lotus Domino Administrator How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Filters How Mail Rules WorkServers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Rule ActionsThe Administration Process (E/SMTP) Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Components of the Administration Process E/SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Mail JournalingTiming and Execution of Administration Addressing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsProcess Requests When to Set Internet Addresses Journaling and Mail RoutingNested Groups Internet Address Lookup Options Journaling and Server Configuration


The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andGroup Precedence in Database Access An Implementation of SMTP Routing Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAuto-populated Groups Topic 9B: Implementing Message Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Disclaimers Field Names Associated with TagsPolicies Message Disclaimers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPolicy Documents The Message Disclaimer Implementation Whitelist Tags Policy Types Process Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasSettings Document Types Options for Attaching Disclaimers QuotasPolicy Precedence Rules Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Quota Implementation OptionsStatic and Dynamic Settings Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Quota Restrictions Policy Management Tools Settings Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withPolicy Management Development Tools Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Inbox MaintenanceUse of an Organizational Policy Messages Inbox MaintenanceTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPolicy Controls Control Inbox Size Policy Assignment Methods Delivery Controls Topic 10F: Archiving MailPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer ArchivingDynamic Policy Assignments Controls Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Transfer Controls Archive Policy DocumentsLotus Domino Server Console Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Archive Policy Settings DocumentAdministration Tasks Mailboxes Archive Criteria Settings Document Message Color-Coding on the Server Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Checklist for Monitoring MailConsole How Mail Rules Work Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Rule Actions Checking Mail Delivery Databases on the Server Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Statistics Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Mail Journaling Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingUser Access to the Server Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Message Tracking When to Restart the Server Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Journaling and Server Configuration What is Message Recall?Administration Levels Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Message Recall OptionsAdministration Level Details and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Full Access Administrator Level Tag Mail Rule Conditions Troubleshooting StagesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Field Names Associated with Tags The Mail Trace Tool The Domino Web Administrator Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino or Whitelist Tags When to Restart the Router Web Administrator Application Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Quotas When to Force Mail Routing The Domino Server Log Quota Implementation Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Notes.ini File Quota Restrictions Dead MailLogging Levels Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Delivery Failure ProcessServer Groups and Replication Inbox MaintenanceTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Inbox MaintenanceReplication Controls Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to lineReplication Types Control Inbox Size Planning GuidelinesMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPull Push Replication Archiving PlanMultiple Replication Hubs Benefits of Archiving and Policies Supported Platforms and SystemCritical Application Scheduling Archive Policy Documents Requirements Replication Schedule Criteria Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMail Routing Components Archive Criteria Settings Document Server SoftwareMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Checklist for Monitoring Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types NNNs Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Checking Mail Delivery Administrator Client SoftwareMail Routing Topology Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Mail Statistics Basic ConfigurationsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What is Eclipse?Topology Message Tracking Client Installation TypesOpportunistic Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What is Lotus Expeditor?Connection Document Mail Routing Options What is Message Recall? Expeditor Component PackagingRouter Types and Connection Documents Message Recall Options Eclipse Update SitesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Configuring the Message Recall Feature Automated Installation Options for Eclipsefor Incoming Mail Troubleshooting Stages ComponentsMail Storage Formats The Mail Trace Tool Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSMTP Implementation Scenarios When to Restart the Router First Server


SMTP Best Practices Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Server Setup ProcessInternet Mail Routing When to Force Mail Routing The Domino DirectoryThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMethods for Enabling SMTP Dead Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Delivery Failure Process Purposes of Organizational UnitsSMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Descendants of the Organization CertifierSMTP Inbound Controls line Organization SecuritySMTP Outbound Controls Planning Guidelines Organization Certifier ID SecurityMessage Relay Prevention The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Plan Country CodesFilters Supported Platforms and System Server Audience TypesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Requirements The Lotus Domino Server LogThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrators Group Security Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Domino Server Software Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Lotus Domino Server Installation Types WorkstationDNS Whitelist? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus The Client Configuration Program DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administrators and ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Basic Configurations Access in the Domino DirectoryDNS Blacklist? What is Eclipse? The Special Privilege of theWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Client Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupEnabling Private Whitelist Filters What is Lotus Expeditor? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Expeditor Component Packaging Lacks Private Whitelist? Eclipse Update Sites Domino Directory Access for RegisteringWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Automated Installation Options for ServersEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Eclipse Components Need for Selecting a Registration ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Server ID File Storage Options Private Blacklist? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence First Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Server Setup Process The Standard Directory StructureTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Domino Directory The Central Directory Structure(E/SMTP) Options Replicas of the Domino Directory Replicating a Subset of Documents in theE/SMTP Settings Comparing Domains and Organizations Domino DirectoryTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Purposes of Organizational Units Server Setup ProfilesWhen to Set Internet Addresses Alternatives to Organizational Units Clearing the Server ID Password Internet Address Lookup Options Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Certification LogTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Organization Security Administrator Access to Register OUAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Organization Certifier ID Security CertifiersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Authentication Between Organizations Need for Selecting a Registration Server Disclaimers Country Codes Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMessage Disclaimers Server Audience Types User Registration OptionsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Lotus Domino Server Log Administrator Access to Register UsersProcess Administrators Group Security Options The License Tracking DatabaseOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 1E: Configuring the First Internet Password OptionsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Workstation Internet Password LockingCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The Client Configuration Program ID File Distribution Options Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrators and Servers User Registration Text FilesMessages Access in the Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Special Privilege of the Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentControls LocalDomainAdmins Group ChangesDelivery Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Domino Directory DocumentTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Group Lacks Synchronization Controls Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMail Transfer Controls Servers WorkstationTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstation Setup for AdditionalMailboxes Server ID File Storage Options Workstations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoHow Mail Rules Work Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers InstallationMail Rule Actions The Standard Directory Structure The Lotus Domino Administrator Activating a Server Mail Rule The Central Directory Structure Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Replicating a Subset of Documents in the ServersMail Journaling Domino Directory The Administration ProcessJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Server Setup Profiles Components of the Administration ProcessJournaling and Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Database Tools in Domino Administrator


Journaling and Server Configuration The Certification Log Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Administrator Access to Register OU Process Requests Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Certifiers Nested GroupsTag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Deny List Only Group TypeField Names Associated with Tags Topic 3B: Registering New Group Precedence in Database AccessOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Administrators Auto-populated Groups Whitelist Tags User Registration Options Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administrator Access to Register Users PolicyQuotas The License Tracking Database PoliciesQuota Implementation Options Internet Password Options Policy DocumentsQuota Restrictions Internet Password Locking Policy TypesTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox ID File Distribution Options Settings Document TypesMaintenance Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Policy Precedence RulesInbox Maintenance User Registration Text Files Static and Dynamic SettingsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Management ToolsControl Inbox Size Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Changes Use of an Organizational Policy Archiving Domino Directory Document Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anBenefits of Archiving and Policies Synchronization Explicit PolicyArchive Policy Documents Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsArchive Policy Settings Document Workstation Policy Assignment During RegistrationArchive Criteria Settings Document Workstation Setup for Additional Dynamic Policy AssignmentsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Workstations The Effect of Multiple Policies Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Lotus Domino Server ConsoleChecking Mail Delivery Domino Installation Administration TasksTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerMail Statistics Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Console Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Servers Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateMessage Tracking The Administration Process Databases on the ServerTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Components of the Administration Server Access Control MechanismsWhat is Message Recall? Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMessage Recall Options Database Tools in Domino Administrator User Access to the ServerConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Timing and Execution of Administration When to Restart the Server Troubleshooting Stages Process Requests Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Mail Trace Tool Nested Groups Administration LevelsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Deny List Only Group Type Administration Level DetailsWhen to Restart the Router Group Precedence in Database Access The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Auto-populated Groups Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Policy Administration Levels and the LotusMail Policies Domino Web Administrator Application The Delivery Failure Process Policy Documents Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels

Policy Types The Domino Server LogSettings Document Types The Notes.ini File

line Policy Precedence Rules Logging Levels Planning Guidelines Static and Dynamic Settings Server Groups and Replication The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Policy Management Tools Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionPlan Policy Management Development Tools DocumentSupported Platforms and System Use of an Organizational Policy Replication ControlsRequirements Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Replication TypesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Explicit Policy Methods for Forcing ReplicationServer Software Policy Assignment Methods Pull Push ReplicationLotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Assignment During Registration Multiple Replication HubsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Dynamic Policy Assignments Critical Application SchedulingAdministrator Client Software The Effect of Multiple Policies Replication Schedule Criteria The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Lotus Domino Server Console Mail Routing ComponentsBasic Configurations Administration Tasks Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat is Eclipse? Message Color-Coding on the Server NNNs Client Installation Types Console Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Routing TopologyExpeditor Component Packaging Databases on the Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingEclipse Update Sites Server Access Control Mechanisms TopologyAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Restrictions for Authorizing Server How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeComponents Access TopologyMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation User Access to the Server Opportunistic RoutingTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the When to Restart the Server Connection Document Mail Routing


First Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels OptionsThe Server Setup Process Administration Levels Router Types and Connection Documents The Domino Directory Administration Level Details Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatReplicas of the Domino Directory The Full Access Administrator Level for Incoming MailComparing Domains and Organizations Full Access Administrator Best Practices Mail Storage Formats Purposes of Organizational Units The Domino Web Administrator SMTPAlternatives to Organizational Units Administration Levels and the Lotus SMTP Implementation ScenariosDescendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Best PracticesOrganization Security Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Internet Mail RoutingOrganization Certifier ID Security The Domino Server Log The SMTP Listener and Router TasksAuthentication Between Organizations The Notes.ini File Methods for Enabling SMTP Country Codes Logging Levels Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPServer Audience Types Server Groups and Replication SettingsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 6B: Creating a Connection SMTP Settings Administrators Group Security Options Document Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Replication Controls SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Client Configuration Program Replication Types SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Methods for Forcing Replication Message Relay Prevention and Servers Pull Push Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistAccess in the Domino Directory Multiple Replication Hubs FiltersThe Special Privilege of the Critical Application Scheduling What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?LocalDomainAdmins Group Replication Schedule Criteria The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Routing Components Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersLacks Mail Routing Behavior Within and What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory Access for Registering Between NNNs the DNS Whitelist?Servers Topic 7B: Implementing a DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersServer ID File Storage Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topology the DNS Blacklist?Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Standard Directory Structure Topology Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersThe Central Directory Structure Opportunistic Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Connection Document Mail Routing the Private Whitelist?Domino Directory Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?Server Setup Profiles Router Types and Connection Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersClearing the Server ID Password Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Certification Log Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage the Private Blacklist?Administrator Access to Register OU Format for Incoming Mail Order of Whitelist and BlacklistCertifiers Mail Storage Formats PrecedenceNeed for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators SMTP Implementation Scenarios Filters User Registration Options SMTP Best Practices Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAdministrator Access to Register Users Internet Mail Routing (E/SMTP) OptionsThe License Tracking Database The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks E/SMTP Settings Internet Password Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingInternet Password Locking Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesID File Distribution Options Settings Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File SMTP Settings Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUser Registration Text Files Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing How to Register Users from a Text File Delivery Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document SMTP Inbound Controls DisclaimersChanges SMTP Outbound Controls Message DisclaimersDomino Directory Document Message Relay Prevention The Message Disclaimer ImplementationSynchronization Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist ProcessTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Filters Options for Attaching DisclaimersWorkstation What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWorkstation Setup for Additional The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyWorkstations Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SettingsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found in Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEInstallation the DNS Whitelist? Messages The Lotus Domino Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters ControlsServers What Happens When a Host is Found in Delivery Controls The Administration Process the DNS Blacklist? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferComponents of the Administration Process What are Private Whitelist Filters? ControlsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Transfer Controls


Timing and Execution of Administration What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerProcess Requests the Private Whitelist? MailboxesNested Groups What are Private Blacklist Filters? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Deny List Only Group Type Enabling Private Blacklist Filters How Mail Rules WorkGroup Precedence in Database Access What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Rule ActionsAuto-populated Groups the Private Blacklist? Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingPolicies Precedence Mail JournalingPolicy Documents How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPolicy Types Filters Journaling and Mail RoutingSettings Document Types Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Journaling and Server Configuration Policy Precedence Rules (E/SMTP) Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andStatic and Dynamic Settings E/SMTP Settings Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPolicy Management Tools Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPolicy Management Development Tools Addressing Field Names Associated with TagsUse of an Organizational Policy When to Set Internet Addresses Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Internet Address Lookup Options Whitelist Tags Policy Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasPolicy Assignment Methods An Implementation of SMTP Routing QuotasPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 9B: Implementing Message Quota Implementation OptionsDynamic Policy Assignments Disclaimers Quota Restrictions The Effect of Multiple Policies Message Disclaimers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withLotus Domino Server Console The Message Disclaimer Implementation Inbox MaintenanceAdministration Tasks Process Inbox MaintenanceMessage Color-Coding on the Server Options for Attaching Disclaimers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toConsole Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Control Inbox Size Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 10F: Archiving MailDatabases on the Server Settings ArchivingServer Access Control Mechanisms Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Messages Archive Policy DocumentsUser Access to the Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Archive Policy Settings DocumentWhen to Restart the Server Controls Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Delivery Controls Checklist for Monitoring MailAdministration Levels Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Types of Misdelivered MailAdministration Level Details Controls Checking Mail Delivery The Full Access Administrator Level Mail Transfer Controls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Statistics The Domino Web Administrator Mailboxes Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Tracking Web Administrator Application How Mail Rules Work Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Rule Actions What is Message Recall?The Domino Server Log Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Recall OptionsThe Notes.ini File Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Configuring the Message Recall Feature Logging Levels Mail Journaling Troubleshooting StagesServer Groups and Replication Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Mail Trace Tool Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterReplication Controls Journaling and Server Configuration When to Restart the Router Replication Types Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMethods for Forcing Replication and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions When to Force Mail Routing Pull Push Replication Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andMultiple Replication Hubs Field Names Associated with Tags Dead MailCritical Application Scheduling Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Delivery Failure ProcessReplication Schedule Criteria or Whitelist Tags Mail Routing Components Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Quotas lineNNNs Quota Implementation Options Planning GuidelinesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Quota Restrictions The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMail Routing Topology Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with PlanThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Inbox Maintenance Supported Platforms and SystemHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Inbox Maintenance Requirements Topology Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoOpportunistic Routing Control Inbox Size Server SoftwareConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Router Types and Connection Documents Archiving Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administrator Client Softwarefor Incoming Mail Archive Policy Documents The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and


Mail Storage Formats Archive Policy Settings Document Basic ConfigurationsSMTP Archive Criteria Settings Document What is Eclipse?SMTP Implementation Scenarios Checklist for Monitoring Mail Client Installation TypesSMTP Best Practices Types of Misdelivered Mail What is Lotus Expeditor?Internet Mail Routing Checking Mail Delivery Expeditor Component PackagingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Eclipse Update SitesMethods for Enabling SMTP Mail Statistics Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ComponentsSMTP Settings Message Tracking Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSMTP Inbound Controls What is Message Recall? First ServerSMTP Outbound Controls Message Recall Options The Server Setup ProcessMessage Relay Prevention Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Domino DirectoryTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Troubleshooting Stages Replicas of the Domino DirectoryFilters The Mail Trace Tool Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process When to Restart the Router Alternatives to Organizational UnitsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Descendants of the Organization CertifierWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Force Mail Routing Organization SecurityDNS Whitelist? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Organization Certifier ID SecurityDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Dead Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Delivery Failure Process Country CodesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server Audience TypesDNS Blacklist? The Lotus Domino Server LogWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? line Administrators Group Security Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Planning Guidelines Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Worldwide Corporation Deployment WorkstationPrivate Whitelist? Plan The Client Configuration Program What are Private Blacklist Filters? Supported Platforms and System Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Requirements Administrators and ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Access in the Domino DirectoryPrivate Blacklist? Domino Server Software The Special Privilege of theOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Lotus Domino Server Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Domino Administrator Client Software Lacks (E/SMTP) Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Domino Directory Access for RegisteringE/SMTP Settings Basic Configurations ServersTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What is Eclipse? Need for Selecting a Registration ServerWhen to Set Internet Addresses Client Installation Types Server ID File Storage Options Internet Address Lookup Options What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Expeditor Component Packaging Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Eclipse Update Sites The Standard Directory StructureTopic 9B: Implementing Message Automated Installation Options for The Central Directory StructureDisclaimers Eclipse Components Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMessage Disclaimers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino DirectoryThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server Setup ProfilesProcess First Server Clearing the Server ID Password Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Server Setup Process The Certification LogEnabling Server Message Disclaimers The Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Replicas of the Domino Directory CertifiersSettings Comparing Domains and Organizations Need for Selecting a Registration Server Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMessages Alternatives to Organizational Units User Registration OptionsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrator Access to Register UsersControls Organization Security The License Tracking DatabaseDelivery Controls Organization Certifier ID Security Internet Password OptionsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Authentication Between Organizations Internet Password LockingControls Country Codes ID File Distribution Options Mail Transfer Controls Server Audience Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Lotus Domino Server Log User Registration Text FilesMailboxes Administrators Group Security Options How to Register Users from a Text File Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentHow Mail Rules Work Workstation ChangesMail Rule Actions The Client Configuration Program Domino Directory DocumentActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Synchronization Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administrators and Servers Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator


Mail Journaling Access in the Domino Directory WorkstationJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Special Privilege of the Workstation Setup for AdditionalJournaling and Mail Routing LocalDomainAdmins Group Workstations Journaling and Server Configuration Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Group Lacks InstallationWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Domino Directory Access for Registering The Lotus Domino Administrator Tag Mail Rule Conditions Servers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleField Names Associated with Tags Need for Selecting a Registration Server ServersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Server ID File Storage Options The Administration ProcessWhitelist Tags Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Database Tools in Domino AdministratorQuotas The Standard Directory Structure Timing and Execution of AdministrationQuota Implementation Options The Central Directory Structure Process Requests Quota Restrictions Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Nested GroupsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Domino Directory The Deny List Only Group TypeMaintenance Server Setup Profiles Group Precedence in Database AccessInbox Maintenance Clearing the Server ID Password Auto-populated Groups Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Certification Log Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalControl Inbox Size Administrator Access to Register OU PolicyTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Certifiers PoliciesArchiving Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy DocumentsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 3B: Registering New Policy TypesArchive Policy Documents Administrators Settings Document TypesArchive Policy Settings Document User Registration Options Policy Precedence RulesArchive Criteria Settings Document Administrator Access to Register Users Static and Dynamic SettingsChecklist for Monitoring Mail The License Tracking Database Policy Management ToolsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Internet Password Options Policy Management Development ToolsChecking Mail Delivery Internet Password Locking Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics ID File Distribution Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anMail Statistics Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Explicit PolicyTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking User Registration Text Files Policy Assignment MethodsMessage Tracking How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWhat is Message Recall? Changes The Effect of Multiple Policies Message Recall Options Domino Directory Document Lotus Domino Server ConsoleConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Synchronization Administration TasksTroubleshooting Stages Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Mail Trace Tool Workstation Console Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateWhen to Restart the Router Workstations Databases on the ServerTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Server Access Control MechanismsWhen to Force Mail Routing Domino Installation Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Lotus Domino Administrator User Access to the ServerMail Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple When to Restart the Server The Delivery Failure Process Servers Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels

The Administration Process Administration LevelsComponents of the Administration Administration Level Details

line Process The Full Access Administrator LevelPlanning Guidelines Database Tools in Domino Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Timing and Execution of Administration The Domino Web AdministratorPlan Process Requests Administration Levels and the LotusSupported Platforms and System Nested Groups Domino Web Administrator Application Requirements The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Group Precedence in Database Access The Domino Server LogServer Software Auto-populated Groups The Notes.ini FileLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Logging Levels Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Server Groups and Replication Administrator Client Software Policies Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Policy Documents DocumentBasic Configurations Policy Types Replication ControlsWhat is Eclipse? Settings Document Types Replication TypesClient Installation Types Policy Precedence Rules Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Static and Dynamic Settings Pull Push ReplicationExpeditor Component Packaging Policy Management Tools Multiple Replication HubsEclipse Update Sites Policy Management Development Tools Critical Application SchedulingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Use of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria


Components Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Mail Routing ComponentsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Explicit Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Policy Assignment Methods NNNs First Server Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Server Setup Process Dynamic Policy Assignments Mail Routing TopologyThe Domino Directory The Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingReplicas of the Domino Directory Lotus Domino Server Console TopologyComparing Domains and Organizations Administration Tasks How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePurposes of Organizational Units Message Color-Coding on the Server TopologyAlternatives to Organizational Units Console Opportunistic RoutingDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Connection Document Mail RoutingOrganization Security Databases on the Server OptionsOrganization Certifier ID Security Server Access Control Mechanisms Router Types and Connection Documents Authentication Between Organizations Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatCountry Codes Access for Incoming MailServer Audience Types User Access to the Server Mail Storage Formats The Lotus Domino Server Log When to Restart the Server SMTPAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Administration Levels SMTP Best PracticesThe Client Configuration Program Administration Level Details Internet Mail RoutingTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Full Access Administrator Level The SMTP Listener and Router Tasksand Servers Full Access Administrator Best Practices Methods for Enabling SMTP Access in the Domino Directory The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Special Privilege of the Administration Levels and the Lotus SettingsLocalDomainAdmins Group Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Settings Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryLacks The Domino Server Log SMTP Inbound ControlsDomino Directory Access for Registering The Notes.ini File SMTP Outbound ControlsServers Logging Levels Message Relay Prevention Need for Selecting a Registration Server Server Groups and Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistServer ID File Storage Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection FiltersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Replication Controls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe Standard Directory Structure Replication Types Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe Central Directory Structure Methods for Forcing Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Pull Push Replication the DNS Whitelist?Domino Directory Multiple Replication Hubs DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsServer Setup Profiles Critical Application Scheduling Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersClearing the Server ID Password Replication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Certification Log Mail Routing Components the DNS Blacklist?Administrator Access to Register OU Mail Routing Behavior Within and What are Private Whitelist Filters?Certifiers Between NNNs Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 7B: Implementing a What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology the Private Whitelist?User Registration Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What are Private Blacklist Filters?Administrator Access to Register Users Topology Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe License Tracking Database How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Password Options Topology the Private Blacklist?Internet Password Locking Opportunistic Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistID File Distribution Options Connection Document Mail Routing PrecedenceTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUser Registration Text Files Router Types and Connection Filters How to Register Users from a Text File Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage (E/SMTP) OptionsChanges Format for Incoming Mail E/SMTP Settings Domino Directory Document Mail Storage Formats Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingSynchronization SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator SMTP Implementation Scenarios Internet Address Lookup Options Workstation SMTP Best Practices Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWorkstation Setup for Additional Internet Mail Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Workstations The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Methods for Enabling SMTP DisclaimersInstallation Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Message DisclaimersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Settings The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple SMTP Settings ProcessServers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Options for Attaching Disclaimers


The Administration Process Delivery Enabling Server Message DisclaimersComponents of the Administration Process SMTP Inbound Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator SMTP Outbound Controls SettingsTiming and Execution of Administration Message Relay Prevention Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEProcess Requests Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Messages Nested Groups Filters Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Deny List Only Group Type What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? ControlsGroup Precedence in Database Access The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Delivery Controls Auto-populated Groups Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in ControlsPolicies the DNS Whitelist? Mail Transfer Controls Policy Documents DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPolicy Types Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters MailboxesSettings Document Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Policy Precedence Rules the DNS Blacklist? How Mail Rules WorkStatic and Dynamic Settings What are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Rule ActionsPolicy Management Tools Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Activating a Server Mail Rule Policy Management Development Tools What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingUse of an Organizational Policy the Private Whitelist? Mail JournalingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit What are Private Blacklist Filters? Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPolicy Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Journaling and Mail RoutingPolicy Assignment Methods What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Server Configuration Policy Assignment During Registration the Private Blacklist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andDynamic Policy Assignments Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Precedence Tag Mail Rule ConditionsLotus Domino Server Console How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Field Names Associated with TagsAdministration Tasks Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Whitelist Tags Console (E/SMTP) Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create E/SMTP Settings QuotasDatabases on the Server Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Quota Implementation OptionsServer Access Control Mechanisms Addressing Quota Restrictions Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withUser Access to the Server Internet Address Lookup Options Inbox MaintenanceWhen to Restart the Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Inbox MaintenanceTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels An Implementation of SMTP Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toAdministration Levels Topic 9B: Implementing Message Control Inbox Size Administration Level Details Disclaimers Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Full Access Administrator Level Message Disclaimers ArchivingFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Message Disclaimer Implementation Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Domino Web Administrator Process Archive Policy DocumentsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Options for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Policy Settings DocumentWeb Administrator Application Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Domino Server Log Settings Types of Misdelivered MailThe Notes.ini File Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Checking Mail Delivery Logging Levels Messages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsServer Groups and Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Statistics Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingReplication Controls Delivery Controls Message Tracking Replication Types Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMethods for Forcing Replication Controls What is Message Recall?Pull Push Replication Mail Transfer Controls Message Recall OptionsMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Critical Application Scheduling Mailboxes Troubleshooting StagesReplication Schedule Criteria Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Mail Trace Tool Mail Routing Components How Mail Rules Work Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Mail Rule Actions When to Restart the Router NNNs Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Force Mail Routing Mail Routing Topology Mail Journaling Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Dead MailHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Journaling and Mail Routing The Delivery Failure ProcessTopology Journaling and Server Configuration Opportunistic Routing Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Lesson 12: Resolving Common Mail RoutingConnection Document Mail Routing Options and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Problems


Router Types and Connection Documents Tag Mail Rule Conditions lineTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 12A: Sending a Mail Tracefor Incoming Mail Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Common Causes for Mail Routing andMail Storage Formats or Whitelist Tags Delivery ProblemsSMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasSMTP Implementation Scenarios QuotasSMTP Best Practices Quota Implementation Options lineInternet Mail Routing Quota Restrictions Planning GuidelinesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMethods for Enabling SMTP Inbox Maintenance PlanTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Inbox Maintenance Supported Platforms and SystemSMTP Settings Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Requirements Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Control Inbox Size Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Server SoftwareSMTP Outbound Controls Archiving Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Message Relay Prevention Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy Documents Administrator Client SoftwareFilters Archive Policy Settings Document The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Archive Criteria Settings Document Basic ConfigurationsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Checklist for Monitoring Mail What is Eclipse?Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Types of Misdelivered Mail Client Installation TypesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Checking Mail Delivery What is Lotus Expeditor?DNS Whitelist? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Expeditor Component PackagingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Statistics Eclipse Update SitesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Tracking ComponentsDNS Blacklist? Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What are Private Whitelist Filters? What is Message Recall? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Recall Options First ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Server Setup ProcessPrivate Whitelist? Troubleshooting Stages The Domino DirectoryWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? The Mail Trace Tool Replicas of the Domino DirectoryEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Restart the Router Purposes of Organizational UnitsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Alternatives to Organizational UnitsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence When to Force Mail Routing Descendants of the Organization CertifierHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Organization SecurityTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Dead Mail Organization Certifier ID Security(E/SMTP) Options The Delivery Failure Process Authentication Between OrganizationsE/SMTP Settings Country CodesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Server Audience TypesWhen to Set Internet Addresses line The Lotus Domino Server LogInternet Address Lookup Options Planning Guidelines Administrators Group Security Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Plan WorkstationTopic 9B: Implementing Message Supported Platforms and System The Client Configuration Program Disclaimers Requirements Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMessage Disclaimers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrators and ServersThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Domino Server Software Access in the Domino DirectoryProcess Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Special Privilege of theOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus LocalDomainAdmins GroupEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Domino Administrator Client Software Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Lacks Settings Basic Configurations Domino Directory Access for RegisteringUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What is Eclipse? ServersMessages Client Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery What is Lotus Expeditor? Server ID File Storage Options Controls Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingDelivery Controls Eclipse Update Sites Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Automated Installation Options for The Standard Directory StructureControls Eclipse Components The Central Directory StructureMail Transfer Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Domino DirectoryMailboxes First Server Server Setup ProfilesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Server Setup Process Clearing the Server ID Password How Mail Rules Work The Domino Directory The Certification Log


Mail Rule Actions Replicas of the Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUActivating a Server Mail Rule Comparing Domains and Organizations CertifiersTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Purposes of Organizational Units Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Journaling Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Descendants of the Organization Certifier User Registration OptionsJournaling and Mail Routing Organization Security Administrator Access to Register UsersJournaling and Server Configuration Organization Certifier ID Security The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Authentication Between Organizations Internet Password OptionsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Country Codes Internet Password LockingTag Mail Rule Conditions Server Audience Types ID File Distribution Options Field Names Associated with Tags The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Administrators Group Security Options User Registration Text FilesWhitelist Tags Topic 1E: Configuring the First How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Workstation Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentQuotas The Client Configuration Program ChangesQuota Implementation Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Domino Directory DocumentQuota Restrictions Administrators and Servers Synchronization Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Access in the Domino Directory Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMaintenance The Special Privilege of the WorkstationInbox Maintenance LocalDomainAdmins Group Workstation Setup for AdditionalUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Workstations Control Inbox Size Group Lacks Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino Directory Access for Registering InstallationArchiving Servers The Lotus Domino Administrator Benefits of Archiving and Policies Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleArchive Policy Documents Server ID File Storage Options ServersArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Administration ProcessArchive Criteria Settings Document Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Components of the Administration ProcessChecklist for Monitoring Mail The Standard Directory Structure Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTypes of Misdelivered Mail The Central Directory Structure Timing and Execution of AdministrationChecking Mail Delivery Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Process Requests Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Domino Directory Nested GroupsMail Statistics Server Setup Profiles The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Clearing the Server ID Password Group Precedence in Database AccessMessage Tracking The Certification Log Auto-populated Groups Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWhat is Message Recall? Certifiers PolicyMessage Recall Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server PoliciesConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 3B: Registering New Policy DocumentsTroubleshooting Stages Administrators Policy TypesThe Mail Trace Tool User Registration Options Settings Document TypesTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Administrator Access to Register Users Policy Precedence RulesWhen to Restart the Router The License Tracking Database Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Internet Password Options Policy Management ToolsWhen to Force Mail Routing Internet Password Locking Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead ID File Distribution Options Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Delivery Failure Process User Registration Text Files Explicit Policy

How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Assignment During Registration

line Changes Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPlanning Guidelines Domino Directory Document The Effect of Multiple Policies The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Synchronization Lotus Domino Server ConsolePlan Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Administration TasksSupported Platforms and System Workstation Message Color-Coding on the ServerRequirements Workstation Setup for Additional Console Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Workstations Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateServer Software Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Databases on the ServerLotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino Installation Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Lotus Domino Administrator Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministrator Client Software Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple User Access to the ServerThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Servers When to Restart the Server Basic Configurations The Administration Process Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWhat is Eclipse? Components of the Administration Administration LevelsClient Installation Types Process Administration Level DetailsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Full Access Administrator Level


Expeditor Component Packaging Timing and Execution of Administration Full Access Administrator Best PracticesEclipse Update Sites Process Requests The Domino Web AdministratorAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Nested Groups Administration Levels and the LotusComponents The Deny List Only Group Type Domino Web Administrator Application Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Auto-populated Groups The Domino Server LogFirst Server Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Notes.ini FileThe Server Setup Process Policy Logging Levels The Domino Directory Policies Server Groups and Replication Replicas of the Domino Directory Policy Documents Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionComparing Domains and Organizations Policy Types DocumentPurposes of Organizational Units Settings Document Types Replication ControlsAlternatives to Organizational Units Policy Precedence Rules Replication TypesDescendants of the Organization Certifier Static and Dynamic Settings Methods for Forcing ReplicationOrganization Security Policy Management Tools Pull Push ReplicationOrganization Certifier ID Security Policy Management Development Tools Multiple Replication HubsAuthentication Between Organizations Use of an Organizational Policy Critical Application SchedulingCountry Codes Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Replication Schedule Criteria Server Audience Types Explicit Policy Mail Routing ComponentsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Assignment Methods Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenAdministrators Group Security Options Policy Assignment During Registration NNNs Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Client Configuration Program The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Routing TopologyTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Lotus Domino Server Console The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routingand Servers Administration Tasks TopologyAccess in the Domino Directory Message Color-Coding on the Server How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Special Privilege of the Console TopologyLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Opportunistic RoutingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Databases on the Server Connection Document Mail RoutingLacks Server Access Control Mechanisms OptionsDomino Directory Access for Registering Restrictions for Authorizing Server Router Types and Connection Documents Servers Access Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatNeed for Selecting a Registration Server User Access to the Server for Incoming MailServer ID File Storage Options When to Restart the Server Mail Storage Formats Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SMTPAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Administration Levels SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe Standard Directory Structure Administration Level Details SMTP Best PracticesThe Central Directory Structure The Full Access Administrator Level Internet Mail RoutingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Full Access Administrator Best Practices The SMTP Listener and Router TasksDomino Directory The Domino Web Administrator Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Setup Profiles Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPClearing the Server ID Password Domino Web Administrator Application SettingsThe Certification Log Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels SMTP Settings Administrator Access to Register OU The Domino Server Log Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryCertifiers The Notes.ini File SMTP Inbound ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Logging Levels SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Server Groups and Replication Message Relay Prevention User Registration Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistAdministrator Access to Register Users Document FiltersThe License Tracking Database Replication Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Internet Password Options Replication Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessInternet Password Locking Methods for Forcing Replication Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersID File Distribution Options Pull Push Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Multiple Replication Hubs the DNS Whitelist?User Registration Text Files Critical Application Scheduling DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsHow to Register Users from a Text File Replication Schedule Criteria Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Mail Routing Components What Happens When a Host is Found inChanges Mail Routing Behavior Within and the DNS Blacklist?Domino Directory Document Between NNNs What are Private Whitelist Filters?Synchronization Topic 7B: Implementing a Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What Happens When a Host is Found inWorkstation The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing the Private Whitelist?Workstation Setup for Additional Topology What are Private Blacklist Filters?Workstations How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topology What Happens When a Host is Found inInstallation Opportunistic Routing the Private Blacklist?


The Lotus Domino Administrator Connection Document Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Options PrecedenceServers Router Types and Connection How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistThe Administration Process Documents Filters Components of the Administration Process Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Format for Incoming Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsTiming and Execution of Administration Mail Storage Formats E/SMTP Settings Process Requests SMTP Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingNested Groups SMTP Implementation Scenarios When to Set Internet AddressesThe Deny List Only Group Type SMTP Best Practices Internet Address Lookup Options Group Precedence in Database Access Internet Mail Routing Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAuto-populated Groups The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePolicies Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP DisclaimersPolicy Documents Settings Message DisclaimersPolicy Types SMTP Settings The Message Disclaimer ImplementationSettings Document Types Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail ProcessPolicy Precedence Rules Delivery Options for Attaching DisclaimersStatic and Dynamic Settings SMTP Inbound Controls Enabling Server Message DisclaimersPolicy Management Tools SMTP Outbound Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPolicy Management Development Tools Message Relay Prevention SettingsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Filters Messages Policy What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryPolicy Assignment Methods The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process ControlsPolicy Assignment During Registration Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Delivery Controls Dynamic Policy Assignments What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Effect of Multiple Policies the DNS Whitelist? ControlsLotus Domino Server Console DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Transfer Controls Administration Tasks Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMessage Color-Coding on the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in MailboxesConsole the DNS Blacklist? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What are Private Whitelist Filters? How Mail Rules WorkDatabases on the Server Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Rule ActionsServer Access Control Mechanisms What Happens When a Host is Found in Activating a Server Mail Rule Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access the Private Whitelist? Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingUser Access to the Server What are Private Blacklist Filters? Mail JournalingWhen to Restart the Server Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Mail RoutingAdministration Levels the Private Blacklist? Journaling and Server Configuration Administration Level Details Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Full Access Administrator Level Precedence Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsFull Access Administrator Best Practices How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Domino Web Administrator Filters Field Names Associated with TagsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWeb Administrator Application (E/SMTP) Options Whitelist Tags Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels E/SMTP Settings Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Domino Server Log Topic 8F: Configuring Internet QuotasThe Notes.ini File Addressing Quota Implementation OptionsLogging Levels When to Set Internet Addresses Quota Restrictions Server Groups and Replication Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Inbox MaintenanceReplication Controls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Inbox MaintenanceReplication Types Topic 9B: Implementing Message Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMethods for Forcing Replication Disclaimers Control Inbox Size Pull Push Replication Message Disclaimers Topic 10F: Archiving MailMultiple Replication Hubs The Message Disclaimer Implementation ArchivingCritical Application Scheduling Process Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplication Schedule Criteria Options for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Policy DocumentsMail Routing Components Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Archive Policy Settings DocumentMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Archive Criteria Settings Document NNNs Settings Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Types of Misdelivered MailMail Routing Topology Messages Checking Mail Delivery The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Controls Mail Statistics


Topology Delivery Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingOpportunistic Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Message Tracking Connection Document Mail Routing Options Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallRouter Types and Connection Documents Mail Transfer Controls What is Message Recall?Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Message Recall Optionsfor Incoming Mail Mailboxes Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mail Storage Formats Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Troubleshooting StagesSMTP How Mail Rules Work The Mail Trace Tool SMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Rule Actions Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterSMTP Best Practices Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Restart the Router Internet Mail Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Mail Journaling When to Force Mail Routing Methods for Enabling SMTP Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Journaling and Mail Routing Dead MailSMTP Settings Journaling and Server Configuration The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist TagSMTP Inbound Controls and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsSMTP Outbound Controls Tag Mail Rule Conditions lineMessage Relay Prevention Field Names Associated with Tags Planning GuidelinesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentFilters or Whitelist Tags PlanWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Supported Platforms and SystemThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Quotas Requirements Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Quota Implementation Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Quota Restrictions Server SoftwareDNS Whitelist? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Lotus Domino Server Installation Types DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Inbox Maintenance Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Inbox Maintenance Administrator Client SoftwareWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andDNS Blacklist? Control Inbox Size Basic ConfigurationsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 10F: Archiving Mail What is Eclipse?Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Archiving Client Installation TypesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Benefits of Archiving and Policies What is Lotus Expeditor?Private Whitelist? Archive Policy Documents Expeditor Component PackagingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Archive Policy Settings Document Eclipse Update SitesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Archive Criteria Settings Document Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Checklist for Monitoring Mail ComponentsPrivate Blacklist? Types of Misdelivered Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics First ServerTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Statistics The Server Setup Process(E/SMTP) Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Domino DirectoryE/SMTP Settings Message Tracking Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWhen to Set Internet Addresses What is Message Recall? Purposes of Organizational UnitsInternet Address Lookup Options Message Recall Options Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Configuring the Message Recall Feature Descendants of the Organization CertifierAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Troubleshooting Stages Organization SecurityTopic 9B: Implementing Message The Mail Trace Tool Organization Certifier ID SecurityDisclaimers Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Authentication Between OrganizationsMessage Disclaimers When to Restart the Router Country CodesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Server Audience TypesProcess When to Force Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Server LogOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Administrators Group Security Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Dead Mail Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The Delivery Failure Process WorkstationSettings The Client Configuration Program Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMessages line Administrators and ServersTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Planning Guidelines Access in the Domino DirectoryControls The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Special Privilege of theDelivery Controls Plan LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Supported Platforms and System Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupControls Requirements Lacks Mail Transfer Controls Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Domino Server Software Servers


Mailboxes Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration ServerBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Server ID File Storage Options How Mail Rules Work Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMail Rule Actions The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersActivating a Server Mail Rule Basic Configurations The Standard Directory StructureTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What is Eclipse? The Central Directory StructureMail Journaling Client Installation Types Replicating a Subset of Documents in theJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions What is Lotus Expeditor? Domino DirectoryJournaling and Mail Routing Expeditor Component Packaging Server Setup ProfilesJournaling and Server Configuration Eclipse Update Sites Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Automated Installation Options for The Certification LogWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Eclipse Components Administrator Access to Register OUTag Mail Rule Conditions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation CertifiersField Names Associated with Tags Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Need for Selecting a Registration Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or First Server Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsWhitelist Tags The Server Setup Process User Registration OptionsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register UsersQuotas Replicas of the Domino Directory The License Tracking DatabaseQuota Implementation Options Comparing Domains and Organizations Internet Password OptionsQuota Restrictions Purposes of Organizational Units Internet Password LockingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Alternatives to Organizational Units ID File Distribution Options Maintenance Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileInbox Maintenance Organization Security User Registration Text FilesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Organization Certifier ID Security How to Register Users from a Text File Control Inbox Size Authentication Between Organizations Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Country Codes ChangesArchiving Server Audience Types Domino Directory DocumentBenefits of Archiving and Policies The Lotus Domino Server Log Synchronization Archive Policy Documents Administrators Group Security Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 1E: Configuring the First WorkstationArchive Criteria Settings Document Workstation Workstation Setup for AdditionalChecklist for Monitoring Mail The Client Configuration Program Workstations Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoChecking Mail Delivery Administrators and Servers InstallationTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Access in the Domino Directory The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Statistics The Special Privilege of the Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking LocalDomainAdmins Group ServersMessage Tracking Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins The Administration ProcessTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Group Lacks Components of the Administration ProcessWhat is Message Recall? Domino Directory Access for Registering Database Tools in Domino AdministratorMessage Recall Options Servers Timing and Execution of AdministrationConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Need for Selecting a Registration Server Process Requests Troubleshooting Stages Server ID File Storage Options Nested GroupsThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Group Precedence in Database AccessWhen to Restart the Router The Standard Directory Structure Auto-populated Groups Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Central Directory Structure Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWhen to Force Mail Routing Replicating a Subset of Documents in the PolicyTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Domino Directory PoliciesMail Server Setup Profiles Policy DocumentsThe Delivery Failure Process Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Types

The Certification Log Settings Document TypesLesson 4: Administering Users Administrator Access to Register OU Policy Precedence Rulesline Certifiers Static and Dynamic Settings

Topic 4A: Creating Groups Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management ToolsGroups Topic 3B: Registering New Policy Management Development Tools

Administrators Use of an Organizational Policy User Registration Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an

line Administrator Access to Register Users Explicit PolicyPlanning Guidelines The License Tracking Database Policy Assignment MethodsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Internet Password Options Policy Assignment During RegistrationPlan Internet Password Locking Dynamic Policy AssignmentsSupported Platforms and System ID File Distribution Options The Effect of Multiple Policies Requirements Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino User Registration Text Files Administration TasksServer Software How to Register Users from a Text File Message Color-Coding on the Server


Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Console Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Changes Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAdministrator Client Software Domino Directory Document Databases on the ServerThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Synchronization Server Access Control MechanismsBasic Configurations Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhat is Eclipse? Workstation User Access to the ServerClient Installation Types Workstation Setup for Additional When to Restart the Server What is Lotus Expeditor? Workstations Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsExpeditor Component Packaging Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Administration LevelsEclipse Update Sites Domino Installation Administration Level DetailsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Lotus Domino Administrator The Full Access Administrator LevelComponents Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Servers The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Administration Process Administration Levels and the LotusFirst Server Components of the Administration Domino Web Administrator Application The Server Setup Process Process Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Directory Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Domino Server LogReplicas of the Domino Directory Timing and Execution of Administration The Notes.ini FileComparing Domains and Organizations Process Requests Logging Levels Purposes of Organizational Units Nested Groups Server Groups and Replication Alternatives to Organizational Units The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDescendants of the Organization Certifier Group Precedence in Database Access DocumentOrganization Security Auto-populated Groups Replication ControlsOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Replication TypesAuthentication Between Organizations Policy Methods for Forcing ReplicationCountry Codes Policies Pull Push ReplicationServer Audience Types Policy Documents Multiple Replication HubsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Types Critical Application SchedulingAdministrators Group Security Options Settings Document Types Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Policy Precedence Rules Mail Routing ComponentsThe Client Configuration Program Static and Dynamic Settings Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Policy Management Tools NNNs and Servers Policy Management Development Tools Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeAccess in the Domino Directory Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Routing TopologyThe Special Privilege of the Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingLocalDomainAdmins Group Explicit Policy TopologyPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Assignment Methods How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeLacks Policy Assignment During Registration TopologyDomino Directory Access for Registering Dynamic Policy Assignments Opportunistic RoutingServers The Effect of Multiple Policies Connection Document Mail RoutingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Lotus Domino Server Console OptionsServer ID File Storage Options Administration Tasks Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Console for Incoming MailThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Storage Formats The Central Directory Structure Databases on the Server SMTPReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Server Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Implementation ScenariosDomino Directory Restrictions for Authorizing Server SMTP Best PracticesServer Setup Profiles Access Internet Mail RoutingClearing the Server ID Password User Access to the Server The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe Certification Log When to Restart the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPCertifiers Administration Levels SettingsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Level Details SMTP Settings Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryUser Registration Options Full Access Administrator Best Practices SMTP Inbound ControlsAdministrator Access to Register Users The Domino Web Administrator SMTP Outbound ControlsThe License Tracking Database Administration Levels and the Lotus Message Relay Prevention Internet Password Options Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistInternet Password Locking Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels FiltersID File Distribution Options The Domino Server Log What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Notes.ini File The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessUser Registration Text Files Logging Levels Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersHow to Register Users from a Text File Server Groups and Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 6B: Creating a Connection the DNS Whitelist?Changes Document DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics


Domino Directory Document Replication Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersSynchronization Replication Types What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Methods for Forcing Replication the DNS Blacklist?Workstation Pull Push Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters?Workstation Setup for Additional Multiple Replication Hubs Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWorkstations Critical Application Scheduling What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Replication Schedule Criteria the Private Whitelist?Installation Mail Routing Components What are Private Blacklist Filters?The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Routing Behavior Within and Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Between NNNs What Happens When a Host is Found inServers Topic 7B: Implementing a the Private Blacklist?The Administration Process Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Order of Whitelist and BlacklistComponents of the Administration Process The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing PrecedenceDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topology How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTiming and Execution of Administration How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Filters Process Requests Topology Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPNested Groups Opportunistic Routing (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Deny List Only Group Type Connection Document Mail Routing E/SMTP Settings Group Precedence in Database Access Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingAuto-populated Groups Router Types and Connection When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Documents Internet Address Lookup Options Policies Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 8G: Testing SMTPPolicy Documents Format for Incoming Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Types Mail Storage Formats Topic 9B: Implementing MessageSettings Document Types SMTP DisclaimersPolicy Precedence Rules SMTP Implementation Scenarios Message DisclaimersStatic and Dynamic Settings SMTP Best Practices The Message Disclaimer ImplementationPolicy Management Tools Internet Mail Routing ProcessPolicy Management Development Tools The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Options for Attaching DisclaimersUse of an Organizational Policy Methods for Enabling SMTP Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPolicy Settings SettingsPolicy Assignment Methods SMTP Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Messages Dynamic Policy Assignments Delivery Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Inbound Controls ControlsLotus Domino Server Console SMTP Outbound Controls Delivery Controls Administration Tasks Message Relay Prevention Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist ControlsConsole Filters Mail Transfer Controls Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerDatabases on the Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process MailboxesServer Access Control Mechanisms Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access What Happens When a Host is Found in How Mail Rules WorkUser Access to the Server the DNS Whitelist? Mail Rule ActionsWhen to Restart the Server DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingAdministration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail JournalingAdministration Level Details the DNS Blacklist? Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Full Access Administrator Level What are Private Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Mail RoutingFull Access Administrator Best Practices Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Journaling and Server Configuration The Domino Web Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino the Private Whitelist? Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWeb Administrator Application What are Private Blacklist Filters? Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Field Names Associated with TagsThe Domino Server Log What Happens When a Host is Found in Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Notes.ini File the Private Blacklist? Whitelist Tags Logging Levels Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasServer Groups and Replication Precedence QuotasTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Quota Implementation OptionsReplication Controls Filters Quota Restrictions Replication Types Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMethods for Forcing Replication (E/SMTP) Options Inbox MaintenancePull Push Replication E/SMTP Settings Inbox MaintenanceMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toCritical Application Scheduling Addressing Control Inbox Size


Replication Schedule Criteria When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 10F: Archiving MailMail Routing Components Internet Address Lookup Options ArchivingMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesNNNs An Implementation of SMTP Routing Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 9B: Implementing Message Archive Policy Settings DocumentMail Routing Topology Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Message Disclaimers Checklist for Monitoring MailHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Message Disclaimer Implementation Types of Misdelivered MailTopology Process Checking Mail Delivery Opportunistic Routing Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail Statistics Router Types and Connection Documents Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Settings Message Tracking for Incoming Mail Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMail Storage Formats Messages What is Message Recall?SMTP Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Message Recall OptionsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Best Practices Delivery Controls Troubleshooting StagesInternet Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Mail Trace Tool The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Controls Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMethods for Enabling SMTP Mail Transfer Controls When to Restart the Router Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingSMTP Settings Mailboxes When to Force Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andSMTP Inbound Controls How Mail Rules Work Dead MailSMTP Outbound Controls Mail Rule Actions The Delivery Failure ProcessMessage Relay Prevention Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingFilters Mail Journaling lineWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Planning GuidelinesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Journaling and Mail Routing The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Journaling and Server Configuration PlanWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Supported Platforms and SystemDNS Whitelist? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Requirements DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Field Names Associated with Tags Server SoftwareWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Lotus Domino Server Installation Types DNS Blacklist? or Whitelist Tags Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administrator Client SoftwareEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Quotas The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Quota Implementation Options Basic ConfigurationsPrivate Whitelist? Quota Restrictions What is Eclipse?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Client Installation TypesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Inbox Maintenance What is Lotus Expeditor?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Inbox Maintenance Expeditor Component PackagingPrivate Blacklist? Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Eclipse Update SitesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Control Inbox Size Automated Installation Options for EclipseHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 10F: Archiving Mail ComponentsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Archiving Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation (E/SMTP) Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theE/SMTP Settings Archive Policy Documents First ServerTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Archive Policy Settings Document The Server Setup ProcessWhen to Set Internet Addresses Archive Criteria Settings Document The Domino DirectoryInternet Address Lookup Options Checklist for Monitoring Mail Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Types of Misdelivered Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Checking Mail Delivery Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDisclaimers Mail Statistics Descendants of the Organization CertifierMessage Disclaimers Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Organization SecurityThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Message Tracking Organization Certifier ID SecurityProcess Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Authentication Between OrganizationsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers What is Message Recall? Country CodesEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Message Recall Options Server Audience TypesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Lotus Domino Server LogSettings Troubleshooting Stages Administrators Group Security Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Mail Trace Tool Topic 1E: Configuring the First


Messages Topic 12B: Restarting the Router WorkstationTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Restart the Router The Client Configuration Program Controls Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toDelivery Controls When to Force Mail Routing Administrators and ServersTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Access in the Domino DirectoryControls Dead Mail The Special Privilege of theMail Transfer Controls The Delivery Failure Process LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMailboxes Lacks Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes line Domino Directory Access for RegisteringHow Mail Rules Work Planning Guidelines ServersMail Rule Actions The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Need for Selecting a Registration ServerActivating a Server Mail Rule Plan Server ID File Storage Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Supported Platforms and System Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMail Journaling Requirements Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Standard Directory StructureJournaling and Mail Routing Domino Server Software The Central Directory StructureJournaling and Server Configuration Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino DirectoryWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Domino Administrator Client Software Server Setup ProfilesTag Mail Rule Conditions The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Clearing the Server ID Password Field Names Associated with Tags Basic Configurations The Certification LogOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or What is Eclipse? Administrator Access to Register OUWhitelist Tags Client Installation Types CertifiersTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What is Lotus Expeditor? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Quotas Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsQuota Implementation Options Eclipse Update Sites User Registration OptionsQuota Restrictions Automated Installation Options for Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Eclipse Components The License Tracking DatabaseMaintenance Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Password OptionsInbox Maintenance Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Internet Password LockingUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to First Server ID File Distribution Options Control Inbox Size The Server Setup Process Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 10F: Archiving Mail The Domino Directory User Registration Text FilesArchiving Replicas of the Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Benefits of Archiving and Policies Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentArchive Policy Documents Purposes of Organizational Units ChangesArchive Policy Settings Document Alternatives to Organizational Units Domino Directory DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Descendants of the Organization Certifier Synchronization Checklist for Monitoring Mail Organization Security Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTypes of Misdelivered Mail Organization Certifier ID Security WorkstationChecking Mail Delivery Authentication Between Organizations Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Country Codes Workstations Mail Statistics Server Audience Types Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Lotus Domino Server Log InstallationMessage Tracking Administrators Group Security Options The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWhat is Message Recall? Workstation ServersMessage Recall Options The Client Configuration Program The Administration ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Components of the Administration ProcessTroubleshooting Stages Administrators and Servers Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Mail Trace Tool Access in the Domino Directory Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Special Privilege of the Process Requests When to Restart the Router LocalDomainAdmins Group Nested GroupsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins The Deny List Only Group TypeWhen to Force Mail Routing Group Lacks Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Domino Directory Access for Registering Auto-populated Groups Mail Servers Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Delivery Failure Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy

Server ID File Storage Options PoliciesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Policy Documents

line Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Policy TypesPlanning Guidelines The Standard Directory Structure Settings Document TypesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Central Directory Structure Policy Precedence RulesPlan Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Static and Dynamic SettingsSupported Platforms and System Domino Directory Policy Management Tools


Requirements Server Setup Profiles Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Clearing the Server ID Password Use of an Organizational Policy Server Software The Certification Log Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anLotus Domino Server Installation Types Administrator Access to Register OU Explicit PolicyTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Certifiers Policy Assignment MethodsAdministrator Client Software Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 3B: Registering New Dynamic Policy AssignmentsBasic Configurations Administrators The Effect of Multiple Policies What is Eclipse? User Registration Options Lotus Domino Server ConsoleClient Installation Types Administrator Access to Register Users Administration TasksWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The License Tracking Database Message Color-Coding on the ServerExpeditor Component Packaging Internet Password Options Console Eclipse Update Sites Internet Password Locking Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse ID File Distribution Options Databases on the ServerComponents Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Server Access Control MechanismsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation User Registration Text Files Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the How to Register Users from a Text File User Access to the ServerFirst Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Restart the Server The Server Setup Process Changes Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Domino Directory Domino Directory Document Administration LevelsReplicas of the Domino Directory Synchronization Administration Level DetailsComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Full Access Administrator LevelPurposes of Organizational Units Workstation Full Access Administrator Best PracticesAlternatives to Organizational Units Workstation Setup for Additional The Domino Web AdministratorDescendants of the Organization Certifier Workstations Administration Levels and the LotusOrganization Security Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Web Administrator Application Organization Certifier ID Security Domino Installation Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsAuthentication Between Organizations The Lotus Domino Administrator The Domino Server LogCountry Codes Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Notes.ini FileServer Audience Types Servers Logging Levels The Lotus Domino Server Log The Administration Process Server Groups and Replication Administrators Group Security Options Components of the Administration Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Process DocumentThe Client Configuration Program Database Tools in Domino Administrator Replication ControlsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Timing and Execution of Administration Replication Typesand Servers Process Requests Methods for Forcing ReplicationAccess in the Domino Directory Nested Groups Pull Push ReplicationThe Special Privilege of the The Deny List Only Group Type Multiple Replication HubsLocalDomainAdmins Group Group Precedence in Database Access Critical Application SchedulingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Auto-populated Groups Replication Schedule Criteria Lacks Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Mail Routing ComponentsDomino Directory Access for Registering Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenServers Policies NNNs Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Documents Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeServer ID File Storage Options Policy Types Mail Routing TopologyTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Settings Document Types The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Policy Precedence Rules TopologyThe Standard Directory Structure Static and Dynamic Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Central Directory Structure Policy Management Tools TopologyReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Management Development Tools Opportunistic RoutingDomino Directory Use of an Organizational Policy Connection Document Mail RoutingServer Setup Profiles Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an OptionsClearing the Server ID Password Explicit Policy Router Types and Connection Documents The Certification Log Policy Assignment Methods Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatAdministrator Access to Register OU Policy Assignment During Registration for Incoming MailCertifiers Dynamic Policy Assignments Mail Storage Formats Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTPTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Lotus Domino Server Console SMTP Implementation ScenariosUser Registration Options Administration Tasks SMTP Best PracticesAdministrator Access to Register Users Message Color-Coding on the Server Internet Mail RoutingThe License Tracking Database Console The SMTP Listener and Router TasksInternet Password Options Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Methods for Enabling SMTP Internet Password Locking Databases on the Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPID File Distribution Options Server Access Control Mechanisms SettingsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Restrictions for Authorizing Server SMTP Settings User Registration Text Files Access Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery


How to Register Users from a Text File User Access to the Server SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Restart the Server SMTP Outbound ControlsChanges Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Message Relay Prevention Domino Directory Document Administration Levels Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSynchronization Administration Level Details FiltersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Full Access Administrator Level What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Workstation Full Access Administrator Best Practices The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWorkstation Setup for Additional The Domino Web Administrator Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWorkstations Administration Levels and the Lotus What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Web Administrator Application the DNS Whitelist?Installation Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Domino Server Log Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Notes.ini File What Happens When a Host is Found inServers Logging Levels the DNS Blacklist?The Administration Process Server Groups and Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters?Components of the Administration Process Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Document What Happens When a Host is Found inTiming and Execution of Administration Replication Controls the Private Whitelist?Process Requests Replication Types What are Private Blacklist Filters?Nested Groups Methods for Forcing Replication Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Deny List Only Group Type Pull Push Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inGroup Precedence in Database Access Multiple Replication Hubs the Private Blacklist?Auto-populated Groups Critical Application Scheduling Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria PrecedencePolicies Mail Routing Components How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistPolicy Documents Mail Routing Behavior Within and Filters Policy Types Between NNNs Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPSettings Document Types Topic 7B: Implementing a (E/SMTP) OptionsPolicy Precedence Rules Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology E/SMTP Settings Static and Dynamic Settings The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingPolicy Management Tools Topology When to Set Internet AddressesPolicy Management Development Tools How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Internet Address Lookup Options Use of an Organizational Policy Topology Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Opportunistic Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePolicy Assignment Methods Options DisclaimersPolicy Assignment During Registration Router Types and Connection Message DisclaimersDynamic Policy Assignments Documents The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage ProcessLotus Domino Server Console Format for Incoming Mail Options for Attaching DisclaimersAdministration Tasks Mail Storage Formats Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMessage Color-Coding on the Server SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyConsole SMTP Implementation Scenarios SettingsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create SMTP Best Practices Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEDatabases on the Server Internet Mail Routing Messages Server Access Control Mechanisms The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Methods for Enabling SMTP ControlsUser Access to the Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Delivery Controls When to Restart the Server Settings Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SMTP Settings ControlsAdministration Levels Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Mail Transfer Controls Administration Level Details Delivery Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Full Access Administrator Level SMTP Inbound Controls MailboxesFull Access Administrator Best Practices SMTP Outbound Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Domino Web Administrator Message Relay Prevention How Mail Rules WorkAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Rule ActionsWeb Administrator Application Filters Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Domino Server Log The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Mail JournalingThe Notes.ini File Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsLogging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Mail RoutingServer Groups and Replication the DNS Whitelist? Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andReplication Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplication Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMethods for Forcing Replication the DNS Blacklist? Field Names Associated with Tags


Pull Push Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMultiple Replication Hubs Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Whitelist Tags Critical Application Scheduling What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasReplication Schedule Criteria the Private Whitelist? QuotasMail Routing Components What are Private Blacklist Filters? Quota Implementation OptionsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Quota Restrictions NNNs What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke the Private Blacklist? Inbox MaintenanceMail Routing Topology Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Inbox MaintenanceThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Precedence Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Control Inbox Size Topology Filters Topic 10F: Archiving MailOpportunistic Routing Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP ArchivingConnection Document Mail Routing Options (E/SMTP) Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesRouter Types and Connection Documents E/SMTP Settings Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Archive Policy Settings Documentfor Incoming Mail Addressing Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Storage Formats When to Set Internet Addresses Checklist for Monitoring MailSMTP Internet Address Lookup Options Types of Misdelivered MailSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Checking Mail Delivery SMTP Best Practices An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsInternet Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message Mail Statistics The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Disclaimers Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMethods for Enabling SMTP Message Disclaimers Message Tracking Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallSMTP Settings Process What is Message Recall?Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Options for Attaching Disclaimers Message Recall OptionsSMTP Inbound Controls Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Outbound Controls Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Troubleshooting StagesMessage Relay Prevention Settings The Mail Trace Tool Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterFilters Messages When to Restart the Router What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Controls When to Force Mail Routing Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Delivery Controls Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Dead MailDNS Whitelist? Controls The Delivery Failure ProcessDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Transfer Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mailboxes lineDNS Blacklist? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Planning GuidelinesWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? How Mail Rules Work The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Rule Actions PlanWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Activating a Server Mail Rule Supported Platforms and SystemPrivate Whitelist? Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Requirements What are Private Blacklist Filters? Mail Journaling Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Server SoftwareWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Journaling and Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Private Blacklist? Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Administrator Client SoftwareHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Tag Mail Rule Conditions Basic Configurations(E/SMTP) Options Field Names Associated with Tags What is Eclipse?E/SMTP Settings Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Client Installation TypesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing or Whitelist Tags What is Lotus Expeditor?When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Expeditor Component PackagingInternet Address Lookup Options Quotas Eclipse Update SitesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Quota Implementation Options Automated Installation Options for EclipseAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Quota Restrictions ComponentsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Disclaimers Inbox Maintenance Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMessage Disclaimers Inbox Maintenance First ServerThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Server Setup ProcessProcess Control Inbox Size The Domino DirectoryOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Replicas of the Domino DirectoryEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Archiving Comparing Domains and Organizations


Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies Purposes of Organizational UnitsSettings Archive Policy Documents Alternatives to Organizational UnitsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Archive Policy Settings Document Descendants of the Organization CertifierMessages Archive Criteria Settings Document Organization SecurityTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Checklist for Monitoring Mail Organization Certifier ID SecurityControls Types of Misdelivered Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsDelivery Controls Checking Mail Delivery Country CodesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Server Audience TypesControls Mail Statistics The Lotus Domino Server LogMail Transfer Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Administrators Group Security Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Message Tracking Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMailboxes Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall WorkstationBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes What is Message Recall? The Client Configuration Program How Mail Rules Work Message Recall Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMail Rule Actions Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administrators and ServersActivating a Server Mail Rule Troubleshooting Stages Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Mail Trace Tool The Special Privilege of theMail Journaling Topic 12B: Restarting the Router LocalDomainAdmins GroupJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions When to Restart the Router Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Lacks Journaling and Server Configuration When to Force Mail Routing Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ServersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Dead Mail Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTag Mail Rule Conditions The Delivery Failure Process Server ID File Storage Options Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhitelist Tags line The Standard Directory StructureTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Planning Guidelines The Central Directory StructureQuotas The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Replicating a Subset of Documents in theQuota Implementation Options Plan Domino DirectoryQuota Restrictions Supported Platforms and System Server Setup ProfilesTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Requirements Clearing the Server ID Password Maintenance Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Certification LogInbox Maintenance Domino Server Software Administrator Access to Register OUUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Lotus Domino Server Installation Types CertifiersControl Inbox Size Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsArchiving The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Registration OptionsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Basic Configurations Administrator Access to Register UsersArchive Policy Documents What is Eclipse? The License Tracking DatabaseArchive Policy Settings Document Client Installation Types Internet Password OptionsArchive Criteria Settings Document What is Lotus Expeditor? Internet Password LockingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Expeditor Component Packaging ID File Distribution Options Types of Misdelivered Mail Eclipse Update Sites Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileChecking Mail Delivery Automated Installation Options for User Registration Text FilesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Eclipse Components How to Register Users from a Text File Mail Statistics Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the ChangesMessage Tracking First Server Domino Directory DocumentTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Server Setup Process Synchronization What is Message Recall? The Domino Directory Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMessage Recall Options Replicas of the Domino Directory WorkstationConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Comparing Domains and Organizations Workstation Setup for AdditionalTroubleshooting Stages Purposes of Organizational Units Workstations The Mail Trace Tool Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Descendants of the Organization Certifier InstallationWhen to Restart the Router Organization Security The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWhen to Force Mail Routing Authentication Between Organizations ServersTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Country Codes The Administration ProcessMail Server Audience Types Components of the Administration ProcessThe Delivery Failure Process The Lotus Domino Server Log Database Tools in Domino Administrator

Administrators Group Security Options Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 1E: Configuring the First Process Requests Workstation Nested GroupsThe Client Configuration Program The Deny List Only Group Type


Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Group Precedence in Database AccessAdministrators and Servers Auto-populated Groups Access in the Domino Directory Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Special Privilege of the PolicyLocalDomainAdmins Group PoliciesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Policy DocumentsGroup Lacks Policy TypesDomino Directory Access for Registering Settings Document TypesServers Policy Precedence RulesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Static and Dynamic SettingsServer ID File Storage Options Policy Management ToolsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Policy Management Development ToolsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Use of an Organizational Policy The Standard Directory Structure Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Central Directory Structure Explicit PolicyReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Assignment MethodsDomino Directory Policy Assignment During RegistrationServer Setup Profiles Dynamic Policy AssignmentsClearing the Server ID Password The Effect of Multiple Policies The Certification Log Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministrator Access to Register OU Administration TasksCertifiers Message Color-Coding on the ServerNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Console Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAdministrators Databases on the ServerUser Registration Options Server Access Control MechanismsAdministrator Access to Register Users Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe License Tracking Database User Access to the ServerInternet Password Options When to Restart the Server Internet Password Locking Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsID File Distribution Options Administration LevelsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Administration Level DetailsUser Registration Text Files The Full Access Administrator LevelHow to Register Users from a Text File Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Domino Web AdministratorChanges Administration Levels and the LotusDomino Directory Document Domino Web Administrator Application Synchronization Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Domino Server LogWorkstation The Notes.ini FileWorkstation Setup for Additional Logging Levels Workstations Server Groups and Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDomino Installation DocumentThe Lotus Domino Administrator Replication ControlsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Replication TypesServers Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Administration Process Pull Push ReplicationComponents of the Administration Multiple Replication HubsProcess Critical Application SchedulingDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Replication Schedule Criteria Timing and Execution of Administration Mail Routing ComponentsProcess Requests Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenNested Groups NNNs The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeGroup Precedence in Database Access Mail Routing TopologyAuto-populated Groups The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational TopologyPolicy How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePolicies TopologyPolicy Documents Opportunistic RoutingPolicy Types Connection Document Mail RoutingSettings Document Types OptionsPolicy Precedence Rules Router Types and Connection Documents Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPolicy Management Tools for Incoming Mail


Policy Management Development Tools Mail Storage Formats Use of an Organizational Policy SMTPTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an SMTP Implementation ScenariosExplicit Policy SMTP Best PracticesPolicy Assignment Methods Internet Mail RoutingPolicy Assignment During Registration The SMTP Listener and Router TasksDynamic Policy Assignments Methods for Enabling SMTP The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPLotus Domino Server Console SettingsAdministration Tasks SMTP Settings Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryConsole SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create SMTP Outbound ControlsDatabases on the Server Message Relay Prevention Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistRestrictions for Authorizing Server FiltersAccess What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?User Access to the Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWhen to Restart the Server Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Levels the DNS Whitelist?Administration Level Details DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Full Access Administrator Level Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersFull Access Administrator Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Domino Web Administrator the DNS Blacklist?Administration Levels and the Lotus What are Private Whitelist Filters?Domino Web Administrator Application Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Domino Server Log the Private Whitelist?The Notes.ini File What are Private Blacklist Filters?Logging Levels Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersServer Groups and Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 6B: Creating a Connection the Private Blacklist?Document Order of Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Controls PrecedenceReplication Types How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistMethods for Forcing Replication Filters Pull Push Replication Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMultiple Replication Hubs (E/SMTP) OptionsCritical Application Scheduling E/SMTP Settings Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMail Routing Components When to Set Internet AddressesMail Routing Behavior Within and Internet Address Lookup Options Between NNNs Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 7B: Implementing a An Implementation of SMTP Routing Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing DisclaimersTopology Message DisclaimersHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopology ProcessOpportunistic Routing Options for Attaching DisclaimersConnection Document Mail Routing Enabling Server Message DisclaimersOptions Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyRouter Types and Connection SettingsDocuments Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Messages Format for Incoming Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryMail Storage Formats ControlsSMTP Delivery Controls SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferSMTP Best Practices ControlsInternet Mail Routing Mail Transfer Controls The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMethods for Enabling SMTP MailboxesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Settings How Mail Rules Work


SMTP Settings Mail Rule ActionsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Activating a Server Mail Rule Delivery Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingSMTP Inbound Controls Mail JournalingSMTP Outbound Controls Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMessage Relay Prevention Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Journaling and Server Configuration Filters Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Tag Mail Rule ConditionsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Field Names Associated with TagsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orthe DNS Whitelist? Whitelist Tags DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters QuotasWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Quota Implementation Optionsthe DNS Blacklist? Quota Restrictions What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Inbox MaintenanceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Inbox Maintenancethe Private Whitelist? Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Control Inbox Size Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 10F: Archiving MailWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Archivingthe Private Blacklist? Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy DocumentsPrecedence Archive Policy Settings DocumentHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Criteria Settings Document Filters Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Types of Misdelivered Mail(E/SMTP) Options Checking Mail Delivery E/SMTP Settings Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Mail Statistics Addressing Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhen to Set Internet Addresses Message Tracking Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 8G: Testing SMTP What is Message Recall?An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Recall OptionsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Configuring the Message Recall Feature Disclaimers Troubleshooting StagesMessage Disclaimers The Mail Trace Tool The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterProcess When to Restart the Router Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers When to Force Mail Routing Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andSettings Dead MailUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Delivery Failure ProcessMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryControls lineDelivery Controls Planning GuidelinesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentControls PlanMail Transfer Controls Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Requirements Mailboxes Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server SoftwareHow Mail Rules Work Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Rule Actions Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoActivating a Server Mail Rule Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andMail Journaling Basic ConfigurationsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions What is Eclipse?Journaling and Mail Routing Client Installation TypesJournaling and Server Configuration What is Lotus Expeditor?


Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Expeditor Component Packagingand Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Eclipse Update SitesTag Mail Rule Conditions Automated Installation Options for EclipseField Names Associated with Tags ComponentsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation or Whitelist Tags Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas First ServerQuotas The Server Setup ProcessQuota Implementation Options The Domino DirectoryQuota Restrictions Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Comparing Domains and OrganizationsInbox Maintenance Purposes of Organizational UnitsInbox Maintenance Alternatives to Organizational UnitsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Descendants of the Organization CertifierControl Inbox Size Organization SecurityTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Organization Certifier ID SecurityArchiving Authentication Between OrganizationsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Country CodesArchive Policy Documents Server Audience TypesArchive Policy Settings Document The Lotus Domino Server LogArchive Criteria Settings Document Administrators Group Security Options Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTypes of Misdelivered Mail WorkstationChecking Mail Delivery The Client Configuration Program Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMail Statistics Administrators and ServersTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Access in the Domino DirectoryMessage Tracking The Special Privilege of theTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat is Message Recall? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMessage Recall Options Lacks Configuring the Message Recall Feature Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTroubleshooting Stages ServersThe Mail Trace Tool Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Server ID File Storage Options When to Restart the Router Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhen to Force Mail Routing The Standard Directory StructureTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The Central Directory StructureDead Mail Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Delivery Failure Process Domino Directory

Server Setup ProfilesClearing the Server ID Password

line The Certification LogPlanning Guidelines Administrator Access to Register OUThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment CertifiersPlan Need for Selecting a Registration Server Supported Platforms and System Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsRequirements User Registration OptionsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrator Access to Register UsersDomino Server Software The License Tracking DatabaseLotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Password OptionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Internet Password LockingDomino Administrator Client Software ID File Distribution Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileBasic Configurations User Registration Text FilesWhat is Eclipse? How to Register Users from a Text File Client Installation Types Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat is Lotus Expeditor? ChangesExpeditor Component Packaging Domino Directory DocumentEclipse Update Sites Synchronization Automated Installation Options for Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorEclipse Components WorkstationMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Workstations First Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino


The Server Setup Process InstallationThe Domino Directory The Lotus Domino Administrator Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleComparing Domains and Organizations ServersPurposes of Organizational Units The Administration ProcessAlternatives to Organizational Units Components of the Administration ProcessDescendants of the Organization Certifier Database Tools in Domino AdministratorOrganization Security Timing and Execution of AdministrationOrganization Certifier ID Security Process Requests Authentication Between Organizations Nested GroupsCountry Codes The Deny List Only Group TypeServer Audience Types Group Precedence in Database AccessThe Lotus Domino Server Log Auto-populated Groups Administrators Group Security Options Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 1E: Configuring the First PolicyWorkstation PoliciesThe Client Configuration Program Policy DocumentsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Policy TypesAdministrators and Servers Settings Document TypesAccess in the Domino Directory Policy Precedence RulesThe Special Privilege of the Static and Dynamic SettingsLocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Management ToolsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Policy Management Development ToolsGroup Lacks Use of an Organizational Policy Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anServers Explicit PolicyNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Assignment MethodsServer ID File Storage Options Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Dynamic Policy AssignmentsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Effect of Multiple Policies The Standard Directory Structure Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Central Directory Structure Administration TasksReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Message Color-Coding on the ServerDomino Directory Console Server Setup Profiles Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateClearing the Server ID Password Databases on the ServerThe Certification Log Server Access Control MechanismsAdministrator Access to Register OU Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessCertifiers User Access to the ServerNeed for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Server Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsAdministrators Administration LevelsUser Registration Options Administration Level DetailsAdministrator Access to Register Users The Full Access Administrator LevelThe License Tracking Database Full Access Administrator Best PracticesInternet Password Options The Domino Web AdministratorInternet Password Locking Administration Levels and the LotusID File Distribution Options Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsUser Registration Text Files The Domino Server LogHow to Register Users from a Text File The Notes.ini FileTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Logging Levels Changes Server Groups and Replication Domino Directory Document Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSynchronization DocumentTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Replication ControlsWorkstation Replication TypesWorkstation Setup for Additional Methods for Forcing ReplicationWorkstations Pull Push ReplicationTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Multiple Replication HubsDomino Installation Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Domino Administrator Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Mail Routing ComponentsServers Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Administration Process NNNs Components of the Administration Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke


Process Mail Routing TopologyDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTiming and Execution of Administration TopologyProcess Requests How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeNested Groups TopologyThe Deny List Only Group Type Opportunistic RoutingGroup Precedence in Database Access Connection Document Mail RoutingAuto-populated Groups OptionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Router Types and Connection Documents Policy Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPolicies for Incoming MailPolicy Documents Mail Storage Formats Policy Types SMTPSettings Document Types SMTP Implementation ScenariosPolicy Precedence Rules SMTP Best PracticesStatic and Dynamic Settings Internet Mail RoutingPolicy Management Tools The SMTP Listener and Router TasksPolicy Management Development Tools Methods for Enabling SMTP Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an SettingsExplicit Policy SMTP Settings Policy Assignment Methods Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryPolicy Assignment During Registration SMTP Inbound ControlsDynamic Policy Assignments SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Message Relay Prevention Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistAdministration Tasks FiltersMessage Color-Coding on the Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Console The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersDatabases on the Server What Happens When a Host is Found inServer Access Control Mechanisms the DNS Whitelist?Restrictions for Authorizing Server DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsAccess Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersUser Access to the Server What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Restart the Server the DNS Blacklist?Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What are Private Whitelist Filters?Administration Levels Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersAdministration Level Details What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Full Access Administrator Level the Private Whitelist?Full Access Administrator Best Practices What are Private Blacklist Filters?The Domino Web Administrator Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersAdministration Levels and the Lotus What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Web Administrator Application the Private Blacklist?Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Domino Server Log PrecedenceThe Notes.ini File How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistLogging Levels Filters Server Groups and Replication Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 6B: Creating a Connection (E/SMTP) OptionsDocument E/SMTP Settings Replication Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingReplication Types When to Set Internet AddressesMethods for Forcing Replication Internet Address Lookup Options Pull Push Replication Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMultiple Replication Hubs An Implementation of SMTP Routing Critical Application Scheduling Topic 9B: Implementing MessageReplication Schedule Criteria DisclaimersMail Routing Components Message DisclaimersMail Routing Behavior Within and The Message Disclaimer ImplementationBetween NNNs ProcessTopic 7B: Implementing a Options for Attaching DisclaimersHub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopology SettingsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME


Topology Messages Opportunistic Routing Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryConnection Document Mail Routing ControlsOptions Delivery Controls Router Types and Connection Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDocuments ControlsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Mail Transfer Controls Format for Incoming Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMail Storage Formats MailboxesSMTP Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SMTP Implementation Scenarios How Mail Rules WorkSMTP Best Practices Mail Rule ActionsInternet Mail Routing Activating a Server Mail Rule The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMethods for Enabling SMTP Mail JournalingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsSettings Journaling and Mail RoutingSMTP Settings Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andDelivery Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsSMTP Inbound Controls Tag Mail Rule ConditionsSMTP Outbound Controls Field Names Associated with TagsMessage Relay Prevention Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Whitelist Tags Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? QuotasThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Quota Implementation OptionsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Quota Restrictions What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withthe DNS Whitelist? Inbox MaintenanceDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Inbox MaintenanceEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Control Inbox Size the DNS Blacklist? Topic 10F: Archiving MailWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? ArchivingEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Archive Policy Documentsthe Private Whitelist? Archive Policy Settings DocumentWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Archive Criteria Settings Document Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Checklist for Monitoring MailWhat Happens When a Host is Found in Types of Misdelivered Mailthe Private Blacklist? Checking Mail Delivery Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPrecedence Mail Statistics How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingFilters Message Tracking Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall(E/SMTP) Options What is Message Recall?E/SMTP Settings Message Recall OptionsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Configuring the Message Recall Feature Addressing Troubleshooting StagesWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Mail Trace Tool Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 8G: Testing SMTP When to Restart the Router An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 9B: Implementing Message When to Force Mail Routing Disclaimers Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andMessage Disclaimers Dead MailThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Delivery Failure ProcessProcessOptions for Attaching DisclaimersEnabling Server Message DisclaimersCreating Message Disclaimer PolicySettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessages


Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryControlsDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMailboxesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules WorkMail Rule ActionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMail JournalingJournaling and Mail Rules InteractionsJournaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tagand Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTag Mail Rule ConditionsField Names Associated with TagsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklistor Whitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuotasQuota Implementation OptionsQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInbox MaintenanceInbox MaintenanceUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature toControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchivingBenefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring MailTypes of Misdelivered MailChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat is Message Recall?Message Recall OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting StagesThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDead MailThe Delivery Failure Process

linePlanning GuidelinesThe Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlanSupported Platforms and SystemRequirements


Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusDomino Server SoftwareLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1C: Installing the IBM LotusDomino Administrator Client SoftwareThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andBasic ConfigurationsWhat is Eclipse?Client Installation TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor?Expeditor Component PackagingEclipse Update SitesAutomated Installation Options forEclipse ComponentsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theFirst ServerThe Server Setup ProcessThe Domino DirectoryReplicas of the Domino DirectoryComparing Domains and OrganizationsPurposes of Organizational UnitsAlternatives to Organizational UnitsDescendants of the Organization CertifierOrganization SecurityOrganization Certifier ID SecurityAuthentication Between OrganizationsCountry CodesServer Audience TypesThe Lotus Domino Server LogAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWorkstationThe Client Configuration Program Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAdministrators and ServersAccess in the Domino DirectoryThe Special Privilege of theLocalDomainAdmins GroupPrivileges the LocalDomainAdminsGroup Lacks Domino Directory Access for RegisteringServersNeed for Selecting a Registration ServerServer ID File Storage Options Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Standard Directory StructureThe Central Directory StructureReplicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino DirectoryServer Setup ProfilesClearing the Server ID Password The Certification LogAdministrator Access to Register OUCertifiersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3B: Registering NewAdministratorsUser Registration OptionsAdministrator Access to Register UsersThe License Tracking DatabaseInternet Password OptionsInternet Password LockingID File Distribution Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File


User Registration Text FilesHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentChangesDomino Directory DocumentSynchronization Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWorkstationWorkstation Setup for AdditionalWorkstations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM LotusDomino InstallationThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleServersThe Administration ProcessComponents of the AdministrationProcessDatabase Tools in Domino AdministratorTiming and Execution of AdministrationProcess Requests Nested GroupsThe Deny List Only Group TypeGroup Precedence in Database AccessAuto-populated Groups Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicyPoliciesPolicy DocumentsPolicy TypesSettings Document TypesPolicy Precedence RulesStatic and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Management ToolsPolicy Management Development ToolsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anExplicit PolicyPolicy Assignment MethodsPolicy Assignment During RegistrationDynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministration TasksMessage Color-Coding on the ServerConsole Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateDatabases on the ServerServer Access Control MechanismsRestrictions for Authorizing ServerAccessUser Access to the ServerWhen to Restart the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsAdministration LevelsAdministration Level DetailsThe Full Access Administrator LevelFull Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Domino Web AdministratorAdministration Levels and the LotusDomino Web Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini FileLogging Levels Server Groups and Replication


Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDocumentReplication ControlsReplication TypesMethods for Forcing ReplicationPull Push ReplicationMultiple Replication HubsCritical Application SchedulingReplication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing ComponentsMail Routing Behavior Within andBetween NNNs Topic 7B: Implementing aHub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopologyOpportunistic RoutingConnection Document Mail RoutingOptionsRouter Types and ConnectionDocuments Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail StorageFormat for Incoming MailMail Storage Formats SMTPSMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Best PracticesInternet Mail RoutingThe SMTP Listener and Router TasksMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSettingsSMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet MailDeliverySMTP Inbound ControlsSMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFiltersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Whitelist?DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Blacklist?What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Blacklist?Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPrecedenceHow to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistFilters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP(E/SMTP) OptionsE/SMTP Settings


Topic 8F: Configuring InternetAddressingWhen to Set Internet AddressesInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageDisclaimersMessage DisclaimersThe Message Disclaimer ImplementationProcessOptions for Attaching DisclaimersEnabling Server Message DisclaimersCreating Message Disclaimer PolicySettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryControlsDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMailboxesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules WorkMail Rule ActionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMail JournalingJournaling and Mail Rules InteractionsJournaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tagand Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTag Mail Rule ConditionsField Names Associated with TagsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklistor Whitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuotasQuota Implementation OptionsQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInbox MaintenanceInbox MaintenanceUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature toControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchivingBenefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring MailTypes of Misdelivered MailChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat is Message Recall?Message Recall OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature


Troubleshooting StagesThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDead MailThe Delivery Failure Process

Further Information:

For More information, or to book your course, please call us on 00 966 92000 9278

[email protected]

www.globalknowledge.com.sa

Global Knowledge - KSA, 393 Al-Uroubah Road, Al Worood, Riyadh 3140, Saudi Arabia

http://www.globalknowledge.com.sa